As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on October 27, 2006.
Registration Statement No. 333-          
 
UNITED STATES SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
 
 
 
 
Form S-1
REGISTRATION STATEMENT
UNDER
THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
 
 
 
 
Opnext, Inc.
(Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in Its Charter)
 
         
Delaware   3674   22-3761205
(State or Other Jurisdiction of
Incorporation or Organization)
  (Primary Standard Industrial
Classification Code Number)
  (I.R.S. Employer
Identification Number)
 
 
 
 
1 Christopher Way
Eatontown, New Jersey 07724
(732) 544-3400
(Address, Including Zip Code, and Telephone Number, Including
Area Code, of Registrant’s Principal Executive Offices)
 
Harry L. Bosco
Chief Executive Officer
1 Christopher Way
Eatontown, New Jersey 07724
(732) 544-3400
(Name, Address Including Zip Code, and Telephone Number, Including Area Code, of Agent For Service)
 
 
 
 
Copies of All Communications to:
 
     
J. Scott Hodgkins, Esq.
Ann Lawrence, Esq.
Latham & Watkins LLP
633 West Fifth Street, Suite 4000
Los Angeles, CA 90071
(213) 485-1234
  Keith F. Higgins, Esq.
Julie H. Jones, Esq.
Ropes & Gray LLP
One International Place
Boston, MA 02110
(617) 951-7000
 
 
 
 
Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public:   As soon as practicable after this Registration Statement becomes effective.
 
If any of the securities being registered on this form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, check the following box.   o
 
If this form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.   o
 
If this form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.   o
 
If this form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.   o
 
 
 
 
CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE
 
             
      Proposed Maximum
     
      Aggregate Offering
    Amount of
Title of Each Class of Securities To Be Registered     Price(1) (2)     Registration Fee
Common Stock, par value $0.01 per share
    $150,000,000     $16,050
             
 
(1) Includes shares that the underwriters have the option to purchase to cover over-allotments, if any.
 
(2) Estimated solely for the purpose of calculating the registration fee pursuant to Rule 457(o) under the Securities Act of 1933.
 
 
 
 
The Registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this Registration Statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 or until this Registration Statement shall become effective on such date as the Securities and Exchange Commission, acting pursuant to Section 8(a), may determine.
 


 

The information in this prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission
is effective. This prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and it is not soliciting any offers to buy these securities in any state where the offer or sale is not permitted.
 
Subject to Completion, dated          , 2006.
 
Shares
 
(OPNEXT, INC. LOGO)
 
Opnext, Inc.
 
Common Stock
 
 
 
 
This is an initial public offering of shares of common stock of Opnext, Inc.
 
Opnext, Inc. is offering           shares of its common stock. The selling stockholders identified in this prospectus are offering an additional          shares. Opnext will not receive any of the proceeds from the sale of the shares being sold by the selling stockholders.
 
Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for the common stock. It is currently estimated that the initial public offering price per share will be between $      and $      . Opnext intends to list the common stock on the NASDAQ Global Market under the symbol “OPXT”.
 
See “Risk Factors” on page 6 to read about factors you should consider before buying shares of our common stock.
 
 
 
 
Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any other regulatory body has approved or disapproved of these securities or passed upon the accuracy or adequacy of this prospectus. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.
 
 
 
 
                 
   
Per Share
  Total
 
Initial public offering price
  $                $             
Underwriting discount
  $       $    
Proceeds, before expenses, to Opnext, Inc. 
  $       $    
Proceeds, before expenses, to the selling stockholders
  $       $  
 
To the extent that the underwriters sell more than           shares of common stock, the underwriters have the option to purchase up to an additional          shares from Opnext and the selling stockholders at the initial public offering price less the underwriters discount.
 
 
 
 
The underwriters expect to deliver the shares against payment in New York, New York on or about          , 2006.
Goldman, Sachs & Co.
JPMorgan CIBC World Markets
Cowen and Company Jefferies & Company
 
 
 
 
Prospectus dated          , 2006.


 

 
PROSPECTUS SUMMARY
 
This summary highlights the information contained elsewhere in this prospectus. Because this is only a summary, it does not contain all of the information that may be important to you. For a more complete understanding of the information that you may consider important in making your investment decision, we encourage you to read this entire prospectus. Before making an investment decision, you should carefully consider the information set forth under the heading “Risk Factors” and our consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. In this prospectus, unless the context requires otherwise, “we,” “us,” “our” or “Opnext” refer to Opnext, Inc. and its subsidiaries.
 
Opnext
 
Overview
 
We are a leading designer and manufacturer of transmit and receive optical modules and components which enable high-speed telecommunications and data communications networks globally. In particular, we are a leader in both the telecommunications and data communications applications for the fast growing market for 10Gbps and above transceiver modules and optical components with a long history of market innovation. Our expertise in core semiconductor laser and other optical communications technologies has helped us create a broad portfolio of products that address customer demands for higher speeds, wider temperature ranges, smaller sizes, lower power consumption and greater reliability. We view ourselves as a strategic vendor to our customers and maintain longstanding supplier relationships with many of the leading telecommunications and data communications network systems vendors such as Alcatel, Cisco and Hitachi.
 
We have a broad portfolio of products encompassing a number of form factors, including 300 pin, XENPAK, X2, XPAK, XFP, XMD, SFP and in the future SFP+. We focus on the 10Gbps and above speed markets including tunable modules which we believe are some of the fastest growing and most important in the communications industry.
 
We were founded in September 2000 as a subsidiary of Hitachi Ltd. and subsequently spun-out of its Fiber Optic Components Business. Since April 2001, we have generated cumulative revenue of approximately $700 million, expanded our customer base, increased our design wins eight fold across our top ten customers by revenue and made significant operational improvements. In addition, we have expanded our product lines and our patent portfolio, which, as of September 30, 2006, includes 311 awarded patents and 381 pending patent applications, as well as acquired and integrated two businesses. In addition to our own research and development efforts, we work closely with Hitachi’s renowned research laboratories under long-term contractual relationships to conduct research and commercialize products based on fundamental optical technology. We view our relationship with Hitachi as a competitive advantage because this relationship makes us a leader in fundamental semiconductor laser research for the communications market. Immediately following the completion of this offering, Hitachi will own approximately  % of our issued and outstanding common stock, or  % if the underwriters’ over-allotment option is exercised in full. See “Principal and Selling Stockholders.”
 
Industry Background
 
Over the past several years, telecommunications networks have undergone significant changes as network service providers pursue more profitable service offerings and lower operating costs.


1


 

Network service providers continue to add high speed network access such as Wi-Fi, WiMAX, 3G, DSL, cable and FTTx, and are converging traditionally separate networks for delivering voice, video and data into IP-based integrated networks. Concurrent with these trends, a growing demand for high bandwidth applications by both consumers and enterprises is driving increased network utilization across the core and at the edge of wireline, wireless and cable networks, which we collectively refer to as telecommunications networks, as well as the data communications networks and storage networks of enterprises and large institutions.
 
Both telecommunications and data communications networks are utilizing optical networking technologies capable of supporting higher speeds, additional features and greater interoperability to accommodate higher bandwidth requirements and achieve the lowest cost. Today, both telecommunications network systems vendors such as Alcatel and data communications network systems vendors such as Cisco are producing optical systems increasingly based on 10Gbps and 40Gbps speeds. Faced with technological and cost challenges, they are focusing on their core competencies of software and systems integration, and are relying upon established module and component suppliers, like Opnext, for the design, development and supply of critical hardware components such as products that perform the optical transmit and receive functions.
 
The increasing complexity of the components, industry consolidation and the need to increase the pace of innovation while reducing costs have led the network systems vendors to reduce their number of module and component suppliers and favor vendors with more comprehensive product portfolios and deeper product expertise. Suppliers who can successfully meet these challenges may become involved early in network system vendors’ product development and become a strategic part of their product planning process. Advantages of being one of these select suppliers can include increased design wins, faster time to market and cost advantages.
 
Our Key Advantages
 
Technology Leadership.   Our products are built on a foundation of core optical technologies based on over 30 years of research and development experience, resulting in 311 patents awarded and 381 patent applications pending worldwide. By maintaining leadership in semiconductor laser technology, we are able to better maximize the performance of our transceiver modules as well as gain cost and operational efficiencies through selective vertical integration.
 
Broad Product Line.   We have one of the most comprehensive transmit and receive optical module portfolios for both telecommunications and data communications applications particularly for 10Gbps transceiver modules. We believe the breadth of our product portfolio positions us favorably with leading network systems vendors seeking to reduce their number of suppliers in favor of partnering with suppliers with greater product capabilities and expertise.
 
Superior Performance.   Our core semiconductor laser technology allows us to efficiently design products that exceed the current power, size, temperature and reliability requirements of our customers, thus providing them with additional system level reliability and design flexibility.
 
Continuous Innovation.   We continuously innovate in laser and optical technologies such as uncooled distributed-feedback, or DFB, lasers and DFB lasers integrated with electro-absorption modulators, or EA-DFB lasers. As a result, our customers often involve us early in the planning process for their next generation of products or engage us to create custom solutions for complex problems. Our early involvement deepens our understanding of their long-term needs, increases our strategic importance to these customers and enhances our ability to cost effectively introduce new products, all of which result in increased design wins.
 
MSA Leadership.   We actively participate with network systems vendors and module and component vendors in the establishment of multi-source agreements, also known as MSAs, which define new product generations. We are founders or early members of successful 10Gbps MSAs such as 300 pin, XENPAK, X2 and XMD. We believe our involvement in MSA committees, in which our


2


 

customers also participate, contributes to customer confidence that our new products will meet their performance, quality and manufacturing expectations.
 
We believe that these key advantages along with our longstanding relationship with both telecommunications and data communications network systems vendors make us a leader in the market for transmit and receive optical modules and components.
 
Our Strategy
 
Principal elements of our strategy include:
 
Focus on High Growth Product and Market Opportunities.   We will continue to focus our product development resources on high growth market segments both within the markets we currently serve as well as in new markets that utilize our core technologies.
 
Grow Revenues Within Existing Customer Base and Selectively Add New Customers.   We will continue to broaden our strategic relationship with key customers by maximizing design wins across their product lines. We intend to add to our number of strategic relationships by selectively targeting certain existing customers with whom we are not yet a strategic vendor. We also intend to selectively approach and achieve design wins with the few network systems vendors who we do not currently serve.
 
Continue to Invest in Technology.   We believe our semiconductor laser technology together with our expertise in module design and integration are the main contributors to the on-going performance improvements in our high performance modules. In order to maintain our position at the forefront of next generation optical modules and components, we intend to continue our longstanding research and development relationship with Hitachi and our joint commitment to fundamental laser and materials research.
 
Engage our Customers Early in their Product Planning Cycle.   We will continue to engage our customers early in their planning to gain critical information regarding their system requirements and objectives which influences our module and component design and helps us develop technological, time to market and cost advantages.
 
Continue to Improve Our Manufacturing Process.   We will continue to improve our manufacturing process thereby extending our leadership in product quality and performance, time to market and cost effectiveness.
 
Explore Strategic Acquisitions.   We intend to pursue selective acquisitions to strengthen our market position, enhance our technology base, optimize our production capacity and expand our geographic presence.
 
Corporate Information
 
Opnext, Inc., a Delaware corporation, was incorporated in 2000 (“Opnext”). Our principal executive offices are located at 1 Christopher Way, Eatontown, New Jersey 07724 and our telephone number is (732) 544-3400. Our internet address is www.opnext.com. Information contained on our web site does not constitute a part of this prospectus.


3


 

The Offering
 
Issuer
Opnext, Inc.
 
Common stock offered by Opnext
                  shares
 
Common stock offered by the selling stockholders
                  shares
 
Total common stock offered
                  shares
 
Underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares in this offering
                  shares
 
Common stock to be outstanding after this offering
                  shares
 
Use of proceeds We estimate that the net proceeds from the sale of shares by us in the offering (based on an offering price of $      per share, the midpoint of the estimated price range shown on the cover page of this prospectus), after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us, will be $        million. We will not receive any of the proceeds from sales of common stock by the selling stockholders in the offering. See “Principal and Selling Stockholders.”
 
Proposed NASDAQ Global Market Symbol
OPXT
 
The number of shares outstanding after this offering is based on 150,000,000 shares of Class A common stock and 5,374,938 shares of Class B common stock outstanding on September 30, 2006 and excludes:
 
  •  13,317,266 shares of Class B common stock issuable upon exercise of options outstanding as of September 30, 2006, with a weighted average exercise price of $4.93 per share;
 
  •  1,957,750 shares of Class B common stock issuable upon exercise of outstanding SARs with a weighted average exercise price of $5.00 per share;
 
  •  650,000 restricted shares of Class B common stock issuable upon vesting of restricted stock awards; and
 
  •  6,969,183 shares of Class B common stock reserved for future grant under our stock incentive plans as of September 30, 2006.
 
 
Except as otherwise indicated, all share information in this prospectus assumes:
 
  •  no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares; and
 
  •  adoption of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws to be effective prior to the closing of this offering.


4


 

SUMMARY CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA
 
The following consolidated statements of operations data for each of the years ended March 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004 and the consolidated balance sheet data as of March 31, 2006 and 2005 have been derived from our audited financial statements and related notes which are included elsewhere in the document. The consolidated balance sheet data as of March 31, 2004 has been derived from our audited financial statements and related notes that do not appear in the document. The consolidated statements of operations data for the three months ended June 30, 2006 and 2005 and the consolidated balance sheet data as of June 30, 2006 have been derived from our unaudited financial statements and related notes which are included elsewhere in the document. In the opinion of management, the unaudited interim consolidated financial statements have been prepared on the same basis as the audited financial statements and include all adjustments necessary for the fair presentation of our financial position and results of operations for these periods. The consolidated selected financial data set forth below should be read in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements, the related notes and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” included elsewhere in the document. The historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected for any future period.
 
                                         
    Three Months Ended June 30,     Year Ended March 31,  
   
2006
   
2005
   
2006
   
2005
   
2004
 
    (In thousands, except per share data)  
 
Consolidated statements of operations data:
                                       
Sales
  $ 40,424     $ 31,370     $ 151,691     $ 138,432     $ 79,390  
Cost of sales
    27,163       27,795       119,626       107,694       73,144  
                                         
Gross margin
    13,261       3,575       32,065       30,738       6,246  
      32.8 %     11.4 %     21.1 %     22.2 %     7.9 %
Research and development expenses
    8,023       7,962       33,669       33,251       30,921  
Selling, general, and administrative expenses
    8,344       8,305       33,116       33,629       33,164  
Loss on disposal of property, plant and equipment
    16             1,065       50       5,886  
Asset impairment
                            19,150  
Other operating expenses
          53       399       17       247  
                                         
Operating loss
    (3,122 )     (12,745 )     (36,184 )     (36,209 )     (83,122 )
Interest income, net
    759       1,021       4,102       2,138       2,374  
Other income (expense), net
    (1,111 )     208       1,886       52       258  
                                         
Loss before income taxes
    (3,474 )     (11,516 )     (30,196 )     (34,019 )     80,490  
Income tax (expense) benefit
                (278 )     1,275        
                                         
Net loss
  $ (3,474 )   $ (11,516 )   $ (30,474 )   $ (32,744 )   $ (80,490 )
                                         
Net loss per share, basic and diluted
  $ (0.02 )   $ (0.07 )   $ (0.20 )   $ (0.21 )   $ (0.52 )
Weighted average number of shares used in computing net loss per share, basic and diluted
    155,968       155,824       155,834       155,619       154,148  
 
                                         
    June 30,
          March 31,  
   
2006
         
2006
   
2005
   
2004
 
    (In thousands)  
 
Consolidated balance sheet data:
                                       
Total assets
  $ 219,952                    $ 216,826     $ 291,912     $ 322,540  
Long-term liabilities
    6,355               6,643       1,868       20,774  
Total shareholders’ equity
    116,733               119,663       148,176       177,901  


5


 

 
RISK FACTORS
 
Before deciding to invest in our common stock, you should carefully consider each of the following risk factors and all of the other information set forth in this prospectus. The following risks and the risks described elsewhere in this prospectus, including in the section entitled “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” could materially harm our business, financial condition, future results and cash flow. If that occurs, the trading price of our common stock could decline, and you could lose all or part of your investment. The risks and uncertainties described below are not the only ones we face. Additional risks and uncertainties not presently known to us or that we currently believe to be immaterial may also adversely affect our business.
 
Risks Relating To Our Business And Industry
 
Uncertainty in customer forecasts of their demands and other factors may lead to delays and disruptions in manufacturing, which could result in delays in product shipments to customers and could adversely affect our business.
 
Fluctuations and changes in our customers’ demand are common in our industry. Such fluctuations, as well as quality control problems experienced in our manufacturing operations or those of our third party contract manufacturers, may cause us to experience delays and disruptions in our manufacturing process and overall operations and reduce our output capacity. As a result, product shipments could be delayed beyond the shipment schedules requested by our customers or canceled, which would negatively affect our revenues, gross margins, strategic position at customers, market share and reputation. In addition, disruptions, delays or cancellations could cause inefficient production which in turn could result in higher manufacturing costs, lower yields and potential excess and obsolete inventory or manufacturing equipment. In the past, we have experienced such delays, disruptions and cancellations.
 
If our customers do not qualify our products or if their customers do not qualify their products, our results of operations may suffer.
 
Most of our customers do not purchase our products, other than limited numbers of evaluation units, prior to qualification of our products and satisfactory completion of factory audits and vendor evaluation. Our existing products, as well as each new product, must pass through varying levels of qualification with our customers. In addition, due to the rapid technological changes in our market, a customer may cancel or modify a design project before we begin large-scale manufacture of the product and receive revenue from the customer. It is unlikely that we would be able to recover the expenses for cancelled or unutilized custom design projects. It is difficult to predict with any certainty whether our customers will delay or terminate product qualification or the frequency with which customers will cancel or modify their projects, but any such delay, cancellation or modification could have a negative effect on our results of operations.
 
If network service providers that purchase systems from our customers fail to qualify or delay qualifications of any products sold by our customers that contain our products, our business could be harmed. The qualification and field testing of our customers’ systems by network service providers is long and unpredictable. This process is not under the control of our company or our customers, and, as a result, timing of our revenues is unpredictable. Any unanticipated delay in qualification of one of our customers’ network systems could result in the delay or cancellation of orders from our customers for modules included in the applicable network system, which could harm our results of operations.
 
We do not have long-term volume purchase contracts with our customers, so our customers may increase, decrease, cancel or delay their buying levels at any time with minimal advance notice to us, which may significantly harm our business.
 
Our customers typically purchase our products pursuant to individual purchase orders. While our customers generally provide us with their demand forecasts, in most cases they are not contractually committed to buy any quantity of products beyond firm purchase orders. Our customers may increase,


6


 

decrease, cancel or delay purchase orders already in place. If any of our major customers decrease, stop or delay purchasing our products for any reason, our business and results of operations would be harmed. Cancellation or delays of such orders may cause us to fail to achieve our short and long-term financial and operating goals. In the past, certain of our largest customers have canceled significant orders which resulted in losses of revenues and excess and obsolete inventory, which led to inventory and asset disposals. Similarly, decreases or deferrals of purchases by our customers may significantly harm our business in these and in additional unforeseen ways, particularly if they are not anticipated.
 
We may experience low manufacturing yields or higher than expected costs.
 
Manufacturing yields depend on a number of factors, including the stability and manufacturability of the product design, manufacturing improvements gained over cumulative production volumes, the quality and consistency of component parts and the nature and extent of customization requirements by customers. Higher volume demand for more mature designs requiring less customization generally results in higher manufacturing yields than products with lower volumes, less mature designs and requiring extensive customization. Capacity constraints, raw materials shortages, logistics issues, the introduction of new product lines and changes in our customer requirements, manufacturing facilities or processes or those of our third party contract manufacturers and component suppliers have historically caused, and may in the future cause, significantly reduced manufacturing yields, negatively impacting the gross margins on and our production capacity for those products. Our ability to maintain sufficient manufacturing yields is particularly important with respect to certain products we manufacture such as lasers and photodetectors due to the long manufacturing process. Moreover, an increase in the rejection and rework rate of products during the quality control process either before, during or after manufacture would result in lower yields, gross margins and production capacity. Finally, manufacturing yields and margins can also be lower if we receive and inadvertently use defective or contaminated materials from our suppliers. Because a significant portion of our manufacturing costs is relatively fixed, manufacturing yields may have a significant effect on our results of operations. Lower than expected manufacturing yields could delay product shipments and decrease our revenues and gross margins.
 
There is a limited number of potential suppliers for certain components. In addition, we depend on a limited number of suppliers whose components have been qualified into our products and who could disrupt our business if they stop, decrease or delay shipments or if the components they ship have quality or consistency issues. We may also face component shortages if we experience increased demand for modules and components beyond what our qualified suppliers can deliver.
 
Our customers generally restrict our ability to change the component parts in our modules without their approval, which for less critical components may require as little as a specification comparison and for more critical components, such as lasers, photodetectors and key integrated circuits, as much as repeating the entire qualification process. We depend on a limited number of suppliers of key components we have qualified to use in the manufacture of certain of our products. Some of these components are available only from a sole source or have been qualified only from a single supplier. We typically have not entered into long-term agreements with our suppliers and, therefore, our suppliers could stop supplying materials and equipment at any time or fail to supply adequate quantities of component parts on a timely basis. It is difficult, costly, time consuming and, on short notice, sometimes impossible for us to identify and qualify new component suppliers. The reliance on a sole supplier, single qualified vendor or limited number of suppliers could result in delivery and quality problems, reduced control over product pricing, reliability and performance and an inability to identify and qualify another supplier in a timely manner. We have in the past had to change suppliers, which has, in some instances, resulted in delays in product development and manufacturing until another supplier was found and qualified. Any such delays in the future may limit our ability to respond to changes in customer and market demands. During the last several years, the number of suppliers of components has decreased significantly and, more recently, demand for components has increased rapidly. Any supply deficiencies relating to the quality or quantities of components we use to


7


 

manufacture our products could adversely affect our ability to fulfill customer orders and our results of operations.
 
We rely substantially upon a limited number of contract manufacturing partners and if these contract manufacturers fail to meet our short and long-term needs and contractual obligations, our business may be negatively impacted.
 
We rely on a limited number of contract manufacturers to assemble, manufacture and test approximately half of our finished goods. The qualification and set up of these independent manufacturers under quality assurance standards is an expensive and time-consuming process. Certain of our independent manufacturers have a limited history of manufacturing optical modules or components. In the past, we have experienced delays or other problems, such as inferior quality, insufficient quantity of product and an inability to meet cost targets, which have led to delays in our ability to fulfill customer orders. Additionally, we have, in the past, been required to qualify new contract manufacturing partners and replace contract manufacturers, which led to delays in deliveries. Any future interruption in the operations of these manufacturers, or any deficiency in the quality, quantity or timely delivery of the components or products built for us by these manufacturers, could impede our ability to meet our scheduled product deliveries to our customers or require us to contract with and qualify new contract manufacturing partners. As a result, we may lose existing or potential customers or orders and our business may be negatively impacted.
 
We face increasing competition from other providers of competing products, which could negatively impact our results of operations and market share.
 
We believe that a number of companies have developed or are developing transmit and receive optical modules and components and lasers and infrared LEDs that compete directly with our product offerings. Current and potential competitors may have substantially greater financial, marketing, research and manufacturing resources than we possess, and there can be no assurance that our current and future competitors will not be more successful than us in specific product lines or as a whole.
 
Competition has intensified as additional competitors enter the market and current competitors expand their product lines. The industry has experienced an increase in low-cost providers of certain product lines. Companies competing with us may introduce products that are more competitively priced, have greater performance, functionality or reliability, or our competitors may have stronger customer relationships, and may be able to react quicker to changing customer requirements and expectations. Increased competitive pressure has in the past and may in the future result in a loss of sales or market share or cause us to lower prices for our products, any of which would harm our business and operating results. To attract new customers or retain existing customers, we may offer certain customers favorable prices on our products. If these prices are lower than the prices paid by certain of our existing customers, then we may be contractually obligated by price protection provisions to offer these existing customers the same pricing terms. In that event, our average selling prices and gross margins would decline. The loss of a key customer, a reduction in sales to any key customer or our inability to attract new customers could negatively impact our results of operations and market share.
 
If demand for optical systems, particularly for 10Gbps network systems, does not continue to expand as expected, our business will suffer.
 
Our future success as a manufacturer of transmit and receive optical modules and components ultimately depends on the continued growth of the communications industry and, in particular, the continued expansion of global information networks, particularly those directly or indirectly dependent upon a fiber optics infrastructure. Currently, while increasing demand for network services and for broadband access, in particular, is apparent, growth is limited by several factors, including, among others, an uncertain regulatory environment, reluctance from content providers to supply video and audio content due to insufficient copy protection and uncertainty regarding long-term sustainable business models as multiple industries (cable TV, traditional telecommunications, wireless, satellite,


8


 

etc.) offer competing content delivery solutions. Ultimately, if long-term expectations for network growth and bandwidth demand are not realized or do not support a sustainable business model, our business would be significantly harmed.
 
Our products may contain defects that may cause us to incur significant costs, divert our attention from product development efforts, result in a loss of customers and may possibly result in product liability claims.
 
Our products are complex and undergo quality testing as well as formal qualification by both our customers and us. However, defects may be found from time to time. Our customers’ testing procedures are limited to evaluating our products under likely and foreseeable failure scenarios and over varying amounts of time. For various reasons (including, among others, the occurrence of performance problems that are unforeseeable in testing or that are detected only when products age or are operated under peak stress conditions), our products may fail to perform as expected long after customer acceptance. Failures could result from faulty components or design, problems in manufacturing or other unforeseen reasons. As a result, we could incur significant costs to repair and/or replace defective products under warranty, particularly when such failures occur in installed systems. We have experienced such failures in the past and will continue to face this risk going forward, as our products are widely deployed throughout the world in multiple demanding environments and applications. In addition, we may in certain circumstances honor warranty claims after the warranty has expired or for problems not covered by warranty in order to maintain customer relationships. We have in the past increased our warranty reserves and have incurred significant expenses relating to certain communications products. Any significant product failure could result in lost future sales of the affected product and other products, as well as severe customer relations problems, litigation and damage to our reputation.
 
In addition, our products are typically embedded in, or deployed in conjunction with, our customers’ products, which incorporate a variety of components and may be expected to interoperate with modules produced by third parties. As a result, not all defects are immediately detectable and when problems occur, it may be difficult to identify the source of the problem. These problems may cause us to incur significant damages or warranty and repair costs, divert the attention of our engineering personnel from our product development efforts and cause significant customer relation problems or loss of customers, all of which would harm our business.
 
The occurrence of any defects in our products could give rise to liability for damages caused by such defects. They could, moreover, impair the market’s acceptance of our products. Both could have a material adverse effect on our business and financial condition.
 
Our market is subject to rapid technological change and, to compete effectively, we must continually introduce new products that achieve market acceptance or our business may be significantly harmed.
 
The markets for our products are characterized by rapid technological change, frequent new product introductions, changes in customer requirements and evolving industry standards, all with an underlying pressure to reduce cost and meet stringent reliability and qualification requirements. We expect that new technologies will emerge as competition and the need for higher and more cost-effective bandwidth increases. Our future performance will depend on the successful development, introduction and market acceptance of new and enhanced products that address these changes as well as current and potential customer requirements. The introduction of new and enhanced products may cause our customers to defer or cancel orders for existing products. In addition, a slowdown in demand for existing products ahead of a new product introduction could result in a write-down in the value of inventory on hand related to existing products. We have in the past experienced a slowdown in demand for existing products and delays in new product development, and such delays may occur in the future. To the extent customers defer or cancel orders for existing products for any reason, our


9


 

operating results would suffer. Product development delays may result from numerous factors, including:
 
  •  changing product specifications and customer requirements;
 
  •  unanticipated engineering complexities;
 
  •  delays in or denials of membership in future MSAs that become successful, or membership in and product development for MSAs that do not become successful;
 
  •  difficulties in hiring and retaining necessary technical personnel;
 
  •  difficulties in reallocating engineering resources and overcoming resource limitations; and
 
  •  changing market or competitive product requirements.
 
The development of new, technologically advanced products is a complex and uncertain process requiring high levels of innovation and highly skilled engineering and development personnel, as well as the accurate anticipation of technological and market trends. We cannot assure you that we will be able to identify, develop, manufacture, market or support new or enhanced products successfully, if at all, or on a timely basis. Further, we cannot assure you that our new products will gain market acceptance or that we will be able to respond effectively to product introductions by competitors, technological changes or emerging industry standards. We also may not be able to develop the underlying core technologies necessary to create new products and enhancements, to license these technologies from third parties, or to stay competitive in our markets. Any failure to respond to technological changes could significantly harm our business.
 
Our products are complex and may take longer to develop and qualify than anticipated and we may not recognize revenues from new products until after long customer qualification periods.
 
We are constantly developing new products and using new technologies in these products. These products often take substantial time to develop because of their complexity, rigorous testing and qualification requirements and because customer and market requirements can change during the product development or qualification process. Such activity requires significant spending by the company. Due to the long development cycle and qualification process, we may not recognize revenue, if at all, from new products until long after such expenditures.
 
In the telecommunications market, there are stringent and comprehensive reliability and qualification requirements for optical networking systems. In the data communications industry, qualifications can also be stringent and time-consuming. However, these requirements are less uniform than those found in the telecommunications industry from application to application and systems vendor to systems vendor.
 
At the component level, such as for new lasers, the development cycle may be lengthy and may not result in a product that can be utilized cost-effectively in our modules or that meets customer and market requirements. Additionally, we often incur substantial costs associated with the research and development and sales and marketing activities in connection with products that may be purchased long after we have incurred the costs associated with designing, creating and selling such products.
 
If we fail to obtain the right to use others’ intellectual property rights necessary to operate our business, our ability to succeed will be adversely affected.
 
Numerous patents in our industry are held by others, including our competitors and academic institutions. Our competitors may seek to gain a competitive advantage or other third parties may seek an economic return on their intellectual property portfolios by making infringement claims against us. In the future, we may need to obtain license rights to patents or other intellectual property held by others to the extent necessary for our business. Unless we are able to obtain those licenses on commercially reasonable terms, patents or other intellectual property held by others could inhibit sales of our existing products and the development of new products for our markets. Generally, a license, if granted, would include payments of up-front fees, ongoing royalties or both. These payments or other terms could have a significant adverse impact on our gross margins and operating results. Our


10


 

competitors may be able to obtain licenses or cross-license their technology on better terms than we can, which could put us at a competitive disadvantage.
 
If we are unable to obtain a license from a third party, or successfully defeat their infringement claim, we could be required to:
 
  •  cease the manufacture, use or sale of the infringing products, processes or technology;
 
  •  pay substantial damages for past, present and future use of the infringing technology;
 
  •  expend significant resources to develop non-infringing technology;
 
  •  pay substantial damages to our customers or end users to discontinue use or replace infringing technology with non-infringing technology; or
 
Any of the foregoing results could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.
 
We license our intellectual property to Hitachi and its wholly owned subsidiaries without restriction, and Hitachi is free to license certain intellectual property used in our business to any third party, including our competitors, which could harm our business and operating results.
 
We were initially created as a stand alone entity by acquiring certain assets of Hitachi through various transactions. In connection with these transactions, we acquired a number of patents and know-how from Hitachi, but also granted Hitachi and its wholly owned subsidiaries a perpetual right to continue to use those patents and know-how, as well as other patents and know-how that we develop during a period ending in July of 2011 (and October of 2012 in certain cases). This license back to Hitachi is broad and permits Hitachi to use this intellectual property for any products or services anywhere in the world, including to compete with Opnext.
 
Additionally, while significant intellectual property owned by Hitachi was assigned to us when we were created, Hitachi retained and only licensed to us the intellectual property rights to underlying technologies used in both our products and the products of Hitachi. Under the agreement, Hitachi remains free to license these intellectual property rights to the underlying technologies to any party, including our competitors. The intellectual property that has been retained by Hitachi and that can be licensed in this manner does not relate solely or primarily to one or more of our products, or groups of products; rather, the intellectual property that is licensed to us by Hitachi is generally used broadly across our entire product portfolio. Competition by third parties using the underlying technologies retained by Hitachi could harm our business and operating results.
 
We may not be successful in establishing a brand identity, which may adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.
 
Opnext uses the indication “Powered by Hitachi” extensively in its operations. We believe our customers recognize the value of the Hitachi brand name. Our right to use this indication will expire upon the later of (a) the one-year anniversary of the completion of this offering and (b) the six-month anniversary of the date upon which Hitachi ceases to own a majority of our common stock. The removal of the “Powered by Hitachi” indication may adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.
 
As an independent company, we may experience increased costs resulting from a decrease in the purchasing power we had while we operated as a controlled subsidiary of Hitachi.
 
As a controlled affiliate of Hitachi, we were able to take advantage of Hitachi’s size and purchasing power in procuring goods, technology and services, including audit services, employee benefit support and insurance. As a stand-alone entity, we are significantly smaller than Hitachi and likely will not have access to financial and other resources comparable to those available to us when we were a controlled subsidiary of Hitachi. As an independent company, we may be unable to obtain goods, technology and services at prices and on terms as favorable as those available to us as a controlled subsidiary of Hitachi, which could increase our costs and reduce our profitability.


11


 

Our future operating results may be subject to volatility as a result of exposure to foreign exchange risks.
 
We are exposed to foreign exchange risks. Foreign currency fluctuations may affect our revenues and our costs and expenses and significantly affect our operating results. Portions of our revenues are derived in currencies other than the U.S. dollar, principally the Japanese yen and the Euro. In addition, a substantial portion of our cost of sales is derived in Japanese yen and portions of our operating expenses are derived in Japanese yen and Euros. As a result, we bear the risk that fluctuations in the exchange rates of these currencies in relation to the U.S. dollar could decrease our revenues, increase our costs and expenses and therefore have a negative effect on future operating results.
 
We may lose rights to key third-party intellectual property arrangements when Hitachi’s ownership in our company drops below certain levels.
 
As a majority-owned subsidiary of Hitachi, we are the beneficiary of some of Hitachi’s intellectual property arrangements, including cross-licensing arrangements with other companies and licenses from third parties of technology incorporated in our products and used to operate our business. We will no longer be a beneficiary under some of these agreements when Hitachi’s direct or indirect equity ownership in our company no longer exceeds 50%.
 
We are working with Hitachi and certain third parties with whom it has cross-licenses who have intellectual property that may be relevant to our business to determine if they will agree to extend those cross-licenses to Opnext when Hitachi’s direct or indirect equity ownership in our company no longer exceeds 50%. We cannot guaranty that those third parties will agree to such extensions, or what conditions they may impose in connection with agreeing to such extensions. If we do not successfully conclude such agreements and Hitachi’s direct or indirect equity ownership of our company no longer exceeds 50%, we may be exposed to infringement claims or lose access to important intellectual property and technology. Our patent portfolio is significantly smaller than Hitachi’s, which may make it more difficult for us to negotiate third-party patent cross licenses on terms that are as favorable to us as those previously negotiated by Hitachi. If as a result we were to infringe intellectual property rights of others or otherwise lose access to intellectual property or technology important in the conduct of our business, it could have a material and adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. We could, for example, be forced to agree to make substantially higher royalty payments to continue using that intellectual property or technology or, if we are unable to agree on licensing terms on our own, we could be forced to cease manufacturing products that use that intellectual property or technology.
 
We have a license to use certain patents of a wholly-owned subsidiary of Hitachi, Hitachi Communications Technologies, Ltd. This license will expire in July 2011, after which it will be subject to reasonable terms to be negotiated at that time. To the extent any of our products rely on any of these licensed patents, we will need to renegotiate this license agreement.
 
Our failure to protect our intellectual property may significantly harm our business.
 
Our success and ability to compete is dependent in part on our proprietary technology. We rely on a combination of patent, copyright, trademark and trade secret laws, as well as confidentiality agreements and internal procedures to establish and protect our proprietary rights. Although a number of patents have been issued to us and we have obtained a number of other patents as a result of our acquisitions, we cannot assure you that our issued patents will be upheld if challenged by another party. Additionally, with respect to any patent applications which we have filed, we cannot assure you that any patents will issue as a result of these applications. If we fail to protect our intellectual property, we may not receive any return on the resources expended to create the intellectual property or generate any competitive advantage based on it.
 
Pursuing infringers of our intellectual property rights can be costly.
 
Pursuing infringers of our proprietary rights could result in significant litigation costs, and any failure to pursue infringers could result in our competitors utilizing our technology and offering similar


12


 

products, potentially resulting in loss of a competitive advantage and decreased revenues. Despite our efforts to protect our proprietary rights, existing patent, copyright, trademark and trade secret laws afford only limited protection. In addition, the laws of some foreign countries do not protect our proprietary rights to the same extent as do the laws of the United States. Protecting our know how is difficult especially after our employees or those of our third party contract manufacturers end their employment or engagement. Attempts may be made to copy or reverse-engineer aspects of our products or to obtain and use information that we regard as proprietary. Accordingly, we may not be able to prevent misappropriation of our technology or prevent others from developing similar technology. Furthermore, policing the unauthorized use of our products is difficult and expensive. Litigation may be necessary in the future to enforce our intellectual property rights or to determine the validity and scope of the proprietary rights of others. The costs and diversion of resources could significantly harm our business. If we fail to protect our intellectual property, we may not receive any return on the resources expended to create the intellectual property or generate any competitive advantage based on it.
 
Third parties may claim we are infringing their intellectual property rights, and we could be prevented from selling our products, or suffer significant litigation expense, even if these claims have no merit.
 
Our competitive position is driven in part by our intellectual property and other proprietary rights. Third parties, however, may claim that we, or our products, operations or any products or technology we obtain from other parties are infringing their intellectual property rights, and we may be unaware of intellectual property rights of others that may cover some of our assets, technology and products. In fact, this offering itself may result in such claims, as there may be third parties that have refrained from asserting intellectual property infringement claims against our products or processes while we were a majority-owned subsidiary of Hitachi that may elect to pursue such claims against us after this offering. From time to time we receive letters from third parties that claim we are infringing their intellectual property and asking us to license such intellectual property. We review the merits of each such claim, and such claims have not resulted in litigation as of the date of this prospectus. However, any litigation regarding patents, trademarks, copyrights or other intellectual property rights, even those without merit, could be costly and time consuming, and divert our management and key personnel from operating our business. The complexity of the technology involved and inherent uncertainty and cost of intellectual property litigation increases our risks. If any third party has a meritorious or successful claim that we are infringing its intellectual property rights, we may be forced to change our products or manufacturing processes or enter into licensing arrangement with third parties, which may be costly or impractical. This also may require us to stop selling our products as currently engineered, which could harm our competitive position. We also may be subject to significant damages or injunctions that prevent the further development and sale of certain of our products or services and may result in a material loss in revenue.
 
Our financial results may vary significantly from quarter-to-quarter due to a number of factors, which may lead to volatility in our stock price.
 
Our quarterly revenue and operating results have varied in the past and may continue to vary significantly from quarter to quarter. This variability may lead to volatility in our stock price as market analysts and investors respond to these quarterly fluctuations. These fluctuations are due to numerous factors, including:
 
  •  fluctuations in demand for our products;
 
  •  the timing, size and product mix of sales of our products;
 
  •  our ability to manufacture and deliver products to our customers in a timely and cost-effective manner;
 
  •  quality control problems in our manufacturing operations;
 
  •  length and variability of the sales cycles of our products;


13


 

 
  •  new product introductions and enhancements by our competitors and ourselves;
 
  •  changes in our pricing and sales policies or the pricing and sales policies of our competitors;
 
  •  our ability to develop, introduce and ship new products and product enhancements that meet customer requirements in a timely manner;
 
  •  unanticipated increase in costs and expenses; and
 
  •  fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates.
 
We may not be able to obtain capital when desired on favorable terms, if at all, or without dilution to our stockholders.
 
We anticipate that the net proceeds of this offering, together with current cash and cash equivalents, cash provided by operating activities and funds available through our short-term loans with The Bank of Tokyo-Mitsubishi UFJ which are due monthly, will be sufficient to meet our current and anticipated needs for general corporate purposes for at least the next 12 months. We operate in a market, however, that makes our prospects difficult to evaluate. It is possible that we may not generate sufficient cash flow from operations or otherwise have the capital resources to meet our future capital needs. If this occurs, we may need additional financing to execute on our current or future business strategies, including to:
 
  •  acquire complementary businesses or technologies;
 
  •  enhance our operating infrastructure;
 
  •  hire additional technical and other personnel; or
 
  •  otherwise pursue our strategic plans and respond to competitive pressures.
 
If we raise additional funds through the issuance of equity or convertible debt securities, the percentage ownership of our stockholders could be significantly diluted, and these newly-issued securities may have rights, preferences or privileges senior to those of existing stockholders, including those acquiring shares in this offering. We cannot assure you that additional financing will be available on terms favorable to us, or at all. If adequate funds are not available or are not available on acceptable terms, if and when needed, our ability to fund our operations, take advantage of unanticipated opportunities, develop or enhance our products, or otherwise respond to competitive pressures could be significantly limited.
 
If we fail to retain our senior management and other key personnel or if we fail to attract additional qualified personnel, we may not be able to achieve our anticipated level of growth and our business could suffer.
 
Our future depends, in part, on our ability to attract and retain key personnel. Our future depends on the continued contributions of members of our senior management team and key technical personnel, each of whom would be difficult to replace. The loss of services of members of our senior management team or key personnel or the inability to continue to attract qualified personnel could have a material adverse effect on our business. Competition for highly skilled technical people is extremely intense and we continue to face difficulty identifying and hiring qualified personnel in many areas of our business. We may not be able to hire and retain such personnel at compensation levels consistent with our existing compensation and salary structure. Some of the companies with which we compete for hiring experienced employees have greater resources than we have. In addition, in making employment decisions, particularly in the high-technology industries, job candidates often consider the value of the equity they are to receive in connection with their employment. Therefore, significant volatility in the price of our stock after this offering may adversely affect our ability to attract or retain technical personnel.


14


 

Potential future acquisitions may not generate the results expected, could be difficult to integrate, divert the attention of key personnel, disrupt our business, dilute stockholder value and impair our financial results.
 
As part of our business strategy, we may pursue acquisitions of companies, technologies and products that we believe could accelerate our ability to compete in our core markets or allow us to enter new markets. If we fail to manage our future growth effectively, in particular during periods of industry uncertainty, our business could suffer. Acquisitions involve numerous risks, any of which could harm our business, including:
 
  •  difficulties in integrating the manufacturing, operations, technologies, products, existing contracts, accounting and personnel of the target company and realizing the anticipated synergies of the combined businesses;
 
  •  difficulties in supporting and transitioning customers, if any, of the target company;
 
  •  diversion of financial and management resources from existing operations;
 
  •  the price we pay or other resources that we devote may exceed the value we realize, or the value we could have realized if we had allocated the purchase price or other resources to another opportunity or for our existing operations;
 
  •  risks of entering new markets in which we have limited or no experience;
 
  •  potential loss of key employees, customers and strategic alliances from either our current business or the target company’s business;
 
  •  assumption of unanticipated problems or latent liabilities, such as problems with the quality of the target company’s products;
 
  •  inability to generate sufficient revenue and profitability to offset acquisition costs;
 
  •  equity based acquisitions may have a dilutive effect on our stock; and
 
  •  inability to successfully consummate transactions with identified acquisition candidates.
 
Acquisitions also frequently result in the recording of goodwill and other intangible assets which are subject to potential impairments in the future that could harm our financial results. As a result, if we fail to properly evaluate acquisitions or investments, we may not achieve the anticipated benefits of any such acquisitions, and we may incur costs in excess of what we anticipate.
 
We depend on Hitachi for a number of services necessary for the operation of our business. Any failure of Hitachi to provide these services could have a material adverse effect on our business.
 
Since our formation in September 2000, we have continued to work closely with Hitachi in many respects and have relied on Hitachi for certain resources to run our business. We rely on Hitachi to provide certain services, such as procurement, inventory management and fulfillment in Japan, certain information technology services, support services in connection with the identification of patentable inventions, payroll services and other services. While we may be entitled to damages if Hitachi fails to perform these services, our agreement with Hitachi limits the amount of damages we may receive. In addition, we do not know whether we will be able to collect any award of damages or that any such damages would be sufficient to cover the actual costs we would incur as a result of Hitachi’s failure to perform under its agreement with us. In addition, Hitachi provides insurance, procurement, raw materials, contract employees, certain intellectual property, access to research facilities and cross licenses. Because we will be a smaller and less diversified company than Hitachi is today, and we may not have access to financial and other resources comparable to those of Hitachi, we may be unable to obtain goods, technology and services at prices and on terms as favorable as those available to us before we became a public company, which could have a material adverse effect on our business and profitability. We currently have agreements with Hitachi for capital leases, raw materials, procurement and outsourced services.


15


 

Our product expertise is based on our research ability developed within our Hitachi heritage and through joint research and development in lasers and optical technologies. A key factor to our business success and strategy is fundamental laser research. We rely on access to Hitachi’s research laboratories pursuant to a research and development agreement with Hitachi, which includes access to Hitachi’s research facilities and engineers, in order to conduct research and development activities that are important to the establishment of new technologies and products vital to our current and future business. Our research and development agreement with Hitachi and Opnext Japan’s research and development agreement with Hitachi will both expire on the fifth anniversary of the consummation of the offering. Should access to Hitachi’s research laboratories not be available or available at less attractive terms in the future, development of new technologies and products may suffer and our results could be materially adversely affected.
 
Hitachi and Clarity will collectively and individually control the outcome of shareholder actions in our company.
 
Upon completion of this offering, Hitachi will hold     % and Clarity Partners, L.P., Clarity Opnext Holdings I, LLC and Clarity Opnext Holdings II, LLC, collectively Clarity, will hold  % equity interest in our company, respectively, assuming the underwriters do not exercise their over-allotment option. In addition, Hitachi and Clarity Management, L.P. each hold options to purchase 3,030,000 and 3,000,000 shares of our common stock, respectively, which are fully vested. Their equity shareholding gives them the power to control actions that require shareholder approval, including the election of our board of directors. Hitachi has expressed its intention to reduce its ownership in us to less than 50% as and when business and market conditions permit, which Hitachi believes will increase Opnext’s autonomy. For so long as it continues to have a substantial equity interest in our company it may, as a practical matter, be in a position to control many or all actions that require shareholder approval. Significant corporate actions, including the incurrence of material indebtedness or the issuance of a material amount of equity securities may require the consent of our shareholders. Hitachi might oppose any action that would dilute its equity interest in our company, and may be unable or unwilling to participate in future financings of our company and thereby materially harm our business and prospects.
 
We may have conflicts of interest with Hitachi and, because of Hitachi’s controlling ownership interest in our company, may not be able to resolve such interests on favorable terms for us. For example, Hitachi has another majority-owned subsidiary, Hitachi Cable, Ltd., that is a direct competitor of ours in certain 10Gbps 300 pin and LX4 applications and certain SFP applications.
 
Business disruptions resulting from international uncertainties could negatively impact our profitability.
 
We derive, and expect to continue to derive, a significant portion of our revenue from international sales in various markets. Our international revenue and operations are subject to a number of material risks, including, but not limited to:
 
  •  different technical standards or requirements, such as country or region-specific requirements to eliminate the use of lead;
 
  •  difficulties in staffing, managing and supporting operations in more than one country;
 
  •  difficulties in enforcing agreements and collecting receivables through foreign legal systems;
 
  •  fewer legal protections for intellectual property;
 
  •  fluctuations in foreign economies;
 
  •  fluctuations in the value of foreign currencies and interest rates;
 
  •  domestic and international economic or political changes, hostilities and other disruptions in regions where we currently operate or may operate in the future; and
 
  •  different and changing legal and regulatory requirements in the jurisdictions in which we currently operate or may operate in the future.


16


 

 
Negative developments in any of these areas in one or more countries could result in a reduction in demand for our products, the cancellation or delay of orders already placed, difficulties in producing and delivering our products, threats to our intellectual property, difficulty in collecting receivables, and a higher cost of doing business, any of which could negatively impact our business, financial condition or results of operations.
 
Our business and future operating results may be adversely affected by events outside of our control.
 
Our business and operating results are vulnerable to interruption by events outside of our control, particularly possible earthquakes which may affect our Japanese factories and our Fremont, CA facility. Other possible disruptions include: fire, volcanic activity, flood, power loss, telecommunications failures, political instability, military conflict and uncertainties arising out of terrorist attacks, including a global economic slowdown, the economic consequences of additional military action or additional terrorist activities and associated political instability, and the effect of heightened security concerns on domestic and international travel and commerce. In the event of an economic downturn, we may not be able to reduce costs fast enough by eliminating employees in foreign jurisdictions due to foreign labor regulations.
 
Environmental laws and regulations may subject us to significant costs and liabilities.
 
Our operations include the use, generation and disposal of hazardous materials. We are subject to various U.S. federal, state and foreign laws and regulations relating to the protection of the environment, including those governing the management and disposal of hazardous substances and wastes, the cleanup of contaminated sites and the maintenance of a safe workplace. We could incur substantial costs, including cleanup costs as a result of violations of or liabilities under environmental laws.
 
Risks Relating To The Offering
 
There has been no prior market for our common stock, and an active trading market may not develop.
 
Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. An active trading market may not develop following the closing of this offering or, if developed, may not be sustained. The lack of an active market may impair your ability to sell your shares at the time you wish to sell them or at a price that you consider reasonable. The lack of an active market may also reduce the fair market value and increase the volatility of your shares. An inactive market may also impair our ability to raise capital by selling shares and may impair our ability to acquire other companies or technologies by using our shares as consideration.
 
If equity research analysts do not publish research or reports about our business or if they issue unfavorable commentary or downgrade our common stock, the price of our common stock could decline.
 
The trading market for our common stock will rely in part on the research and reports that equity research analysts publish about us and our business. The price of our stock could decline if one or more equity research analysts downgrade our stock or if those analysts issue other unfavorable commentary or cease publishing reports about us or our business.
 
The price of our common stock may be volatile and fluctuate substantially which could result in substantial losses for investors purchasing shares in this offering.
 
The initial public offering price for the shares of our common stock sold in this offering will be determined by negotiation between the representatives of the underwriters and us. This price may not reflect the market price of our common stock following this offering. In addition, the market price of our


17


 

common stock is likely to be highly volatile and may fluctuate substantially due to many factors, including:
 
  •  actual or anticipated fluctuations in our results of operations;
 
  •  variance in our financial performance from the expectations of market analysts;
 
  •  conditions and trends in the markets we serve;
 
  •  announcements of significant new products by us or our competitors;
 
  •  changes in our pricing policies or the pricing policies of our competitors;
 
  •  legislation or regulatory policies, practices, or actions;
 
  •  the commencement or outcome of litigation;
 
  •  our sale of common stock or other securities in the future, or sales of our common stock by our principal stockholders;
 
  •  changes in market valuation or earnings of our competitors;
 
  •  the trading volume of our common stock;
 
  •  changes in the estimation of the future size and growth rate of our markets; and
 
  •  general economic conditions.
 
In addition, the stock market in general, the NASDAQ and the market for technology companies in particular, have experienced extreme price and volume fluctuations that have often been unrelated or disproportionate to the operating performance of particular companies affected. These broad market and industry factors may materially harm the market price of our common stock, regardless of our operating performance. In the past, following periods of volatility in the market price of a company’s securities, securities class action litigation has often been instituted against that company. Such litigation, if instituted against us, could result in substantial costs and a diversion of management’s attention and resources, which could materially harm our financial condition and results of operations.
 
We currently do not intend to pay dividends on our common stock and, consequently, your only opportunity to achieve a return on your investment is if the price of our common stock appreciates.
 
We currently do not plan to declare dividends on shares of our common stock in the foreseeable future. See “Dividend Policy” for more information. Consequently, your only opportunity to achieve a return on your investment in our company will be if the market price of our common stock appreciates and you sell your shares at a profit. There is no guarantee that the price of our common stock that will prevail in the market after this offering will ever exceed the price that you pay.
 
Future sales of our common stock may depress our share price.
 
After this offering and giving effect to the use of proceeds therefrom, we will have           shares of common stock outstanding. Sales of substantial amounts of our common stock in the public market following this offering, or the perception that these sales may occur, could cause the market price of our common stock to decline. After the lock-up agreements pertaining to this offering expire, additional stockholders will be able to sell their shares in the public market, subject to legal restrictions on transfer. As soon as practicable upon completion of this offering, we also intend to file a registration statement covering shares of our common stock issued or reserved for issuance under our stock option plan. In addition, under our stockholders’ agreement, some of our stockholders are entitled to registration rights. Subject to the terms of the lock-up agreements, registration of the sale of these shares of our common stock would generally permit their sale into the market immediately after registration. These registration rights of our stockholders could impair our ability to raise capital by depressing the price of our common stock. We may also sell additional shares of common stock in subsequent public offerings, which may adversely affect market prices for our common stock. See “Shares Eligible for Future Sale” for more information.


18


 

As a new investor, you will experience immediate and substantial dilution as a result of this offering.
 
The initial public offering price of our common stock will be considerably more than the net tangible book value per share of our outstanding common stock. Accordingly, investors purchasing shares of common stock in this offering will:
 
  •  pay a price per share that substantially exceeds the value of our assets after subtracting liabilities; and
 
  •  contribute  % of the total amount invested to fund our company, but will own only  % of the shares of common stock outstanding after this offering and the use of proceeds therefrom.
 
To the extent outstanding stock options are exercised, there will be further dilution to new investors. See “Dilution” for more information.
 
Certain provisions of our corporate governing documents and Delaware Law could make an acquisition of our company more difficult.
 
Certain provisions of our organizational documents and Delaware law could discourage potential acquisition proposals, delay or prevent a change in control of us or limit the price that investors may be willing to pay in the future for shares of our common stock. For example, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws will:
 
  •  authorize the issuance of preferred stock that can be created and issued by our board of directors without prior stockholder approval, commonly referred to as “blank check” preferred stock, with rights senior to those of our common stock;
 
  •  limit the persons who can call special stockholder meetings;
 
  •  provide that a supermajority vote of our stockholders is required to amend some portions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws;
 
  •  establish advance notice requirements to nominate persons for election to our board of directors or to propose matters that can be acted on by stockholders at stockholder meetings;
 
  •  not provide for cumulative voting in the election of directors; and
 
  •  provide for the filling of vacancies on our board of directors by action of a majority of the directors and not by the stockholders.
 
These and other provisions in our organizational documents could allow our board of directors to affect your rights as a stockholder in a number of ways, including making it more difficult for stockholders to replace members of the board of directors. Because our board of directors is responsible for approving the appointment of members of our management team, these provisions could in turn affect any attempt to replace the current management team. These provisions could also limit the price that investors would be willing to pay in the future for shares of our common stock.
 
Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law also imposes certain restrictions on mergers and other business combinations between us and any holder of 15% or more of our common stock. See “Description of Capital Stock — Provisions of our Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and Amended and Restated Bylaws and Delaware Law that May Have an Anti-Takeover Effect.”
 
Management may invest or spend the proceeds of this offering in ways with which you may not agree and in ways that may not yield a return.
 
Management will retain broad discretion over the use of the net proceeds we receive from this offering. There are a number of factors that will influence our use of the net proceeds, and these uses may vary substantially from our current plans. Stockholders may not deem the uses desirable, and our use of proceeds may not yield a significant return or any return at all.


19


 

The requirements of being a public company may strain our resources and distract management.
 
As a public company, we will be subject to the reporting requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. These requirements may place a strain on our systems and resources. The Exchange Act requires, among other things, that we file annual, quarterly and current reports with respect to our business and financial condition. The Sarbanes-Oxley Act requires, among other things, that we maintain effective disclosure controls and procedures and internal controls for financial reporting. In order to maintain and improve the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures and internal control over financial reporting, significant resources and management oversight will be required. As a result, management’s attention may be diverted from other business concerns, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.


20


 

 
ABOUT THIS PROSPECTUS
 
This prospectus includes market and industry data that we obtained from industry publications and surveys. Industry publications and surveys generally state that the information contained therein has been obtained from sources believed to be reliable, but there can be no assurance as to the accuracy or completeness of included information. We have not independently verified any of the data from third-party sources nor have we ascertained the underlying economic assumptions relied upon therein.
 
We own or have rights to trademarks or trade names that we use in conjunction with the operation of our business. Our trademarks include the Opnext, Inc. name. This prospectus contains product names, trademarks and trade names that are the property of other organizations. Each trademark, trade name or service mark of any other company appearing in this prospectus belongs to its holder. Use or display by us of other parties’ trademarks, trade names or service marks is not intended to and does not imply a relationship with, or endorsement or sponsorship by us of, the trademark, trade name or service mark owner.
 
The contents of our website, www.opnext.com, are not a part of this prospectus.
 
FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS
 
This prospectus includes forward-looking statements. Forward-looking statements include statements concerning our plans, objectives, goals, strategies, future events, future revenues or performance, capital expenditures, financing needs, and other information that is not historical information. Many of these statements appear, in particular, under the headings “Prospectus Summary,” “Risk Factors,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and “Business.” Words such as, but not limited to, “believes,” “anticipates,” “plans,” “expects,” “intends,” “estimates,” “projects,” “targets,” “likely,” “will,” “would,” “could” and variations of such words or similar expressions identify forward-looking statements. All forward-looking statements, including, without limitation, our examination of historical operating trends, are based upon our current expectations and various assumptions. We believe there is a reasonable basis for our expectations and beliefs, but we may not realize our expectations and our beliefs may not prove correct. Important factors that could cause our actual results to differ materially from the forward-looking statements are set forth in this prospectus, including under the heading “Risk Factors,” and include, among others:
 
  •  uncertainty in customer forecasts of their demands and other factors may lead to delays and disruptions in manufacturing;
 
  •  our customers may not qualify our products and their customers may not qualify their products;
 
  •  we do not have long-term volume purchase contracts with our customers;
 
  •  we may experience low manufacturing yields or higher than expected costs;
 
  •  we depend on a limited number of qualified component suppliers;
 
  •  failure to continually introduce new products that achieve market acceptance;
 
  •  we may lose rights to currently utilized third party intellectual property or fail to sufficiently protect our own intellectual property;
 
  •  demand for optical systems, particularly for 10Gbps network systems, may not continue to expand; and
 
  •  our changing relationship with Hitachi.


21


 

 
All forward-looking statements included in this prospectus are based on information available to us on the date of this prospectus. We undertake no obligation to publicly update or revise any forward-looking statement, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise. All subsequent written and oral forward-looking statements attributable to us or persons acting on our behalf are expressly qualified in their entirety by the cautionary statements contained throughout this prospectus.
 
 
Unless the context requires otherwise, we use the terms “Opnext,” the “Company,” “we,” “us,” and “our” in this prospectus to refer to Opnext, Inc. and its subsidiaries.


22


 

 
USE OF PROCEEDS
 
We estimate that the net proceeds to us from the sale of common stock that we are offering will be approximately $      million assuming an initial public offering price of $      per share, which is the midpoint of the range listed on the cover page of this prospectus, and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. A $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $      per share would increase or decrease the net proceeds to us from this offering by approximately $      million, assuming the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting the underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.
 
We intend to use the net proceeds to us from this offering for working capital and other general corporate purposes, including the financing of the development of new products, enhancement of existing products, sales, marketing and administrative activities, capital expenditures and the costs of operating as a public company. We may use a portion of the net proceeds to us to expand our current business through strategic alliances with, or acquisitions of, other businesses, products or technologies. We currently have no agreements or commitments for any such specific alliances or acquisitions.
 
Pending any use, as described above, we plan to invest the net proceeds in a variety of investment-grade, short-term and interest-bearing securities.
 
We will not receive any of the proceeds from the sale of shares of our common stock by the selling stockholders. See “Principal and Selling Stockholders.”


23


 

DIVIDEND POLICY
 
We have never declared or paid any cash dividends on our capital stock and we currently do not anticipate paying any cash dividends after the offering and for the foreseeable future. Instead, we anticipate that all of our earnings on our common stock will be used to provide working capital, to support our operations, and to finance the growth and development of our business. Any future determination relating to dividend policy will be made at the discretion of our board of directors and will depend on a number of factors, our future earnings, capital requirements, financial condition, future prospects, applicable Delaware law, which provides that dividends are only payable out of surplus or current net profits and other factors our board of directors deems relevant.


24


 

CAPITALIZATION
 
The following table sets forth our capitalization as of June 30, 2006 on:
 
  •  an actual basis; and
 
  •  an as adjusted basis, giving effect to the completion of this offering, including the application of the estimated net proceeds from this offering described under “Use of Proceeds.”
 
The table below should be read in conjunction with “Use of Proceeds,” “Selected Consolidated Financial Data,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” “Description of Capital Stock” and our consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.
 
                 
    June 30, 2006  
   
Actual
   
As Adjusted
 
    (In thousands except share and
 
    per share data)  
 
Capital leases, excluding current portion
  $ 6,103     $    
                 
Stockholders’ equity:
               
Class A common stock, par value $0.01 per share: authorized, issued, and outstanding 150,000,000 shares
    1,500          
Class B common stock, par value $0.01 per share: authorized 178,300,000 shares; issued and outstanding 5,374,938 shares
    54          
Additional paid-in capital
    405,118          
Accumulated deficit
    (285,259 )        
                 
Accumulated other comprehensive loss
    (4,680 )        
                 
Total stockholders’ equity
    116,733          
                 
Total capitalization
  $ 122,836     $            
                 
 
The share information in the table above excludes, as of June 30, 2006:
 
  •  13,302,266 shares of Class B common stock issuable upon exercise of outstanding options, with a weighted average exercise price of $4.93 per share;
 
  •  1,957,750 shares of Class B common stock issuable upon exercise of outstanding SARs with a weighted average exercise price of $5.00 per share;
 
  •  650,000 restricted shares of Class B common stock issuable upon vesting of restricted stock awards; and
 
  •  6,984,183 shares of Class B common stock reserved for future grant under our stock incentive plans.
 
Except as otherwise indicated, all share information in this prospectus assumes:
 
  •  no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares; and
 
  •  adoption of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws to be effective prior to the closing of this offering.


25


 

 
DILUTION
 
At June 30, 2006, the net tangible book value of our common stock was approximately $111.0 million, or approximately $0.71 per share of our common stock. After giving effect to the issuance of shares of our common stock upon exercise of outstanding options and the sale of shares of our common stock in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $      per share, and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and the estimated offering expenses of this offering, the as adjusted net tangible book value at June 30, 2006 attributable to common stockholders would have been approximately $      million, or approximately $      per share of our common stock. This represents a net increase in net tangible book value of $      per share, and an immediate dilution in net tangible book value of $      per share to new stockholders. The following table illustrates this per share dilution to new stockholders:
 
                 
Assumed initial public offering price per share
          $        
                 
Net tangible book value per share as of June 30, 2006
  $                
                 
Increase per share attributable to this offering
  $            
                 
As adjusted net tangible book value per share after this offering
  $            
                 
Dilution per share to new stockholders
          $    
                 
 
The table below summarizes, as of June 30, 2006, the differences for (1) our existing stockholders, (2) shares issuable upon exercise of outstanding options and (3) investors in this offering, with respect to the number of shares of common stock purchased from us, the total consideration paid and the average price per share paid before deducting fees and expenses.
 
                                         
                            Average
 
    Shares Issued     Total Consideration     Price Per
 
   
Number
   
Percentage
   
Amount
   
Percentage
   
Share
 
 
Existing stockholders
    155,374,938             %   $  382,892,000             %   $  2.46  
                                         
Shares issuable upon exercise of outstanding options, SARs and Restricted Shares
    15,910,016       %     75,369,000       %     4.74  
                                         
New stockholders in this offering
            %             %        
                                         
Total
            %   $         %   $  
                                         
 
The discussion and tables above assume no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares and excludes           shares of our common stock available for future grant or issuance under our stock plans.


26


 

SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA
 
The following consolidated statements of operations data for each of the years ended March 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004 and the consolidated balance sheet data as of March 31, 2006 and 2005 have been derived from our audited financial statements and related notes which are included elsewhere in the document. The consolidated balance sheet data as of March 31, 2004 has been derived from our audited financial statements and related notes that do not appear in the document. The consolidated statements of operations data for each of the years ended March 31, 2003 and 2002 and the consolidated balance sheet data as of March 31, 2003 and 2002 have been derived from our unaudited financial statements and related notes that do not appear in the document. The consolidated statements of operations data for the three months ended June 30, 2006 and 2005 and the consolidated balance sheet data as of June 30, 2006 have been derived from our unaudited financial statements and related notes which are included elsewhere in the document. In the opinion of management, the unaudited interim consolidated financial statements have been prepared on the same basis as the audited financial statements and include all adjustments necessary for the fair presentation of our financial position and results of operations for these periods. The consolidated selected financial data set forth below should be read in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements, the related notes and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” included elsewhere in the document. The historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected for any future period.
 
                                                         
    Three Months Ended
       
    June 30,     Year Ended March 31,  
   
2006
   
2005
   
2006
   
2005
   
2004
   
2003
   
2002
 
    (In thousands except per share data)        
                                  unaudited  
 
Consolidated statements
of operations data:
                                                       
Sales
  $ 40,424     $ 31,370     $ 151,691     $ 138,432     $ 79,390     $ 79,915     $ 196,263  
Cost of sales
    27,163       27,795       119,626       107,694       73,144       74,250       164,301  
                                                         
Gross margin
    13,261       3,575       32,065       30,738       6,246       5,665       31,962  
      32.8 %     11.4 %     21.1 %     22.2 %     7.9 %     7.1 %     16.3 %
Research and development expenses
    8,023       7,962       33,669       33,251       30,921       35,960       63,390  
Selling, general, and administrative expenses
    8,344       8,305       33,116       33,629       33,164       36,159       62,270  
Loss on disposal of property, plant and equipment
    16             1,065       50       5,886       1,667       1,701  
Asset impairment
                            19,150              
Other operating expenses
          53       399       17       247       2,909       1,879  
                                                         
Operating loss
    (3,122 )     (12,745 )     (36,184 )     (36,209 )     (83,122 )     (71,030 )     (97,278 )
Interest income, net
    759       1,021       4,102       2,138       2,374       3,426       4,131  
Other income (expense), net
    (1,111 )     208       1,886       52       258       71       263  
                                                         
Loss before income taxes
    (3,474 )     (11,516 )     (30,196 )     (34,019 )     (80,490 )     (67,533 )     (92,884 )
Income tax (expense) benefit
                (278 )     1,275                    
                                                         
Net loss
  $ (3,474 )   $ (11,516 )   $ (30,474 )   $ (32,744 )   $ (80,490 )   $ (67,533 )   $ (92,884 )
                                                         
Net loss per share, basic and diluted
  $ (0.02 )   $ (0.07 )   $ (0.20 )   $ (0.21 )   $ (0.52 )   $ (0.45 )   $ (0.62 )
Weighted average number of shares used in computing net loss per share, basic and diluted
    155,968       155,824       155,834       155,619       154,148       150,000       150,000  
 


27


 

                                                         
    June 30,
          March 31,  
   
2006
         
2006
   
2005
   
2004
   
2003
   
2002
 
    (In thousands)  
 
Consolidated balance sheet data:
                                                       
Total assets
  $ 219,952                      $ 216,826     $ 291,912     $ 322,540     $ 365,961     $ 432,660  
Long-term liabilities
    6,355               6,643       1,868       20,774       22,339       6,636  
Total shareholders’ equity
    116,733               119,663       148,176       177,901       251,405       340,975  
 
Selected Quarterly Financial Information (Unaudited)
 
The following table shows our unaudited consolidated quarterly statements of operations data for each of the quarters in the years ended March 31, 2006 and 2005. This information has been derived from our unaudited financial information, which, in the opinion of management, has been prepared on the same basis as our audited financial statements and include all adjustments necessary for the fair presentation of the financial information for the quarters presented. This information should be read in conjunction with the audited financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this document.
 
                                 
    Three Months Ended  
    March 31,
    Dec. 31,
    Sept. 30,
    June 30,
 
   
2006
   
2005
   
2005
   
2005
 
    (In thousands except per share data)  
 
Sales
  $ 46,208     $ 38,609     $ 35,504     $ 31,370  
Gross margin
    13,289       10,684       4,517       3,575  
Net loss
    (2,779 )     (4,089 )     (12,090 )     (11,516 )
Net loss per share, basic and diluted
    (0.02 )     (0.03 )     (0.08 )     (0.07 )
Weighted average shares outstanding, basic and diluted
    155,846       155,836       155,828       155,824  
 
                                 
    March 31,
    Dec. 31,
    Sept. 30,
    June 30,
 
   
2005
   
2004
   
2004
   
2004
 
 
Sales
  $ 35,242     $ 36,185     $ 36,635     $ 30,370  
Gross margin
    8,048       9,471       9,961       3,258  
Net loss
    (9,328 )     (4,548 )     (6,731 )     (12,137 )
Net loss per share, basic and diluted
    (0.06 )     (0.03 )     (0.04 )     (0.08 )
Weighted average shares outstanding, basic and diluted
    155,813       155,798       155,769       155,093  

28


 

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION
AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
 
The following discussion includes forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties. Our actual results could differ substantially from those anticipated as a result of many factors including those set forth in “Risk Factors,” included elsewhere in the document. The following discussion should be read together with our financial statements, the related notes thereto and the other financial information included elsewhere in the document.
 
OVERVIEW
 
We are a leading designer and manufacturer of optical modules and components which enable high-speed telecommunications and data communications networks globally. In particular, we design, manufacture and market optical modules and components that transmit and receive data and are primarily used in telecommunications and data communications networks. We have one of the most comprehensive transceiver product portfolios for both of these markets, particularly at the 10Gbps data rate, which we sell to many of the leading network systems vendors. Our product portfolio includes a broad range of solutions that vary by level of integration, communications protocol, form factor and performance level. Our portfolio consists of 10Gbps and 40Gbps transceiver modules, including tunable transceivers, a broad line of 2.5Gbps and lower speed SFP transceivers, and new or planned products for emerging standards such as SFP+ and XMD.
 
We were incorporated as a wholly-owned subsidiary of Hitachi, Ltd., or Hitachi, on September 18, 2000. On September 28, 2000, Opnext Japan, Inc. was established by Hitachi and on January 31, 2001, Hitachi contributed the fiber optic components business of its telecommunications system division to Opnext Japan, Inc. On July 31, 2001, Hitachi contributed 100% of the shares of Opnext Japan, Inc. to us in exchange for 70% of our then outstanding Class A common shares and Clarity Partners, L.P., Clarity Opnext Holdings I, LLC, and Clarity Opnext Holdings II, LLC (collectively referred to as Clarity) together contributed $321.3 million in exchange for Class A common stock representing a 30% interest in our company.
 
On October 1, 2002, we acquired 100% of the shares of Opto Device, Ltd. from Hitachi for a purchase price of $40.0 million. This acquisition of Hitachi’s opto device business expanded our product line into select industrial and commercial markets, which we refer to as our industrial and commercial products. On June 4, 2003 we acquired 100% of the outstanding shares of Pine Photonics Communication Inc., or Pine, in exchange for 5,017,546 shares of Opnext Class B common stock. This acquisition expanded our product line of SFP transceivers with data rates less than 10Gbps that are sold to telecommunication and data communication customers. We refer to these products as our less than 10Gbps products.
 
Since our founding we have expanded our global sales and marketing reach by opening several offices in the U.S., Europe and China which are strategically located in close proximity to our major customers. We established a corporate administrative headquarters and reduced our dependency on Hitachi to only those services which we can either perform ourselves or contract to an alternative service provider. We also integrated the acquisitions of Opto Device, Ltd. and Pine and improved the flexibility of our manufacturing processes by expanding the use of contract manufacturers. These accomplishments along with continued investments in product development and expansion of our customer base were achieved during one of the most drastic telecommunications and data communications market declines in history.
 
Due to the deteriorating market conditions our sales started to decrease during the quarter ended September 30, 2001 and significantly declined for the next eight quarters. Our sales began to recover during the quarter ended December 31, 2003 and have increased through our most recent quarter which ended on June 30, 2006. Much of this growth has been a result of increased demand for our 10Gbps and 40Gbps products which have grown from 38.9% of our revenue in the year ended March 31, 2004 to 73.3% of revenue in the quarter ended June, 30, 2006. Throughout this period our


29


 

quarterly sales fluctuated with demand and we experienced operating losses which, along with capital investments and the acquisitions of Opto Device, Ltd. and Pine, were primarily financed with funds received from the sale of shares to Clarity and short-term loans. During the quarter ended June 30, 2006 we achieved positive cash flow from operations of $1.2 million for the first time.
 
The following are factors that affect our results of operations:
 
Sales
 
Through our direct sales force supported by manufacturer representatives and distributors, we sell products to many of the leading network systems vendors throughout North America, Europe, Japan and Asia. Our customers include many of the top telecommunications and data communications network systems vendors in the world. We also supply components to several major transceiver module companies and sell to select industrial and commercial customers. Sales to telecommunication and data communication customers, our communication sales, accounted for 88.6%, 81.9%, 72.4% and 66.7% of our sales during the quarter ended June 30, 2006 and each of the years ended March 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004, respectively. Also during the quarter ended June 30, 2006 and each of the years ended March 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004, sales of our products with 10Gbps or higher data rates, which we refer to as our 10Gbps & above products, represented 73.3%, 69.4%, 58.7% and 38.9% of total sales, respectively.
 
The number of leading network systems vendors that supply the global telecommunications and data communications markets is concentrated, and so, in turn, is our customer base. For the year ended March 31, 2006, our top three customers, Cisco Systems Inc. and subsidiaries, “Cisco”, Hitachi together with its affiliates, and Alcatel accounted for 27.9%, 15.0% and 12.7% of our sales, respectively. Although we have and will continue to attempt to expand our customer base, we anticipate that these customers will generally continue to represent a significant portion of our customer base and be responsible for significant percentages of our revenues.
 
The evaluation and qualification cycle prior to the initial sale of our products generally spans a year or more. Although we negotiate the sale of our products directly with most of our customers, certain purchase orders for our products are received from contract manufacturers on behalf of several of our network systems vendor customers following our direct negotiation with the respective customers. We recognize revenue when title and risk of loss has been transferred to the customer, the price is fixed or determinable and collectability is reasonably assured. These conditions generally exist upon shipment or when certain customers in Japan have inspected and accepted the product.
 
Our revenues are affected by capital spending for telecommunications and data communications networks and for lasers and infrared LEDs used in select industrial and commercial markets. The primary markets for our products have been characterized by increasing volumes and declining average selling prices primarily due to industry over-capacity, increased competition and the introduction of new products. We anticipate that our average selling prices will continue to decrease in future periods, although we cannot predict the timing and extent of these decreases.
 
We began to sell high powered red laser diodes for the rewriteable DVD market to a subsidiary of Hitachi during the year ended March 31, 2004. Since then the market experienced a rapid pace of new product introductions and significant price erosion and we experienced significant losses from sales of these products. Accordingly, during the quarter ended December 31, 2005 we notified such subsidiary of Hitachi of our intention to discontinue sales of our DVD products and then agreed to a last time buy arrangement whereby we would continue to sell our DVD products to a subsidiary of Hitachi through September 2006 in exchange for a price increase on new orders received after December 31, 2005. Sales of DVD products were $1.0 million for the quarter ended June 30, 2006, and were $11.9 million, $13.6 million and $6.0 million in each of the years ended March 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004, respectively.


30


 

We operate sales and marketing offices in several countries. During the years ended March 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004 revenues attributed to geographic areas were 47.9%, 44.1% and 33.1% in the United States, 25.7%, 31.4% and 55.0% in Japan, 22.6%, 23.1% and 11.4% in Europe, and 3.8%, 1.4% and 0.5% in Asia Pacific, respectively. As a result of this geographic diversity, our sales are exposed to market risks related to fluctuations in foreign exchange rates because certain sales transactions and the related assets and liabilities are denominated in currencies other than the U.S. dollar, primarily the Japanese yen and the Euro. To the extent we generate sales in currencies other than the U.S. dollar our future sales will be affected by foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations.
 
Cost of Sales and Gross Margin
 
Our cost of sales primarily consists of materials including components which are either assembled at one of our three internal manufacturing facilities or at one of several of our contract manufacturing partner’s or procured from third party vendors. Due to the complexity and proprietary nature of laser manufacturing, and the advantage of having our internal manufacturing resources co-located with our research and development staffs, most of the lasers used in our optical module and component products are manufactured in our facilities in Komoro and Totsuka, Japan. Our materials include certain parts and components that are purchased from a limited number of suppliers or in certain situations from a single supplier. Our cost of sales also includes labor costs for employees and contract laborers engaged in the production of our components and the assembly of our finished goods, outsourcing costs, the cost and related depreciation of manufacturing equipment as well as manufacturing overhead costs including the costs for product warranty repairs and inventory adjustments for excess and obsolete inventory.
 
Our cost of sales is exposed to market risks related to fluctuations in foreign exchange rates because a significant portion of our cost of sales and the related assets and liabilities are denominated in Japanese yen. Our cost of sales denominated in Japanese yen during the quarter ended June 30, 2006 and the year ended March 31, 2006 was 75.9% and 89.0%, respectively. We anticipate that this trend will continue into the foreseeable future. However, we anticipate the percentage of cost of sales denominated in Japanese yen to diminish as we plan to expand the use of contract manufacturers outside of Japan and procure more raw materials in U.S. dollars.
 
Our gross margins vary among our product lines and are generally higher on our 10Gbps and above products. Our overall gross margins will primarily fluctuate as a result of our overall sales volumes, changes in average selling prices and product mix, the introduction of new products and subsequent generations of existing products, manufacturing yields and our ability to reduce product costs.
 
Research and Development Costs
 
Research and development costs consist primarily of salaries and benefits of personnel related to the design, development and quality testing of new products or enhancement of existing products as well as outsourced services provided by Hitachi’s renowned research laboratories pursuant to our long-term contractual agreements. We incurred $1.1 million and $3.9 million in connection with these agreements during the quarter ended June 30, 2006 and the year ended March 31, 2006. In addition our research and development costs primarily include the cost of developing prototypes and material costs associated with the testing of products prior to shipment, the cost and related depreciation of testing equipment used in the testing of products prior to shipment and other contract research and development related services. We expect that our future research and developments costs will increase with our efforts to meet the anticipated increased market demands for our new and planned future products and to support enhancements to our existing products.


31


 

Selling, General and Administrative Expenses
 
Selling, general and administrative expenses consist primarily of salaries and benefits for our employees that perform our sales and related support, marketing, supply chain management, finance, information technology, human resource and other general corporate functions as well as internal and outsourced logistics and distribution costs, commissions paid to our manufacturers’ representatives, and professional fees and other corporate related expenses. We anticipate that these costs will rise as a result of higher revenues in the future. We also expect that the costs of being a publicly traded company, including but not limited to costs of compliance with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and other government regulations, will increase our future selling, general and administrative expenses.
 
Significant Accounting Policies
 
Revenue Recognition, Warranties and Allowances
 
Revenue is derived principally from the sales of our products. We recognize revenue when the basic criteria of Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 104 are met. Specifically, we recognize revenue when persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, usually in the form of a purchase order, delivery has occurred or services have been rendered, title and risk of loss have passed to the customer, the price is fixed or determinable and collection is reasonably assured in terms of both credit worthiness of the customer and there are no uncertainties with respect to customer acceptance.
 
We sell certain of our products to customers with a product warranty that provides repairs at no cost or the issuance of credit to the customer. The length of the warranty term depends on the product being sold, but ranges from one year to five years. We accrue the estimated exposure to warranty claims based upon historical claim costs as a percentage of sales multiplied by prior sales still under warranty at the end of any period. Our management reviews these estimates on a regular basis and adjusts the warranty provisions as actual experience differs from historical estimates or as other information becomes available.
 
Allowances for doubtful accounts are based upon historical payment patterns, aging of accounts receivable and actual write-off history, as well as assessment of customers’ credit worthiness. Changes in the financial condition of customers could have an effect on the allowance balance required and a related charge or credit to earnings.
 
Inventory Valuation
 
Inventories are stated at the lower of cost, determined on a first-in, first-out basis, or market. Inventories consist of raw materials, work in process and finished goods at both our sites and those at our contract manufacturer’s sites. Inventory valuation and firm, committed purchase order assessments are performed on a quarterly basis and those items which are identified to be obsolete or in excess of forecasted usage are reserved or written down to their estimated realizable value. Estimates of realizable value are based upon managements’ analyses and assumptions including, but not limited to, forecasted sales levels by product, expected product lifecycle, product development plans and future demand requirements. We typically use a twelve month rolling forecast based on factors including, but not limited to, our production cycles, anticipated product orders, marketing forecasts, backlog, shipment activities and inventories owned by and held at our customers. If market conditions are less favorable than our forecasts or actual demand from our customers is lower than our estimates, we may require additional inventory reserves or write-downs. If demand is higher than expected, inventories that had previously been reserved or written down may be sold at prices in excess of the written down value.
 
Income Taxes
 
Income taxes are accounted for under the asset and liability method. Under this method, deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the estimated future tax consequences


32


 

attributable to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases, and operating loss and tax credit carry-forwards. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates in effect for the year in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in the consolidated and combined statements of operations in the period that includes the enactment date. A valuation allowance is recorded to reduce the carrying amounts of deferred tax assets if it is more likely that such asset will not be realized.
 
As of March 31, 2006, we have a U.S. federal net operating loss carry-forward of approximately $83.9 million and a foreign net operating loss carry-forward of approximately $304 million to offset future taxable income. The U.S. federal net operating loss carry-forward excludes $15.8 million of pre-acquisition losses of Pine which are subject to certain annual limitations under Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code. The U.S. federal net operating loss carry-forward will expire between 2022 and 2027 and the foreign net operating loss carry-forward will expire between 2010 and 2014.
 
In assessing the realizability of deferred tax assets, management considers whether it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. At March 31, 2006 and 2005, management considered recent operating results, the near-term earnings expectations, and the highly competitive nature of our markets in making this assessment. At the end of each of the respective years, management determined that it is more likely than not that the tax benefit of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. Accordingly, full valuation allowances have been provided against the net deferred tax assets. There can be no assurances that deferred tax assets subject to our valuation allowance will ever be realized.
 
Impairment of Long-Lived Assets
 
Impairment of long lived assets are accounted for in accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (“SFAS”) No. 144, Accounting for Impairment of Long-Lived Assets . Long-lived assets, such as property, plant, and equipment, are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable. Recoverability of assets to be held and used is measured by a comparison of the carrying amount of an asset to the estimated undiscounted future cash flows expected to be generated by the asset. If the carrying amount of an asset exceeds its estimated future cash flows, an impairment charge is recognized by the amount by which the carrying amount of the asset exceeds the fair value of the asset. In estimating future cash flows, assets are grouped at the lowest level of identifiable cash flows that are largely independent of cash flows from other groups. Assumptions underlying future cash flow estimates are subject to risks and uncertainties.
 
The communication industry experienced significant deterioration during the year ended March 31, 2001 and the outlook of future market trends was uncertain until the second half of the year ended March 31, 2004. As the industries began to recover, we re-evaluated our long-term business plans and determined that the carrying amount of certain long-lived assets exceeded their fair value as determined by the related discounted future cash flows. Accordingly, a non-cash impairment charge of $19.2 million was recorded for the year ended March 31, 2004. Our evaluations for the years ended March 31, 2006 and 2005 indicated that there were no further impairments.
 
Stock-Based Incentive Plans
 
In December 2004, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued SFAS No. 123(R), Share-Based Payment. This Statement requires all share-based payments to be recognized in the financial statements based on their fair value. We adopted SFAS No. 123(R) on April 1, 2006, using the modified prospective method. This method requires compensation cost for the unvested portion of awards that are outstanding as of March 31, 2006 to be recognized over the remaining service period based on the grant-date fair value of those awards as previously calculated for pro forma disclosures under Statement No. 123. All new awards and awards that are modified, repurchased, or cancelled after


33


 

March 31, 2006 will be accounted for under the provisions of Statement No. 123(R). Compensation expense for all employee stock-based plans was $6 thousand for the quarter ended June 30, 2006.
 
In connection with the adoption of SFAS 123(R) we estimate the fair value of our share-based awards utilizing the Black-Scholes pricing model. The fair value of the awards is amortized as compensation expense on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period of the award, which is generally the vesting period. The fair value calculations involve significant judgments, assumptions, estimates and complexities that impact the amount of compensation expense to be recorded in current and future periods. The factors include:
 
  •  The time period that our share based awards are expected to remain outstanding has been determined based on the average of the original award period and the remaining vesting period in accordance with the SEC’s Staff Accounting Bulletin 107 simplified method. Our expected term assumption for awards issued during the three month period ended June 30, 2006 was 6.25 years. As additional evidence develops after trading of our stock begins, our expected term assumption will be refined to capture the relevant trends.
 
  •  The future volatility of our stock has been estimated based on the median calculated value of the historical volatility of companies we believe should be similar in market performance characteristics as those of our company. Use of comparable companies is necessary since we do not possess a stock price history. Our expected volatility assumption for awards issued during the three month period ended June 30, 2006 was 101.7%. Once trading begins and trends develop, we will begin using the implied volatility trends of our own pricing history as our estimate.
 
  •  A dividend yield of zero has been assumed for awards issued during the three month period ended June 30, 2006 based on our actual past experience and that we do not anticipate paying a dividend on our shares in the near future.
 
  •  We have based our risk-free interest rate assumption for awards issued during the three month period ended June 30, 2006 on the implied yield available on U.S. Treasury zero-coupon issues with an equivalent expected term which was 4.9% as of June 30, 2006.
 
  •  Forfeiture rates for awards issued during the three month period ended June 30, 2006 have been estimated based on our actual historical forfeiture trends of approximately 10%.
 
Prior to April 1, 2006, we accounted for our stock-based incentive plans in accordance with SFAS No. 123, Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation which requires entities to disclose pro-forma net income or loss as if the fair value of share-based awards were expensed. For pro forma disclosure purposes, the estimated fair value was amortized to expense over the vesting period. If we had elected to adopt the fair value recognition provisions of SFAS No. 123 for our stock-based incentive plans, our net loss would have decreased by $0.1 million in the year ended March 31, 2006 and would have increased by $0.3 million and $0.4 million during the years ended March 31, 2005 and 2004, respectively.
 
Pending Adoption of New Accounting Standards
 
In June 2006, the FASB issued Interpretation No. 48, Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes, an interpretation of FASB Statement 109 (“FIN 48”). FIN 48 prescribes a recognition threshold and measurement attribute for the financial statement recognition and measurement of a tax position taken or expected to be taken in a tax return. FIN 48 is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2006. We have not completed an assessment of the impact of FIN 48 on the consolidated financial statements and plan to adopt the provisions of FIN 48 on April 1, 2007.


34


 

Results of Operations
 
Comparison of the Three Months Ended June 30, 2006 and 2005
 
The following table sets forth selected operating data for the periods indicated:
 
                                     
    Three Months Ended June 30,    
   
2006
   
2005
   
2006
     
2005
   
    (In thousands)     (as percentage of sales)    
 
Sales
  $ 40,424     $ 31,370       100.0    %     100.0    %
Cost of sales
    27,163       27,795       67.2    %     88.6    %
                                 
Gross margin
    13,261       3,575       32.8    %     11.4    %
Research and development expenses
    8,023       7,962       19.8    %     25.4    %
Selling, general, and administrative expenses
    8,344       8,305       20.6    %     26.5    %
Other operating expenses
    16       53       0.0    %     0.2    %
                                 
Operating loss
    (3,122 )     (12,745 )     (7.7 ) %     (40.6 ) %
Interest income, net
    759       1,021       1.9    %     3.3    %
Other income (expense), net
    (1,111 )     208       (2.7 ) %     0.7    %
                                 
Loss before income taxes
    (3,474 )     (11,516 )     (8.6 ) %     (36.7 ) %
Income taxes
                0.0    %     0.0    %
                                 
Net loss
  $ (3,474 )   $ (11,516 )     (8.6 ) %     (36.7 ) %
                                 
 
Sales.   Overall sales increased $9.1 million or 28.9% to $40.4 million in the quarter ended June 30, 2006 from $31.4 million in the quarter ended June 30, 2005 including a decrease of $0.7 million due to fluctuations in foreign exchange rates. During the quarter ended June 30, 2006 our 10Gbps and above products increased $8.8 million or 42.3% to $29.6 million and our less than 10Gbps products increased $2.2 million or 56.3% to $6.2 million while sales of our industrial and commercial products decreased by $2.0 million or 30.6% to $4.6 million. The increase in our 10Gbps and above products primarily resulted from increased demand for our XFP, XENPAK and 40Gbps products while the increase in less than 10Gbps products primarily resulted from an increase in demand for our SFP products offset by lower demand for our 2.5Gbps custom modules. The decrease in sales of our industrial and commercial products primarily resulted from volume decreases in DVD products offset by improved DVD selling prices that resulted from a last time buy arrangement through September 2006 with Hitachi, the sole customer for our DVD products. Sales of DVD products were $1.0 million and $2.4 million in the quarters ended June 30, 2006 and 2005, respectively.
 
For the quarter ended June 30, 2006, Cisco and Alcatel accounted for 32.5% and 13.5% of revenues, respectively. For the quarter ended June 30, 2005, Cisco, Hitachi and its affiliates and Alcatel, accounted for 28.2%, 22.1% and 15.3% of revenue respectively. No other customers accounted for more than 10% of total sales in either period.
 
Gross Margin.   Gross margin increased $9.7 million or 270.9% to $13.3 million in the three months ended June 30, 2006 from $3.6 million in 2005 including a $0.7 million benefit from fluctuations in foreign exchange rates. As a percentage of sales, gross margin increased to 32.8% for the three months ended June 30, 2006 from 11.4% for 2005.
 
Gross margin improved primarily as a result of higher DVD selling prices, improved production yields, lower manufacturing costs per unit derived from higher volumes and lower material and outsourcing costs on most other products as well as the benefit from fluctuations in foreign exchange rates. These improvements were partially offset by higher per unit DVD manufacturing costs derived from lower volumes and decreases in average selling prices of most other products. Gross margin of DVD products was approximately $0.3 million in the quarter ended June 30, 2006 and approximately a loss of $4.3 million in the quarter ended June 30, 2005.


35


 

Research and Development Expenses.   Research and development expenses remained constant at $8.0 million for the three months ended June 30, 2006 and 2005 including a $0.4 million benefit from fluctuations in foreign exchange rates. Research and development expenses decreased as a percentage of sales to 19.8% for the three months ended June 30, 2006 from 25.4% for 2005. Research and development costs excluding the benefit from fluctuations in foreign exchange rates increased due to additional funding for contract research with Hitachi and others offset by lower material costs used in the development of our products and lower personnel and depreciation costs resulting from the consolidation of two U.S. based research centers during the second half of the year ended March 31, 2006.
 
Selling, General and Administrative Expenses.   Selling, general and administrative expenses remained constant at $8.3 million in the three months ended June 30, 2006 and 2005 including a $0.2 million benefit from fluctuations in foreign exchange rates. Selling, general and administrative expenses decreased as a percentage of sales to 20.6% for the three months ended June 30, 2006 from 26.5% for 2005. Selling, general and administrative costs excluding the benefit from fluctuations in foreign exchange rates increased primarily as a result of higher commission and logistics costs associated with increased sales volumes.
 
Other Operating Expenses.   Other operating expenses for the three months ended June 30, 2006 were $16 thousand and consist of non-cash charges related to the disposal of certain obsolete fixed assets. Other operating expenses for the three months ended June 30, 2005 were $53 thousand and consist of severance costs.
 
Interest Income, Net.   Interest income, net decreased by approximately $0.3 million or 25.7% to $0.8 million in the three months ended June 30, 2006 from $1.0 million in 2005. Interest income, net for the three months ended June 30, 2006 and 2005 consists of interest earned on cash and cash equivalents offset by interest expense on short-term debt of $0.1 million for each year. The decrease reflects lower cash and cash equivalent balances and higher interest rates on short term debt offset by lower short term debt balances and higher interest rates received on cash and cash equivalent balances during the period.
 
Other Income (Expense), Net.   Other (expense), net was $1.1 million for the three months ended June 30, 2006 and other income was $0.2 million for the three months ended June 30, 2005 and consisted primarily of net exchange losses and net exchange gains, respectively, on foreign currency transactions.
 
Income Taxes.   Due to the uncertainty regarding the timing and extent of our future profitability, we have recorded a valuation allowance to offset potential income tax benefits associated with our operating losses. As a result, we did not record an income tax benefit during the quarters ended June 30, 2006 and 2005. There can be no assurances that deferred tax assets subject to our valuation allowance will ever be realized.


36


 

Comparison of The Years Ended March 31, 2006 and 2005
 
The following table reflects the results of our operations in U.S. dollars and as a percentage of sales. Our historical operating results may not be indicative of the results of any future period.
 
                                                 
    Year Ended March 31,     Year Ended March 31,  
   
2006
   
2005
   
2004
   
2006
   
2005
   
2004
 
    (In thousands)     (as percentage of sales)  
 
Sales
  $ 151,691     $ 138,432     $ 79,390       100.0  %     100.0  %     100.0  %
Cost of sales
    119,626       107,694       73,144       78.9  %     77.8  %     92.1  %
                                                 
Gross margin
    32,065       30,738       6,246       21.1  %     22.2  %     7.9  %
Research and development expenses
    33,669       33,251       30,921       22.2  %     24.0  %     38.9  %
Selling, general and administrative expenses
    33,116       33,629       33,164       21.8  %     24.3  %     41.8  %
Other operating expenses
    1,464       67       25,283       1.0  %     0.0  %     31.8  %
                                                 
Operating loss
    (36,184 )     (36,209 )     (83,122 )     (23.9 )%     (26.2 )%     (104.7 )%
Interest income, net
    4,102       2,138       2,374       2.7  %     1.5  %     3.0  %
Other income, net
    1,886       52       258       1.2  %     0.0  %     0.3  %
                                                 
Loss before income taxes
    (30,196 )     (34,019 )     (80,490 )     (19.9 )%     (24.6 )%     (101.4 )%
Income tax (expense)/benefit
    (278 )     1,275       0       (0.2 )%     0.9  %     0.0  %
                                                 
Net loss
  $ (30,474 )   $ (32,744 )   $ (80,490 )     (20.1 )%     (23.7 )%     (101.4 )%
                                                 
 
Sales.   Overall sales increased $13.3 million or 9.6% to $151.7 million in the year ended March 31, 2006 from $138.4 million in the year ended March 31, 2005 including a $2.9 million decrease from fluctuations in foreign exchange rates. During the year ended March 31, 2006 our 10Gbps and above products increased $23.9 million or 29.4% to $105.2 million while our less than 10Gbps products remained constant at $18.9 million and sales of our industrial and commercial products decreased by $10.6 million or 27.8% to $27.5 million. The increase in our 10Gbps and above products primarily resulted from increased demand for our 300 pin, XFP and X2 modules offset by lower sales of components to transceiver module companies. Sales of less than 10Gbps products remained constant as increased demand for our SFP products was offset by lower demand for our 2.5Gbps custom modules and 50/150 Mbps products. The decrease in sales of our industrial and commercial products primarily resulted from DVD price declines, as well as volume decreases in other industrial and commercial products partially offset by DVD volume increases. Sales of DVD products were $11.9 million and $13.6 million in the years ended March 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively.
 
For the year ended March 31, 2006, Cisco, Hitachi and its affiliates, and Alcatel accounted for 27.9%, 15.0% and 12.7% of revenues, respectively. For the year ended March 31, 2005, Cisco, Hitachi and its affiliates and Alcatel, accounted for 28.5%, 16.7% and 15.3% of revenue, respectively. No other customers accounted for more than 10% of total sales in either period.
 
Gross Margin.   Gross margin increased $1.3 million or 4.3% to $32.1 million in the year ended March 31, 2006 from $30.7 million in the year ended March 31, 2005 including a $2.9 million benefit from fluctuations in foreign exchange rates offset by a $2.3 million negative effect from changes in excess and obsolete inventory reserves. During the year ended March 31, 2006 we recorded a $1.3 million charge for excess and obsolete inventory while a $1.0 million benefit was realized during the year ended March 31, 2005 from the sale of inventory that was previously written down. As a percentage of sales, gross margin decreased to 21.1% for the year ended March 31, 2006 from 22.2% for the year ended March 31, 2005.
 
Gross margin improved primarily as a result of lower manufacturing costs per unit derived from higher volumes, improved yields and lower material and outsourcing costs on most communication and DVD products as well as the benefit from fluctuations in foreign exchange rates offset by higher manufacturing costs per unit resulting from lower volumes of certain industrial and commercial


37


 

products, decreases in average selling prices of most products and the negative effect from changes in excess and obsolete inventory reserves. Gross margin of DVD products was approximately a loss of $9.3 million and a loss of $10.4 million in the years ended March 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively.
 
Research and Development Expenses.   Research and development expenses increased by $0.4 million or 1.3% to $33.7 million in the year ended March 31, 2006 from $33.3 million in the year ended March 31, 2005 including a $1.4 million benefit from fluctuations in foreign exchange rates. Research and development expenses decreased as a percentage of sales to 22.2% for the year ended March 31, 2006 from 24.0% for the year ended March 31, 2005. Research and development costs increased due to additional funding for contract research with Hitachi and others as well as higher material costs used in the development of our products offset by lower personnel and depreciation costs resulting from the consolidation of two U.S. based research centers during the second half of the year ended March 31, 2006.
 
Selling, General and Administrative Expenses.   Selling, general and administrative expenses decreased by $0.5 million or 1.5% to $33.1 million in the year ended March 31, 2006 from $33.6 million in the year ended March 31, 2005 including a $0.7 million benefit from fluctuations in foreign exchange rates. Selling, general and administrative expenses decreased as a percentage of sales to 21.8% for the year ended March 31, 2006 from 24.3% for the year ended March 31, 2005. The decrease in selling, general and administrative expenses primarily consisted of lower non-employee stock option expense to related parties, foreign franchise tax savings resulting from the restructuring of our Japan subsidiary’s equity and the benefit from fluctuations in foreign exchange rates offset by higher logistics costs associated with the sales volume increase, higher costs associated with our preparatory efforts to comply with Sarbanes-Oxley requirements and increased personnel costs.
 
Other Operating Expenses.   Other operating expenses increased $1.4 million to $1.5 million for the year ended March 31, 2006 from $0.1 million for the year ended March 31, 2005. During the year ended March 31, 2006 other operating expenses included a $1.1 million non-cash charge related to the disposal of certain obsolete fixed assets as well as fees to restructure our Japan subsidiary’s equity and severance costs. Other operating expenses for the year ended March 31, 2005 consisted of non-cash charges related to the disposal of certain obsolete fixed assets and severance costs.
 
Interest Income, Net.   Interest income, net increased by $2.0 million or 91.9% to $4.1 million in the year ended March 31, 2006 from $2.1 million in the year ended March 31, 2005. Interest income, net for the years ended March 31, 2006 and 2005 consist of interest earned on cash and cash equivalents offset by interest expense on short-term debt of $0.5 million for each year. The increase reflects lower short term debt balances and higher interest rates received on cash and cash equivalent balances offset by higher interest rates on short term debt and lower cash and cash equivalent balances during the period.
 
Other Income, Net.   Other income, net was $1.9 million and $0.1 million, respectively, for the years ended March 31, 2006 and 2005 and consisted primarily of net exchange gains on foreign currency transactions.
 
Income Taxes.   We recorded a $0.3 million current income tax expense during the year ended March 31, 2006 which resulted from foreign withholding taxes on the repayment of interest expense on debt owed by a subsidiary to the parent corporation. During the year ended March 31, 2005 we recorded a $1.3 million current income tax benefit which resulted from the reversal of an income tax contingency reserve for certain previously filed foreign tax returns that did not materialize prior to the expiration of the related statute of limitations.
 
Due to the uncertainty regarding the timing and extent of our future profitability, we have recorded a valuation allowance to offset potential income tax benefits associated with our operating losses. As a result, we did not record an income tax benefit during the years ended March 31, 2006 and 2005. There can be no assurances that deferred tax assets subject to our valuation allowance will ever be realized.


38


 

 
Comparison of The Years Ended March 31, 2005 and 2004
 
Sales.   Overall sales increased $59.0 million or 74.4% to $138.4 million in the year ended March 31, 2005 from $79.4 million in the year ended March 31, 2004 including a $3.0 million benefit from fluctuations in foreign exchange rates. During the year ended March 31, 2005, our 10Gbps and above products increased $50.4 million or 163.0% to $81.3 million while our less than 10Gbps products decreased $3.1 million or 14.2% to $18.9 million and sales of our industrial and commercial products increased by $11.8 million or 44.6% to $38.2 million. The increase in our 10Gbps and above products resulted from increased demand for our 300 pin and XENPAK modules and higher sales of components to transceiver module companies. Sales of less than 10Gbps products decreased as lower demand for our 50/150 Mbps products and a last time buy of Interconnect products in the year ended March 31, 2004 was offset by increased demand for our SFP products and 2.5Gbps custom modules. The increase in sales of our industrial and commercial products primarily resulted from higher volumes offset by lower average selling prices for DVD products. Sales of DVD products were $13.6 million and $6.0 million in the years ended March 31, 2005 and 2004, respectively.
 
For the year ended March 31, 2005, Cisco, Hitachi and its affiliates and Alcatel, accounted for 28.5%, 16.7% and 15.3% of revenue respectively. For the year ended March 31, 2004, Hitachi and its affiliates and Cisco accounted for 21.9% and 20.6% of revenue respectively. No other customers accounted for more than 10% of total sales in either period.
 
Gross Margin.   Gross margin increased $24.5 million or 392.1% to $30.7 million in the year ended March 31, 2005 from $6.2 million in the year ended March 31, 2004 including a $1.7 million decrease from fluctuations in foreign exchange rates. As a percentage of sales, gross margin increased to 22.2% for the year ended March 31, 2005 from 7.9% for the year ended March 31, 2004. We recorded a non-cash asset impairment charge of $19.2 million during the year ended March 31, 2004. As a result, our depreciation expense for the year ended March 31, 2005 was less than the prior year which resulted in an improvement of our gross margins by $4.7 million for the year ended March 31, 2005. We also realized a $1.0 million benefit from the sale of previously written down inventory during the year ended March 31, 2005.
 
Gross margin improved primarily as a result of higher volumes, lower depreciation expense and the benefit from the sale of previously written down inventory offset by decreases in average selling prices, unfavorable DVD production yields and the negative effect from fluctuations in foreign exchange rates. Gross margin of DVD products decreased to a loss of approximately $10.4 million in the year ended March 31, 2005 from a profit of approximately $0.8 million in 2004.
 
Research and Development Expenses.   Research and development expenses increased by $2.3 million or 7.5% to $33.3 million in the year ended March 31, 2005 from $30.9 million in the year ended March 31, 2004 including a $1.2 million increase from fluctuations in foreign exchange rates. Research and development expenses decreased as a percentage of sales to 24.0% for the year ended March 31, 2005 from 38.9% for the year ended March 31, 2004. The increase in research and development expenses included additional funding for contract research with Hitachi as well as higher personnel and material costs used in the development of our products offset by lower depreciation costs resulting from the non-cash asset impairment charge recorded during the year ended March 31, 2004.
 
Selling, General and Administrative Expenses.   Selling, general and administrative expenses increased by approximately $0.5 million or 1.4% to $33.6 million in the year ended March 31, 2005 from $33.2 million in the year ended March 31, 2004 including a $0.6 million increase from fluctuations in foreign exchange rates. Selling, general and administrative expenses decreased as a percentage of sales to 24.3% for the year ended March 31, 2005 from 41.8% for the year ended March 31, 2004. The increase in selling, general and administrative expenses primarily consisted of higher commission, logistics and other costs associated with increased sales volumes and the increase from fluctuations in foreign exchange rates offset by lower non-employee stock option expense to related parties and


39


 

lower depreciation costs resulting from the non-cash asset impairment charge recorded during the year ended March 31, 2004.
 
Other Operating Expenses.   Other operating expenses decreased $25.2 million to $0.1 million for the year ended March 31, 2005 from $25.3 million for the year ended March 31, 2004. Other operating expenses for the year ended March 31, 2005 consisted of non-cash charges related to the disposal of certain obsolete fixed assets and severance costs. During the year ended March 31, 2004 we recorded a non-cash impairment charge associated with certain long-lived assets of $19.2 million, a $5.9 million non-cash charge related to the disposal of certain obsolete fixed assets and $0.2 million of severance and other costs.
 
The communication industry experienced significant deterioration during the year ended March 31, 2001 and the outlook of future market trends was uncertain until the second half of the year ended March 31, 2004. As the industries began to recover, we re-evaluated our long-term business plans and determined that the carrying amount of certain long-lived assets exceeded their fair value as determined by the related discounted future cash flows. Accordingly, a non-cash impairment charge of $19.2 million was recorded for the year ended March 31, 2004. Our evaluations for the years ended March 31, 2006 and 2005 indicated that there were no further impairments.
 
Interest Income, Net.   Interest income, net decreased by $0.2 million or 9.9% to $2.1 million in the year ended March 31, 2005 from $2.4 million in the year ended March 31, 2004. Interest income, net for the years ended March 31, 2005 and 2004 consist of interest earned on cash and cash equivalents offset by interest expense on short-term debt of $0.5 million for each year. The decrease reflects lower cash and cash equivalent balances and higher interest rates on short term debt offset by lower short term debt balances and higher interest rates received on cash and cash equivalent balances during the period.
 
Other Income, Net.   Other income, net for the year ended March 31, 2005 was $0.1 million and consisted primarily of net exchange gains on foreign currency transactions. Other income, net for the year ended March 31, 2004 was $0.3 million and primarily consisted of $1.1 million of net exchange gains on foreign currency transactions and $0.8 million of investment losses.
 
Income Taxes.   During the year ended March 31, 2005 we recorded a $1.3 million current income tax benefit which resulted from the reversal of an income tax contingency reserve for certain previously filed foreign tax returns that did not materialize prior to the expiration of the related statute of limitations.
 
Due to the uncertainty regarding the timing and extent of our future profitability, we have recorded a valuation allowance to offset potential income tax benefits associated with our operating losses. As a result, we did not record an income tax benefit during the years ended March 31, 2005 and 2004. There can be no assurances that deferred tax assets subject to our valuation allowance will ever be realized.
 
Liquidity and Capital Resources
 
From inception we have primarily financed our operating losses, capital expenditures and the acquisitions of Opto Device, Ltd. and Pine with the funds received from the sale of shares to Clarity and the monthly rollover of short-term loans from various Japanese banks. At June 30, 2006 and at March 31, 2006 and 2005 cash and cash equivalents totaled $90.3 million, $89.4 million and $169.5 million and the outstanding balance of the short-term loans were $52.4 million, $50.9 million and $82.2 million, respectively.


40


 

 
During the quarter ended June 30, 2006 cash and cash equivalents increased by $0.9 million to $90.3 million from $89.4 million. This increase consisted of $1.2 million of net cash provided by operating activities, $0.3 million used for capital expenditures, $0.5 million used for payments on capital lease obligations and a $0.5 million favorable effect from fluctuations in foreign exchange rates. Net cash provided by operating activities reflected our net loss of $3.5 million offset by a decrease in working capital of $1.6 million and depreciation and amortization of $3.0 million. The decrease in working capital primarily resulted from a decrease in accounts receivable related to the decrease in sales from the quarter ended March 31, 2006 and increase in accounts payable offset by an increase in inventories to fund new products and improve customer service levels. During the quarter ended June 30, 2006 we also entered into $0.2 million of new capital lease obligations.
 
During the year ended March 31, 2006 cash and cash equivalents decreased by $80.1 million to $89.4 million from $169.5 million. This decrease consisted of $30.2 million of net cash used by operating activities, $3.1 million used for capital expenditures, $46.5 million to fund financing activities and a $0.3 million negative effect from fluctuations in foreign exchange rates. Net cash used by operating activities reflected our net loss of $30.5 million and an increase in working capital of $13.4 million offset by depreciation and amortization of $12.6 million and $1.1 million of non-cash expenses. The increase in working capital primarily resulted from the increase in accounts receivable and inventories resulting from the increase in sales during the year. Net cash used by financing activities consisted of a $25.3 million net reduction of short term loans primarily in connection with the restructure of our Japan subsidiary’s equity, $20.0 million for final payment of the Opto Device, Ltd., acquisition, and $1.3 million for payments of capital lease obligations. During the year ended March 31, 2006 we also entered into $7.9 million of new capital lease obligations.
 
During the year ended March 31, 2005 cash and cash equivalents decreased by $33.7 million to $169.5 million from $203.2 million. This decrease consisted of $27.3 million of net cash used by operating activities, $4.4 million used for capital expenditures and $2.0 million to fund financing activities. Net cash used by operating activities reflected our net loss of $32.7 million and an increase in working capital of $9.2 million offset by depreciation and amortization of $12.6 million and $2.0 million of non-cash expenses. The increase in working capital primarily resulted from the increase in accounts receivable and inventories resulting from the increase sales during the year. Net cash used by financing activities consisted of a $1.3 million net reduction of short term loans and $0.7 million for payments of capital lease obligations. During the year ended March 31, 2005 we also entered into $2.2 million of new capital lease obligations.
 
We believe that existing cash and cash equivalent balances, available short term loans and cash flow expected to be provided or used by future operations will be sufficient to fund our capital expenditure requirements and our capital lease obligations at least for the next twelve months. However, we may require additional financing to fund our operations in the future and there is no assurance that additional funds will be available, especially if we experience operating results below expectations. If adequate financing is not available as required, or is not available on favorable terms, our business, financial condition and results of operations will be adversely affected.
 
Contractual Obligations
 
The following table represents our contractual obligations at March 31, 2006 in millions of dollars.
 
                                         
        Less than
          More than
    Total   1 year   1-3 years   3-5 years   5 years
 
Debt
  $ 50.9     $ 50.9     $     $     $  
Capital lease obligations
    8.9       2.2       6.5       0.2        
Operating lease obligations
    6.1       2.5       2.6       1.0        
Purchase obligations
    18.4       18.4                    
                                         
Total
  $ 84.3     $ 74.0     $ 9.1     $ 1.2     $  
                                         


41


 

Debt consists of short-term loans with The Bank of Tokyo-Mitsubishi UFJ bank which are due monthly. Interest is paid monthly at the TIBOR rate plus a premium which ranged in total from 0.56% to 0.59% during the three month period ended June 30, 2006 and 0.56% to 0.57% during the year ended March 31, 2006.
 
Capital lease obligations consist primarily of manufacturing assets under non-cancelable capital leases.
 
Operating leases consist primarily of leases on buildings with arrangements that expire in various years through March 31, 2011.
 
Purchase obligations represent an estimate of all open purchase orders and contractual obligations in the ordinary course of business for which we have not received the goods or services. These obligations include purchase commitments with our contract manufacturers. We enter into agreements with contract manufacturers and suppliers that allow them to procure inventory based upon agreements defining our material and services requirements. In certain instances, these agreements allow us the option to cancel, reschedule, and adjust our requirements based on our business needs prior to firm orders being placed. Although open purchase orders are considered enforceable and legally binding, the terms generally allow us the option to cancel, reschedule, and adjust our requirements based on our business needs prior to the delivery of goods or performance of services.
 
Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk
 
We are exposed to foreign currency, interest rate and commodity price risks.
 
To the extent we generate sales in currencies other than the U.S. dollar, our sales will be affected by currency fluctuations. For the quarter ended June 30, 2006 and for the year ended March 31, 2006, 26.9% and 30.4% of revenues were denominated in Japanese yen, respectively and 1.2% and 1.7% were denominated in euros, respectively. The remaining revenues were denominated in U.S. dollars.
 
To the extent we manufacture our products in Japan, our cost of sales will be affected by currency fluctuations. During the quarter ended June 30, 2006 and the year ended March 31, 2006, approximately 75.9% and 89.0% of our cost of sales was denominated in Japanese yen, respectively. We anticipate that this trend will continue into the foreseeable future. However, we anticipate the percentage of cost of sales denominated in Japanese yen to diminish as we plan to expand the use of contract manufacturers outside of Japan and procure more raw materials in U.S. dollars.
 
To the extent we perform research and development activities and selling, general and administrative functions in Japan, our operating expenses will be affected by currency fluctuations. During the quarter ended June 30, 2006 and the year ended March 31, 2006 approximately 56.0% and 57.0% of our operating expenses were denominated in Japanese yen, respectively. We anticipate that this trend will continue into the foreseeable future.
 
As of June 30, 2006 and March 31, 2006, we had net receivable positions of $8.1 million and $10.3 million, respectively, subject to foreign currency exchange risk between the Japanese yen and the U.S. dollar. During the quarter ended June 30, 2006, we began to mitigate a portion of the exchange rate risk by utilizing forward contracts to cover the net receivable positions. At June 30, 2006 we had entered into $5.0 million of such foreign exchange forward contracts. These forward contracts generally have maturities of ninety days or less. We do not enter into foreign exchange forward contracts for trading purposes, but rather as a hedging vehicle to minimize foreign currency fluctuations. Gains or losses on these derivative instruments are not anticipated to have a material impact on financial results.
 
We have short-term loans with Bank of Tokyo-Mitsubishi UFJ which are due monthly. Interest is paid monthly at TIBOR rate plus a premium which ranged from 0.56% to 0.59% and 0.56% to 0.57% during the quarter ended June 30, 2006 and the year ended March 31, 2006, respectively.
 
Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements
 
We do not have any off-balance sheet financing or unconsolidated special purpose entities.


42


 

BUSINESS
 
Business Description
 
We are a leading designer and manufacturer of transmit and receive optical modules and components which enable high-speed telecommunications and data communications networks globally. In particular, we are a leader in both the telecommunications and data communications applications for the fast growing market for 10Gbps and above transceiver modules and optical components with a long history of market innovation. Our expertise in core semiconductor laser and other optical communications technologies has helped us create a broad portfolio of products that address customer demands for higher speeds, wider temperature ranges, smaller sizes, lower power consumption and greater reliability. We view ourselves as a strategic vendor to our customers and maintain longstanding supplier relationships with many of the leading telecommunications and data communications network systems vendors such as Alcatel, Cisco and Hitachi.
 
Telecommunications and data communications networks are becoming increasingly congested due to the growing demand for high bandwidth applications by consumers, enterprises and institutions. This bandwidth constraint has caused network service providers to turn to their equipment vendors to provide solutions that maximize bandwidth and reliability while minimizing cost. Increasing the communications data rate in networks has been an important element of easing network congestion, and, as a result, network service providers are deploying 10Gbps equipment more broadly throughout their networks. We have a broad portfolio of products encompassing a number of form factors, including 300 pin, XENPAK, X2, XPAK, XFP, XMD, SFP and in the future SFP+. We focus on the 10Gbps and above markets including tunable modules which we believe are some of the fastest growing and most important in the communications industry.
 
We were founded in September 2000 as a subsidiary of Hitachi Ltd. and subsequently spun-out of its fiber optic components business. We draw upon a 30 year history in fundamental laser research, manufacturing excellence, and product development that helped create several technological innovations such as the creation of 10Gbps and 40Gbps laser technologies. We work closely with Hitachi’s renowned research laboratories under long-term contractual relationships to conduct research and commercialize products based on fundamental laser and photodetector technology. We view our relationship with Hitachi as a competitive advantage because this relationship makes us a leader in fundamental semiconductor laser research for the communications market. These research efforts enable us to develop market leadership in the 10Gbps transceiver module market and place us in a strong position to develop differentiated products for emerging higher-speed markets, such as the 40Gbps and 100Gbps markets.
 
Since April 2001, we have generated cumulative revenue of approximately $700 million, expanded our customer base, increased our design wins eight fold across our top ten customers by revenue and made significant operational improvements. In addition, we have expanded our product lines and our patent portfolio which, as of September 30, 2006, includes 311 awarded patents and 381 pending patent applications as well as acquired and integrated two businesses. Through our direct sales force supported by manufacturer representatives and distributors, we sell products to many of the leading network systems vendors throughout North America, Europe, Japan and Asia. Our customers include many of the top telecommunications and data communications network systems vendors in the world. We also supply components to several major transceiver module companies and sell into select industrial and commercial applications such as medical systems, laser printers and barcode scanners where we can apply our core laser capabilities.


43


 

Industry Background
 
Over the past several years, telecommunications networks have undergone significant changes as network service providers pursue more profitable service offerings and lower operating costs. Network service providers continue to add high speed network access such as Wi-Fi, WiMAX, 3G, DSL, cable and FTTx, and are converging traditionally separate networks for delivering voice, video and data into IP-based integrated networks. Concurrent with these trends, a growing demand for high bandwidth applications such as e-mail, music and video downloads and streaming, on-line gaming, peer-to-peer file sharing and IPTV are challenging network service providers to supply increasing bandwidth to their customers. These applications drive increased network utilization across the core and at the edge of wireline, wireless and cable networks, which we collectively refer to as telecommunications networks. Additionally, in data communications, enterprises and institutions are managing the rapidly escalating demands for data and bandwidth and are upgrading and deploying their own high speed local, storage and wide area networks, also called LANs, SANs and WANs respectively. These deployments increase the ability to utilize high bandwidth applications that are growing in importance to their organizations and also increase utilization across telecommunications networks as this traffic leaves the LANs, SANs and WANs and travels over the network service providers’ edge and core networks.
 
Both telecommunications and data communications networks are utilizing optical networking technologies capable of supporting higher speeds, additional features and greater interoperability to accommodate higher bandwidth requirements and achieve the lowest cost. Today, both telecommunications network systems vendors such as Alcatel and data communications network systems vendors such as Cisco are producing optical systems increasingly based on 10Gbps and 40Gbps speeds including multi-service switches, DWDM transport terminals, access multiplexers, routers, Ethernet switches and other network systems. Mirroring the convergence of telecommunications and data communications networks, these network systems vendors are increasingly addressing both telecommunications and data communications applications. Faced with technological and cost challenges, they are focusing on their core competencies of software and systems integration, and are relying upon established module and component suppliers for the design, development and supply of critical hardware components such as products that perform the optical transmit and receive functions.
 
In order to address the increased network speed requirements, optical module and component companies need to provide products that incorporate improved semiconductor laser technology that addresses power consumption, operating temperature and size, all of which are inter-related primary challenges, while also meeting customers’ stringent demands for product reliability:
 
  •  The Power Challenge.   Modules that operate at 10Gbps consume two to more than five times as much electrical power as those modules operating at the preceding data rate and the power challenges are expected to become more difficult as the industry moves beyond 10Gbps. Network service providers generally have fixed, limited space in their network central offices, closets, and data centers to house network equipment, creating de facto standards on the physical size allowed for each piece of network equipment regardless of data rate. To offer increasingly higher speed systems, network system vendors need more efficient modules to support greater port density while adhering to power supply and cooling system constraints. These constraints drive the need for laser technology with higher temperature tolerance and improved efficiency which reduces power consumption and enables smaller form factor modules to be used.
 
  •  The Temperature Challenge.   Within an optical module, the laser diode is the most sensitive component to temperature. As a result, 10Gbps modules have in the past been constrained to 70ºC maximum operating case temperature. Even in temperature controlled environments, heat dissipation from neighboring electronic components can raise internal equipment temperatures to levels that degrade laser and module performance. Furthermore, some network equipment is located outdoors in non-temperature controlled environments where transceiver


44


 

  modules need to operate reliably up to an operating case temperature of +85ºC. Therefore, customers are demanding optical modules that can operate at wider temperature ranges, especially incorporating uncooled lasers that do not require costly and inefficient thermoelectric coolers.
 
  •  The Size Challenge.   The system throughput, data rate of each port and the overall chassis dimensions of the system define the bandwidth capacity of that system. Network service providers and enterprises have limited space in which to house their optical network equipment within an office or equipment room. Expanding the capacity of that system requires increasing the number of ports and the data rate of those ports. In order to meet these higher speed and density requirements industry leaders have defined smaller 10Gbps transceiver packages. As the size of these packages decrease, so does their ability to dissipate heat making it virtually impossible to support cooled laser technology. Therefore, lower power consumption uncooled laser technology with higher temperature tolerance and improved efficiency is required to meet the thermal capacity of these smaller packages.
 
The increasing complexity of the components, industry consolidation and the need to increase the pace of innovation while reducing costs have led the network systems vendors to reduce their number of module and component suppliers and favor vendors with more comprehensive product portfolios and deeper product expertise. Suppliers who can successfully meet these challenges may become involved early in network systems vendors’ product development and become a strategic part of their product planning process. Advantages of being one of these select suppliers can include faster time to market and cost advantages.
 
Our Key Advantages
 
We are a leading designer and manufacturer of transmit and receive optical modules and components which enable high-speed telecommunications and data communications networks globally. We believe we offer the most comprehensive 10Gbps transceiver product portfolio in the communications industry and are a leader in the rapidly developing 40Gbps technology market. Our modules and components are utilized by leading telecommunications and data communications network systems vendors such as Cisco and Alcatel. We have positioned ourselves as a strategic vendor for our customers engaging them early in their planning cycle to help guide product development, addressing the key market requirements and maintaining market leadership in core semiconductor laser-based technology. We believe customers choose to work with us for several reasons including:
 
Technology Leadership.   Our products are built on a foundation of optical technologies based on over 30 years of research and development experience, resulting in 311 patents awarded and 381 patent applications pending worldwide. Our technology innovation extends to core semiconductor laser design and materials systems, optical and electronic component integration, high precision wavelength stability for DWDM and tunable applications, and high speed transmission design for 40Gbps and higher speeds. The semiconductor laser is at the core of all optical systems and is one of the most complex aspects of optical communications with a long development cycle. We are one of only a limited number of global providers of high performance 10Gbps and above lasers. We conduct our research both independently and through long-term contractual relationships with Hitachi. We are committed to conduct fundamental semiconductor laser research as a source of differentiation. By maintaining leadership in semiconductor laser technology, we are able to better maximize the performance of our transceiver modules as well as gain cost and operational efficiencies through selective vertical integration.
 
Broad Product Line.   We have one of the most comprehensive transmit and receive optical module portfolios for both telecommunications and data communications applications particularly for 10Gbps transceiver modules. Our products support a wide range of data rates, protocols, wavelengths, transmission distances and industry standard platforms. Our portfolio consists of 10Gbps and


45


 

40Gbps transceiver modules, including tunable transceivers, a broad line of 2.5Gbps and lower speed SFP transceiver modules, and new or planned products for emerging product platforms such as SFP+ and XMD. We believe the breadth of our product portfolio positions us favorably with leading network systems vendors seeking to reduce their number of suppliers in favor of partnering with suppliers with greater product capabilities and expertise.
 
Superior Performance.   Our performance advantage is, in most cases, due to the use of our industry leading lasers, superior integration and module design capabilities. Our core semiconductor laser technology allows us to efficiently design products that exceed the current power, size, temperature and reliability requirements of our customers, thus providing them with additional system level reliability and design flexibility. For example, one of our newest products is an indium phosphide and aluminum based 10Gbps uncooled DFB that enables 10Gbps optical transceivers to have an operating case temperature of 85ºC and provides network system vendors additional heat tolerance margin. This technology delivers reduced power consumption that enables high port density and smaller packages. This technology is allowing us to develop new 10Gbps modules to be used in outdoor non-temperature controlled environments and enable higher capacity in our customers’ next generation systems. In addition to our superior technological performance, we have established long-term relationships with customers by working closely with them to better understand the individual requirements of their products and by providing superior customer service and technical support.
 
Continuous Innovation.   We continuously innovate in laser and optical technologies such as uncooled DFB lasers and EA-DFBs. As a result, our customers often involve us early in the planning process for their next generation of products or engage us to create custom solutions for complex problems. Our early involvement in the design cycles of our customers’ products deepens our understanding of their long-term needs, increases our strategic importance to these customers and enhances our ability to cost effectively introduce new products that best address their needs. As an example of our successful innovation history, we have won several customer awards including Cisco’s prestigious Technology Alignment Award. We were also the first to market or have been a leading market innovator in products such as 10Gbps lasers, 10Gbps 300 pin transceivers, a DWDM version of a XENPAK transceiver, a 40Gbps laser and transceiver, an APD that meets the more stringent long distance telecom specification and an uncooled XFP module operating at 85ºC.
 
MSA Leadership.   We actively participate with network systems vendors and module and component vendors in the establishment of multi-source agreements, also known as MSAs, which define new product generations. Many customers use these MSAs as a framework for the design of their new systems. These MSAs specify the mechanical dimensions, electrical interface, diagnostic and management features and other key specifications such as heat and electrical interference that enable network systems vendors to plan their new systems accordingly. We are able to substantially influence the MSAs due to our sustained leadership position in the industry and understanding of key customer needs, an understanding developed via our close relationships at the research and development planning level and extensive technical support resources. We are founders or early members of successful 10Gbps MSAs such as 300 pin, XENPAK, X2 and XMD. We believe our involvement in MSA committees, in which our customers also participate, contributes to customer confidence that our new products will meet their performance, quality and manufacturing expectations.
 
Strategy
 
Our strategy is to be the leading provider of high performance optical modules and components by providing a broadening range of transmit and receive products that address our customers’ needs. Elements of our strategy include the following:
 
Focus on High Growth Product and Market Opportunities.   We will continue to focus our product development resources on high growth market segments both within the markets we currently serve as well as in new markets that utilize our core technologies. We will continue to invest substantially in the market for 10Gbps optical components and are selectively increasing our


46


 

investments in 40Gbps technologies as the market gains momentum. We believe high growth opportunities exist even within more mature communications segments by virtue of introducing innovative laser device structures such as short cavity DBR and long wavelength VCSEL lasers with superior performance characteristics to current generation products. Outside of communications, we believe we can address opportunities by developing products based upon our core laser technology. One such product is a semiconductor green laser diode which our non-communications customers have been requesting for consumer applications such as displays, construction tools and laser pointers.
 
Grow Revenues Within Existing Customer Base and Selectively Add New Customers.   We will continue to broaden our strategic relationship with key customers by maximizing design wins across their product lines. We will continue to leverage the approved vendor status we have with these key customers to qualify our products into additional optical systems, a process which is accelerated when we are already qualified in our customers’ other systems. To this end, we are adding sales and technical support staff to better serve key customers, markets and regions. We also intend to add to our number of strategic relationships by selectively targeting certain existing customers with whom we are not yet a strategic vendor. We will expand our development efforts with these customers through initiatives including providing specialized sales and support resources, holding technology forums to align our product development effort and implementing custom manufacturing linkages. Lastly, we plan to selectively approach and achieve design wins with the few network systems vendors who we do not currently serve.
 
Continue to Invest in Technology.   We believe our semiconductor laser technology together with our expertise in module design and integration are the main contributors to the on-going performance improvements in our high performance modules. The cost of the laser makes up a substantial portion of the total module cost. Through our vertical integration and ownership of key high performance laser technology, we believe we have a substantial cost advantage over competitors that must buy lasers from third parties at higher costs and with less ability to drive innovation. In order to maintain our position at the forefront of next generation optical modules and components, we intend to continue our longstanding relationship with Hitachi and our joint commitment to fundamental laser and materials research. These factors, combined with the number of patents we hold, provide us with a competitive advantage. Notably, we have fewer competitors for the lasers we make than at the module level.
 
Engage our Customers Early in their Product Planning Cycle.   By engaging our customers early in their system design process, we gain critical information regarding their system requirements and objectives which influences our module and component design. Our sales force, product marketing teams and developmental engineers engage regularly with our customers to understand their product development plans. Additionally, for certain customers, we hold periodic technology forums so that the product development teams of our customers can interact directly with our research and development teams. Likewise, our early involvement in their system development processes also enables us to influence MSAs and introduce differentiated products that comply with MSAs and customer specific requirements. Moreover, this dynamic interaction between ourselves and our customers provides us a significant competitive advantage, valuable insight and a close customer relationship that grows over each generation of products introduced by our customers.
 
Continue to Improve Our Manufacturing Process.   We will continue to improve our manufacturing process thereby extending our leadership in product quality and performance, time to market and cost effectiveness. The tight integration between our research and development teams and our manufacturing operations enables us to successfully operationalize manufacturing innovations and selectively outsource operations to lower cost manufacturers when the technology has stabilized. We will continue to manage our supplier base and purchasing to streamline parts management, minimize inventory and strengthen key vendor relationships.


47


 

Explore Strategic Acquisitions.   We intend to pursue selective acquisitions to strengthen our market position, enhance our technology base, optimize our production capacity and expand our geographic presence. We intend to evaluate and potentially acquire companies with synergistic or complementary technologies, customer relationships and product offerings. We intend to be selective about our acquisitions and will require companies to meet both strategic and financial goals. An example of this strategy is our acquisition of Pine Photonics which expanded our presence and product offerings to network systems vendors.
 
Technology and Research and Development
 
We utilize our proprietary technology at many levels within our product development, ranging from the basic materials research that created the innovative materials we use in our lasers to the sophisticated component integration and optimization techniques we use to design our modules. We are committed to conducting fundamental research in laser technologies. In addition, we have a proven record of successfully producticizing this research. Our technology is protected by our strong patent portfolio and trade secrets developed in deployments with our extensive customer base. Our leading technologies start with our fundamental laser technology and extend through design and assembly. In particular, the following technologies are central to our business:
 
Semiconductor Laser Design & Manufacturing.   We are a leading manufacturer and designer of lasers for high speed fiber optic communications such as 10Gbps and 40Gbps. In the development and manufacturing of new lasers, we utilize accumulated knowledge in areas such as semiconductor growth, semiconductor materials systems, quantum well engineering, design for very precise wavelengths, and high frequency performance. This knowledge enables performance improvements such as miniaturization, wavelength control, wide temperature, and high speed operation, and provides us with a time and knowledge advantage over companies that source their 10Gbps lasers from other companies.
 
Optical Semiconductor Materials.   Central to our laser design and manufacturing is our experience and research in materials, one of the most challenging aspects of optical communications technology and a source of competitive advantage. Our advances in optical semiconductor materials have enabled us to develop new lasers that are more compact, offer greater control of the light emitted and utilize less power to operate. For example, our innovations in the use of aluminum in semiconductor lasers are utilized in several of our newest lasers including our uncooled DFB laser and an EA-DFB laser which integrates a modulator with the DFB laser on the same chip. The use of aluminum gives these lasers increased temperature tolerance, improved efficiency, faster response time and greater wavelength stability, all while achieving or exceeding industry reliability requirements. Our research continues on new materials systems such as GaInNAs which we are developing for use in long wavelength VCSELs and further improvements in laser operating temperature and efficiency. We also have developed novel techniques for the use of the materials system InAlAs in the construction of high performance avalanche photodiodes which is central to performing the receive function.
 
Subassembly Design.   Laser diodes and photodetectors are particularly sensitive to external forces, fields and chemical environments, so they are typically housed in a hermetically sealed package. These laser diodes and photodetectors are placed upon special ceramic circuit boards and are packaged into a mechanical housing with certain electronics into transmit or receive optical subassemblies, or TOSA and ROSA, respectively. We have experts dedicated to TOSA and ROSA design with fundamental knowledge in laser physics, high frequency design and mechanical design who have garnered numerous patents. We are a founding member of the XMD MSA which creates a platform of miniature, high performance TOSAs and ROSAs for 10Gbps that can be used across multiple products and sold to external customers.
 
Module Design.   Transceiver modules integrate the TOSA, ROSA, integrated circuits and other components into compact packages specified by various MSAs. We possess key technology in the


48


 

form of high speed circuit design skills for error-free processing, transmitting, receiving and outputting of information, exceptional mechanical design to allow for higher tolerance of electrical and mechanical shock, and excellent thermal design to transfer heat away from key components and out of the module. We also have expertise in the design and manufacture of optical modules for long distance transmission including tunable laser modules. Long distance transmission modules require special manipulation of the optical signal to insure that error free transmission is achieved over tens to hundreds of kilometers of optical fiber.
 
Our research and development plans are driven by customer input obtained by our sales and marketing teams, in our participation in various MSAs, and our long-term technology and product strategies. We review research and development priorities on a regular basis and advise key customers of our progress to achieve better alignment in our product and technology planning. For new components and more complex modules, research and development is conducted in close proximity to the manufacturing operations to shorten the time to market and optimize the manufacturing process. We generally perform product commercialization activities ourselves and utilize our Hitachi relationship to jointly develop or fund more fundamental optical technology such as new laser designs and materials systems.
 
Products
 
We design, manufacture and market optical modules and components that transmit and receive data, used in both telecommunications and data communications markets, and have one of the most comprehensive transceiver product portfolios for these markets, particularly at 10Gbps data rates. Our product portfolio includes a broad range of solutions that vary by level of integration, communications protocol, form factor and performance level. Our portfolio primarily consists of 10Gbps and 40Gbps transceiver modules, including tunable transceivers, a broad line of 2.5Gbps and lower speed SFP transceiver modules, and new or planned products for emerging MSAs such as SFP+ and XMD. We sell transmit and receive optical modules and components, which are optical components that either generate or receive light signals, and our products are distinguished by their reliability and superior performance across several technical parameters.
 
The primary components that comprise all of our products are laser diodes and photodetectors. The laser diode provides the light source for communication over fiber optic cables. Our current communications laser diode product offering includes DFB lasers and EA-DFB lasers at selected 2.5Gbps and 10Gbps data rates and 1310nm and 1550nm wavelengths. Photodetectors receive the optical signal; we offer high performance avalanche photodiodes, or APDs, that operate at the same data rates and wavelengths of our lasers. We believe our laser diodes and photodetectors offer superior performance in key metrics such as reliability, temperature range, power consumption, stability and sensitivity.
 
The next level of integration involves packaging the laser diodes or photodetectors with integrated circuits and other electronic components that perform various control and signal conversion functions. A transmitter combines a laser diode with electronic components that control the laser and convert electrical signals from the network systems equipment into optical signals for transmission over optical fiber. A receiver combines a photodetector with electronic components that performs the opposite function, namely, converting the optical signal back into electrical form for processing by the network systems equipment. A transceiver combines both transmitter and receiver functions in a single module.
 
These modules support a wide range of protocol interfaces for telecommunications and data communications systems such as Ethernet, Fibre Channel, and SONET/SDH ranging in speeds from 155Mbps to 40Gbps as well as utilizing DWDM and tunable technology. Depending on the system type, telecommunications systems may have two to sixteen transceiver modules typically mounted onto line cards while data communications systems may have from two to forty-eight ports. Optical


49


 

network systems vendors now rely upon transceiver modules to perform the transmit and receive functions in most of their new system designs.
 
Our products include:
 
                     
                    Product Line
Product Line
 
Equipment
 
Application
 
Speed
 
Reach
 
Shipping
 
                     
300 pin
  Transport & Routers   Telecom &
Datacom
  40Gbps   2km   Since 2004
                     
300 pin
  Transport, MSS, Routers & AM   Telecom &
Datacom
  10Gbps   600m, 2km, 12km, 20km, 40km, 80km, DWDM & Tunable   Since 2000
                     
XENPAK
  Switches & Routers   Datacom   10Gbps   300m, 10km, 40km, 80km & DWDM   Since 2002
                     
X2
  Switches & Routers   Datacom   10Gbps   300m, 10km, 40km, 80km   Since 2004
                     
XPAK
  Servers, Switches   Datacom   10Gbps   300m, 10km   Since 2005
                     
XFP
  Transport, MSS, Switches, Routers & AM, Servers   Datacom   10Gbps   300m, 600m, 2km, 12km, 20km, 40km, 80km, DWDM & Tunable   Since 2004
                     
XMD TOSA & ROSA
  Transceiver Vendors   Telecom &
Datacom
  10Gbps   10km, 40km, 80km   Since 2005
                     
LDM/PDM
  Transport & MSS   Telecom   10Gbps   40km, 80km, DWDM   Since 2000
                     
SFP
  Transport, MSS, Routers & AM   Telecom   155Mbps, 622Mbps, 2.5Gbps   2km, 15km, 40km, 80km, DWDM   Since 2003
                     
SFP
  Hubs & Switches   Datacom   1.25Gbps   500m, 10km   Since 2004
 
Note: MSS refers to multi-service switches and AM refers to access multiplexers.
 
For the industrial and commercial markets, we offer lasers and infrared LEDs for a variety of specialized applications. Our products include visible lasers around the 635nm, 650nm and 670nm wavelengths for applications such as laser printing, industrial barcode scanning, medical imaging and professional contractor tools; lasers around the 780nm and 830nm wavelengths for scientific measurement, night vision, and other infrared applications, and infrared LEDs around the 760nm, 840nm and 880nm wavelengths for sensors used in robotics and other industrial applications.
 
Customers
 
We have a global customer base for both the telecommunications and data communications markets. Our customers include many of the leading network systems vendors worldwide.
 
The number of leading network systems vendors that supply the global telecommunications and data communications market is concentrated, and so, in turn, is our customer base. Additionally, Cisco, Hitachi and Alcatel have consistently been three of our largest customers. Cisco represented 27.9%, 28.5% and 20.6% of our total revenues for the years ended March 31, 2006, March 31, 2005 and March 31, 2004 respectively. Hitachi accounted for 15.0%, 16.7% and 21.9% of our total revenues for the years ended March 31, 2006, March 31, 2005 and March 31, 2004,


50


 

respectively. Alcatel is our largest telecommunications customer representing 12.7%, 15.3% and 5.4% of our total revenues for the years ended March 31, 2006, March 31, 2005 and March 31, 2004, respectively. For the quarter ended June 30, 2006, Cisco and Alcatel accounted for 32.5% and 13.5% of revenues, respectively. For the quarter ended June 30, 2005, Cisco, Hitachi and its affiliates and Alcatel, accounted for 28.2%, 22.1% and 15.3% of revenue, respectively.
 
Other than Cisco, Hitachi and Alcatel, no other customer accounted for more then ten percent of sales for the years ended March 31, 2006, March 31, 2005 and March 31, 2004.
 
These customers purchase from us directly or, in certain cases, indirectly through their specified contract manufacturers.
 
Our customers in the industrial and commercial markets consist of a broad range of companies that design and manufacture laser-based products. These include medical and scientific systems, industrial bar code scanners, professional grade construction and surveying tools, gun sights and other security equipment, sensors for robotics and industrial automation, and printing engines for high-speed laser printers and plain paper copiers.
 
Backlog
 
We believe that backlog orders are not a meaningful indicator of future business prospects. A substantial portion of our revenues are derived from sales pursuant to individual purchase orders. Commitments under these purchase orders remain subject to negotiation with respect to quantities and delivery schedules and are generally cancelable without significant penalties. In addition, manufacturing capacity and availability of key components may impact the timing and amount of revenue ultimately recognized under such sale arrangements. Accordingly, we do not believe that the backlog of undelivered product under these purchase orders is a meaningful indicator of our future financial performance.
 
Competition
 
In the telecommunications and data communications markets, we compete primarily with the suppliers of transmit and receive optical modules and components, at both the level of basic building blocks, such as lasers and photodetectors, as well as at the integrated module level such as transceivers for telecommunications and data communications applications. Competitors include Avago, Avanex, Bookham, Finisar, Fujitsu, Intel, JDS Uniphase, Mitsubishi, Optium, and Sumitomo (which markets products in North America as Excelight). The market for optical modules and components is highly competitive. We believe the principle competitive factors are:
 
  •  product performance including size, speed, operating temperature range, power consumption and reliability;
 
  •  price to performance characteristics;
 
  •  delivery performance and lead times;
 
  •  ability to introduce new products in a timely manner that meet customers’ design-in schedules and requirements;
 
  •  breadth of product solutions;
 
  •  sales, technical and post-sales service and support;
 
  •  sales channels; and
 
  •  ability to comply with new industry MSAs and requirements.


51


 

 
In our industrial and commercial product lines, we principally compete with Sanyo, Sony, Arima and QSI. We believe the principal competitive factors are:
 
  •  product performance including power output, wavelength, power consumption, operating temperature range, and reliability;
 
  •  price to performance characteristics;
 
  •  delivery performance and lead times;
 
  •  breadth of product solutions;
 
  •  sales, technical, and post-sales service and support; and
 
  •  sales channels.
 
Manufacturing
 
We fabricate key lasers and photodetectors for use in our modules and for sale to other module suppliers in our dual research and development and manufacturing facilities in Totsuka and Komoro in Japan. Optical component manufacturing is highly complex, utilizing extensive know-how in multiple disciplines and accumulated knowledge of the fabrication equipment used to achieve high manufacturing yields, low cost and high product consistency and reliability. Co-location of our research and development and manufacturing teams and utilization of well-proven fabrication equipment helps us shorten the time to market and achieve or exceed manufacturing cost and quantity targets. After chip fabrication, we utilize contract manufacturing partners for the more labor intensive step of packaging the bare die into standardized components such as TOSAs, ROSAs, laser diode modules and TO cans that are then integrated into transceiver modules and other products.
 
For our 10Gbps transceiver modules, we use a combination of internal manufacturing and contract manufacturing. Typically, we begin manufacturing new 10Gbps modules in-house to optimize manufacturing and test procedures to achieve internal yield and quality requirements before transferring production to our contract manufacturing partners. We develop long-term relationships with strategic contract manufacturing partners to reduce assembly costs and provide greater manufacturing flexibility. The manufacture of some products such as certain customized 10Gbps modules and 40Gbps modules may remain in-house even in mass production to speed time to market and bypass manufacturing transfer costs.
 
For our 2.5Gbps and lower speed SFP modules, we typically move new product designs directly to contract manufacturing partners. These lower speed modules are generally less complex than 10Gbps modules and ramp up to much greater volumes in mass production.
 
Our contract manufacturing partners are located in China, Japan, the Philippines, Taiwan, Thailand and the United States. Certain of our contract manufacturing partners that assemble or produce modules are strategically located close to our customers’ contract manufacturing facilities to shorten lead times and enhance flexibility.
 
We follow established new product introduction processes that ensures product reliability and manufacturability by controlling when new products move from sampling stage to mass production. We have stringent quality control processes in place for both internal and contract manufacturing. We utilize comprehensive manufacturing resource planning systems to coordinate procurement and manufacturing to our customers’ forecasts. These processes and systems help us closely coordinate with our customers, support their purchasing needs and product release plans, and streamline our supply chain.
 
Sales, Marketing and Technical Support
 
In the communications market, we primarily sell our products through our direct sales force supported by a network of manufacturer representatives and distributors. Our sales force works closely with our field application engineers, product marketing and sales operations teams in an integrated approach to address a customer’s current and future needs. We assign account managers


52


 

for each customer account to provide a clear interface to our customers, with some account managers responsible for multiple customers. The support provided by our field application engineers is critical in the product qualification stage. Transceiver modules, especially at 10Gbps and above, are complex products that are subject to rigorous qualification procedures of both the product and the supplier and these procedures differ from customer to customer. Also, many customers have custom requirements in addition to those defined by MSAs in order to differentiate their products and meet design constraints. Our product marketing teams interface with our customers’ product development staffs to address customization requests, collect market intelligence to define future product development, and represent us in MSAs.
 
For key customers, we hold periodic technology forums for their product development teams to interact directly with our research and development teams. These forums provide us insight into our customers’ longer term needs while helping our customers adjust their plans to the product advances we can deliver. Also, our customers are increasingly utilizing contract manufacturers while retaining design and key component qualification activities. As this trend matures, we continually upgrade our sales operations and manufacturing support to maximize our efficiency and flexibility and coordination with our customers.
 
In the industrial and commercial market, we primarily sell through a network of manufacturing representatives and distributors to address the broad range of applications and industries in which our products are used. The sales effort is managed by an internal sales team and supported by dedicated field application engineering and product marketing staff. We also sell direct to certain strategic customers. Through our customer interactions, we continually increase our knowledge of each application’s requirements and utilize this information to improve our sales effectiveness and guide product development.
 
Since inception, we have actively communicated the Opnext brand worldwide through participation at trade shows and industry conferences, publication of research papers, bylined articles in trade media, advertisements in trade publications and interactive media, interactions with industry press and analysts, press releases and our company web site, as well as through print and electronic sales material.
 
Patents and Other Intellectual Property Rights
 
We rely on patent, trademark, copyright and trade secret laws and internal controls and procedures to protect our technology and brand.
 
As of September 30, 2006, we have been issued 311 patents and have 381 patent applications pending. Patents have been issued in various countries including the U.S., Japan, Germany and France, with the main concentrations in the U.S. and Japan. Our patent portfolio covers a broad range of intellectual property including semiconductor design and manufacturing, optical device packaging, TOSA/ROSA and module design and manufacturing, electrical circuit design, tunable and DWDM technology, connectors and manufacturing tools. We follow well-established procedures for patenting intellectual property and have internal incentive plans to encourage the protection of new inventions.
 
For technologies that we develop in cooperation with Hitachi, either on a joint development or funded project basis, we have contractual terms that define the ownership, use rights, and responsibility for intellectual property protection for any inventions that arise. We also benefit from long-term cross-licensing agreements with Hitachi that allow either party to leverage certain of the other party’s intellectual property rights worldwide and obligate Hitachi to try to extend its third party cross licenses to us.
 
Opnext is a registered trademark in the U.S., Japan and the European Union as a Community Trademark (CTM). Trademark registration is pending in China. We have three product family names trademarked with two pending. We also have a licensing agreement in place with Hitachi to utilize the indication “Powered by Hitachi” in our logo.
 
We take extensive measures to protect our intellectual property rights and information. For example, every employee enters into a confidential information, non-competition and invention


53


 

assignment agreement with us when they join and are reminded of their responsibilities when they leave. We also enforce a confidential information and invention assignment agreement with contractors.
 
Employees
 
As of September 30, 2006, we had 393 full-time employees globally. Of the 393 employees, 294 are located in Japan, 88 in the U.S., eight in Europe and three in China. Of our 393 total employees, 153 are in research and development, 133 are in manufacturing, 58 are in sales and marketing, and 49 are in administration. We consider our relationships with our employees to be good. In addition, none of our employees are represented by a labor union.
 
Facilities
 
We lease space in the United States, Japan, Germany and China.
 
We do not own any real property. We believe that our leased facilities are adequate to meet our needs for the foreseeable future.
 
The table below lists and describes the terms of our leased properties:
 
             
Location
 
Approximate Square Feet
 
Function
 
Lease Expiration Date
 
             
United States
           
Eatontown, New Jersey
  26,285 (of which 7,815 are subleased to two third parties)   Administration, Sales, Marketing   August 23, 2011 (for the master lease; April 30, 2007 and February 28, 2009, respectively, for the two subleases)
Fremont, California
  18,160   Sales, Manufacturing, Research and Development   July 31, 2008
Orange City, Florida
  710   Sales   November 30, 2007
International
           
Totsuka, Japan
  112,893 (10,488 square meters)   Manufacturing, Research and Development   September 30, 2011 (with automatic 1-year extensions unless notice given by either party)
Komoro, Japan
  34,542 (3,209 square meters)   Manufacturing, Research and Development   March 31, 2011 (5-year automatic extensions unless notice given by either party)
Chiyoda-ku, Japan
  2,330 (216 square meters)   Sales   June 11, 2008 (with unlimited automatic 2-year extensions)
Munich, Germany
  2,153 (200 square meters)   Sales   March 31, 2007
Shanghai, China
  560 (52 square meters)   Market Research   March 31, 2007
 
Legal Proceedings
 
We are from time to time subject to various claims and legal actions during the ordinary course of our business. We believe that there are currently no claims or legal actions that would in management’s judgment based on information currently available, have a material adverse effect on our results of operations or financial condition.


54


 

 
MANAGEMENT
 
Executive Officers
 
The following table sets forth certain information regarding our directors and executive officers as of June 30, 2006.
 
             
Name
 
Age
 
Position
 
Harry L. Bosco
  60   Director, President & Chief Executive Officer
Michael C. Chan
  52   Executive Vice President, Business Development and Product Portfolio Management
Chi-Ho Christopher Lin
  43   Senior Vice President, Global Sales
Robert J. Nobile
  46   Senior Vice President, Finance
Kei Oki
  58   Executive Vice President, Opnext, Inc. & President, Opnext Japan, Inc.
Tammy L. Wedemeyer
  37   Vice President, Business Management / Corporate Secretary
Dr. Naoya Takahashi (1)(2)
  57   Chairman of the Board
Dr. David Lee (1)(2)
  56   Co-Chairman of the Board
Tetsuo Takemura
  55   Director
Ryuichi Otsuki
  48   Director
 
(1) Member of the compensation committee.
 
(2) Member of the audit committee.
 
Harry L. Bosco has served as our president, chief executive officer and board director since November 2000. Mr. Bosco served in various management, engineering and executive positions at Lucent Technologies/AT&T/Bell Laboratories from 1965 to October 2000; his most recent position as Optical Networking Group President. Mr. Bosco holds an Associate of Science and Bachelor of Science in Electrical Engineering from Pennsylvania State University/Monmouth University and a Master of Science in Electrical Engineering from Polytechnic Institute of New York. Mr. Bosco has been a Director on the Arris Inc. Board since 2002.
 
Michael C. Chan has served as our executive vice president of business development and product portfolio management since December 2000. Mr. Chan spent more than 18 years with Lucent Technologies, AT&T and Bell Laboratories. Mr. Chan’s last position at Lucent was as chief strategy officer for the Optical Networking Group and before that as Chairman and President of Lucent China. Mr. Chan holds a Bachelor of Arts in Physics, Brandeis University and a Master of Science in Operations Research, Columbia University, and is a graduate of the Wharton Advanced Management Program, University of Pennsylvania.
 
Chi-Ho Christopher Lin has served as our senior vice president of global sales and marketing since December 2000. Prior to joining Opnext, Mr. Lin held several senior engineering and sales positions at various telecommunications companies; his most recent position as Chief Operating Officer for Lucent Technologies China Ltd. Mr. Lin holds a Bachelor of Science in Electrical Engineering from the University of Washington and a Master of Science from Columbia University.
 
Robert J. Nobile has served as our senior vice president of finance since March 2001. Mr. Nobile served in various financial positions throughout his career; his most recent at Kodak Polychrome Graphics, a global joint venture between Eastman Kodak and Sun Chemical, whereby he held the position of senior vice president of business integration, and before that as senior vice president and chief financial officer. Mr. Nobile holds a Bachelor of Science in Accounting from St. John’s University and is a CPA.


55


 

Kei Oki has served as executive vice president and Opnext Japan Inc. president since April 2004. Mr. Oki served in various management and executive positions at Hitachi from 1988 to 2004; his most recent position as executive project manager at Information and Telecommunication Systems, International Sales Division. Mr. Oki holds a Bachelor of Arts in Economics from Keio University.
 
Tammy L. Wedemeyer has served as our vice president of business management since January 2001 and board secretary since May 2005. Ms. Wedemeyer spent more than ten years at Lucent Technologies in a variety of business management roles, most recently as senior operations manager of the Optical Networking Group. Ms. Wedemeyer holds an Associate of Arts in Administration from Brookdale Community College.
 
Dr. Naoya Takahashi has served on our board of directors as chairman since June 2006. Dr. Takahashi presently serves as Vice President and Executive Officer, Executive Vice President and Chief Technology Officer of Information & Telecommunication Systems Group at Hitachi, Ltd, responsible for leading the company’s storage and platform network business. Since joining Hitachi in 1973, Dr. Takahashi has held a number of positions, playing key roles in marketing, research and development and business management. Dr. Takahashi holds a bachelor’s degree and a master’s degree in Electrical Engineering from Keio University in Japan. He also holds a PhD in Information Engineering from Keio University and served as a visiting scholar at the Computer Systems Laboratory, Stanford University.
 
Dr. David Lee has served on our board of directors as co-chairman since November 2000. Dr. Lee is a co-founder and Managing General Partner of Clarity Partners, L.P., a private equity investment firm based in Los Angeles. Prior to the formation of Clarity Partners, Dr. Lee co-founded Global Crossing Ltd. in 1997, a global broadband communication services provider, and was its president through June 2000. Global Crossing Ltd. filed for bankruptcy in January 2002. Dr. Lee is a graduate of McGill University and holds a Doctorate in physics with a minor in economics from the California Institute of Technology.
 
Tetsuo Takemura has served as a board director since April 2006. Mr. Takemura has held various positions at Hitachi from 1975 to present. He is currently the Corporate Officer of Hitachi and serves as the Chief Operating Officer for the Information and Technology Systems Group. Mr. Takemura holds a master’s degree in Engineering from Tokyo Institute of Technology.
 
Ryuichi Otsuki has served as a board director since December 2005. Mr. Otsuki has held various positions at Hitachi from 1981 to present including Hitachi Data Systems and PC Corporation as well as many functions within the Global Business Planning and Operation Division. He is currently the Executive General Manager, Global Business Planning & Operations Division, Information & Telecommunication Systems at Hitachi. Mr. Otuski graduated from Nagoya University School of Law.
 
Corporate Governance and Board Composition
 
Our board of directors is composed of five directors. Upon consummation of this offering, we will divide the terms of office of the directors into three classes:
 
Class I, whose term will expire at the annual meeting of stockholders to be held in 2007;
 
Class II, whose term will expire at the annual meeting of stockholders to be held in 2008; and
 
Class III, whose term will expire at the annual meeting of stockholders to be held in 2009.
 
Upon the closing of this offering, Class I will consist of           and          , Class II will consist of          ,           and          , and Class III will consist of          ,           and          . At each annual meeting of stockholders after the initial classification, the successors to directors whose terms will then expire serve from the time of election and qualification until the third


56


 

annual meeting following election and until their successors are duly elected and qualified. A resolution of the board of directors may change the authorized number of directors. Any additional directorships resulting from an increase in the number of directors will be distributed among the three classes so that, as nearly as possible, each class will consist of one-third of the directors. This classification of the board of directors may have the effect of delaying or preventing changes in control or management of our company.
 
Our board of directors has determined that      are independent within the meaning of the NASDAQ rules.
 
Board Committees
 
Our board of directors directs the management of our business and affairs, as provided by Delaware law, and conducts its business through meetings of the board of directors and standing committees. Our board of directors currently has an audit committee and compensation committee. Upon completion/prior to the consummation of this offering, our board of directors intends to appoint a nominating/corporate governance committee. Our board of directors may establish other committees to facilitate the management of our business.
 
Audit Committee.   Our audit committee currently consists of Dr. Naoya Takahashi and Dr. David Lee. Our board of directors has determined that      and      satisfy the independence requirements of the NASDAQ Global Market and the SEC.      serves as the chairman of this committee, and our board of directors has determined that      qualifies as an “audit committee financial expert” as that term is defined in the rules and regulations established by the SEC. The functions of this committee include:
 
  •  meeting with our management periodically to consider the adequacy of our internal controls and the objectivity of our financial reporting;
 
  •  meeting with our independent auditors and with internal financial personnel regarding these matters;
 
  •  appointing, compensating, retaining and overseeing the work of our independent auditors and recommending to our board of directors the engagement of our independent auditors;
 
  •  pre-approving audit and non-audit services of our independent auditors;
 
  •  reviewing our audited financial statements and reports and discussing the statements and reports with our management, including any significant adjustments, management judgments and estimates, new accounting policies and disagreements with management;
 
  •  reviewing the independence and quality control procedures of the independent auditor and the experience and qualifications of the independent auditor’s senior personnel that are providing us audit services; and
 
  •  reviewing all related-party transactions for approval.
 
Both our independent auditors and internal financial personnel regularly meet privately with our audit committee and have unrestricted access to this committee.
 
Compensation Committee.   Our compensation committee currently consists of Dr. Naoya Takahashi and Dr. David Lee. Our board of directors has determined that     ,      and      satisfy the independence requirements of the NASDAQ Global Market. Each member of this committee is a non-employee director, as defined pursuant to Rule 16b-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act, and


57


 

an outside director, as defined pursuant to Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986.      serves as the chairman of this committee. The functions of this committee include:
 
  •  reviewing and, as it deems appropriate, recommending to our board of directors, policies, practices and procedures relating to the compensation of our directors, officers and other managerial employees and the establishment and administration of our employee benefit plans;
 
  •  exercising authority under our equity incentive plans; and
 
  •  assisting the Board in developing and evaluating candidates for key executive positions and ensuring a succession plan is in place for the chief executive officers and other executive officers.
 
Nominating/Corporate Governance Committee.   We intend to appoint a nominating/corporate governance committee. The functions of this committee will include:
 
  •  reviewing and recommending nominees for election as directors;
 
  •  assessing the performance of the board of directors;
 
  •  developing guidelines for board composition;
 
  •  recommending processes for annual evaluations of the performance of the board of directors, the chairman of the board of directors and the chief executive officer;
 
  •  reviewing and administering our corporate governance guidelines and considering other issues relating to corporate governance.
 
Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation in Compensation Decisions
 
None of our executive officers serves as a member of the compensation committee, or other committee serving an equivalent function, of any other entity that has one or more of its executive officers serving as a member of our board of directors or compensation committee.
 
Compensation of Directors
 
Prior to the completion of this offering, we expect to adopt a compensation program for our non-employee directors.
 
Summary Compensation Table
 
The following summarizes the compensation earned during the fiscal years ended March 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004 by our chief executive officer and our four other most highly compensated executive officers who were serving as executive officers on March 31, 2006. We refer to these individuals as our “named executive officers.”
 


58


 

                                                         
    Annual Compensation     Long Term Compensation  
                                  Securities
       
                            Restricted
    Underlying
       
                      Other Annual
    Stock
    Options/SARs
    All Other
 
Name and Principal Position(s)
 
Year
   
Salary
   
Bonus
   
Compensation
   
Award(s)(1)
   
(#)
   
Compensation(2)(3)
 
 
Harry L. Bosco
    2006     $ 400,000                             $ 9,338(2 )
Chief Executive Officer and
                                                    7,010(3 )
President
    2005       400,000                 $ 562,000       450,000     $ 8,671(2 )
                                                      5,777(3 )
      2004       400,000                             $ 7,604(2 )
                                                      7,837(3 )
Michael C. Chan
    2006       325,000                             $ 9,338(2 )
Executive Vice President
                                                    5,998(3 )
Business Development & Product Portfolio
    2005       325,000                   210,750           $ 8,671(2 )
Management
                                                    5,998(3 )
      2004       325,000                             $ 8,275(2 )
                                                      6,419(3 )
Chi-Ho Christopher Lin
    2006       275,000                             $ 9,338(2 )
Senior Vice President
                                                    2,310(3 )
Marketing & Sales
    2005       275,000                   140,500           $ 9,171(2 )
U.S./Europe/China
                                                    2,310(3 )
      2004       275,000                             $ 7,337(2 )
                                                      2,365(3 )
Robert J. Nobile
    2006       250,000                             $ 9,449(2 )
Senior Vice President
                                                    2,389(3 )
Finance
    2005       250,000                   140,500           $ 7,365(2 )
                                                      2,389(3 )
      2004       250,000                             $ 6,681(2 )
                                                      2,445(3 )
Tammy L. Wedemeyer
    2006       165,000                             $ 6,603(2 )
Vice President Business
                                                    839(3 )
Management
    2005       155,000                   140,500           $ 6,203(2 )
                                                      840(3 )
      2004       155,000                             $ 5,962(2 )
                                                      860(3 )
 
 
(1)  There was no public trading market for our common stock as of March 31, 2005. Accordingly, these values have been calculated based on managements’ determination of the fair market value of the underlying shares as of March 31, 2005 of $2.81 per share multiplied by the underlying shares.
 
(2) Includes 401(k) matching contributions but excludes medical, group life insurance and certain other benefits received by the named executive officers that are available generally to all of our salaried employees.
 
(3) Insurance allowance for executive officers as well as vice president levels.
 
Stock Grants in Last Fiscal Year
 
No options, stock appreciation rights or restricted shares were granted to the named executive officers during the year ended March 31, 2006.
 
Aggregated Option Exercises in Last Fiscal Year and Fiscal Year End Option Values
 
No options were exercised by the named executive officers during the fiscal years ended March 31, 2006, 2005 or 2004.

59


 

Stock-Based Incentive Plans
 
Pine Photonics Communications, Inc. 2000 Stock Plan
 
In connection with the acquisition of Pine, we assumed the Pine Photonics, Inc. 2000 Stock Plan (the “Pine Plan”) and converted the then outstanding Pine options into options to acquire our shares (the “Pine Options”). No additional awards were granted under the Pine Plan following the acquisition. We intend to terminate the Pine Plan in connection with the consummation of this offering. Consequently, outstanding Pine Options will remain outstanding under the Pine Plan, but no additional awards are expected to be granted under the Pine Plan in the future.
 
The Pine Plan provides both for the direct award or sale of restricted shares and for the grant of options to purchase shares, including incentive stock options and nonqualified stock options. The following is a summary of the material terms of the Pine Plan.
 
Administration
 
The Pine Plan provides that it will be administered by our board of directors, or a committee of the board consisting of one or more directors. Subject to the provisions of the Pine Plan, the plan administrator has full authority and discretion to take any actions it deems necessary or advisable for the administration of the Plan. Following the consummation of this offering, the awards granted under the Pine Plan will be administered by the Compensation Committee of our board or directors.
 
Eligibility
 
Persons eligible to participate in the Pine Plan include employees, outside directors and consultants. Only employees are eligible for the grant of incentive stock options.
 
Stock Subject to the Plan
 
The total number of shares that may be issued or awarded under the Pine Plan is           shares, which reflects the adjustment from Pine shares to our shares in connection with our acquisition of Pine. The Pine Plan provides that in the event that any outstanding option granted under the Pine Plan expires, is canceled or otherwise terminated, the shares allocable to the unexercised portion of such option will again be available for the purposes of the Pine Plan. As discussed, above, however, we do not intend to grant any additional awards under the Pine Plan.
 
Terms and Conditions of Awards or Sales
 
Awards that may be granted under the Pine Plan include restricted stock and options to purchase shares of our common stock, including incentive stock options, as defined under Section 422 of the Code, and nonqualified stock options. Each award under the plan will be evidenced by an award agreement between us and the grantee that sets forth the terms and conditions of the grant.
 
Stock Options
 
The per share exercise price of incentive stock options granted under the Pine Plan may not be less than 100% of the fair market value of a share of our common stock on the date of grant. The per share exercise price of nonqualified stock options granted under the Pine Plan may not be less than 85% of the fair market value of a share of our common stock on the date of grant. In addition, no incentive stock option may be granted under the Pine Plan to any person who, at the time of grant, owns stock possessing more than 10% of the total combined voting power of all classes of our stock or the stock of certain of our affiliates unless the option exercise price is at least 110% of the fair market value of a share of our common stock on the date of grant and the term of the stock option


60


 

does not exceed five years from the date of grant. The term of any options granted under the Pine Plan may not exceed 10 years from the date of grant (or 5 years in the case of a 10% owner).
 
Options granted to individuals who are not officers, outside directors or consultants must vest at a rate of at least 20% per year over the five-year period commencing on the date of grant. If an optionee’s service terminates, then the optionee’s options will expire upon the earlier of (i) the term specified in the applicable award agreement, (ii) three months after a termination for any reason other than disability, (iii) six months after a termination for disability or (iv) 12 months after the optionee’s death.
 
Shares issued upon the exercise of an option will be subject to such conditions as our board of directors may determine, including repurchase rights and other restrictions.
 
Restricted Stock
 
The purchase price of restricted shares issued under the Pine Plan may not be less than 85% of the fair market value of such shares on the date of grant. In addition, restricted stock may not be granted under the Pine Plan to any person who, at the time of grant, owns stock possessing more than 10% of the total combined voting power of all classes of our stock or the stock of certain of our affiliates unless the purchase price is at least 100% of the fair market value of a share.
 
Restricted shares issued under the Pine Plan will be subject to such forfeiture conditions, rights of repurchase, rights of first refusal and other transfer restrictions as our board may determine. With respect to restricted shares granted to individuals who are not officers, outside directors or consultants, any right to repurchase the shares at the original purchase price upon termination of the purchaser’s service must lapse at a rate of at least 20% per year over the five-year period commencing on the date of the grant.
 
Effect of Certain Changes in Capitalization or a Change in Control
 
In the event of certain corporate transactions or changes in our capitalization, our board of directors will make appropriate adjustments in one or more of (i) the number of shares available for future grants, (ii) the number of shares available for future grants and (iii) the exercise price under each outstanding option.
 
In the event that we are a party to a merger or consolidation, the merger agreement may provide for the continuation, assumption or substitution of outstanding options by us or the surviving corporation, accelerated vesting of the exercisability of outstanding options, or the cash-out and cancellation of outstanding options. In addition, unless the applicable award agreement provides otherwise, in the event of a change in control of Opnext (as defined in the Pine Plan) in which the options and restricted shares are not assumed or substituted by the successor, such awards will become fully vested and exercisable and all forfeiture restrictions on such awards will lapse.
 
Duration, Amendment and Termination
 
Our board or directors may amend, suspend or terminate the Pine Plan at any time. If not earlier terminated by our board of directors, the Pine Plan will automatically terminate on the tenth anniversary of the date on which it was originally adopted. No amendment or termination may, however, impair any existing participant’s rights under the Pine Plan. As discussed above, we intend to terminate the Pine Plan in connection with the consummation of this offering.
 
No shares will be issued or sold under the Pine Plan after its termination, except upon exercise of an option granted prior to such termination.


61


 

Amended and Restated Opnext, Inc. 2001 Long-Term Stock Incentive Plan
 
Prior to the completion of this offering, we intend to adopt an amendment and restatement of our Opnext, Inc. 2001 Long-Term Stock Incentive Plan (the “Amended and Restated 2001 Plan”), subject to stockholder approval, for the benefit of employees and consultants of Opnext and its subsidiaries and members of our board. The Amended and Restated 2001 Plan, as amended and restated, will become effective when it is approved by our stockholders. No determination has been made as to the types or amounts of awards that will be granted to specific individuals pursuant to the plan. The following is a description of the material features and provisions of the Amended and Restated 2001 Plan as we expect to amend and restate it.
 
Shares Available for Awards
 
Subject to certain adjustments set forth in the plan, the maximum number of shares of our common stock that may be issued or awarded under the Amended and Restated 2001 Plan is           shares. If any shares covered by an award granted under the Amended and Restated 2001 Plan are forfeited, or if an award expires, terminates or is canceled (other than by reason of exercise or vesting), then the shares covered by the award will again be available for grant under the plan.
 
Awards
 
The Amended and Restated 2001 Plan provides for the grant of incentive stock options, nonqualified stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock, dividend equivalents, restricted stock units, performance bonus awards and performance-based awards to eligible individuals. Except as otherwise provided by the plan administrator, no award granted under the plan may be assigned, transferred or otherwise disposed of by the grantee, except by will or the laws of descent and distribution.
 
The maximum number of shares of our common stock which may be subject to awards granted to any one participant during any calendar year is           and the maximum amount that may be paid to a participant in cash during any calendar year with respect to cash-based awards is $     . However, these limits will not apply until the earliest of the first material modification of the plan, the issuance of all of the shares reserved for issuance under the plan, the expiration of the plan, or the first meeting of our stockholders at which directors are to be elected that occurs more than three years after the completion of this offering.
 
Stock Options
 
Stock options, including incentive stock options, as defined under Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code, and nonqualified stock options, may be granted pursuant to the Amended and Restated 2001 Plan. The option exercise price of all stock options granted pursuant to the plan will not be less than 100% of the fair market value of our stock on the date of grant. No incentive stock option may be granted to a grantee who owns more than 10% of our stock unless the exercise price is at least 110% of the fair market value at the time of grant. Notwithstanding whether an option is designated as an incentive stock option, to the extent that the aggregate fair market value of the shares with respect to which such option is exercisable for the first time by any optionee during any calendar year exceeds $100,000, such excess will be treated as a nonqualified stock option.
 
Payment for the exercise price of an option may be made in cash, or its equivalent, or, with the consent of the plan administrator by exchanging shares owned by the optionee or through delivery of instructions to a broker to sell the shares otherwise deliverable upon the exercise of the option and to deliver promptly to us an amount equal to the aggregate exercise price, or a combination of the foregoing, provided the combined value is at least equal to such aggregate exercise price. A participant may be permitted to pay the exercise price of an option or taxes relating to an option’s


62


 

exercise by delivering shares by presenting proof of beneficial ownership of such shares, in which case we will treat the option as exercised without further payment and withhold such number of shares from the shares acquired by the option’s exercise. However, no participant who is a member of our board of directors or an “executive officer” of Opnext within the meaning of Section 13(k) of the Exchange Act will be permitted to pay the exercise price of an option in any method which would violate Section 13(k) of the Exchange Act.
 
Stock options may be exercised as determined by the plan administrator, but in no event after the tenth anniversary of the date of grant. However, in the case of an incentive stock option granted to a person who owns more than 10% of our stock on the date of grant, such term will not exceed 5 years.
 
Restricted Stock
 
Eligible employees, consultants and directors may be issued restricted stock in such amounts and on such terms and conditions as determined by the plan administrator. Restricted stock will be evidenced by a written restricted stock agreement. The restricted stock agreement will contain restrictions on transferability and other such restrictions as the plan administrator may determine, including, without limitation, limitations on the right to vote restricted stock or the right to receive dividends on the restricted stock. These restrictions may lapse separately or in combination at such times, pursuant to such circumstances, in such installments, or otherwise, as the plan administrator determines at the time of grant of the award or thereafter.
 
Stock Appreciation Rights
 
A stock appreciation right (or a “SAR”) is the right to receive payment of an amount equal to the excess of the fair market value of a share of our stock on the date of exercise of the SAR over the fair market value of a share of our stock on the date of grant of the SAR. The plan administrator may issue SARs in such amounts and on such terms and conditions as it may determine, consistent with the terms of the plan. The plan administrator may elect to pay SARs in cash, in our stock or in a combination of cash and our stock.
 
Other Awards Under the Plan
 
The Amended and Restated 2001 Plan provides that the plan administrator may also grant or issue dividend equivalents, restricted stock units, performance bonus awards and performance-based awards or any combination thereof to eligible employees, consultants and directors. The term of each such grant or issuance will be set by the plan administrator in its discretion. The plan administrator may establish the exercise price or purchase price, if any, of any such award.
 
Payments with respect to any such award will be made in cash, in our stock or a combination of both, as determined by the plan administrator. Any such award will be subject to such additional terms and conditions as determined by the plan administrator and will be evidenced by a written award agreement.
 
Dividend Equivalents.   Dividend equivalents are rights to receive the equivalent value (in cash or our stock) of dividends paid on our stock. They represent the value of the dividends per share paid by us, calculated with reference to the number of shares that are subject to any award held by the participant.
 
Restricted Stock Units.   Restricted stock units may be granted to any participant in such amounts and subject to such terms and conditions as determined by the plan administrator. Each restricted stock unit will have a value equal to the fair market value of a share. Restricted stock units will be paid to the participant in cash, shares, other securities or other property, as determined in the


63


 

sole discretion of the plan administrator. At the time of grant, the plan administrator will specify the date or dates on which the restricted stock units will become fully vested and nonforfeitable, and may specify such conditions to vesting as it deems appropriate. The plan administrator will specify the purchase price, if any, to be paid by the participant to us for such shares of our stock. An award of restricted stock units will only be exercisable or payable while the participant is an employee, consultant or director.
 
Performance Bonus Awards.   Any participant selected by the plan administrator may be granted a cash bonus payable upon the attainment of performance goals that are established by the plan administrator and relate to any one or more performance criteria determined appropriate by the plan administrator on a specified date or dates or over any period or periods determined by the plan administrator. Any such cash bonus paid to a “covered employee” within the meaning of Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code may be a performance-based award as described below.
 
     Performance-Based Awards
 
The plan administrator may grant awards other than options and stock appreciation rights to employees who are or may be “covered employees,” as defined in Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code, that are intended to be performance-based awards within the meaning of Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code in order to preserve the deductibility of these awards for federal income tax purposes. Participants are only entitled to receive payment for a performance-based award for any given performance period to the extent that pre-established performance goals set by the plan administrator for the period are satisfied. These pre-established performance goals must be based on one or more of the following performance criteria: net earnings (either before or after interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization), economic value-added, sales or revenue, net income (either before or after taxes), operating earnings, cash flow (including, but not limited to, operating cash flow and free cash flow), cash flow return on capital, return on net assets, return on shareholders’ equity, return on assets, return on capital, stockholder returns, return on sales, gross or net profit margin, productivity, expense, margins, operating efficiency, customer satisfaction, working capital, earnings per share, price per share, and market share. These performance criteria may be measured in absolute terms or as compared to any incremental increase or as compared to results of a peer group. With regard to a particular performance period, the plan administrator will have the discretion to select the length of the performance period, the type of performance-based awards to be granted, and the goals that will be used to measure the performance for the period. In determining the actual size of an individual performance-based award for a performance period, the plan administrator may reduce or eliminate (but not increase) the award. Generally, a participant will have to be employed by Opnext or any qualifying subsidiary on the date the performance-based award is paid to be eligible for a performance-based award for any period.
 
Administration
 
With respect to stock option grants and other awards granted to our independent directors, the Amended and Restated 2001 Plan will be administered by our full board of directors. With respect to all other awards, the Amended and Restated 2001 Plan will be administered by a committee consisting of at least two directors, each of whom qualifies as a non-employee director pursuant to Rule 16b of the Exchange Act, an “outside director” pursuant to Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code and an independent director under the rules of the principal securities market on which our shares are traded. Immediately following the completion of this offering, this committee will be our compensation committee. In addition, our board may at any time exercise any rights and duties of the committee under the plan except with respect to matters which under Rule 16b-3 under the Exchange Act or Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code are required to be determined in the sole discretion of the committee.


64


 

The plan administrator will have the exclusive authority to administer the plan, including, but not limited to, designate participants, the power to determine the types of awards, the terms and conditions of awards, payment terms of awards and interpret the Plan and make any other determination that the it deems necessary for the administration of the Plan.
 
Eligibility
 
Persons eligible to participate in the Amended and Restated 2001 Plan include all members of our board of directors and all employees and consultants of Opnext and its subsidiaries, as determined by the plan administrator. Only our employees and employees of our qualifying corporate subsidiaries are eligible to be granted options that are intended to qualify as “incentive stock options” under Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code.
 
Foreign Participants
 
In order to comply with the laws in other countries in which we and our subsidiaries operate or have persons eligible to participate in the plan, the plan administrator will have the power to determine which of our subsidiaries will be covered by the plan, determine which of our directors, employees and consultants outside the United States are eligible to participate in the plan, modify the terms and conditions of any award granted to such eligible individuals to comply with applicable foreign laws, establish subplans and modify any terms and procedures (with certain exceptions), and take any action that it deems advisable with respect to local governmental regulatory exemptions or approvals.
 
Adjustments
 
If there is any stock dividend, stock split, combination or exchange of shares, merger, consolidation, spin-off, recapitalization or other distribution (other than normal cash dividends) of our assets to stockholders, or any other change affecting the shares of our stock or the share price of our stock, the plan administrator will make proportionate adjustments, in order to reflect such change with respect to (i) the aggregate number and type of shares that may be issued under the plan, (ii) the terms and conditions of any outstanding awards (including, without limitation, any applicable performance targets or criteria with respect thereto), and (iii) the grant or exercise price per share for any outstanding awards under the plan. Any adjustment affecting an award intended as “qualified performance-based compensation” will be made consistent with the requirements of Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code. The plan administrator also has the authority under the Amended and Restated 2001 Plan to take certain other actions with respect to outstanding awards in the event of a corporate transaction, including provision for the cash-out, termination, assumption or substitution of such awards.
 
Change in Control
 
Except as may otherwise be provided in any written agreement between the participant and us, in the event of a change in control of Opnext (as defined in the plan) in which awards are not converted, assumed, or replaced by the successor, such awards will become fully exercisable and all forfeiture restrictions on such awards will lapse. Upon, or in anticipation of, a change in control, the plan administrator may cause any and all awards outstanding under the Amended and Restated 2001 Plan to terminate at a specific time in the future and will give each participant the right to exercise such awards during a period of time as the plan administrator, in its sole and absolute discretion, will determine.
 
Termination or Amendment
 
With the approval of our board of directors, the plan administrator may terminate, amend, or modify the Amended and Restated 2001 Plan at any time. However, stockholder approval will be


65


 

obtained for any amendment to the extent necessary and desirable to comply with any applicable law, regulation or stock exchange rule, to increase the number of shares available under the plan, to permit the grant of options with an exercise price below fair market value on the date of grant, or to extend the exercise period for an option beyond ten years from the date of grant. In addition, absent stockholder approval, no option may be amended to reduce the per share exercise price of the shares subject to such option below the per share exercise price as of the date the option was granted and, except to the extent permitted by the plan in connection with certain changes in capital structure, no option may be granted in exchange for, or in connection with, the cancellation or surrender of an option having a higher per share exercise price.
 
Code Section 409A
 
To the extent that the plan administrator determines that any award granted under the Amended and Restated 2001 Plan is subject to Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code (“Section 409A”), the award agreement evidencing such award will incorporate the terms and conditions required by Section 409A. In the event that the plan administrator determines that any award may be subject to Section 409A, the 2001 Plan and any applicable awards may be modified to exempt the awards from Section 409A or comply with the requirements of Section 409A.
 
Registration of Shares on Form S-8
 
We intend to file with the Securities and Exchange Commission a registration statement on Form S-8 covering the shares of common stock issuable under the Amended and Restated 2001 Plan.
 
Employment Agreements
 
Mr. Harry L. Bosco.
 
We have entered into an employment agreement with Mr. Bosco, originally dated July 31, 2001 and amended on November 1, 2004, which provides that Mr. Bosco will serve as our President and Chief Executive Officer. The current term of Mr. Bosco’s employment agreement extends until October 31, 2007, and will automatically renew on that date and each subsequent anniversary for successive one year periods unless either party provides at least 60 days written notice of its intent not to renew the employment term. Mr. Bosco’s annual base salary under the agreement is $400,000. In addition, he is eligible to receive a target annual bonus under our performance bonus plan in an amount equal to 50%-60% of his base salary.
 
Mr. Bosco received the following stock option and restricted stock grants under his employment agreement:
 
  •  Options granted on July 31, 2001 to purchase 3,000,000 shares of our common stock at an exercise price of $8.34 per share. The option grant was amended on August 25, 2003 by resolution of the Board to reflect a reduced exercise price of $5.00 per share. These options vested in equal annual installments on each of the first four anniversaries of Mr. Bosco’s commencement of employment (November 1, 2000); and
 
  •  Options granted on November 1, 2004 to purchase 450,000 shares of our common stock at an exercise price of $5.00 per share. These options vest in equal annual installments on each of the first three anniversaries of the date of grant, subject to accelerated vesting in the event of a termination of Mr. Bosco’s employment by us without “cause” or by him for “good reason” (each as defined in the employment agreement) or due to Mr. Bosco’s death or disability; and
 
  •  200,000 shares of restricted stock issued on November 1, 2004. The shares of restricted stock will vest in equal installments on each of the first two anniversaries of the consummation of


66


 

  this offering, subject to accelerated vesting in the event of a termination of Mr. Bosco’s employment by us without cause or by him for good reason.
 
Mr. Bosco’s employment agreement further provides that in the event that his employment is terminated by us without cause or by him for good reason, we will pay him severance in an amount equal to 100% of his annual base salary.
 
Pursuant to his employment agreement, Mr. Bosco is prohibited from competing with us for a period of six months following a termination of his employment. During this period, Mr. Bosco is also restricted from (i) soliciting our employees to terminate their relationships with us and (ii) soliciting or interfering with our relationship with any of our customers, suppliers or licensees. Mr. Bosco has also executed a confidentiality agreement containing customary provisions protecting our intellectual property rights and confidential information.
 
Mr. Michael C. Chan.
 
We have entered into an employment agreement with Mr. Chan, originally dated August 24, 2001 and amended on April 20, 2004 and October 4, 2006, which provides that Mr. Chan will serve as our Executive Vice President, Business Development. The current term of Mr. Chan’s employment agreement extends until December 1, 2008. Mr. Chan’s annual base salary under the agreement is $325,000. In addition, he is eligible to receive a target annual bonus under our performance bonus plan in an amount equal to 50%-60% of his base salary.
 
Pursuant to his employment agreement, on July 27, 2001, we granted Mr. Chan stock options to purchase 600,000 shares of our common stock at an exercise price of $8.34 per share. The option grant was amended on August 25, 2003 by resolution of the Board to reflect a reduced exercise price of $5.00 per share. These options vested in equal annual installments on each of the first four anniversaries of Mr. Chan’s commencement of employment (December 1, 2000).
 
Mr. Chan’s employment agreement further provides that in the event that his employment is terminated by us without “cause” or by him for “good reason” (each as defined in the employment agreement), we will pay him severance in an amount equal to 100% of his annual base salary.
 
Pursuant to his employment agreement, Mr. Chan is prohibited from competing with us for a period of six months following a termination of his employment. During this period, Mr. Chan is also restricted from (i) soliciting our employees to terminate their relationships with us and (ii) soliciting or interfering with our relationship with any of our customers, suppliers or licensees. Mr. Chan has also executed a confidentiality agreement containing customary provisions protecting our intellectual property rights and confidential information.
 
Mr. Chi-Ho Christopher Lin.
 
We have entered into an employment agreement with Mr. Lin, originally dated August 24, 2001 and amended on April 19, 2004 and October 4, 2006, which provides that Mr. Lin will serve as our Senior Vice President, Sales and Marketing. The current term of Mr. Lin’s employment agreement extends until December 1, 2008. Mr. Lin’s annual base salary under the agreement is $275,000. In addition, he is eligible to receive a target annual bonus under our performance bonus plan in an amount equal to 40%-50% of his base salary.
 
Pursuant to his employment agreement, on July 27, 2001, we granted to Mr. Lin stock options to purchase 400,000 shares of our common stock at an exercise price of $8.34 per share. The option grant was amended on August 25, 2003 by resolution of the Board to reflect a reduced exercise price of $5.00 per share. These options vested in equal annual installments on each of the first four anniversaries of Mr. Lin’s commencement of employment (December 1, 2000).


67


 

 
Mr. Lin’s employment agreement further provides that in the event that his employment is terminated by us without “cause” or by him for “good reason” (each as defined in the employment agreement), we will pay him severance in an amount equal to 100% of his annual base salary.
 
Pursuant to his employment agreement, Mr. Lin is prohibited from competing with us for a period of six months following a termination of his employment. During this period, Mr. Lin is also restricted from (i) soliciting our employees to terminate their relationships with us and (ii) soliciting or interfering with our relationship with any of our customers, suppliers or licensees. Mr. Lin has also executed a confidentiality agreement containing customary provisions protecting our intellectual property rights and confidential information.
 
Mr. Robert J. Nobile.
 
We have entered into an employment agreement with Mr. Nobile, dated March 5, 2001, which provides that Mr. Nobile will serve as our Senior Vice President, Finance. Mr. Nobile’s employment under this agreement is at-will and is not for any fixed term. Mr. Nobile’s annual base salary under the agreement is $250,000 and he is eligible to receive an annual target bonus under our performance bonus plan in an amount equal to 40% of his base salary. The agreement also provides that Mr. Nobile will be eligible to participate in our medical, dental, life and disability insurance plans and 401(k) plan, and any executive automobile policy that we may maintain.
 
Pursuant to his employment agreement, on July 27, 2001, we granted Mr. Nobile stock options to purchase 150,000 shares of our common stock at an exercise price of $8.34 per share. The option grant was amended on August 25, 2003 by resolution of the Board to reflect a reduced exercise price of $5.00 per share. These options vested in equal annual installments on each of the first four anniversaries of Mr. Nobile’s commencement of employment. Mr. Nobile also received a signing bonus equal to $25,000 in connection with the commencement of his employment.
 
Mr. Nobile’s employment agreement further provides that in the event that his employment is terminated by us without “cause” (as defined in the agreement), we will pay him severance in an amount equal to 100% of his annual base salary.
 
Mr. Nobile has also executed a confidentiality agreement containing customary provisions protecting our intellectual property rights and confidential information and has agreed to abide by any non-competition and non-solicitation policies which we may adopt from time to time.
 
Retirement Plans
 
We maintain a tax-qualified retirement plan in the US that provides all regular employees an opportunity to save for retirement on a tax advantaged basis. Under our 401(k) plan, participants may elect to defer a portion of their compensation on a pre-tax basis and have it contributed to the plan subject to applicable annual Internal Revenue Code limits. Pre-tax contributions are allocated to each participant’s individual account and are then invested in selected investments alternatives according to the participants’ directions. Employee elective deferrals are 100% vested at all times. The 401(k) plan allows for matching contributions to be made by us. As a tax-qualified retirement plan, contributions to the 401(k) plan and earnings on those contributions are not taxable to the employees until distributed from the 401(k) plan and all contributions are deductible by us when made.
 
We maintain two company sponsored retirement plans in Opnext Japan, a defined contribution plan and a retirement allowance plan. Contributions for both plans are provided by the Company based on grade level. The defined contribution plan allows the employee to elect to receive the benefit as additional salary or contribute the benefit to the plan on a tax deferred basis. Benefits under the retirement allowance plan are paid upon the participant’s retirement.


68


 

In Germany we follow the government mandated pension contribution practices. This is called the “Generation Contract.” Company and individual contributions are made into the plan with defined percents of contribution.
 
Indemnification of Directors and Officers and Limitation of Liability
 
Section 145 of the DGCL authorizes a corporation’s board of directors to grant indemnity to directors and officers in terms sufficiently broad to permit such indemnification under certain circumstances for liabilities, including reimbursement for expenses incurred, arising under the Securities Act. As described below, we intend upon the closing of this offering to indemnify our directors, officers, and other employees to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL.
 
Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and Amended and Restated Bylaws
 
Upon the closing of this offering, our amended and restated bylaws will require us to indemnify our directors, officers, and employees and other persons serving at our request as a director, officer, employee, or agent of another entity to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL. We will be required to advance expenses, as incurred, to the covered persons in connection with defending a legal proceeding if we have received an undertaking by that person to repay all such amounts if it is determined that he or she is not entitled to be indemnified by us.
 
Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws will eliminate the personal liability of our directors for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director, except for liability for:
 
  •  any breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to the corporation or its stockholders;
 
  •  acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law;
 
  •  unlawful payments of dividends or unlawful stock repurchases, redemptions, or other distributions; or
 
  •  any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit.
 
Indemnification Agreements
 
Prior to the completion of this offering, we will execute indemnification agreements with each of our directors and each of our officers in the position of Senior Vice President or above. These agreements will provide indemnification to our directors and senior officers under certain circumstances for acts or omissions which may not be covered by directors’ and officers’ liability insurance, and may, in some cases, be broader than the specific indemnification provisions contained under Delaware law.
 
Indemnification for Securities Act Liability
 
Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted for directors, officers, or persons controlling us pursuant to the foregoing, we have been informed that in the opinion of the SEC such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is, therefore, unenforceable.
 
Insurance Policies
 
We maintain an insurance policy covering our directors and officers with respect to certain liabilities, including liabilities arising under the Securities Act or otherwise.


69


 

 
PRINCIPAL AND SELLING STOCKHOLDERS
 
The following table sets forth, as of September 30, 2006, the number of shares of our common stock beneficially owned by (1) each person or group of affiliated stockholders known by us to own beneficially more than 5% of the outstanding shares of common stock, (2) each director, (3) each of the named executive officers, (4) all directors and executive officers as a group and (5) each of the selling stockholders.
 
Percentage ownership before the offering is based on 150,000,000 shares of Class A common stock outstanding and 5,374,938 shares of Class B common stock outstanding as of September 30, 2006, subject to the assumptions described below. Percentage ownership after the offering is based on           shares of common stock outstanding immediately upon completion of this offering.
 
Unless otherwise indicated in the footnotes to the table, and subject to community property laws where applicable, the following persons have sole voting and investment control with respect to the shares beneficially owned by them. Except as otherwise noted, the business address for each of the following is 1 Christopher Way, Eatontown, New Jersey 07724. In accordance with SEC rules, if a person has a right to acquire beneficial ownership of any shares of common stock, on or within 60 days of          , 2006, upon exercise of outstanding options or otherwise, the shares are deemed beneficially owned by that person and are deemed to be outstanding solely for the purpose of determining the percentage of our shares that person beneficially owns. These shares are not included in the computations of percentage ownership for any other person.
 
                                             
        Shares
                   
        Beneficially
          Shares Beneficially
 
        Owned Prior to
    Shares
    Owned After
 
Title of
     
Offering
    Being
   
Offering
 
Class
 
Name and Address of Beneficial Owner
 
Number
   
Percent
   
Offered
   
Number
   
Percent
 
 
Class A(1)
  5% Stockholders                                        
    Hitachi, Ltd.(2)     105,000,000       70.00 %                        
    Clarity Partners, L.P.(3)(4)     12,648,298       8.43 %                        
    Clarity Opnext Holdings I, LLC(3)(4)     22,500,000       15.00 %                        
    Clarity Opnext Holdings II, LLC(3)(4)     9,851,702       6.57 %                        
Class B(5)
  5% Stockholders                                        
    Hitachi, Ltd.(2)     3,030,000       36.05 %                        
    Clarity Management, L.P.(3)(4)     3,000,000       35.82 %                        
                         
    Directors and Named Executive Officers                                        
    Harry L. Bosco     3,300,000       38.04 %                        
    Michael C. Chan     600,000       10.04 %                        
    Chi-Ho Christopher Lin     400,000       6.93 %                        
    Robert J. Nobile     150,000       2.71 %                        
    Tammy L. Wedemeyer     100,000       1.83 %                        
    Dr. Naoya Takahashi                                    
    Dr. David Lee(4)                                    
    Tetsuo Takemura                                    
    Ryuichi Otsuki                                    
 
(1)  No directors or named executive officers have beneficial ownership of any Class A shares of common stock.


70


 

 
(2)  The address of Hitachi, Ltd. is 6-6, Marunouchi 1-chome, Chiyoda-ku, Tokyo 100-8280 Japan.
 
(3)  The address of Clarity Partners, L.P., Clarity Opnext Holdings I, LLC, Clarity Opnext Holdings II, LLC and Clarity Management, LP is 100 North Crescent Drive Beverly Hills, CA 90210.
 
(4)  Clarity GenPar, LLC is the general partner of Clarity Partners, L.P. and Clarity Partners, L.P. is the managing member of Clarity Opnext Holdings I, LLC and Clarity Opnext Holdings II, LLC. Clarity Management, LLC is the general partner of Clarity Management, L.P. Because Dr. David Lee is a managing member of Clarity GenPar, LLC and Clarity Management, LLC, he may be deemed to be the beneficial owner of the shares held by the Clarity entities, which he disclaims except to the extent of his pecuniary interest therein.
 
(5)  All shares of Class B common stock consist of options exercisable within 60 days.


71


 

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS
 
Agreements with Hitachi and Clarity
 
Stockholders’ Agreement
 
In connection with the 2001 acquisition of our Class A common stock we entered into a stockholders’ agreement dated as of July 31, 2001, as amended as of October 1, 2002 with our stockholders, namely, Hitachi, Clarity Partners, L.P., Clarity Opnext Holdings I, LLC, and Clarity Opnext Holdings II, LLC. Under the agreement, so long as the Clarity parties hold more than 10% of the total voting power of our outstanding securities, we, Hitachi and the Clarity parties shall take all necessary or desirable actions within each party’s control, so that one director is designated by Clarity. Without the prior written consent of Hitachi, we shall not issue any equity securities that would cause Hitachi to own less than a majority of our voting securities, or whatever percentage is necessary to permit Hitachi to consolidate our financial results for purposes of publicly reporting Hitachi’s financial results in the United States and Japan. In the event Hitachi consents to such issuance, Hitachi shall have the right to purchase additional shares or other securities in order to maintain its ownership percentages at the level necessary to permit Hitachi to continue to consolidate our financial results. If any Clarity party proposes to transfer shares representing more than 5% of the total number of shares of our common stock then outstanding, such Clarity party must deliver a written notice to us and Hitachi disclosing the proposed number of shares to be transferred, the terms and conditions of the transfer and the identity of the transferee. If such Clarity party is offering to sell all of its shares, we may elect to purchase all of such shares at a price equal to the valuation and on the terms provided in such written notice. If such Clarity party is offering to sell less than all of its shares, or if we elect not to purchase all of such shares, then Hitachi may elect to purchase all of the shares specified in such written notice.
 
Until the earlier of one year following this offering or such time as Hitachi and its permitted transferees no longer hold a majority of our voting securities, Hitachi and its subsidiaries shall not participate or engage in the business of designing, developing, manufacturing, marketing, distributing or selling certain fiber optical products to be used in telecommunications applications. Additionally, Hitachi shall not license its intellectual property related to certain fiber optical products to third parties, except as a part of a global cross license or any other agreement that does not adversely affect our ongoing business. Hitachi Cable, Ltd., and its subsidiaries and certain Hitachi entities with publicly traded securities are not subject to these restrictions. Additionally, Hitachi and its subsidiaries may purchase or otherwise become affiliated with an entity engaged in the business of designing, developing, manufacturing, marketing distributing or selling certain fiber optical products if the aggregate gross revenues of such business for the enterprise is less than either 15% of the total gross revenues of such enterprise or $100 million.
 
Registration Rights Agreement
 
In connection with the 2001 acquisition of our Class A common stock we entered into a registration rights agreement with Hitachi, Clarity Partners, L.P., Clarity Opnext Holdings I, LLC and Clarity Opnext Holdings II, LLC dated as of July 31, 2001. The agreement provides that at any time following 180 days after the initial public offering of our common stock, Clarity Partners, L.P., and Hitachi may make a written demand to register some or all of their shares. The agreement also grants


72


 

Clarity Partners, LP and Hitachi “piggyback” registration rights other than in connection with an initial public offering of our common stock.
 
Option Grants
 
Pursuant to our 2001 Long-Term Stock Incentive Plan, as amended, we granted Hitachi the right to purchase 3,030,000 shares of our Class B common stock at an exercise price of $8.34 per share. The option grant was amended on August 25, 2003 by resolution of the Board to reflect a reduced exercise price of $5.00 per share. The options are currently vested and Hitachi may exercise these options at any time prior to the tenth anniversary of the grant date.
 
Pursuant to our 2001 Long-Term Stock Incentive Plan, as amended, we granted Clarity Management, L.P., the right to purchase 3,000,000 shares of our Class B common stock at an exercise price of $8.34 per share. The option grant was amended on August 25, 2003 by resolution of the Board to reflect a reduced exercise price of $5.00 per share. The options are currently vested and Clarity Management, L.P., may exercise these options at any time prior to the tenth anniversary of the grant date.
 
Agreements with Hitachi
 
Opnext Japan Intellectual Property License Agreement
 
Opnext Japan, Inc., or Opnext Japan, and Hitachi are parties to an Intellectual Property License Agreement, pursuant to which Opnext Japan licenses to Hitachi and its wholly owned subsidiaries, and Hitachi licenses to Opnext Japan (with a right to sublicense to its wholly owned subsidiaries and us and our wholly owned subsidiaries) certain intellectual property rights (patents, copyrights, mask works, software and trade secrets), whether existing or which arise during the period from July 31, 2001 to July 31, 2011, related to the business transferred by Hitachi to Opnext Japan on a fully paid-up, non-exclusive basis. The licenses granted under the agreement are irrevocable and: (i) with respect to patent rights, survive for so long as any applicable patent is valid; and (ii) with respect to all other intellectual property, perpetual. Opnext Japan may also sublicense the intellectual property rights licensed from Hitachi to its customers for certain limited purposes, subject to certain conditions and Hitachi’s consent or modification of such sublicense, or certain alternative action as selected by Hitachi at its discretion, including the right to directly license the applicable intellectual property to such customers. Hitachi has also agreed to sublicense its rights to third party agreements to Opnext Japan, to the extent that Hitachi has the right to make available such rights to Opnext Japan, in accordance with the terms and conditions of the agreement.
 
Hitachi covenants not to sue Opnext Japan, us or sublicensees of Opnext Japan, and Opnext Japan covenants not to sue Hitachi or sublicensees of Hitachi, for infringement of any intellectual property related to the business. Each party’s covenant not to sue also extends to customers of the other party (and our customers in the case of Hitachi’s covenant not to sue), subject to certain limitations. Each party indemnifies the other party for losses arising from any breach of any covenant under the agreement. If a party commits a material breach that remains uncured for 60 days following notice of such breach, the other party may terminate its obligation to license intellectual property developed or filed on or after the effective date of termination, provided that the licenses granted for intellectual property developed or filed prior to the effective date of termination shall continue pursuant to the terms and conditions of the agreement.
 
Opto Device Intellectual Property License Agreement
 
Opto Device and Hitachi are parties to an Intellectual Property License Agreement, pursuant to which Opto Device licenses to Hitachi and its wholly owned subsidiaries, and Hitachi licenses to Opto Device (with a right to sublicense to its wholly owned subsidiaries and us and our wholly owned subsidiaries) certain intellectual property rights (patents, copyrights, mask works, software and trade secrets), whether existing or which arise during the period from October 1, 2002 to October 1, 2012,


73


 

related to the business transferred by Hitachi to Opto Device on a fully paid-up, non-exclusive basis. The licenses granted under the agreement are irrevocable and: (i) with respect to patent rights, survive for so long as any applicable patent is valid; and (ii) with respect to all other intellectual property, perpetual. Opto Device may also sublicense the intellectual property rights licensed from Hitachi to its customers for certain limited purposes, subject to certain conditions and Hitachi’s consent or modification of such sublicense, or certain alternative action as selected by Hitachi at its discretion, including the right to directly license the applicable intellectual property to such customers. Hitachi has also agreed to sublicense its rights to third party agreements to Opto Device, to the extent that Hitachi has the right to make available such rights to Opto Device, in accordance with the terms and conditions of the agreement.
 
Hitachi covenants not to sue Opto Device, us or sublicensees of Opto Device, and Opto Device covenants not to sue Hitachi or sublicensees of Hitachi, for infringement of any intellectual property related to the business. Each party’s covenant not to sue also extends to customers of the other party (and our customers in the case of Hitachi’s covenant not to sue), subject to certain limitations. Each party indemnifies the other party for losses arising from any breach of any covenant under the agreement. If a party commits a material breach that remains uncured for 60 days following notice of such breach, the other party may terminate its obligation to license intellectual property developed or filed on or after the effective date of termination, provided that the licenses granted for intellectual property developed or filed prior to the effective date of termination shall continue pursuant to the terms and conditions of the agreement. Pursuant to the merger of Opto Device into Opnext Japan on March 31, 2003, this agreement was assumed by Opnext Japan.
 
Opnext Japan Intellectual Property License Agreement with Hitachi Communication Technologies, Ltd.
 
Opnext Japan and Hitachi Communication Technologies, Ltd, or Hitachi Communication are parties to an Intellectual Property License Agreement, pursuant to which Opnext Japan licenses to Hitachi Communication and its wholly owned subsidiaries, and Hitachi Communication licenses to Opnext Japan (with a right to sublicense to its wholly owned subsidiaries and us and our wholly owned subsidiaries) certain intellectual property rights (patents, copyrights, mask works, software and trade secret), whether existing or which arise during the period from July 31, 2001 to July 31, 2011, related to our business on a fully paid-up, non-exclusive basis. The licenses granted under the agreement expire July 31, 2011, provided that the license to intellectual property which is licensed as of such date will continue on reasonable terms and conditions to be agreed upon between the parties, until such intellectual property expires. Opnext Japan may also sublicense the intellectual property rights licensed from Hitachi Communication to its customers for certain limited purposes, subject to certain conditions and Hitachi Communication’s consent or modification of such sublicense, or certain alternative action as selected by Hitachi Communication at its discretion, including the right to directly license the applicable intellectual property to such customers.
 
Hitachi Communication covenants not to sue Opnext Japan or us or any sublicensees of Opnext Japan, and Opnext Japan covenants not to sue Hitachi Communication or its wholly owned subsidiaries, or Hitachi Communication’s sublicensees, for infringement of any intellectual property related to Opnext Japan’s business. Each party’s covenant not to sue also extends to customers of the other party (and our customers in the case of Hitachi Communication’s covenant not to sue), subject to certain limitations. Each party indemnifies the other party for losses arising from any breach of any covenant under the agreement. If a party commits a material breach that remains uncured for 60 days following notice of such breach, the other party may terminate its obligation to license intellectual property under the agreement, and if it elects to exercise such option, it is obligated to negotiate in good faith the terms of a new license agreement for the same intellectual property on commercially reasonable terms.


74


 

Opnext Research and Development Agreement
 
We are parties with Hitachi to a Research and Development Agreement pursuant to which Hitachi provides certain research and development support to us and/or our affiliates (other than Opnext Japan). Under the agreement, Hitachi supports certain research and development projects requested by us. To the extent any intellectual property (patents, copyrights, mask works, software and trade secrets) directly results from the research, we will own it provided we fund 100% of the costs of the research, or we will be a joint owner where we fund 50% or more of the costs of the research or provide other contributions. In all other cases, Hitachi will own any intellectual property resulting from the research. We license to Hitachi and its wholly owned subsidiaries any such intellectual property owned by us, and Hitachi licenses to us (with a right to sublicense to our wholly owned subsidiaries) any such intellectual property owned by Hitachi. These licenses are irrevocable and: (i) with respect to patent rights, survive for so long as any applicable patent is valid; and (ii) with respect to all other intellectual property, perpetual.
 
Each party indemnifies the other party for losses arising from any breach of any covenant under the agreement. Hitachi indemnifies us from any losses arising from a third party claim that intellectual property licensed by Hitachi to us under the agreement infringes such third party’s intellectual property rights. We indemnify Hitachi from any losses arising from a third party claim that products developed or manufactured by us or specifications and instructions provided to Hitachi infringe such third party’s intellectual property rights. The parties will jointly defend infringement claims involving jointly owned intellectual property. If a party commits a material breach that remains uncured for 60 days following notice of such breach, the other party may terminate its obligation to license intellectual property developed or filed on or after the effective date of termination, provided that the licenses granted for intellectual property developed or filed prior to the effective date of termination shall continue pursuant to the terms and conditions of the agreement. This agreement expires on the fifth anniversary of the consummation of this offering.
 
Pursuant to this agreement, we have entered into various research and development agreements that provide for the terms and conditions of specific research projects.
 
Opnext Japan Research and Development Agreement
 
Opnext Japan and Hitachi are parties to a Research and Development Agreement pursuant to which Hitachi provides certain research and development support to Opnext Japan and/or its affiliates. The agreement was amended on October 1, 2002 to include Opto Device under the same terms and conditions as Opnext Japan, expand the scope to include research and development support related to Opto Device’s business. Under the agreement, Hitachi supports certain research and development projects requested by Opnext Japan. To the extent any intellectual property (patents, copyrights, mask works, software and trade secrets) directly results from the research, Opnext Japan will own it provided Opnext Japan funds 100% of the costs of the research, or will be a joint owner where it funds 50% or more of the costs of the research or provides other contributions. In all other cases, Hitachi will own any intellectual property resulting from the research. Opnext Japan licenses to Hitachi and its wholly owned subsidiaries any such intellectual property owned by Opnext Japan, and Hitachi licenses to Opnext Japan (with a right to sublicense to its wholly owned subsidiaries and us and our wholly owned subsidiaries) any such intellectual property owned by Hitachi. These licenses are irrevocable and: (i) with respect to patent rights, survive for so long as any applicable patent is valid; and (ii) with respect to all other intellectual property, perpetual. The total amount of research and development expenditures relating to the agreement was $3.9 million, $3.1 million and $3.0 million for the years ended March 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004, respectively.
 
Each party indemnifies the other party for losses arising from any breach of any covenant under the agreement. If a party commits a material breach that remains uncured for 60 days following notice of such breach, the other party may terminate its obligation to license intellectual property developed or filed on or after the effective date of termination, provided that the licenses granted for intellectual


75


 

property developed or filed prior to the effective date of termination shall continue pursuant to the terms and conditions of the agreement. This agreement expires on the fifth anniversary of the consummation of this offering.
 
Pursuant to this agreement, Opnext Japan and Hitachi have entered into various research and development agreements that provide for the terms and conditions of specific research projects.
 
Opnext Japan Outsourcing Agreement
 
Opnext Japan, Inc. and Hitachi, Ltd. are parties to an Outsourcing Agreement, which requires Hitachi to provide certain services on an interim, transitional basis. Hitachi may provide the services through third party subcontractors. Fees for the services are adjusted every six months based on volume forecasts submitted by Opnext Japan and fees submitted by Hitachi for discussion between the parties. Unless otherwise mutually agreed, volume forecasts and fees submitted by each party will apply for the upcoming period. Specific charges for such services amounted to $2.0 million, $2.1 million and $1.0 million for the years ended March 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004, respectively. Each party indemnifies the other party against third party claims resulting from such party’s gross negligence or willful misconduct. Each party’s liability for damages arising out of the agreement is limited to an amount equal to payments made by Opnext Japan to Hitachi for the services during the nine months prior to the first claim.
 
The term of the agreement expires on July 31, 2007. Thereafter, the agreement will renew automatically for additional one year periods unless either party provides written notice of its intent not to renew the agreement. Opnext Japan may terminate the agreement upon 60 days notice. Hitachi may terminate the agreement for material breach that remains uncured for 60 days after written notice of such breach or default, or for failure to pay that remains uncured for 30 days in the first instance or for ten days with respect to subsequent failures; provided that Hitachi may not terminate the agreement as a result of any breach by Opnext Japan so long as it and its affiliates hold a majority voting interest in us.
 
Opnext Preferred Provider Agreement
 
We are parties with Hitachi to a Preferred Provider Agreement pursuant to which Hitachi agrees to purchase all of its requirements with respect to certain optoelectronic components from us; provided that: (i) such components meet Hitachi’s specifications and delivery requirements; (ii) we give Hitachi the most favorable aggregate price for comparable components and comparable volumes, and (iii) such obligation is subject to Hitachi’s product requirements. Hitachi’s obligation to purchase these products from us is subject to certain restrictions, including customer requirements that products be sourced from multiple vendors or from vendors unaffiliated with Hitachi. The terms for procuring such components are set forth in the Opnext Japan Procurement Agreement described below. Each party’s liability for damages arising out of the agreement during any 12 month period is limited to $36.0 million U.S. dollars, subject to certain exceptions. The term of the agreement expires on July 31, 2007. Thereafter, the agreement will renew automatically for additional one year periods unless either party provides written notice of its intent not to renew the agreement. Either party may terminate the agreement for material breach or default that remains uncured for 60 days after written notice of such breach or default; provided that Hitachi may not terminate the agreement for breach so long as it and its affiliates hold a majority voting interest in us.
 
Sales to Hitachi and its subsidiaries under this agreement and the Opnext Japan Procurement Agreement, as described below, were $24.1 million, $30.3 million and $35.0 million for the years ended March 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004, respectively. At March 31, 2006 and 2005, we had accounts receivable from Hitachi and its subsidiaries of $6.8 million and $7.1 million, respectively.
 
Opnext Japan Procurement Agreement
 
Opnext Japan and Hitachi are parties to a Procurement Agreement pursuant to which, each month, Hitachi provides a rolling three-month forecast of Hitachi’s purchase plans with respect to


76


 

products and components of Opnext Japan or any other Opnext entity. The forecast for the first two months is a firm and binding commitment to purchase. Pricing is negotiated semiannually, but Opnext Japan commits to provide Hitachi with prices that are at least as favorable to the lowest aggregate prices Opnext Japan provides to other customers for comparable products and volumes. Opnext Japan indemnifies Hitachi against claims arising out of or resulting from any product defects. With respect to infringement of third party intellectual property rights, Hitachi is responsible where the infringement is caused by a product design as of July 31, 2001, or by any intellectual property assigned or licensed by Hitachi to us, and Opnext Japan is responsible where the infringement is caused by new product designs or any other intellectual property. Each party’s liability for damages arising out of the agreement during any 12 month period is limited to $36.0 million U.S. dollars, subject to certain exceptions. The term of the agreement expires on July 31, 2007. Thereafter, the agreement will renew automatically for additional one year periods unless either party provides written notice of its intent not to renew the agreement. Hitachi may terminate the agreement for breach of the agreement or upon our dissolution, bankruptcy or insolvency. So long as the Preferred Provider Agreement remains in effect, Hitachi may not terminate the agreement for any breach by Opnext Japan.
 
Opnext Raw Materials Supply Agreement
 
We are partners with Hitachi to a Raw Materials Supply Agreement. Under the terms and conditions of the Raw Materials Supply Agreement, Hitachi has agreed to continue to make available for purchase by us laser chips and other semiconductor devices and all other raw materials that were provided by Hitachi to the business prior to or as of July 31, 2001 for our production of optoelectronics components. Pricing is negotiated between the parties, but Hitachi is obligated to provide prices that are no greater than the lowest aggregate price Hitachi charges similarly situated customers. For raw materials Hitachi purchases from third parties, Hitachi charges us the prices paid by Hitachi, net of any discounts obtained by Hitachi. Each party’s liability for damages arising out of the agreement during any 12 month period is limited to $24.0 million U.S. dollars or the aggregate dollar amount of materials projected to be purchased by us under the agreement in the following twelve month period, whichever is greater, and is subject to certain exceptions. The term of the agreement expires on July 31, 2007. Thereafter, the agreement will renew automatically for additional one year periods unless either party provides written notice of its intent not to renew the agreement. Either party may terminate the agreement for material breach or default that remains uncured for 60 days after written notice of such breach or default; provided that Hitachi many not terminate the agreement as a result of any breach by us so long as it and its affiliates hold a majority voting interest in us.
 
Purchases from Hitachi and its subsidiaries under this agreement are $53.1 million, $48.5 million and $44.3 million for the years ended March 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004, respectively. At March 31, 2006 and 2005, we had accounts payable to Hitachi and its subsidiaries of $7.1 million and $9.6 million, respectively.
 
Opnext Trademark Indication Agreement
 
We are parties to a trademark indication agreement with Opnext Japan and Hitachi, pursuant to which Hitachi grants to Opnext Japan and us the right to use the trademark indication “Powered by Hitachi” on a royalty-free basis in connection with the advertising, marketing, and labeling of certain products and related services, subject to the terms and conditions of the agreement, and certain restrictions set forth in the agreement. The term of the agreement continues until six months after Hitachi ceases to own, directly or indirectly, a majority interest in our voting securities, or one year after the consummation of the offering, whichever is later. Hitachi may also terminate the agreement for our or Opnext Japan’s material breach of the agreement which remains uncured or for which cure has not commenced within 30 days of notice of such breach. We and Opnext Japan will indemnify Hitachi for any third-party claims or threats of claims arising from our or Opnext Japan’s use of the indication. Following termination of this agreement, we must stop using the indication, except that we may continue to use it to fill any then outstanding purchase orders.


77


 

Opto Device Trademark Indication Agreement
 
Opto Device and Hitachi are parties to a trademark indication agreement, pursuant to which Hitachi grants to Opto Device the right to use the trademark indication “Powered by Hitachi” on a royalty-free basis in connection with the advertising, marketing, and labeling of certain products and related services, subject to the terms and conditions of the agreement, and certain restrictions set forth in the agreement. The term of the agreement continues until six months after Hitachi ceases to own, directly or indirectly, a majority interest in our voting securities, or one year after the consummation of the offering, whichever is later. Hitachi may also terminate the agreement for Opto Device’s material breach of the agreement which remains uncured or for which cure has not commenced within 30 days of notice of such breach. Opto Device will indemnify Hitachi for any third-party claims or threats of claims arising from Opto Device’s use of the indication. Pursuant to the merger of Opto Device into Opnext Japan on March 31, 2003, this agreement was assumed by Opnext Japan. Following termination of this agreement, we must stop using the indication, except that we may continue to use it to fill any then outstanding purchase orders.
 
Opnext Sales Transition Agreement
 
We sell our products directly to end users and through distributors. We entered into the Sales Transition Agreement on July 31, 2001 with Hitachi in order for Hitachi to assist us in the transition process of the sales and distribution functions in Japan. This agreement terminated on October 31, 2001. We also entered into a Memorandum of Understanding with Hitachi Semiconductor (America), Inc., and Opnext Japan entered into a Memorandum of Understanding with Hitachi Europe Ltd. to assist us in the transition process of the sales and distribution functions in the US and Europe. The terms of both memoranda have also expired. Under the terms and conditions of the Sales Transition Agreement, Hitachi, through a wholly-owned subsidiary, provides certain logistic services to us. Specific charges for such services were $1.4 million, $1.0 million and $0.8 million for the years ended March 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004, respectively.
 
For the years ended March 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004, certain subsidiaries of Hitachi acted as our distributors in Japan. In 2003, Opnext Japan entered into distribution agreements with Hitachi High Technologies, Renesas Technology Sales and Renesas Devices Sales which is a subsidiary of Renesas Technology Sales. These agreements are entered into for a one-year term and are automatically renewable for one-year periods. Such agreements are basic distributor contracts.
 
Opto Device Transition Services Agreement
 
Hitachi and Opto Device entered into a Transition Services Agreement on October 1, 2002, pursuant to which, Hitachi provided various services, including accounting, information systems management, human resources administration, procurement, engineering, logistics, and other general support, on a transitional basis to Opto Device. Specific charges for such services amounted to $1.7 million for the year ended March 31, 2004. This agreement terminated on March 31, 2004 and we began to perform these services with our own resources or arranged to have such services provided pursuant to the aforementioned Outsourcing Agreement. Pursuant to the merger of Opto Device into Opnext Japan on March 31, 2003, this agreement was assumed by Opnext Japan.
 
Lease Agreement with Hitachi
 
Opnext Japan, Inc., or Opnext Japan, leases certain manufacturing and administrative premises from Hitachi located in Totsuka, Japan, pursuant to a lease agreement entered into between Opnext Japan and Hitachi. The original term of the lease was for one year and began on February 1, 2001. In 2002, Hitachi assigned the lease to Hitachi Communication Technologies, Ltd., a wholly-owned subsidiary of Hitachi. An amendment was thereafter entered into between Hitachi Communication Technologies, Ltd. and Opnext Japan, which, among others, modified the premises covered under the lease and according to which approximately 112,893 square feet (10,488 square meters) are now leased to Opnext Japan. A subsequent amendment was entered into between Hitachi Communication


78


 

Technologies, Ltd. and Opnext Japan to extend the term of the lease. Pursuant to this amendment, the lease will terminate on September 30, 2011 and will be renewable for successive one-year terms, provided that neither party notifies its contrary intent.
 
The annual lease payments for these premises were $0.6 million, for each of the years ended March 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004, respectively.
 
Lease Agreement with Renesas Technology
 
Opto Device leased certain manufacturing and administrative premises from Hitachi and one of its wholly-owned subsidiaries located in Komoro, Japan, pursuant to a lease agreement entered into between Opto Device, Hitachi and Hitachi Tohbu Semiconductor, Ltd., or HTS. The initial term of the lease agreement was for a five-year period and began on October 1, 2002. The lease was assigned from Opto Device to Opnext Japan when Opto Device was merged into Opnext Japan effective March 1, 2003, and Hitachi assigned the lease to Renesas Technology, one of Hitachi’s subsidiaries. Opnext Japan and Renesas Technology entered into a lease agreement pursuant to which the term of the lease will terminate on March 31, 2011, with an automatic five-year extension, subject to either party’s contrary intent. Under this agreement, Renesas Technology has the option to increase the rent upon the occurrence of certain circumstances during the term of the lease.
 
The lease payments for these properties were $0.1 million, for each of the years ended March 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004, respectively.
 
Lease Agreement with Chuo Shoji
 
Chuo Shoji, Ltd., or Chuo Shoji, one of Hitachi’s subsidiaries, leases office space located in Chiyoda-ku (Tokyo), Japan to Opnext Japan. The building is owned by Tokyo Tatemono Co., Ltd., or Tokyo Tatemono, and leased to Chuo Shoji. The term of the lease agreement is for two years and commenced on June 12, 2004. It is automatically renewable for successive periods of two years unless either party gives notification to terminate the lease to the other party six months or more prior to the end of then current term. The current term expires on June 11, 2008. Both Chuo Shoji and Opnext Japan have the right to terminate the lease during the lease term provided that the party wishing to terminate gives the other party at least six months prior notice, or in the case of Opnext Japan, pays Chuo Shoji the amount equal to six months’ lease payments. Opnext Japan executed a letter of guarantee for the benefit of Tokyo Tatemono, according to which the lease agreement between Opnext Japan and Chuo Shoji shall be terminated and Opnext Japan shall vacate the premises in the event that the lease agreement between Chuo Shoji and Tokyo Tatemono be terminated.
 
The annual lease payment under this agreement were $0.1 million, for each of the years ended March 31, 2006 and 2005.
 
Lease Agreement with Hitachi Europe GmbH
 
Opnext GmbH is party to a lease agreement with Hitachi Europe GmbH, under which Hitachi Europe GmbH leases office space and other services to Opnext Germany GmbH in Munich, Germany. The agreement became effective on December 1, 2001 and remains in force unless and until terminated by either party. Under this agreement, Opnext GmbH shall pay for the cost of the actual occupied office space and shall reimburse Hitachi Europe GmbH for various costs that Hitachi Europe GmbH incurs in providing certain services.
 
The lease payments under this agreement were $0.1 million for cash of the years ended March 31, 2006 and 2005.
 
Opto Device Sales Channel Memorandum
 
Hitachi and Opto Device entered into a Sales Channel Memorandum on October 1, 2002, in order for Hitachi to assist Opto Device in the transition process of the sales and distribution function.


79


 

Under the terms and conditions of the Sales Channel Memorandum, Hitachi and its subsidiaries provided certain sales and distribution services to Opto Device in Japan. Specific charges for such services were less than $0.1 million for the year ended March 31, 2004. This agreement terminated on March 31, 2004 and we began to perform these services with our own resources or arranged to have such services provided pursuant to the aforementioned Outsourcing Agreement.
 
Opnext Japan Secondment Agreements
 
Opnext Japan, Inc. and Hitachi entered into a one-year secondment agreement effective February 1, 2001 with automatic annual renewals, which provides for the details of the secondment of Hitachi employees to Opnext Japan, Inc. After July 31, 2005, Hitachi is entitled to terminate the secondment agreements.
 
As of March 31, 2006 and 2005, there were 3 and 129 seconded employees, respectively. As of June 30, 2006 we had 4 seconded employees.
 
Opto Device Secondment Agreements
 
Opto Device entered into one-year secondment agreements respectively with Hitachi and Hitachi Tohbu Semiconductor, Ltd., or HTS, one of Hitachi’s wholly-owned subsidiaries, effective October 1, 2002 with automatic annual renewals. After September 30, 2006, Hitachi and HTS are each respectively entitled to terminate the secondment agreements.
 
As of March 31, 2006 and 2005 there were 3 and 80 seconded employees, respectively. As of June 30, 2006 we had 3 seconded employees.
 
Payment to Hitachi in Connection with Our Acquisition of Opto Device
 
Under the Stock Purchase Agreement, dated October 1, 2002, entered into between Hitachi and us, in connection with our acquisition of Opto Device, Ltd., half of the purchase price of $40.0 million was paid upon the closing of the transaction and the remaining $20.0 million was paid in September 2005.
 
Capital Leases with Hitachi Capital Corporation
 
Opnext Japan has entered into capital leases to finance certain equipment purchases. As of March 31, 2006, Opnext Japan had outstanding capital leases with Hitachi Capital Corporation of $8.4 million. During the three months ended June 30, 2006, Opnext Japan entered into an additional $0.2 million of capital leases with Hitachi Capital Corporation.
 
Investments with Hitachi International Treasury Ltd. and Marubeni America Corporation
 
Hitachi International Treasury Ltd. is a wholly-owned subsidiary of Hitachi and Marubeni America Corporation is an investor in Clarity. At March 31, 2006, we have $8.74 million of short-term notes receivable, which are classified as cash equivalents, with Hitachi International Treasury Ltd. and at March 31, 2005 with Hitachi International Treasury Ltd and Marubeni America Corporation in the amounts of $70.0 million and $30.0 million, respectively. These notes are due and interest is paid within 90 days from the date of issuance. Interest earned on these notes is $2.8 million and $1.7 million for the years ended March 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively. The related interest rates for these notes ranged from 0.09% to 4.34% for the year ended March 31, 2006 and 0.97% to 2.64% for the year ended March 31, 2005.


80


 

 
DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK
 
The following is a description of our capital stock and the material provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, amended and restated bylaws and other agreements to which we and our stockholders are parties, in each case upon the closing of this offering and the application of the use of proceeds of the offering. The following is only a summary and is qualified by applicable laws and by the provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, amended and restated bylaws and other agreements, copies of which are available as set forth under “Where You Can Find More Information.”
 
Upon the closing of this offering, our authorized capital stock will consist of           shares of common stock, par value $0.01 per share, and           shares of preferred stock, par value $      per share.
 
Common Stock
 
As of September 30, 2006, there were 150,000,000 shares of Class A common stock outstanding, held of record by four stockholders and there were 5,374,938 shares of Class B common stock outstanding, held of record by 89 stockholders. After giving effect to our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and our amended and restated bylaws, we will have one class of common stock and the holders of our common stock will be entitled to the following rights:
 
Voting Rights
 
Each share of our common stock entitles its holder to one vote per share on all matters to be voted upon by the stockholders. There is no cumulative voting, which means that a holder or group of holders of more than 50% of the shares of our common stock can elect all of our directors.
 
Dividend Rights
 
The holders of our common stock are entitled to receive dividends when and as declared by our board of directors from legally available sources, subject to any restrictions in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation or prior rights of the holders of our preferred stock. See “Dividend Policy.”
 
Liquidation Rights
 
In the event of our liquidation or dissolution, the holders of our common stock are entitled to share ratably in the assets available for distribution after the payment of all of our debts and other liabilities, subject to the prior rights of the holders of our preferred stock.
 
Other Matters
 
The holders of our common stock have no subscription, redemption or conversion privileges. After the offering, our common stock does not entitle its holder to preemptive rights. All of the outstanding shares of our common stock are fully paid and nonassessable. The rights, preferences, and privileges of the holders of our common stock are subject to the rights of the holders of shares of any series of preferred stock which we may issue in the future.
 
Preferred Stock
 
Our board of directors has the authority to issue preferred stock in one or more classes or series and to fix the designations, powers, preferences, and rights, and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof including dividend rights, dividend rates, conversion rights, voting rights, terms of redemption, redemption prices, liquidation preferences and the number of shares constituting any class or series, without further vote or action by the stockholders. The issuance of preferred stock may have the effect of delaying, deferring, or preventing a change in control of our company without


81


 

further action by the stockholders and may adversely affect the voting and other rights of the holders of our common stock. At present, we have no plans to issue any of the preferred stock.
 
Provisions of our Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and Amended and Restated Bylaws and Delaware Law that May Have an Anti-Takeover Effect
 
Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and Amended and Restated Bylaws
 
Certain provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws summarized below may be deemed to have an anti-takeover effect and may delay, deter or prevent a tender offer or takeover attempt that a stockholder might consider to be in its best interests, including attempts that might result in a premium being paid over the market price for the shares held by stockholders.
 
Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws contain provisions that could have the effect of discouraging potential acquisition proposals or tender offers or delaying or preventing a change of control of our company. In particular, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws, as applicable, among other things:
 
  •  provide that special meetings of the stockholders may be called only by our Chairman of the Board, Chief Executive Officer, President, Chief Operating Officer or the board of directors pursuant to a resolution adopted by a majority of the total number of authorized directors of our board of directors;
 
  •  establish procedures with respect to stockholder proposals and stockholder nominations, including requiring that advance written notice of a stockholder proposal or director nomination generally must be received at our principal executive offices not less than 90 nor more than 120 days prior to the first anniversary date of mailing of our proxy statement released to stockholders in connection with the previous year’s annual meeting of stockholders;
 
  •  do not include a provision for cumulative voting in the election of directors. Under cumulative voting, a minority stockholder holding a sufficient number of shares may be able to ensure the election of one or more directors. The absence of cumulative voting may have the effect of limiting the ability of minority stockholders to effect changes in the board of directors and, as a result, may have the effect of deterring a hostile takeover or delaying or preventing changes in control or management of our company;
 
  •  provide that vacancies on our board of directors may be filled by a majority of directors in office, although less than a quorum, and not by the stockholders;
 
  •  require that the vote of holders of 66 2 / 3 % of the voting power of the outstanding shares entitled to vote generally in the election of directors is required to amend various provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws, including provisions relating to:
 
  •  the number of directors on our board of directors;
 
  •  the election, qualification and term of office of our directors;
 
  •  filling vacancies on our board of directors;
 
  •  the indemnification of our officers and directors;
 
  •  removal of members of our board of directors; and
 
  •  certain amendments to our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws; and
 
  •  provide that the board of directors has the power to alter, amend or repeal the bylaws without stockholder approval.


82


 

 
Following the completion of this offering, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will authorize our board of directors, without further vote or action by the stockholders, to issue up to      shares of preferred stock, par value $0.01 per share, in one or more classes or series, and to fix or alter:
 
  •  the number of shares constituting any class or series;
 
  •  the designations, powers and preferences of each class or series;
 
  •  the relative, participating, optional and other special rights of each class or series; and
 
  •  any qualifications, limitations or restrictions on each class or series.
 
The above provisions are intended to promote continuity and stability in the composition of our board of directors and in the policies formulated by the board, and to discourage certain types of transactions that may involve an actual or threatened change of control. These provisions are expected to reduce our vulnerability to unsolicited acquisition attempts as well as discourage certain tactics that may be used in proxy fights. Such provisions, however, could discourage others from making tender offers for our shares and, as a consequence, may also inhibit fluctuations in the market price of our common stock that could result from actual or rumored takeover attempts. These provisions could also operate to prevent changes in our management.
 
Delaware Takeover Statute
 
We are subject to the provisions of Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, or the DGCL. Subject to certain exceptions, Section 203 prohibits a Delaware corporation from engaging in a “business combination” with an “interested stockholder” for a period of three years after the time that the stockholder became an interested stockholder, unless:
 
  •  prior to the date of the business combination, the board of directors of the corporation approved either the business combination or the transaction that resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder;
 
  •  on consummation of the transaction that resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder, the interested stockholder owned at least 85% of the voting stock of the corporation outstanding at the time the transaction commenced, excluding for purposes of determining the voting stock outstanding (but not the outstanding voting stock of the interested stockholder) those shares owned
 
  •  by persons who are directors and also officers, and
 
  •  by employee stock plans in which employee participants do not have the right to determine confidentially whether shares held subject to the plan will be tendered in a tender or exchange offer; or
 
  •  at or subsequent to such time, the business combination is approved by the board of directors and authorized at an annual or special meeting of stockholders, and not by written consent, by the affirmative vote of at least 66 2 / 3 % of the outstanding voting stock that is not owned by the interested stockholder.
 
A “business combination” includes:
 
  •  any merger or consolidation involving the corporation and the interested stockholder;
 
  •  any sale, transfer, pledge or other disposition of 10% or more of the assets of the corporation involving the interested stockholder;
 
  •  subject to certain exceptions, any transaction that results in the issuance or transfer by the corporation of any stock of the corporation to the interested stockholder;


83


 

 
  •  any transaction involving the corporation that has the effect of increasing the proportionate share of the stock of any class or series of the corporation beneficially owned by the interested stockholder; or
 
  •  the receipt by the interested stockholder of the benefit of any loans, advances, guarantees, pledges or other financial benefits provided by or through the corporation.
 
Subject to various exceptions, an “interested stockholder” is an entity or person who, together with affiliates and associates, owns (or within three years from the date of determination, did own) 15% or more of the corporation’s outstanding voting stock. This statute could delay, defer or prohibit a merger or other takeover or a change of control of our company.
 
NASDAQ Global Market
 
We will apply to list our common stock on the NASDAQ Global Market under the symbol OPXT.
 
Transfer Agent and Registrar
 
The transfer agent and registrar for our common stock is            .


84


 

 
SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE
 
Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock, and a significant public market for our common stock may not develop or be sustained after this offering. Future sales of significant amounts of our common stock, including shares of our outstanding common stock and shares of our common stock issued upon exercise of outstanding options, in the public market after this offering could adversely affect the prevailing market price of our common stock and could impair our future ability to raise capital through the sale of our equity securities.
 
Sale of Restricted Shares and Lock-Up Agreements
 
Upon the closing of this offering, we will have           shares of common stock outstanding as of          , 2006 assuming no exercise of currently outstanding options.
 
Of these shares, the           shares of common stock sold in this offering, plus any additional shares sold upon exercise of the underwriters’ over-allotment option, will be freely tradable without restriction under the Securities Act, unless they are held by our affiliates, as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.
 
The remaining shares of common stock held by existing stockholders are restricted shares and are only eligible for public sale if registered under the Securities Act or sold in accordance with Rules 144, 144(k) or 701 of the Securities Act which rules are summarized below.
 
As a result of lock-up agreements and the provisions of Rules 144 and 701, additional shares will be available for sale in the public market, subject to certain volume and other restrictions, as follows:
 
  •             restricted shares will be eligible for sale upon expiration of the lock-up agreements, described below; and
 
  •  the remaining           restricted shares will be eligible for sale from time to time thereafter upon expiration of their respective one-year holding periods.
 
Rule 144
 
In general, Rule 144 allows a stockholder (or stockholders where shares are aggregated) who has beneficially owned shares of our common stock for at least one year and who files a Form 144 with the SEC to sell within any three month period commencing 90 days after the date of this prospectus a number of those shares that does not exceed the greater of:
 
  •  1% of the number of shares of common stock then outstanding, which will equal approximately           shares immediately after this offering; or
 
  •  the average weekly trading volume of the common stock during the four calendar weeks preceding the filing of the Form 144 with respect to such sale.
 
Sales under Rule 144, however, are subject to specific manner of sale provisions, notice requirements, and the availability of current public information about our company. We cannot estimate the number of shares of common stock our existing stockholders will sell under Rule 144, as this will depend on the market price for our common stock, the personal circumstances of the stockholders, and other factors.
 
Rule 144(k)
 
Under Rule 144(k), in general, a stockholder who has beneficially owned shares of our common stock for at least two years and who is not deemed to have been an affiliate of our company at any time during the immediately preceding 90 days may sell shares without complying with the manner of sale provisions, notice requirements, public information requirements, or volume limitations of


85


 

Rule 144. Affiliates of our company, however, must always sell pursuant to Rule 144, even after the otherwise applicable Rule 144(k) holding periods have been satisfied.
 
Rule 701
 
Rule 701 generally allows a stockholder who purchased shares of our common stock pursuant to a written compensatory plan or contract and who is not deemed to have been an affiliate of our company during the immediately preceding 90 days to sell these shares in reliance upon Rule 144, but without being required to comply with the public information, holding period, volume limitation, or notice provisions of Rule 144. Rule 701 also permits affiliates of our company to sell their Rule 701 shares under Rule 144 without complying with the holding period requirements of Rule 144. All holders of Rule 701 shares, however, are required to wait until 90 days after the date of this prospectus before selling such shares pursuant to Rule 701.
 
Registration Rights
 
In connection with the 2001 acquisition of our class A common stock by Hitachi, Clarity Partners LP, Clarity Opnext Holdings I, LLC and Clarity Opnext Holdings II, LLC, we entered into a registration rights agreement with Hitachi and Clarity dated as of July 31, 2001. The agreement provides that at any time following 180 days after the initial public offering of our common stock, Hitachi and Clarity, may make a written demand to register some or all of their shares. The agreement also grants Hitachi and Clarity “piggyback” registration rights other than in connection with an initial public offering of our common stock.
 
Options
 
In addition to the           shares of common stock outstanding immediately after this offering, as of September 30, 2006, there were outstanding options to purchase 13,317,266 shares of our class B common stock, SARs to purchase 1,957,750 of our class B common stock and 650,000 restricted shares of our class B common stock. As soon as practicable upon completion of this offering, we intend to file a registration statement on Form S-8 under the Securities Act covering shares of our common stock issued or reserved for issuance under our stock plans. Accordingly, shares of our common stock registered under such registration statement will be available for sale in the open market upon exercise by the holders, subject to vesting restrictions with us, contractual lock-up restrictions, and/or market stand-off provisions applicable to each option agreement that prohibit the sale or other disposition of the shares of common stock underlying the options for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus without the prior written consent from us or our underwriters.


86


 

MATERIAL UNITED STATES FEDERAL INCOME TAX
CONSIDERATIONS FOR NON-UNITED STATES HOLDERS
 
The following is a summary of certain material United States federal income tax considerations relating to the purchase, ownership and disposition of our common stock applicable to “non-United States holders” as we define that term below. This summary is based upon the provisions of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or the Code, Treasury regulations promulgated thereunder, administrative rulings and judicial decisions, all as of the date hereof. These authorities may be changed, possibly retroactively, so as to result in United States federal income tax consequences different from those set forth below. We have not sought any ruling from the Internal Revenue Service with respect to the statements made and the conclusions reached in the following summary, and there can be no assurance that the Internal Revenue Service will agree with such statements and conclusions.
 
The term “non-United States holder” means a beneficial owner of our common stock that, for United States federal income tax purposes, is not a partnership or any of the following:
 
  •  an individual citizen or resident of the United States;
 
  •  a corporation or other entity taxable as a corporation for United States federal income tax purposes created or organized in the United States or under the laws of the United States, any state thereof, or the District of Columbia;
 
  •  an estate, the income of which is subject to United States federal income taxation regardless of its source; or
 
  •  a trust that (1) is subject to the primary supervision of a United States court and the control of one or more United States persons or (2) has a valid election in effect under applicable Treasury Regulations to be treated as a United States person.
 
This summary is limited to holders who hold our common stock as a capital asset. This summary also does not address the tax considerations arising under the laws of any foreign, state or local jurisdiction. In addition, this discussion does not address tax considerations applicable to an investor’s particular circumstances or to investors that may be subject to special tax rules, including, without limitation:
 
  •  banks, insurance companies, or other financial institutions;
 
  •  tax-exempt organizations;
 
  •  dealers in securities or currencies;
 
  •  traders in securities that elect to use a mark-to-market method of accounting for their securities holdings;
 
  •  foreign persons or entities, except to the extent specifically set forth below;
 
  •  persons that are partnerships or other pass-through entities;
 
  •  persons that own, or are deemed to own, more than 5% of our company, except to the extent specifically set forth below;
 
  •  persons who hold the common stock as a position in a hedging transaction, straddle, conversion transaction or other risk reduction transaction;
 
  •  certain former citizens or long-term residents of the United States; or
 
  •  persons deemed to sell the common stock under the constructive sale provisions of the Code.
 
You are urged to consult your tax advisor with respect to the application of the United States federal income tax laws to your particular situation, as well as any tax consequences of the purchase, ownership and disposition of our common stock arising under the federal estate or gift tax rules or under the laws of any state, local, foreign or other taxing jurisdiction or under any applicable tax treaty.


87


 

Distributions on Common Stock
 
If we make cash or other property distributions on our common stock, such distributions will constitute dividends for United States federal income tax purposes to the extent paid from our current or accumulated earnings and profits, as determined under United States federal income tax principles. Distributions in excess of our earnings and profits will constitute a return of capital that will first be applied against and reduce the non-United States holder’s adjusted tax basis in our common stock, but not below zero. Any remaining excess will be treated as gain realized on the sale or other disposition of the common stock and will be treated as described under “— Gain on Disposition of Common Stock” below.
 
Dividends paid to a non-United States holder that are not effectively connected with the non-United States holder’s conduct of a trade or business in the United States will generally be subject to withholding of United States federal income tax at the rate of 30%, or if a tax treaty applies, a lower rate specified by the treaty. Non-United States holders should consult their tax advisors regarding their entitlement to benefits under a relevant income tax treaty.
 
Dividends that are effectively connected with a non-United States holder’s conduct of a trade or business in the United States and, if an income tax treaty applies, are attributable to a permanent establishment in the United States, are taxed on a net income basis at the regular graduated United States federal income tax rates in much the same manner as if the non-United States holder was a United States person. In such cases, we will not be required to withhold United States federal income tax if the non-United States holder complies with applicable certification requirements. In addition, if the non-United States holder is a corporation, a “branch profits tax” equal to 30% (or lower applicable treaty rate) may be imposed on a portion of its effectively connected earnings and profits for the taxable year. Non-United States holders should consult any applicable tax treaties that may provide for different rules.
 
To claim the benefit of a tax treaty or an exemption from withholding because the dividends are effectively connected with the conduct of a trade or business in the United States, a non-United States holder must either (a) provide a properly executed IRS Form W-8BEN or Form W-8ECI (as applicable) before the payment of dividends or (b) if our common stock is held through certain foreign intermediaries, satisfy the relevant certification requirements of applicable United States Treasury regulations. These forms must be periodically updated. Non-United States holders may obtain a refund of any excess amounts withheld by timely filing an appropriate claim for refund.
 
Gain on Disposition of Common Stock
 
A non-United States holder generally will not be subject to United States federal income tax or any withholding thereof with respect to gain recognized on a sale or other disposition of our common stock unless one of the following applies:
 
  •  the gain is effectively connected with the non-United States holder’s conduct of a trade or business in the United States and, if an income tax treaty applies, is attributable to a permanent establishment maintained by the non-United States holder in the United States;
 
  •  the non-United States holder is an individual who is present in the United States for 183 days or more in the taxable year of the disposition and meets certain other requirements; or
 
  •  our common stock constitutes a “United States real property interest” by reason of our status as a “United States real property holding corporation,” or a USRPHC, for United States federal income tax purposes at any time during the shorter of the 5-year period ending on the date on which the non-United States holder
 
  •  disposes of our common stock or the period the non-United States holder held our common stock, which we refer to as the applicable period.


88


 

 
The determination of whether we are a USRPHC depends on the fair market value of our United States real property interests relative to the fair market value of our other business assets. We believe that we are currently not and do not anticipate becoming a USRPHC. However, there is no assurance that our determination is correct or that we will not become a USRPHC in the future as a result of a change in our assets or operations. Even if we are or later become a USRPHC, as long as our common stock is “regularly traded on an established securities market” within the meaning of Section 897(c)(3) of the Code, such common stock will be treated as a United States real property interest with respect to a non-United States holder only if the non-United States holder owned directly or indirectly more than 5% of such regularly traded common stock at any time during the applicable period. We believe that our common stock will be “regularly traded on an established securities market.” If we are or were to become a USRPHC, and a non-United States holder owned directly or indirectly more than 5% of our common stock at any time during the applicable period or our common stock were not considered to be “regularly traded on an established securities market,” then any gain recognized by a non-United States holder on the sale or other disposition of our common stock would be treated as effectively connected with a United States trade or business (except for purposes of the branch profits tax) and would be subject to United States federal income tax at regular graduated United States federal income tax rates in much the same manner as if the non-United States holder was a United States person. If we are or were to become a USRPHC and our common stock were not considered to be “regularly traded on an established securities market,” the non-United States holder would be subject to withholding on the gross proceeds realized with respect to the sale or other disposition of our common stock and any amount withheld in excess of the tax owed as determined in accordance with the preceding sentence may be refundable if the required information is timely furnished to the Internal Revenue Service.
 
If you are a non-United States holder described in the first bullet point above, you will generally be taxed on the net gain derived from the disposition at the regular graduated United States federal income tax rates in much the same manner as if you were a United States person and, if you are a foreign corporation, the “branch profits tax” described above may also apply. If you are an individual non-United States holder described in the second bullet point above, you will be subject to United States federal income tax at a rate of 30% (or a reduced rate under an applicable treaty) on the amount by which capital gains (including gain recognized on a sale or other disposition of our common stock) allocable to United States sources exceed capital losses allocable to United States sources.
 
Backup Withholding and Information Reporting
 
In general, you will not be subject to backup withholding and information reporting with respect to payments that we make to you, provided that we do not have actual knowledge or reason to know that you are a United States person and you have given us an appropriate statement certifying, under penalties of perjury, that you are not a United States person. In addition, you will not be subject to backup withholding or information reporting with respect to the proceeds of the sale of a share of common stock within the United States or conducted through certain United States-related financial intermediaries, if the payor receives the statement described above and does not have actual knowledge or reason to know that you are a United States person, as defined under the Code, or you otherwise establish an exemption. However, we may be required to report annually to the Internal Revenue Service and to you the amount of, and the tax withheld with respect to, any dividends paid to you, regardless of whether any tax was actually withheld. Copies of these information returns may also be made available under the provisions of a specific treaty or agreement to the tax authorities of the country in which you reside.
 
You generally will be entitled to credit any amounts withheld under the backup withholding rules against your United States federal income tax liability provided that the required information is furnished to the Internal Revenue Service in a timely manner.


89


 

UNDERWRITING
 
The company, the selling stockholders and the underwriters named below have entered into an underwriting agreement with respect to the shares being offered. Subject to certain conditions, each underwriter has severally agreed to purchase the number of shares indicated in the following table. Goldman, Sachs & Co. is the representative of the underwriters.
 
         
Underwriters
 
Number of Shares
 
 
Goldman, Sachs & Co. 
                     
J.P. Morgan Securities Inc. 
       
CIBC World Markets Corp. 
       
Cowen and Company, LLC
       
Jefferies & Company, Inc. 
       
         
Total
       
         
 
The underwriters are committed to take and pay for all of the shares being offered, if any are taken, other than the shares covered by the option described below unless and until this option is exercised.
 
If the underwriters sell more shares than the total number set forth in the table above, the underwriters have an option to buy up to an additional           shares from the company and the selling stockholders to cover such sales. They may exercise that option for 30 days. If any shares are purchased pursuant to this option, the underwriters will severally purchase shares in approximately the same proportion as set forth in the table above.
 
The following tables show the per share and total underwriting discounts and commissions to be paid to the underwriters by the company and the selling shareholders. Such amounts are shown assuming both no exercise and full exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase           additional shares.
 
                 
Paid by the Company
 
No Exercise
   
Full Exercise
 
 
Per Share
  $           $        
Total
  $       $  
 
                 
Paid by the Selling Stockholders
 
No Exercise
   
Full Exercise
 
 
Per Share
  $           $        
Total
  $       $  
 
Shares sold by the underwriters to the public will initially be offered at the initial public offering price set forth on the cover of this prospectus. Any shares sold by the underwriters to securities dealers may be sold at a discount of up to $      per share from the initial public offering price. Any such securities dealers may resell any shares purchased from the underwriters to certain other brokers or dealers at a discount of up to $      per share from the initial public offering price. If all the shares are not sold at the initial public offering price, the representatives may change the offering price and the other selling terms.
 
The company and its officers, directors, and holders of substantially all of the company’s common stock have agreed with the underwriters, subject to certain exceptions, not to dispose of or hedge any of their common stock or securities convertible into or exchangeable for shares of common stock during the period from the date of this prospectus continuing through the date 180 days after the date of this prospectus, except with the prior written consent of the representative. This agreement does not apply to any existing employee benefit plans. See “Shares Available for Future Sale” for a discussion of certain transfer restrictions.


90


 

The 180-day restricted period described in the preceding paragraph will be automatically extended if: (1) during the last 17 days of the 180-day restricted period the company issues an earnings release or announces material news or a material event; or (2) prior to the expiration of the 180-day restricted period, the company announces that it will release earnings results during the 15-day period following the last day of the 180-day period, in which case the restrictions described in the preceding paragraph will continue to apply until the expiration of the 18-day period beginning on the issuance of the earnings release of the announcement of the material news or material event.
 
Prior to the offering, there has been no public market for the shares. The initial public offering price has been negotiated among the company and the representatives. Among the factors to be considered in determining the initial public offering price of the shares, in addition to prevailing market conditions, will be the company’s historical performance, estimates of the business potential and earnings prospects of the company, an assessment of the company’s management and the consideration of the above factors in relation to market valuation of companies in related businesses.
 
An application has been made to list the common stock on the NASDAQ Global Market under the symbol “OPXT.” In order to meet one of the requirements for listing the common stock on the NASDAQ Global Market, the underwriters have undertaken to sell lots of 100 or more shares to a minimum of 2,000 beneficial holders.
 
In connection with the offering, the underwriters may purchase and sell shares of common stock in the open market. These transactions may include short sales, stabilizing transactions and purchases to cover positions created by short sales. Shorts sales involve the sale by the underwriters of a greater number of shares than they are required to purchase in the offering. “Covered” short sales are sales made in an amount not greater than the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares from the company and the selling stockholders in the offering. The underwriters may close out any covered short position by either exercising their option to purchase additional shares or purchasing shares in the open market. In determining the source of shares to close out the covered short position, the underwriters will consider, among other things, the price of shares available for purchase in the open market as compared to the price at which they may purchase additional shares pursuant to the option granted to them. “Naked” short sales are any sales in excess of such option. The underwriters must close out any naked short position by purchasing shares in the open market. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that there may be downward pressure on the price of the common stock in the open market after pricing that could adversely affect investors who purchase in the offering. Stabilizing transactions consist of various bids for or purchases of common stock made by the underwriters in the open market prior to the completion of the offering.
 
The underwriters may also impose a penalty bid. This occurs when a particular underwriter repays to the underwriters a portion of the underwriting discount received by it because the representatives have repurchased shares sold by or for the account of such underwriter in stabilizing or short covering transactions.
 
Purchases to cover a short position and stabilizing transactions, as well as other purchases by the underwriters for their own accounts, may have the effect of preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of the company’s stock, and together with the imposition of the penalty bid, may stabilize, maintain or otherwise affect the market price of the common stock. As a result, the price of the common stock may be higher than the price that otherwise might exist in the open market. If these activities are commenced, they may be discontinued at any time. These transactions may be effected on NASDAQ Global Market in the over-the-counter market or otherwise.
 
Each of the underwriters has represented and agreed that:
 
(a) it has not made or will not make an offer of shares to the public in the United Kingdom within the meaning of section 102B of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 (as amended) (FSMA) except to legal entities which are authorised or regulated to operate in the


91


 

financial markets or, if not so authorised or regulated, whose corporate purpose is solely to invest in securities or otherwise in circumstances which do not require the publication by the company of a prospectus pursuant to the Prospectus Rules of the Financial Services Authority (FSA);
 
(b) it has only communicated or caused to be communicated and will only communicate or cause to be communicated an invitation or inducement to engage in investment activity (within the meaning of section 21 of FSMA) to persons who have professional experience in matters relating to investments falling within Article 19(5) of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 (Financial Promotion) Order 2005 or in circumstances in which section 21 of FSMA does not apply to the company; and
 
(c) it has complied with, and will comply with all applicable provisions of FSMA with respect to anything done by it in relation to the shares in, from or otherwise involving the United Kingdom.
 
In relation to each Member State of the European Economic Area which has implemented the Prospectus Directive (each, a Relevant Member State), each Underwriter has represented and agreed that with effect from and including the date on which the Prospectus Directive is implemented in that Relevant Member State (the Relevant Implementation Date) it has not made and will not make an offer of Shares to the public in that Relevant Member State prior to the publication of a prospectus in relation to the Shares which has been approved by the competent authority in that Relevant Member State or, where appropriate, approved in another Relevant Member State and notified to the competent authority in that Relevant Member State, all in accordance with the Prospectus Directive, except that it may, with effect from and including the Relevant Implementation Date, make an offer of Shares to the public in that Relevant Member State at any time:
 
(a) to legal entities which are authorised or regulated to operate in the financial markets or, if not so authorised or regulated, whose corporate purpose is solely to invest in securities;
 
(b) to any legal entity which has two or more of (1) an average of at least 250 employees during the last financial year; (2) a total balance sheet of more than €43,000,000 and (3) an annual net turnover of more than €50,000,000, as shown in its last annual or consolidated accounts; or
 
(c) in any other circumstances which do not require the publication by the Issuer of a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the Prospectus Directive.
 
For the purposes of this provision, the expression an “offer of Shares to the public” in relation to any Shares in any Relevant Member State means the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer and the Shares to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase or subscribe the Shares, as the same may be varied in that Relevant Member State by any measure implementing the Prospectus Directive in that Relevant Member State and the expression Prospectus Directive means Directive 2003/71/EC and includes any relevant implementing measure in each Relevant Member State.
 
The shares may not be offered or sold by means of any document other than (i) in circumstances which do not constitute an offer to the public within the meaning of the Companies Ordinance (Cap.32, Laws of Hong Kong), or (ii) to “professional investors” within the meaning of the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap.571, Laws of Hong Kong) and any rules made thereunder, or (iii) in other circumstances which do not result in the document being a “prospectus” within the meaning of the Companies Ordinance (Cap.32, Laws of Hong Kong), and no advertisement, invitation or document relating to the shares may be issued or may be in the possession of any person for the purpose of issue (in each case whether in Hong Kong or elsewhere), which is directed at, or the contents of which are likely to be accessed or read by, the public in Hong Kong (except if permitted to do so under the laws of Hong Kong) other than with respect to shares which are or are intended to be disposed of only to persons outside Hong Kong or only to “professional investors” within the meaning


92


 

of the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap. 571, Laws of Hong Kong) and any rules made thereunder.
 
This prospectus has not been registered as a prospectus with the Monetary Authority of Singapore. Accordingly, this prospectus and any other document or material in connection with the offer or sale, or invitation for subscription or purchase, of the shares may not be circulated or distributed, nor may the shares be offered or sold, or be made the subject of an invitation for subscription or purchase, whether directly or indirectly, to persons in Singapore other than (i) to an institutional investor under Section 274 of the Securities and Futures Act, Chapter 289 of Singapore (the “SFA”), (ii) to a relevant person, or any person pursuant to Section 275(1A), and in accordance with the conditions, specified in Section 275 of the SFA or (iii) otherwise pursuant to, and in accordance with the conditions of, any other applicable provision of the SFA.
 
Where the shares are subscribed or purchased under Section 275 by a relevant person which is: (a) a corporation (which is not an accredited investor) the sole business of which is to hold investments and the entire share capital of which is owned by one or more individuals, each of whom is an accredited investor; or (b) a trust (where the trustee is not an accredited investor) whose sole purpose is to hold investments and each beneficiary is an accredited investor, shares, debentures and units of shares and debentures of that corporation or the beneficiaries’ rights and interest in that trust shall not be transferable for 6 months after that corporation or that trust has acquired the shares under Section 275 except: (1) to an institutional investor under Section 274 of the SFA or to a relevant person, or any person pursuant to Section 275(1A), and in accordance with the conditions, specified in Section 275 of the SFA; (2) where no consideration is given for the transfer; or (3) by operation of law.
 
The securities have not been and will not be registered under the Securities and Exchange Law of Japan (the Securities and Exchange Law) and each underwriter has agreed that it will not offer or sell any securities, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to, or for the benefit of, any resident of Japan (which term as used herein means any person resident in Japan, including any corporation or other entity organized under the laws of Japan), or to others for re-offering or resale, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to a resident of Japan, except pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of, and otherwise in compliance with, the Securities and Exchange Law and any other applicable laws, regulations and ministerial guidelines of Japan.
 
The underwriters do not expect sales to discretionary accounts to exceed five percent of the total number of shares offered.
 
The company and the selling stockholders estimate that their share of the total expenses of the offering, excluding underwriting discounts and commissions, will be approximately $     .
 
The company and the selling stockholders have agreed to indemnify the several underwriters against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act of 1933.
 
Certain of the underwriters and their respective affiliates have, from time to time, performed, and may in the future perform, various financial advisory and investment banking services for the company, for which they received or will receive customary fees and expenses.


93


 

INDUSTRY AND MARKET DATA
 
We obtained the industry, market and competitive position data throughout this prospectus from our own internal estimates and research as well as from industry and general publications and research, surveys and studies conducted by third parties.
 
LEGAL MATTERS
 
The validity of the shares of common stock offered hereby will be passed upon for us by Latham & Watkins LLP, Los Angeles, California. The underwriters are represented by Ropes & Gray LLP.
 
EXPERTS
 
The consolidated financial statements of Opnext, Inc. as of March 31, 2006 and 2005, and for each of the three years in the period ended March 31, 2006, appearing in this Prospectus and Registration Statement have been audited by Ernst & Young LLP, independent registered public accounting firm, as set forth in their report thereon appearing elsewhere herein, and are included in reliance upon such report given on the authority of such firm as experts in accounting and auditing.
 
WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION
 
We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form S-1 (including the exhibits, schedules, and amendments to the registration statement) under the Securities Act with respect to the shares of common stock offered by this prospectus. This prospectus does not contain all of the information set forth in the registration statement. For further information about us and the new shares of common stock to be sold in this offering, we refer you to the registration statement. Statements contained in this prospectus as to the contents of any contract, agreement or other document to which we make reference are not necessarily complete. In each instance, we refer you to the copy of such contract, agreement or other document filed as an exhibit to the registration statement, each such statement being qualified in all respects by the more complete description of the matter involved.
 
Upon completion of this offering, we will become subject to the reporting and information requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and, as a result, will file periodic and current reports, proxy statements, and other information with the SEC. You may read and copy this information at the Public Reference Room of the SEC located at 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549. Please call the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330 for further information on the operation of the Public Reference Room. Copies of all or any part of the registration statement may be obtained from the SEC’s offices upon payment of fees prescribed by the SEC. The SEC maintains an Internet site that contains periodic and current reports, proxy and information statements, and other information regarding issuers that file electronically with the SEC. The address of the SEC’s website is http://www.sec.gov.


94


 

 
OPNEXT, INC.
 
INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
         
  F-2
  F-3
  F-4
  F-5
  F-6
  F-7
  F-26
  F-27
  F-28
  F-29


F-1


 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
 
The Board of Directors and Shareholders of
Opnext, Inc.
 
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Opnext, Inc. and subsidiaries (the “Company”) as of March 31, 2006 and 2005, and the related consolidated statements of operations, shareholders’ equity and comprehensive income (loss) and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended March 31, 2006. These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audits.
 
We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. We were not engaged to perform an audit of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Our audits included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
 
In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of Opnext, Inc. and subsidiaries at March 31, 2006, and 2005 and the consolidated results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended March 31, 2006 in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.
 
/s/  Ernst & Young LLP
 
New York, New York
October 20, 2006


F-2


 

Opnext, Inc.
 
Consolidated Balance Sheets
(Dollars in thousands, except share and per share amounts)
 
                 
    March 31,  
   
2006
   
2005
 
 
Assets
Current assets:
               
Cash and cash equivalents, including $8,745 and $100,000 due from related parties at March 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively
  $ 89,358     $ 169,504  
Trade receivables, net, including $6,820 and $7,059 due from related parties at March 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively
    33,608       24,023  
Inventories, net
    45,865       43,564  
Prepaid expenses and other current assets
    2,144       2,328  
                 
Total current assets
    170,975       239,419  
Property, plant, and equipment, net
    39,926       46,135  
Goodwill
    5,698       5,698  
Other assets
    227       660  
                 
Total assets
  $ 216,826     $ 291,912  
                 
 
Liabilities and shareholders’ equity
Current liabilities:
               
Trade payables, including $7,063 and $9,617 due to related parties at March 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively
  $ 24,129     $ 26,198  
Accrued expenses
    13,404       12,615  
Due to Hitachi, Ltd. 
          20,000  
Short-term debt
    50,942       82,221  
Capital lease obligations
    2,045       834  
                 
Total current liabilities
    90,520       141,868  
Capital lease obligations
    6,392       1,576  
Other long-term liabilities
    251       292  
                 
Total liabilities
    97,163       143,736  
                 
Commitments and contingencies
               
Shareholders’ equity:
               
Opnext, Inc., Class A common stock, par value $0.01 per share: authorized, issued, and outstanding 150,000,000 shares
    1,500       1,500  
Opnext, Inc., Class B common stock, par value $0.01 per share: authorized 178,300,000 shares; issued and outstanding 5,306,507 and 5,174,463 shares at March 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively
    53       52  
Additional paid-in capital
    405,091       405,056  
Unearned compensation
    (1 )     (13 )
Accumulated deficit
    (281,785 )     (251,311 )
Accumulated other comprehensive loss
    (5,195 )     (7,108 )
                 
Total shareholders’ equity
    119,663       148,176  
                 
Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity
  $ 216,826     $ 291,912  
                 
 
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.


F-3


 

Opnext, Inc.
 
Consolidated Statements of Operations
(In thousands, except per share amounts)
 
                                 
    Year Ended March 31,        
   
2006
   
2005
   
2004
       
 
Sales
  $ 151,691     $ 138,432     $ 79,390          
Cost of sales
    119,626       107,694       73,144          
                                 
Gross margin
    32,065       30,738       6,246          
Research and development expenses
    33,669       33,251       30,921          
Selling, general and administrative expenses
    33,116       33,629       33,164          
Other operating expenses
    1,464       67       25,283          
                                 
Operating loss
    (36,184 )     (36,209 )     (83,122 )        
Interest income, net
    4,102       2,138       2,374          
Other income, net
    1,886       52       258          
                                 
Loss before income taxes
    (30,196 )     (34,019 )     (80,490 )        
Income tax (expense) benefit
    (278 )     1,275                
                                 
Net loss
  $ (30,474 )   $ (32,744 )   $ (80,490 )        
                                 
Net loss per share basic and diluted
  $ (0.20 )   $ (0.21 )   $ (0.52 )        
Weighted average number of shares used in computing net loss per share, basic and diluted
    155,834       155,619       154,148          
 
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.


F-4


 

Opnext, Inc.

Consolidated Statements of Shareholders’ Equity and Comprehensive Income (Loss)
Year ended March 31, 2004, 2005 and 2006
(Dollars in thousands, except share amounts)
 
                                                                                 
    Class A
    Class B
                Retained
    Accumulated
             
    Common Stock     Common Stock           Additional
    Earnings
    Other
          Total
 
    Number
    Par
    Number
    Par
    Unearned
    Paid-in
    (Accumulated
    Comprehensive
    Shareholders’
    Comprehensive
 
   
of Shares
   
Value
   
of Shares
   
Value
   
Compensation
   
Capital
   
Deficit)
   
Loss
   
Equity
   
Income (Loss)
 
 
Balance at March 31, 2003
    150,000,000     $ 1,500           $     $     $ 393,863     $ (138,077 )   $ (5,881 )   $ 251,405          
Acquisition of Pine Photonics Communications, Inc. — June 4, 2003
                    5,017,546       50               4,800                       4,850          
Unearned compensation
                                    (109 )                             (109 )        
Compensation expense
                                    60                               60          
Stock options exercised
                    70,424       1               18                       19          
Non-employee stock option expense to related parties
                                            4,406                       4,406          
Net loss
                                                    80,490               (80,490 )   $ (80,490 )
Foreign currency translation adjustment
                                                            (2,240 )     (2,240 )     (2,240 )
                                                                                 
Total comprehensive loss
                                                                          $ (82,730 )
                                                                                 
Balance at March 31, 2004
    150,000,000       1,500       5,087,970       51       (49 )     403,087       (218,567 )     (8,121 )     177,901          
Compensation expense
                                    36                               36          
Stock options exercised
                    86,493       1               24                       25          
Non-employee stock option expense to related parties
                                            1,945                       1,945          
Net loss
                                                    (32,744 )             (32,744 )   $ (32,744 )
Foreign currency translation adjustment
                                                            1,013       1,013       1,013  
                                                                                 
Total comprehensive loss
                                                                          $ (31,731 )
                                                                                 
Balance at March 31, 2005
    150,000,000       1,500       5,174,463       52       (13 )     405,056       (251,311 )     (7,108 )     148,176          
Compensation expense
                                    12                               12          
Stock options exercised
                    132,044       1               35                       36          
Net loss
                                                    (30,474 )             (30,474 )   $ (30,474 )
Foreign currency translation adjustment
                                                            1,913       1,913       1,913  
                                                                                 
Total comprehensive loss
                                                                          $ (28,561 )
                                                                                 
Balance at March 31, 2006
    150,000,000     $ 1,500       5,306,507     $ 53     $ (1 )   $ 405,091     $ (281,785 )   $ (5,195 )   $ 119,663          
                                                                                 
 
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.


F-5


 

Opnext, Inc.
 
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
(Dollars in thousands)
 
                         
    Year Ended March 31,  
   
2006
   
2005
   
2004
 
 
Cash flows from operating activities
                       
Net loss
  $ (30,474 )   $ (32,744 )   $ (80,490 )
Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used in operating activities:
                       
Depreciation and amortization
    12,579       12,567       19,023  
Non-cash expenses
    1,065       50       25,036  
Compensation expense
    12       36       60  
Non-employee stock option expense to related parties
          1,945       4,406  
Changes in assets and liabilities, net of assets acquired:
                       
Trade receivables, net
    (11,116 )     (2,051 )     (3,241 )
Inventories, net
    (5,661 )     (9,927 )     (3,693 )
Prepaid expenses and other current assets
    (615 )     1,264       1,990  
Other assets
    433       12       198  
Trade payables
    39       14,860       1,004  
Accrued expenses and other liabilities
    3,565       (13,359 )     4,375  
                         
Net cash used in operating activities
    (30,173 )     (27,347 )     (31,332 )
                         
Cash flows from investing activities
                       
Capital expenditures
    (3,115 )     (4,438 )     (14,244 )
Loan receivable from Pine Photonics Communications, Inc. 
                (800 )
Acquisition of Pine Photonics Communications, Inc. 
                (129 )
                         
Net cash used in investing activities
    (3,115 )     (4,438 )     (15,173 )
                         
Cash flows from financing activities
                       
Short-term debt (payments)/borrowings, net
    (25,313 )     (1,305 )     9,303  
Payment to Hitachi, Ltd. 
    (20,000 )            
Payments on capital lease obligations
    (1,265 )     (681 )     (1,242 )
Exercise of stock options
    36       25       19  
                         
Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities
    (46,542 )     (1,961 )     8,080  
Effect of foreign exchange rates on cash and cash equivalents
    (316 )     35       441  
                         
Decrease in cash and cash equivalents
    (80,146 )     (33,711 )     (37,984 )
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year
    169,504       203,215       241,199  
                         
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year
  $ 89,358     $ 169,504     $ 203,215  
                         
Supplemental cash flow information
                       
Cash paid during the year for:
                       
Interest
  $ 535     $ 477     $ 450  
Taxes
    278              
Non-cash financing activities
                       
Capital lease obligations incurred
  $ (7,882 )   $ (2,188 )   $  
 
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.


F-6


 

Opnext, Inc.
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(In thousands, except per share amounts)
 
1.   Background and Basis of Presentation
 
Opnext, Inc. and subsidiaries (“OPI”, “Opnext” or the “Company”) designs, develops manufactures and distributes optical modules and components that transmit and receive data delivered via light in telecommunications and data communications applications, as well as lasers and infrared LEDs for industrial and commercial applications.
 
OPI was incorporated on September 18, 2000 (date of inception), in Delaware as a wholly-owned subsidiary of Hitachi, Ltd. (“Hitachi” or “Parent”), a corporation organized under the laws of Japan. Opnext Japan, Inc. (“OPJ” or “Opnext Japan”) was established on September 28, 2000 and on January 31, 2001, Hitachi contributed the fiber optic components business of its telecommunications system division (the “Predecessor business”) to OPJ.
 
On July 31, 2001, Hitachi contributed 100% of the shares of OPJ to OPI in exchange for 105,000 shares of Class A common stock, representing 100% of the then outstanding Class A common shares. Also on July 31, 2001, Clarity Partners, L.P., Clarity Opnext Holdings I, LLC, and Clarity Opnext Holdings II, LLC (collectively, “Clarity”) together contributed $321,300 in exchange for 45,000 shares of Class A common stock representing a 30% interest in the Company. Each share of the Company’s Class A common stock has ten voting rights.
 
Opto Device, Ltd. (“OPD”) was established on February 8, 2002 and on October 1, 2002, OPD acquired the opto device business (the “OPD Predecessor business”) from Hitachi. Also on October 1, 2002, OPI acquired 100% of the shares of OPD from Hitachi for a purchase price of $40,000. Effective March 1, 2003 OPD was merged into OPJ.
 
On January 24, 2003, the Company entered into an agreement to acquire 100% of Pine Photonics Communications, Inc. (“Pine”) subject to various closing conditions. In connection with this agreement, the Company loaned Pine $2,000 in March 2003 and $800 in April and May 2003. The loans were secured primarily by all of Pine’s intellectual property, bore interest at the prime rate plus 2% and were due in eight equal quarterly installments beginning on the later of April 1, 2003, the closing date of the acquisition, or 30 days after the date of termination of the acquisition.
 
On June 4, 2003, the Company acquired 100% of the outstanding shares of Pine in exchange for 5,018 shares of Opnext Class B common stock. Each share of the Company’s Class B common stock has one voting right. At March 31, 2006 and 2005, 251 of the aforementioned outstanding shares are held in escrow as security for potential breach by Pine of certain terms and conditions of the acquisition agreement.
 
The acquisition, which expanded the Company’s product line of small form factor and other transceivers, has been recorded as a purchase and the results of Pine’s operations have been included in the Company’s consolidated financial statements from the date of acquisition. The purchase price was allocated as follows:
 
         
Current assets
  $ 1,428  
Non-current tangible assets
    3,325  
Goodwill
    5,698  
Unearned compensation
    109  
Current liabilities
    (3,646 )
Non-current liabilities
    (1,721 )
         
    $ 5,193  
         
 
A full valuation allowance has been provided for Pine’s net deferred tax assets as of the acquisition date.


F-7


 

Opnext, Inc.
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
(In thousands, except per share amounts)
 

2.   Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

 
Principles of Consolidation
 
The financial statements reflect the consolidated results of Opnext and all its subsidiaries. All intercompany transactions and balances between and among the Company’s businesses have been eliminated in consolidation.
 
Use of Estimates
 
The preparation of financial statements and related disclosures in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and revenue and expenses during the periods reported. These estimates are based on historical experience and on assumptions that are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances. Estimates and assumptions are reviewed periodically and the effects of revisions are reflected in the period that they are determined to be necessary. These estimates include assessment of the ability to collect accounts receivable, the use and recoverability of inventory, the realization of deferred tax assets, expected warranty costs and estimated useful lives for depreciation and amortization periods of tangible assets, among others. Actual results may differ from these estimates, and the estimates will change under different assumptions or conditions.
 
Revenue Recognition
 
Revenue is derived principally from sales of products. Revenue is recognized when the basic criteria of Staff Accounting Bulletin (“SAB”) No. 104 are met. Specifically, revenue is recognized when persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, usually in the form of a purchase order, delivery has occurred or services have been rendered, title and risk of loss have passed to the customer, the price is fixed or determinable and collection is reasonably assured in terms of both credit worthiness of the customer and there are no uncertainties with respect to customer acceptance.
 
Warranties
 
The Company sells certain of its products to customers with a product warranty that provides repairs at no cost to the customer or the issuance of credit to the customer. The length of the warranty term depends on the product being sold, but generally ranges from one year to five years. The Company accrues its estimated exposure to warranty claims based upon historical claim costs as a percentage of sales multiplied by prior sales still under warranty at the end of any period. Management reviews these estimates on a regular basis and adjusts the warranty provisions as actual experience differs from historical estimates or other information becomes available.
 
Research and Development Costs
 
Research and development costs are charged to expense as incurred.
 
Shipping and Handling Costs
 
Outbound shipping and handling costs are included in selling, general and administrative expenses in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations. Shipping and handling costs for the years ended March 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004 are $3,145, $2,386 and $1,733, respectively.


F-8


 

Opnext, Inc.
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
(In thousands, except per share amounts)
 

Foreign Currency Transactions and Translation
 
Gains and losses resulting from foreign currency transactions denominated in a currency other than the entity’s functional currency are included in the consolidated statements of operations. Balance sheet accounts of the Company’s foreign operations for which the local currency is the functional currency are translated into U.S. dollars at period-end exchange rates, while revenues and expenses are translated at weighted average exchange rates. Translation gains or losses related to net assets of such operations are shown as components of shareholders’ equity.
 
Transaction gains and losses attributable to intercompany foreign currency transactions that are of a long-term-investment nature (that is, settlement is not planned or anticipated in the foreseeable future) have been reported in other comprehensive loss. Transaction gains and losses attributable to other intercompany foreign currency transactions have been included in net income for the period in which the exchange rates change.
 
Net Loss per Common Share
 
Basic and diluted earnings per share are presented in accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (“SFAS”) No. 128 Earnings Per Share and SAB No. 98. Basic net loss per share has been computed using the weighted-average number of shares of common stock outstanding during the period. Diluted net loss per share has been computed using the weighted-average number of shares of common stock and dilutive potential common shares from stock-based incentive plans outstanding during the period using the treasury method.
 
Cash and Cash Equivalents
 
The Company considers all investments with an original maturity of three months or less to be cash equivalents. At March 31, 2006 and 2005, cash equivalents includes notes receivable from related parties of $8,745 and $100,000, respectively, which approximated fair value. As of March 31, 2006 and 2005, cash and cash equivalents includes $435 and $353, respectively, of restricted cash which is held in escrow to guarantee value added taxes and domestic facility lease obligations.
 
Trade Receivables
 
The Company estimates allowances for doubtful accounts based upon historical payment patterns, aging of accounts receivable and actual write-off history, as well as assessment of customers’ credit worthiness. Changes in the financial condition of customers could have an effect on the allowance balance required and result in a related charge or credit to earnings. As a policy, the Company does not require collateral from its customers. The allowance for doubtful accounts is $293 and $291 at March 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively.
 
Inventories
 
Inventories are stated at the lower of cost, determined on a first-in, first-out basis, or market including inventory consigned to contract manufacturers. Inventory valuation and firm, committed purchase order assessments are performed on a quarterly basis and those which are identified to be obsolete or in excess of forecasted usage are reserved or written down to their estimated realizable value. Estimates of realizable value are based upon management’s analyses and assumptions including but not limited to forecasted sales levels by product, expected product lifecycle, product development plans and future demand requirements. The Company typically uses a twelve month


F-9


 

Opnext, Inc.
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
(In thousands, except per share amounts)
 

rolling forecast based on factors including but not limited to production cycles, anticipated product orders, marketing forecasts, backlog, shipment activities and inventories owned by and held at customers. If market conditions are less favorable than forecasted or actual demand from customers is lower than estimated, additional inventory reserves or write-downs may be required. If demand is higher than expected, inventories that had previously been reserved or written down may be sold.
 
Property, Plant, and Equipment and Internal Use Software
 
Property, plant, and equipment are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation. Depreciation is determined using the straight-line and declining balance methods over the estimated useful lives of the various asset classes. All assets other than those acquired by OPJ prior to April 1, 2001 and by OPD prior to October 1, 2002 are depreciated by the straight-line method.
 
         
Building improvements
    3-15 years  
Machinery, electronic, and other equipment
    3-7 years  
 
Major renewals and improvements are capitalized and minor replacements, maintenance, and repairs are charged to current operations as incurred. Upon retirement or disposal of assets, the cost and related accumulated depreciation are removed from the consolidated balance sheets and any gain or loss is reflected in the consolidated statements of operations.
 
Pursuant to Statement of Position (“SOP”) 98-1, Accounting for the Costs of Computer Software Developed or Obtained for Internal Use , certain costs of computer software obtained for internal use are capitalized and amortized on a straight-line basis over three to seven years. Costs for maintenance and training, as well as the cost of software that does not add functionality to the existing system, are expensed as incurred.
 
Impairment of Long-Lived Assets
 
The Company accounts for impairment of long lived-assets in accordance with SFAS No. 144, Accounting for Impairment of Long-Lived Assets . Long-lived assets, such as property, plant, and equipment, are reviewed for impairment in connection with the Company’s annual budget and long-term planning process and whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable. Recoverability of assets to be held and used is measured by a comparison of the carrying amount of an asset to the estimated undiscounted future cash flows expected to be generated by the asset. If the carrying amount of an asset exceeds its estimated future cash flows, an impairment charge is recognized by the amount by which the carrying amount of the asset exceeds the fair value of the asset. In estimating future cash flows, assets are grouped at the lowest level for which there are identifiable cash flows that are largely independent of cash flows from other groups. Assumptions underlying future cash flow estimates are subject to risks and uncertainties.
 
The communication industry experienced significant deterioration during the year ended March 31, 2001 and the outlook of future market trends was uncertain until the second half of the year ended March 31, 2004. As the industries began to recover, the Company re-evaluated its long-term business plans and determined that the carrying amount of certain long-lived assets exceeded their fair value as determined by the related discounted future cash flows. Accordingly, a non-cash impairment charge of $19,150 was recorded for the year ended March 31, 2004. The Company’s evaluations for the years ended March 31, 2006 and 2005 indicated that there were no further impairments.


F-10


 

Opnext, Inc.
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
(In thousands, except per share amounts)
 

Goodwill and Business Combinations
 
Goodwill represents the excess of purchase price over the fair value of net assets acquired. The Company accounts for acquisitions in accordance with SFAS No. 141, Business Combinations and SFAS No. 142, Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets . SFAS No. 141 requires the use of the purchase method of accounting and includes guidance on the initial recognition and measurement of goodwill and other intangible assets arising from business combinations. SFAS No. 142 prohibits the amortization of goodwill and intangible assets with indefinite useful lives and requires that these assets be reviewed for impairment at least annually.
 
Goodwill, which relates to the acquisition of Pine on June 4, 2003, is reviewed for impairment in connection with the Company’s annual budget and long-term planning process and whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of the asset may not be recoverable. Recoverability of goodwill is measured by a comparison of the carrying value of the related reporting unit to its associated fair value as measured by discounted cash flows or other appropriate valuation techniques. The Company’s evaluations for the years ended March 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004 indicated that the fair value exceeded the reporting units’ carrying value.
 
Income Taxes
 
Income taxes are accounted for under the asset and liability method. Under this method, deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the estimated future tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases, and operating loss and tax credit carryforwards.
 
Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates in effect for the year in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in the consolidated statements of operations in the period that includes the enactment date. A valuation allowance is recorded to reduce the carrying amounts of deferred tax assets if it is more likely than not that such assets will not be realized.
 
Fair Value of Financial Instruments
 
At March 31, 2006 and 2005, the Company’s financial instruments included cash, cash equivalents, trade receivables, trade payables, accrued expenses, and short-term borrowings. The fair values of these items approximated their carrying values due to the short-term nature of these instruments.
 
Stock-Based Incentive Plans
 
Under its stock-based incentive plans, the Company has awarded restricted stock, stock options and stock appreciation rights to employees and stock options to non-employees. The Company accounts for its stock-based incentive awards to employees in accordance with SFAS No. 123, Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation , which requires entities to disclose pro forma net income or loss as if the fair value of share based awards were expensed. For purposes of this pro forma disclosure, the Company estimated fair value using the minimum value option pricing valuation model which requires highly subjective assumptions, including the expected volatility of the Company’s stock price, the expected term that the awards will be held before exercise and the fair value of the Company’s common stock. As a result, the estimated fair value could vary significantly based upon changes in assumptions which the Company deemed appropriate at the time of grant. The Company’s


F-11


 

Opnext, Inc.
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
(In thousands, except per share amounts)
 

use of the minimum value model was primarily due to its determination as to its appropriateness as well as its general acceptance as an option valuation model for private companies. In addition, the Company believes that its approach and assumptions are reasonable and consistent with accepted valuation methodologies as set forth in the AICPA’s Practice Aid, Valuation of Privately-Held Company Equity Securities Issued as Compensation, to determine the fair value of the Company’s common stock.
 
The following assumptions were used to estimate the fair value of the Company’s share based awards:
 
                         
    Year Ended March 31,  
   
2006
   
2005
   
2004
 
 
Dividend yield
    0.00 %     0.00 %     0.00 %
Expected volatility
    1.00 %     1.00 %     1.00 %
Risk free interest rate
    5.10 %     4.18 %     2.80 %
Expected holding period (in years)
    5       5       5  
 
For pro forma disclosure purposes, the estimated fair value of share based awards is amortized to expense over the vesting period. If the Company had elected to adopt the optional fair value recognition provisions of SFAS No. 123 for its stock option plan, net loss for the Company would have been changed to the pro forma amounts indicated below:
 
                         
    Year Ended March 31,  
   
2006
   
2005
   
2004
 
 
Net loss as reported
  $ (30,474 )   $ (32,744 )   $ (80,490 )
Compensation expense included in net loss
    12       36       60  
Pro forma compensation income (expense)
    60       (323 )     (372 )
                         
Pro forma net loss
  $ (30,402 )   $ (33,031 )   $ (80,802 )
                         
Pro forma net loss per share basic and diluted
  $ (0.20 )   $ (0.21 )   $ (0.52 )
Weighted average number of shares used in computing pro forma net loss per share, basic and diluted
    155,834       155,619       154,148  
 
In December 2004, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued SFAS No. 123(R), Share-Based Payment . This Statement requires all share-based payments to employees to be recognized in the financial statements based on their fair value. The Company, as required, will adopt Statement No. 123(R) beginning April 1, 2006, using the modified prospective method which requires compensation cost for the portion of awards for which the requisite service has not yet been rendered that are outstanding as of the adoption date to be recognized over the remaining service period. The compensation cost for that portion of awards will be based on the grant-date fair value of those awards as calculated for pro forma disclosures under Statement No. 123, as originally issued. All new awards and awards that are modified, repurchased, or cancelled after the adoption date will be accounted for under the provisions of Statement No. 123(R).
 
The Company accounts for its stock-based incentive awards to non-employees in accordance with Emerging Issues Task Force Issue (“EITF”) 96-18 Accounting for Equity Instruments That Are Issued to Other Than Employees for Acquiring , or in Conjunction with Selling Goods or Services . The


F-12


 

Opnext, Inc.
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
(In thousands, except per share amounts)
 

fair value of non-employee options is calculated using the Black-Scholes option pricing valuation model and the associated costs are expensed during the vesting period of the respective awards.
 
3.   Inventories
 
Inventories are summarized as follows:
 
                 
    March 31,  
   
2006
   
2005
 
 
Raw materials
  $ 23,053     $ 23,471  
Work in process
    14,045       8,234  
Finished goods
    8,767       11,859  
                 
Inventories, net
  $ 45,865     $ 43,564  
                 
 
Inventories are net of reserves of $24,254 and $25,031 at March 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively.
 
4.   Property, Plant, and Equipment
 
Property, plant, and equipment is summarized as follows:
 
                 
    March 31,  
   
2006
   
2005
 
 
Machinery, electronic, and other equipment
  $ 166,845     $ 172,890  
Computer software
    9,724       10,806  
Building improvements
    4,541       4,806  
Construction in progress
    496       931  
                 
Total property, plant, and equipment
    181,606       189,433  
Less accumulated depreciation and amortization
    (141,680 )     (143,298 )
                 
Property, plant, and equipment, net
  $ 39,926     $ 46,135  
                 
 
Property, plant and equipment includes capitalized leases of $12,914 and $7,483 at March 31, 2006 and March 31, 2005 respectively and related accumulated depreciation of $4,304 and $4,571 at March 31, 2006 and March 31, 2005 respectively. Amortization of computer software costs was $1,233, $1,287 and $2,045 for the years ended March 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004, respectively.


F-13


 

Opnext, Inc.
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
(In thousands, except per share amounts)
 

5.   Income Taxes

 
The following table presents the principal reasons for the difference between the effective income tax rate and the U.S. Federal statutory income tax rate:
 
                         
    Year Ended March 31,  
   
2006
   
2005
   
2004
 
 
U.S. Federal statutory income tax rate
    (35.0 )%     (35.0 )%     (35.0 )%
State and local income taxes, net of Federal income tax effect
    (1.8 )     (2.5 )     (1.6 )
Foreign earnings taxed at different rates
    (3.7 )     (3.0 )     (3.8 )
Change in valuation allowance
    48.9       41.3       22.0  
Long-term investment foreign currency transaction losses
    (7.3 )            
Income tax reserve adjustment
          (3.7 )      
Change in foreign tax rates
                5.5  
Loss of net operating loss carryforwards from acquisitions
                12.6  
Other
    (0.2 )     (0.8 )     0.3  
                         
Effective income tax rate
    0.9 %     (3.7 )%     0.0 %
                         
 
The following table presents the United States and foreign components of loss before income taxes:
 
                         
    Year Ended March 31,  
   
2006
   
2005
   
2004
 
 
United States
  $ (10,252 )   $ (16,199 )   $ (26,590 )
Foreign
    (19,944 )     (17,820 )     (53,900 )
                         
Loss before income taxes
  $ (30,196 )   $ (34,019 )   $ (80,490 )
                         
 
The Company recorded a $278 current income tax expense during the year ended March 31, 2006. The expense resulted from foreign withholding taxes on the repayment of interest expense on debt owed by a subsidiary to the parent corporation. The Company recorded a $1,275 current income tax benefit during the year ended March 31, 2005. The benefit resulted from the reversal of an income tax contingency reserve for certain previously filed foreign tax returns which did not materialize prior to the expiration of the related statute of limitations.


F-14


 

Opnext, Inc.
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
(In thousands, except per share amounts)
 

The components of net deferred tax assets are as follows:
 
                         
    March 31,        
   
2006
   
2005
       
 
Net deferred income tax assets:
                       
Net operating loss, capital loss and credit carryforwards
  $ 157,852     $ 144,280          
Intellectual property and goodwill
    32,124       49,396          
Inventory and other reserves
    15,209       15,346          
Non-employee stock option expense to related parties
    9,387       9,387          
Capital leases and property, plant, and equipment
    (3,154 )     (4,520 )        
Other
    950       315          
Valuation allowance
    (212,368 )     (214,204 )        
                         
Total net deferred tax assets
  $     $          
                         
 
In assessing the realizability of deferred tax assets, management considers whether it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. At March 31, 2006 and 2005, management considered recent operating results, the near-term earnings expectations, and the highly competitive nature of the high-technology market in making this assessment. At the end of each of the respective years, management determined that it is more likely than not that the tax benefit of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. Accordingly, full valuation allowances have been provided against the net deferred tax assets. There can be no assurances that the deferred tax assets subject to valuation allowances will ever be realized.
 
As of March 31, 2006, the Company has a U.S. Federal net operating loss carryforward of approximately $83,864 and a foreign net operating loss carryforward of approximately $303,983, to offset future taxable income. A portion of the U.S. Federal net operating loss carryforward resulting from the pre-acquisition losses of Pine may be subject to certain annual limitations under Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code. The U.S. Federal net operating loss carryforward will expire between 2022 and 2027 and the foreign net operating loss carryforward will expire between 2010 and 2014.
 
The Company does not provide for U.S. Federal income taxes on undistributed earnings of its foreign subsidiaries as it intends to permanently reinvest such earnings. At March 31, 2006, there were no undistributed earnings.
 
6.   Net Loss Per Share
 
Basic net loss per share is computed by dividing net loss by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding during the periods presented. Basic weighted average number of common shares includes 650 restricted Class B common shares issued in July 2004. Diluted net loss per share includes dilutive common stock equivalents, using the treasury method, if dilutive.


F-15


 

Opnext, Inc.
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
(In thousands, except per share amounts)
 

The following table presents the calculation of basic and diluted net loss per share:
 
                         
    Year Ended March 31,  
   
2006
   
2005
   
2004
 
 
Numerator:
                       
Net loss
  $ (30,474 )   $ (32,744 )   $ (80,490 )
                         
Denominator:
                       
Weighted average shares outstanding
    155,834       155,619       154,148  
                         
Basic and diluted net loss per share
  $ (0.20 )   $ (0.21 )   $ (0.52 )
                         
 
The following table summarizes the potential outstanding common stock of the Company at the end of each period, which has been excluded from the computation of diluted net loss per share, as their effect is anti-dilutive.
 
                         
    Year Ended March 31,  
   
2006
   
2005
   
2004
 
 
Stock options
    13,311       13,654       13,069  
Stock appreciation rights
    2,008       1,700       880  
                         
Total options and SAR’s convertible into common stock
    15,319       15,354       13,949  
                         
 
7.   Employee Benefits
 
The Company sponsors the Opnext Corporation 401(k) Plan (the “Plan”) to provide retirement benefits for its U.S. employees. As allowed under Section 401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code, the Plan provides tax-deferred salary deductions for eligible employees.
 
Employees may contribute from 1% to 60% of their annual compensation to the Plan, limited to a maximum annual amount as set periodically by the Internal Revenue Service. The Company matches employee contributions dollar for dollar up to a maximum of two thirds of the first 6% an employee contributes. All matching contributions vest immediately. In addition, the Plan provides for discretionary contributions as determined by the board of directors. Such contributions to the Plan are allocated among eligible participants in the proportion of their salaries to the total salaries of all participants. The Company’s matching contributions to the Plan totaled $331, $357 and $246 in the years ended March 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004, respectively. No discretionary contributions were made in the years ended March 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004.
 
The Company sponsors a defined contribution plan and a retirement allowance plan to provide retirement benefits for its employees in Japan. Contributions for both plans are provided based on grade level. Under the defined contribution plan, the employee can elect to receive the benefit as additional salary or contribute the benefit to the plan on a tax deferred basis. Contributions to the defined contribution plan totaled $630, $158 and $119 in the years ended March 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004, respectively. Under the retirement allowance plan, the Company calculates annual contributions to participants’ accounts based on individual grade level and years of service. Employees are entitled to a lump sum benefit upon retirement or upon certain instances of termination. Expense pursuant to this plan was $760, $145 and $113 in the years ended March 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004, respectively.


F-16


 

Opnext, Inc.
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
(In thousands, except per share amounts)
 

8.   Stock-Based Incentive Plans

 
The Company has awarded restricted stock, stock options and stock appreciation rights to its employees and stock options to non-employees under its stock based incentive plans. The plans have 22,500 Class B shares of stock available for grants.
 
Restricted Stock
 
In July 2004, the Company issued 650 restricted Class B shares to certain senior executives. The awards vest 50% on each of the first and second anniversaries of a qualified public offering as defined in the plan.
 
Stock Options
 
Stock option awards to employees generally become exercisable for 25% of the award on each one year anniversary from the date of grant over the subsequent four years and are accounted for under SFAS No. 123 using the Black-Scholes option pricing valuation model using minimum value assumptions for volatility and pro forma disclosure of the effects on net loss. Options issued to non-employees are accounted for under the provisions of EITF 96-18 and are measured at fair value on the grant date and are marked to market at each financial statement date until fully vested. At March 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004, the Company had 3,030 and 3,000 outstanding options that were granted to Hitachi and Clarity, respectively in connection with the appointment of their employees as directors of the Company. Costs associated with the non-employee options are expensed during the vesting period of the respective awards and are included in selling, general and administrative expenses which were $0, $1,945 and $4,406 for the years ended March 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004, respectively. The non-employee options expire no later than ten years from the grant date and were fully vested as of November 2004.
 
In connection with the acquisition of Pine, the Company assumed the Pine Photonics, Inc. 2000 Stock Plan (the “Pine Plan”) and converted the 3,771 outstanding options into 752 options to acquire Opnext Class B shares (the “Pine Options”). As a result of the exchange, the Company recorded $109 of unearned compensation, which is amortized over the remaining vesting period of the applicable options. The Company amortized $12, $36 and $60 for the years ended March 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004, respectively. The Pine Options become exercisable for 25% of the award one year from the date of grant, pro-rate over the next thirty-six months and expire no later than ten years from the date of grant.
 
The following table summarizes information concerning outstanding and exercisable options at March 31, 2006:
 
                                     
      Options Outstanding     Options Exercisable  
            Weighted
          Weighted
 
            Average
          Average
 
Exercise
    Number
    Remaining
    Number
    Remaining
 
Price
   
Outstanding
   
Life
   
Exercisable
   
Life
 
 
$ 0.26       225       5.5 years       222       5.5 years  
$ 0.91       55       7.2       39       7.2  
$ 5.00       13,031       5.6       12,398       5.4  
                                     
$ 4.91       13,311               12,659          
                                     


F-17


 

Opnext, Inc.
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
(In thousands, except per share amounts)
 

Stock Appreciation Rights (SAR’s) Plan
 
The Company has awarded stock appreciation rights to its employees in Japan. The awards generally vest 33% on each of the first three anniversaries of the date of grant. The SAR’s exercise price and term are consistent with the Opnext employee options and may not be exercised until the completion of a qualified public offering as defined in the plan. As of March 31, 2006, the Company had 2,008 SAR’s outstanding of which 942 were vested with weighted average remaining lives of 7.6 years and 6.6 years, respectively.
 
In August 2003, the Company’s Board of Directors approved the re-pricing of 13,380 unexpired Opnext options and SARs, reducing the exercise price from $8.34 to $5.00 per share, which was in excess of the then fair value of the Class B shares. The fair value of the Class B shares was less than the revised exercise price at March 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004. Accordingly, the Company did not record compensation expense during the years ended March 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004.
 
A summary of stock options and SAR’s activity follows:
 
                                                                 
    Opnext Options     Pine Options     Total Stock Options     SAR’s  
          Weighted
          Weighted
          Weighted
          Weighted
 
          Average
          Average
          Average
          Average
 
          Exercise
          Exercise
          Exercise
          Exercise
 
   
Shares
   
Price
   
Shares
   
Price
   
Shares
   
Price
   
Shares
   
Price
 
 
Balance at March 31, 2003
    13,206     $ 8.34           $       13,206     $ 8.34       1,088     $ 8.34  
Granted
    21       5.00       752       0.36       773       0.49       23       5.00  
Forfeited
    (756 )     8.34       (84 )     0.39       (840 )     7.55       (231 )     8.34  
Exercised
                (70 )     0.25       (70 )     0.25              
                                                                 
Balance at March 31, 2004
    12,471       5.00       598       0.37       13,069       4.79       880       5.00  
Granted
    779       5.00                   779       5.00       885       5.00  
Forfeited
    (45 )     5.00       (63 )     0.53       (108 )     2.39       (65 )     5.00  
Exercised
                (86 )     0.30       (86 )     0.30              
                                                                 
Balance at March 31, 2005
    13,205       5.00       449       0.36       13,654       4.85       1,700       5.00  
Granted
    52       5.00        —        —       52       5.00       463       5.00  
Forfeited
    (226 )     5.00       (36 )     0.40       (262 )     4.37       (155 )     5.00  
Exercised
     —        —       (133 )     0.28       (133 )     0.28        —        —  
                                                                 
Balance at March 31, 2006
    13,031     $ 5.00       280     $ 0.39       13,311     $ 4.90       2,008     $ 5.00  
                                                                 
 
9.   Short-Term Debt
 
The Company has short-term loans with a Japanese bank. The outstanding balance is $50,942 and $82,221 at March 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively, and is due monthly. Interest is paid monthly at the TIBOR rate plus a premium which ranged in total from 0.56% to 0.57%, 0.56% to 0.58% and 0.56% to 0.59% during the years ended March 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004, respectively. Interest expense for the years ended March 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004 is $535, $477 and $481, respectively.


F-18


 

Opnext, Inc.
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
(In thousands, except per share amounts)
 

10.   Concentrations of Risk

 
At March 31, 2006 and 2005, cash and cash equivalents consist primarily of investments in overnight money market funds with one major financial institution in the United States and short-term notes receivables with related parties. Deposits held with the financial institution exceed the amount of insurance provided on such deposits.
 
The Company sells primarily to customers involved in the application of laser technology and the manufacture of data and telecommunications products. For the year ended March 31, 2006, Cisco Systems, Inc. and subsidiaries, Cisco, Hitachi and its affiliates, and Alcatel accounted for 27.9%, 15.0% and 12.7% of revenues, respectively. At March 31, 2006, Hitachi and its affiliates, Cisco and Alcatel account for 19%, 15% and 12% of accounts receivable, respectively. For the year ended March 31, 2005, Cisco, Hitachi and its affiliates and Alcatel, accounted for 28.5%, 16.7% and 15.3% of revenue respectively. At March 31, 2005, Hitachi and its affiliates, Alcatel and Cisco accounted for 29%, 17% and 16% of accounts receivable, respectively. For the year ended March 31, 2004, Hitachi and its affiliates and Cisco accounted for 21.9% and 20.6% of revenue, respectively.
 
11.   Commitments and Contingencies
 
The Company leases buildings and certain other property with arrangements that expire in various years through 2011. Rental expense under these operating leases was $2,617, $2,173 and $2,062 for the years ended March 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004, respectively. In addition, the Company has entered into capital leases with Hitachi Capital Corporation for certain equipment. The table below shows the future minimum lease payments due under non-cancelable capital leases with Hitachi Capital Corporation and operating leases at March 31, 2006:
 
                 
    Capital
    Operating
 
   
Leases
   
Leases
 
 
Year ending March 31:
               
2007
  $ 2,233     $ 2,505  
2008
    2,177       947  
2009
    2,112       840  
2010
    2,251       786  
2011
    174       786  
Thereafter
          262  
                 
Total minimum lease payments
    8,947     $ 6,126  
                 
Less amount representing interest
    (510 )        
                 
Present value of capitalized payments
    8,437          
Less current portion
    2,045          
                 
Long-term portion
  $ 6,392          
                 
 
As of March 31, 2006, the Company had outstanding purchase commitments of $18,439 primarily for the purchase of raw materials.


F-19


 

Opnext, Inc.
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
(In thousands, except per share amounts)
 

The Company’s accrual for and the change in its product warranty liability, which is included in accrued expenses, are as follows:
 
                         
    Year Ended March 31,  
   
2006
   
2005
   
2004
 
 
Beginning balance
  $ 834     $ 891     $ 674  
Claims paid
    (737 )     (631 )     (497 )
Additional warranties issued
    521       597       606  
Foreign currency translation and other
    (67 )     (23 )     108  
                         
Ending balance
  $ 551     $ 834     $ 891  
                         
 
12.   Other Operating Expenses
 
The Company incurred the following other operating costs:
 
                         
    Year Ended March 31,  
   
2006
   
2005
   
2004
 
 
Loss on disposal of property, plant, and equipment
  $ 1,065     $ 50     $ 5,886  
Severance
    53       17       216  
Subsidiary stock registration fee
    346              
Asset impairment
                19,150  
Other
                31  
                         
    $ 1,464     $ 67     $ 25,283  
                         
 
13.   Related Party Transactions
 
The Company enters into transactions with Hitachi and its subsidiaries in the normal course of business. Sales to Hitachi and its subsidiaries are $24,090, $30,331 and $35,030 for the years ended March 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004, respectively. Purchases from Hitachi and its subsidiaries are $53,058, $48,521 and $44,317 for the years ended March 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004, respectively. Services and certain facility leases provided by Hitachi and its subsidiaries were $694, $656 and $813 for the years ended March 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004, respectively. At March 31, 2006 and 2005, the Company had accounts receivable from Hitachi and its subsidiaries of $6,820 and $7,059, respectively. Also, at March 31, 2006 and 2005, the Company had accounts payable to Hitachi and its subsidiaries of $7,063 and $9,617, respectively. In addition, the Company has entered into capital equipment leases with Hitachi Capital Corporation as described in Note 11.
 
At March 31, 2006, the Company has $8,745 of short-term notes receivable, which are classified as cash equivalents, with Hitachi International Treasury Ltd. and at March 31, 2005 with Hitachi International Treasury Ltd and Marubeni America Corporation in the amounts of $70,000, and $30,000, respectively. Hitachi International Treasury Ltd. is a wholly-owned subsidiary of Hitachi and Marubeni America is an investor in Clarity. These notes are due and interest is paid within 90 days from the date of issuance. Interest earned on these notes is $2,835 and $1,682 for the years ended March 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively. The related interest rates for these notes ranged from 0.09% to 4.34% for the year ended March 31, 2006 and 0.97% to 2.64% for the year ended March 31, 2005.
 
Under the Stock Purchase Agreement dated October 1, 2002, entered into between Hitachi and Opnext, in connection with the acquisition of OPD, half of the purchase price of $40,000 was paid


F-20


 

Opnext, Inc.
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
(In thousands, except per share amounts)
 

upon the closing of the transaction and the remaining $20,000 was paid in September 2005 without interest.
 
OPJ Related Party Agreements
 
In connection with the transfer of the Predecessor business from Hitachi to OPJ and the contribution of the stock of OPJ to the Company, the following related party agreements were entered into:
 
Sales Transition Agreement
 
Under the terms and conditions of the Sales Transition Agreement, Hitachi, through a wholly-owned subsidiary, provides certain logistic services to Opnext in Japan. Specific charges for such services were $1,424, $964 and $827 for the years ended March 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004, respectively.
 
Intellectual Property License Agreements
 
Opnext Japan and Hitachi are parties to an intellectual property license agreement, pursuant to which Hitachi licenses certain intellectual property rights to Opnext Japan on the terms and subject to the conditions stated therein on a fully paid-up, nonexclusive basis and Opnext Japan licenses certain intellectual property rights to Hitachi on a fully paid-up, nonexclusive basis. Hitachi has also agreed to sublicense certain intellectual property to Opnext Japan to the extent that Hitachi has the right to make available such rights to Opnext Japan in accordance with the terms and subject to the conditions stated therein.
 
In October 2002, Opnext Japan and Hitachi Communication Technologies, Ltd., a wholly-owned subsidiary of Hitachi, entered into an intellectual property license agreement, pursuant to which Hitachi Communication licenses certain intellectual property rights to Opnext Japan on a fully paid-up, nonexclusive basis, and Opnext Japan licenses certain intellectual property rights to Hitachi Communication on a fully paid-up, nonexclusive basis, in each case on the terms and subject to the conditions started therein.
 
Opnext Japan Research and Development Agreement
 
Opnext Japan and Hitachi are parties to a research and development agreement, pursuant to which Hitachi will provide certain research and development support to Opnext Japan in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Opnext Japan Research and Development Agreement. Intellectual property resulting from certain research and development projects will be owned by Opnext Japan and licensed to Hitachi on a fully paid-up, nonexclusive basis. Intellectual property resulting from certain other research and development projects will be owned by Hitachi and licensed to Opnext Japan on a fully paid-up, nonexclusive basis. Certain other intellectual property will be jointly owned. This agreement was amended on October 1, 2002 to include OPD under the same terms and conditions as OPJ, expand the scope to include research and development support related to the OPD Predecessor business and expand the term until October 1, 2012. The total amount of research and development expenditures relating to this agreement was $3,915, $3,119 and $2,981 for the years ended March 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004, respectively.


F-21


 

Opnext, Inc.
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
(In thousands, except per share amounts)
 

Opnext Research and Development Agreement
 
Opnext and Hitachi are parties to a research and development agreement, pursuant to which Hitachi will provide certain research and development support to Opnext and/or its affiliates other than Opnext Japan. Opnext is charged for research and development support on the same basis that Hitachi’s wholly-owned subsidiaries are allocated research and development charges for their activities. Additional fees may be payable by Opnext to Hitachi if Opnext desires to purchase certain intellectual property resulting from certain research and development projects.
 
Intellectual property resulting from certain research and development projects will be owned by Opnext and licensed to Hitachi on a fully paid-up, nonexclusive basis and intellectual property resulting from certain other research and development projects will be owned by Hitachi and licensed to Opnext on a fully paid-up, nonexclusive basis in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Opnext Research and Development Agreement. Certain other intellectual property will be jointly owned. This agreement terminates on July 31, 2011.
 
Preferred Provider and Procurement Agreements
 
Under the terms and conditions of the Preferred Provider Agreement, subject to Hitachi’s product requirements, Hitachi agrees to purchase all of its optoelectronics component requirements from Opnext. This agreement is subject to product availability, specifications, pricing, and customer needs as defined in the agreement. The agreement shall continue until July 31, 2007. Under the terms and conditions of the Procurement Agreement, each month, Hitachi will provide a rolling three-month forecast of products to be purchased. The forecast for the first two months shall be a firm and binding commitment to purchase. Pricing is negotiated semiannually. This agreement will remain in effect as long as the Preferred Provider Agreement remains in place unless terminated earlier by mutual agreement of the parties.
 
Raw Material Supply Agreement
 
Under the terms and conditions of the Raw Material Supply Agreement, Hitachi has agreed to continue to make available for purchase by Opnext laser chips, and other semiconductor devices and all other raw materials that were provided by Hitachi to the business prior to or as of July 31, 2001 for the production of Opnext optoelectronics components. The term of the agreement shall continue until July 31, 2007.
 
Outsourcing Agreement
 
Pursuant to the terms and conditions of the Outsourcing Agreement, Hitachi provided on an interim, transitional basis various data processing services, telecommunications services, and corporate support services, including: accounting, financial management, information systems management, tax, payroll, human resource administration, procurement and other general support. Specific charges for such services amounted to $1,960, $2,070 and $991 for the years ended March 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004, respectively. The term of the agreement shall continue until July 31, 2007.
 
Secondment Agreements
 
Opnext Japan and Hitachi entered into a one-year secondment agreement effective February 1, 2001 with automatic annual renewals. Per the agreement, Opnext may offer employment to any seconded employee; however, approval must be obtained from Hitachi in advance. All employees


F-22


 

Opnext, Inc.
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
(In thousands, except per share amounts)
 

listed in the original agreement have either been employed by Opnext or have returned to Hitachi. In addition to the original agreement, separate Secondment agreements have been entered into with individuals with terms that range from two to three years with automatic extensions. The seconded employees are covered by the Hitachi, Ltd. Pension Plan.
 
During the years ended March 31, 2006 and 2005, 129 and 15 seconded employees became employees of the Company, respectively. There were approximately 3 and 129 seconded employees at March 31, 2006, and 2005, respectively.
 
Lease Agreements
 
Opnext Japan leases certain manufacturing and administrative premises from Hitachi located in Totsuka, Japan. The term of the lease agreement is annual and began on February 1, 2001. Opnext shall have unlimited automatic extensions to extend the term of the lease for a period of one year upon giving Hitachi three months’ notice provided Opnext Japan remains a majority-owned direct or indirect subsidiary of Hitachi. The annual lease payments for these premises were $612, $643 and $633 for the years ended March 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004, respectively.
 
Trademark Indication Agreement
 
Opnext and Opnext Japan on the one hand, and Hitachi on the other hand are parties to two trademark indication agreements, pursuant to which Hitachi granted to Opnext and Opnext Japan the right to use the trademark indication “Powered by Hitachi” on a royalty-free basis in connection with the advertising, marketing, and labeling of certain products and related services in accordance with the terms and conditions set forth in the Trademark Indication Agreements. The term of the agreements continue until six months after Hitachi ceases to own, directly or indirectly, a majority ownership interest in the Company or one year after the consummation of the offering, whichever is later. This agreement was expanded to include OPD on October 1, 2002.
 
OPD Related Party Agreements
 
In connection with the transfer of the OPD Predecessor business from Hitachi to OPD and the acquisition of OPD by the Company, the following related party agreements were entered into:
 
Sales Channel Memoranda
 
Under the terms and conditions of the Sales Channel Memoranda between OPD and Hitachi, Hitachi and its subsidiaries provided certain sales and distribution services to OPD in Japan. Specific charges for such services were $20 for the year ended March 31, 2004. The agreement terminated on March 31, 2004 and the Company began to perform these services with its own resources or arranged to have such services provided pursuant to the aforementioned Outsourcing Agreement.
 
Intellectual Property License Agreement
 
OPD and Hitachi are parties to an intellectual property license agreement, pursuant to which Hitachi licenses certain intellectual property rights to OPD on the terms and subject to the conditions


F-23


 

Opnext, Inc.
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
(In thousands, except per share amounts)
 

stated therein on a fully paid-up, nonexclusive basis and OPD licenses certain intellectual property rights to Hitachi on a fully paid-up, nonexclusive basis. Hitachi has also agreed to sublicense certain intellectual property to OPD to the extent that Hitachi has the right to make available such rights to OPD in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Intellectual Property License Agreement.
 
Transition Services Agreement
 
Pursuant to the terms and conditions of the Transition Services Agreement, Hitachi provided various services, including: accounting, information systems management, human resource administration, procurement, engineering, logistics, and other general support. Specific charges for such services amounted to $1,732 for the year ended March 31, 2004. The agreement terminated on March 31, 2004 and the Company began to perform these services with its own resources or arranged to have such services provided pursuant to the aforementioned Outsourcing Agreement.
 
Secondment Agreement
 
OPD, Hitachi and one of Hitachi’s wholly-owned subsidiaries entered into one-year secondment agreements effective October 1, 2002 with automatic annual renewals. Per the agreement, Opnext may offer employment to any seconded employee; however, approval must be obtained from Hitachi in advance. All employees listed in the original agreement have either been employed by Opnext or have returned to Hitachi. In addition to the original agreement, separate Secondment agreements have been entered into with individuals with terms that range from two to three years with automatic extensions. The seconded employees are covered by the pension plans of Hitachi and its subsidiary.
 
During the years ended March 31, 2006 and 2005, 76 and 19 seconded employees became employees of the Company, respectively. There were approximately 3 and 80 seconded employees at March 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively.
 
Lease Agreement
 
OPD leases certain manufacturing and administrative premises from Hitachi and one of its wholly-owned subsidiaries located in Komoro, Japan. The initial term of the lease agreement is for a five-year period and began on October 1, 2002. OPD shall have unlimited automatic extensions to extend the term of the lease for additional five year periods upon giving Hitachi three months’ notice provided the Company remains a majority-owned direct or indirect subsidiary of Hitachi. During the year ended March 31, 2004, Hitachi transferred two of the aforementioned properties to an entity in which Hitachi is a joint venture partner. Accordingly, new lease agreements were entered into with the joint venture. The terms of the lease agreements are annual and have unlimited automatic annual extensions, upon giving the joint venture six months’ notice. The lease payments for these properties were $65, $71 and $115 for the years ended March 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004, respectively.
 
14.   Operating Segments and Geographic Information
 
Operating Segments
 
The Company operates in one business segment — optical modules and components. Optical modules and components transmit and receive data delivered via light in telecom, data communication, industrial and commercial applications.


F-24


 

Opnext, Inc.
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
(In thousands, except per share amounts)
 

Geographic Information
 
                         
    Year Ended March 31,  
   
2006
   
2005
   
2004
 
 
Sales:
                       
United States
  $ 72,700     $ 61,045     $ 26,289  
Japan
    38,930       43,511       43,675  
Europe
    34,240       31,966       9,053  
Asia Pacific
    5,821       1,910       373  
                         
Total
  $ 151,691     $ 138,432     $ 79,390  
                         
 
Sales attributed to geographic areas is based on the bill to location of the customer.
 
                 
    March 31,  
   
2006
   
2005
 
 
Assets:
               
United States
  $ 111,730     $ 194,815  
Japan
    92,531       87,716  
Europe
    12,565       9,381  
                 
Total
  $ 216,826     $ 291,912  
                 
 
The geographic designation of assets represents the country in which title is held.
 
15.   Valuation and Qualifying Accounts
 
Allowance for Doubtful Accounts
 
                         
    Year Ended March 31,  
   
2006
   
2005
   
2004
 
 
Beginning balance
  $ 291     $ 282     $ 244  
Deduction and write offs
    14       (2 )     (7 )
Foreign currency translation and other
    (12 )     11       45  
                         
Ending balance
  $ 293     $ 291     $ 282  
                         
 
Tax Valuation Allowance
                         
    Year Ended March 31,  
   
2006
   
2005
   
2004
 
 
Beginning balance
  $ 214,204     $ 204,554     $ 157,434  
Changes in valuation allowance
    13,729       14,417       28,912  
Foreign currency translation
    (15,565 )     (4,767 )     18,208  
                         
Ending balance
  $ 212,368     $ 214,204     $ 204,554  
                         


F-25


 

Opnext, Inc
 
Consolidated Balance Sheets
(Dollars in thousands, except share and per share amounts)
 
                 
    June 30,
    March 31,
 
   
2006
   
2006
 
    (Unaudited)        
 
Assets
Current assets:
               
Cash and cash equivalents, including $12,851 and $8,745 due from related parties at June 30, 2006 and March 31, 2006
  $ 90,288     $ 89,358  
Trade receivables, net, including $4,076 and $6,820 due from related parties at June 30, 2006 and March 31, 2006, respectively
    28,463       33,608  
Inventories, net
    54,129       45,865  
Prepaid expenses and other current assets
    2,897       2,144  
                 
Total current assets
    175,777       170,975  
Property, plant, and equipment, net
    38,248       39,926  
Goodwill
    5,698       5,698  
Other assets
    228       227  
                 
Total assets
  $ 219,951     $ 216,826  
                 
 
Liabilities and shareholders’ equity
Current liabilities:
               
Trade payables, including $7,215 and $9,617 due to related parties at June 30, 2006 and March 31, 2006, respectively
  $ 28,749     $ 24,129  
Accrued expenses
    13,552       13,404  
Short-term debt
    52,438       50,942  
Capital lease obligations
    2,124       2,045  
                 
Total current liabilities
    96,863       90,520  
Capital lease obligations
    6,103       6,392  
Other long-term liabilities
    252       251  
                 
Total liabilities
    103,218       97,163  
                 
Commitments and contingencies
               
Shareholders’ equity:
               
Opnext, Inc., Class A common stock, par value $0.01 per share: authorized, issued, and outstanding 150,000,000 shares
    1,500       1,500  
Opnext, Inc., Class B common stock, par value $0.01 per share: authorized 178,300,000 shares; issued and outstanding 5,374,938 and 5,306,507 shares at June 30, 2006 and March 31, 2006, respectively
    54       53  
Additional paid-in capital
    405,118       405,091  
Unearned compensation
          (1 )
Accumulated deficit
    (285,259 )     (281,785 )
Accumulated other comprehensive loss
    (4,680 )     (5,195 )
                 
Total shareholders’ equity
    116,733       119,663  
                 
Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity
  $ 219,951     $ 216,826  
                 
 
See accompanying notes to unaudited consolidated financial statements


F-26


 

Opnext, Inc.
 
Unaudited Consolidated Statements of Operations
(In thousands, except per share data)
 
                 
   
Three Months Ended June 30,
 
   
2006
   
2005
 
 
Sales
  $ 40,424     $ 31,370  
Cost of sales
    27,163       27,795  
                 
Gross margin
    13,261       3,575  
Research and development expenses
    8,023       7,962  
Selling, general and administrative expenses
    8,344       8,305  
Other operating expenses
    16       53  
                 
Operating loss
    (3,122 )     (12,745 )
Interest income, net
    759       1,021  
Other income (expense), net
    (1,111 )     208  
                 
Loss before income taxes
    (3,474 )     (11,516 )
Income tax (expense)/benefit
           
                 
Net loss
  $ (3,474 )   $ (11,516 )
                 
Net loss per share basic and diluted
  $ (0.02 )   $ (0.07 )
Weighted average number of shares used in computing net loss per share, basic and diluted
    155,968       155,824  
 
See accompanying notes to unaudited consolidated financial statements


F-27


 

Opnext, Inc.
 
Unaudited Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
(In thousands)
 
                 
    Three Months Ended
 
    June 30,  
   
2006
   
2005
 
 
Cash flows from operating activities
               
Net loss
  $ (3,474 )   $ (11,516 )
Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash provided by (used in) operating activities:
               
Depreciation and amortization
  $ 3,009       3,145  
Non-cash expenses
    16        
Compensation expense
    6       8  
Changes in assets and liabilities, net of assets acquired:
               
Trade receivables, net
    5,997       (2,288 )
Inventories, net
    (7,114 )     (4,305 )
Prepaid expenses and other current assets
    (691 )     (2,739 )
Trade payables
    3,959       4,583  
Accrued expenses and other liabilities
    (502 )     (1,841 )
                 
Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities
    1,206       (14,953 )
                 
Cash flows from investing activities
               
Capital expenditures
    (290 )     (845 )
                 
Net cash used in investing activities
    (290 )     (845 )
                 
Cash flows from financing activities
               
Short-term debt borrowings, net
          1,208  
Payments on capital lease obligations
    (522 )     (194 )
Exercise of stock options
    29        
                 
Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities
    (493 )     1,014  
Effect of foreign exchange rates on cash and cash equivalents
    507       (144 )
                 
Increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents
    930       (14,928 )
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period
    89,358       169,504  
                 
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period
  $ 90,288     $ 154,576  
                 
Non-cash financing activities
               
Capital lease obligations incurred
  $ (227 )   $ (27 )
 
See accompanying notes to unaudited consolidated financial statements


F-28


 

Opnext, Inc.
 
Notes to Unaudited Consolidated Financial Statements
(In thousands, except per share amounts)
 
1.   Background and Basis of Presentation
 
Opnext, Inc. and subsidiaries (“OPI”, “Opnext” or the “Company”) designs, develops manufactures and distributes optical modules and components that transmit and receive data delivered via light in telecommunications and data communications applications, as well as lasers and infrared LEDs for industrial and commercial applications.
 
The accompanying unaudited consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (herein referred to as “GAAP”) for interim financial information. Accordingly, they do not include all of the information and footnotes required by GAAP for complete financial statements. In the opinion of management, all adjustments (consisting of normal recurring deferrals and accruals) considered necessary for a fair presentation have been included.
 
2.   Principles of Consolidation
 
The balance sheets as of June 30, 2006 and March 31, 2006 and the statements of operations and cash flows for the three months ended June 30, 2006 and 2005, reflect the consolidated results of Opnext and its subsidiaries. All inter-company transactions and balances between and among the companies business have been eliminated upon consolidation. Operating results for the three months ended June 30, 2006 are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected for the full year.
 
3.   Foreign Currency Transactions and Translation
 
Derivative financial instruments utilized for hedging purposes are accounted for in accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (“SFAS”) No. 133, Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities, as amended by SFAS No. 149, Amendment of Statement 133 on Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities. All derivative instruments utilized for hedging purposes are recorded as either an asset or liability in the balance sheet at fair value and changes in the derivative fair value are recorded in earnings.
 
As of June 30, 2006 and March 31, 2006, Opnext Japan had net receivable positions of $8.1 million and $10.3 million, respectively, subject to foreign currency exchange risk between the Japanese yen and the U.S. dollar. During the quarter ended June 30, 2006, the Company began to mitigate a portion of the exchange rate risk by utilizing forward contracts to cover the net receivable positions. At June 30, 2006 Opnext Japan had entered into $5.0 million of such foreign exchange forward contracts. These forward contracts generally have maturities of ninety days or less. The Company does not enter into foreign exchange forward contracts for trading purposes, but rather as a hedging vehicle to minimize foreign currency fluctuations
 
4.   Inventories
 
Components of inventories are as follows:
 
                 
    June 30,
    March 31,
 
   
2006
   
2006
 
 
Raw materials
  $ 27,576     $ 23,053  
Work in process
    18,532       14,045  
Finished goods
    8,021       8,767  
                 
Inventories, net
  $ 54,129     $ 45,865  
                 


F-29


 

 
Opnext, Inc.
 
Notes to Unaudited Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
(In thousands, except per share amounts)

Inventories are net of reserves of $25,380 and $24,254 at June 30, 2006 and March 31, 2006, respectively.
 
5.   Property, Plant, and Equipment
 
Property, plant, and equipment are summarized as follows:
 
                 
    June 30,
    March 31,
 
   
2006
   
2006
 
 
Machinery, electronic, and other equipment
  $ 169,733     $ 166,845  
Computer software
    9,763       9,724  
Building improvements
    4,647       4,541  
Construction in progress
    448       496  
                 
Total property, plant, and equipment
    184,591       181,606  
Less accumulated depreciation and amortization
    (146,343 )     (141,680 )
                 
Property, plant, and equipment, net
  $ 38,248     $ 39,926  
                 
 
Property, plant and equipment, net includes capitalized leases of $12,452 and $12,914 at June 30, 2006 and March 31, 2006 respectively and related accumulated depreciation of $3,897 and $4,304 at June 30, 2006 and March 31, 2006 respectively. Amortization of computer software costs was $304 and $318 for the three months ended June 30, 2006 and 2005, respectively.
 
6.   Comprehensive Loss
 
The components of comprehensive loss for the three months ended June 30, 2006 and 2005, were:
 
                 
    Three Months Ended
 
   
June 30,
 
   
2006
   
2005
 
 
Net Loss
  $ (3,474 )   $ (11,516 )
Foreign currency translation adjustment
    515       703  
                 
Comprehensive Loss
  $ (2,959 )   $ (10,813 )
                 
 
Accumulated other comprehensive loss at June 30, 2006 and March 31, 2006 was $4,680 and $5,195, respectively, and consisted solely of foreign currency translation adjustments.
 
7.   Net Loss per Common Share
 
Basic and diluted earnings per share are presented in accordance with SFAS No. 128 Earnings Per Share and Staff Accounting Bulletins (“SAB”) No. 98. Basic net loss per share has been computed using the weighted-average number of shares of common stock outstanding during the period. Basic weighted average number of common shares includes 650 restricted Class B common shares issued in July of 2004. Diluted net loss per share has been computed using the weighted-average number of shares of common stock and dilutive potential common shares from stock-based incentive plans outstanding during the period using the treasury method.


F-30


 

 
Opnext, Inc.
 
Notes to Unaudited Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
(In thousands, except per share amounts)

The following table presents the calculation of basic and diluted net loss per share:
 
                 
    Three Months Ended June 30,  
   
2006
   
2005
 
 
Numerator:
               
Net loss
  $ (3,474 )   $ (11,516 )
Denominator:
               
Weighted average shares outstanding
    155,968       155,824  
                 
Basic and diluted net loss per share
  $ (0.02 )   $ (0.07 )
                 
 
The following table summarizes the potential outstanding common stock of the Company at the end of each period, which has been excluded from the computation of diluted net loss per share, as their effect is anti-dilutive.
 
                 
    Three Months Ended
 
    June 30,  
   
2006
   
2005
 
 
Stock options
    13,302       13,097  
Stock appreciation rights
    1,958       1,991  
                 
Total options and SAR’s convertible into common stock
    15,260       15,088  
                 
 
8.   Stock-Based Incentive Plans
 
In December 2004, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued SFAS No. 123(R), Share-Based Payment . This Statement requires all share-based payments to be recognized in the financial statements based on their fair value. The Company adopted SFAS No. 123(R) on April 1, 2006, as required for all stock compensation plans, using the modified prospective method and therefore has not resulted in a restatement of the Company’s previously reported financial results. This method requires compensation cost for the unvested portion of awards that are outstanding as of March 31, 2006 to be recognized over the remaining service period based on the grant-date fair value of those awards as previously calculated for pro forma disclosures under Statement No. 123. All new awards and awards that are modified, repurchased, or cancelled after March 31, 2006 will be accounted for under the provisions of Statement No. 123(R).
 
In connection with the adoption of SFAS 123(R) the Company estimates the fair value of stock-based awards utilizing the Black-Scholes pricing model. The fair value of the awards is amortized as compensation expense on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period of the award, which is generally the vesting period. The fair value calculations involve significant judgments, assumptions, estimates and complexities that impact the amount of compensation expense to be recorded in current and future periods. The factors include:
 
  •  The time period that stock based awards are expected to remain outstanding has been determined based on the average of the original award period and the remaining vesting period in accordance with the SEC’s short-cut approach pursuant to SAB No. 107, Disclosure About Fair Value of Financial Statements . The expected term assumption for awards issued during the three month period ended June 30, 2006 was 6.25 years. As additional evidence develops after trading of the Company’s stock begins, the expected term assumption will be refined to capture the relevant trends.


F-31


 

 
Opnext, Inc.
 
Notes to Unaudited Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
(In thousands, except per share amounts)

 
  •  The future volatility of the Company’s stock has been estimated based on the median calculated value of the historical volatility of companies believed to be similar in market performance characteristics as those of the Company. Use of comparable companies is necessary since the Company does not possess a stock price history. The expected volatility assumption for awards issued during the three month period ended June 30, 2006 was 101.7%. Once trading begins and trends develop, the Company will begin using the implied volatility trends of the Company’s own pricing history as its estimate.
 
  •  A dividend yield of zero has been assumed for awards issued during the three month period ended June 30, 2006 based on the Company’s actual past experience and that the Company does not anticipate paying a dividend on its shares in the near future.
 
  •  The Company has based its risk-free interest rate assumption for awards issued during the three month period ended June 30, 2006 on the implied yield available on U.S. Treasury zero-coupon issues with an equivalent expected term which was 4.9% as of June 30, 2006. Forfeiture rates for awards issued during the three month period ended June 30, 2006 have been estimated based on the Company’s actual historical forfeiture trends of approximately 10%.
 
Compensation expense for share based payments associated with all employee stock-based incentive plans was $6 thousand for the three months ended June 30, 2006 based on a weighted average fair value of awards granted of $2.16 per share. At June 30, 2006, the total compensation costs related to unvested stock-based awards granted under the Company’s stock-based incentive plans but not recognized was approximately $140, net of estimated forfeitures.
 
The following is a summary of option activity for the Company’s stock option plans:
 
                                                                 
    Opnext Options     Pine Options     Total Stock Options     SARs  
          Weighted
          Weighted
          Weighted
          Weighted
 
          Average
          Average
          Average
          Average
 
          Exercise
          Exercise
          Exercise
          Exercise
 
   
Shares
   
Price
   
Shares
   
Price
   
Shares
   
Price
   
Shares
   
Price
 
 
Balance at March 31, 2006
    13,031     $ 5.00       280     $ 0.39       13,311     $ 4.90       2,008     $ 5.00  
Granted
    62       5.00                   62       5.00       8       5.00  
Forfeited
                (2 )     0.91       (2 )     0.91       (58 )     5.00  
Exercised
                (69 )     0.30       (69 )     0.30              
                                                                 
Balance at June 30, 2006
    13,093     $ 5.00       209     $ 0.44       13,302     $ 4.93       1,958     $ 5.00  
                                                                 


F-32


 

 
Opnext, Inc.
 
Notes to Unaudited Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
(In thousands, except per share amounts)

Prior to April 1, 2006, the Company accounted for its stock-based awards to employees in accordance with SFAS No. 123, Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation. Had the Company elected to adopt the pro-forma disclosure requirements of SFAS No. 123, the estimated fair value of employee stock-based awards would be amortized to expense over the vesting period and net loss for the Company would have been changed to the pro forma amounts indicated below:
 
         
    Three Months Ended
 
   
June 30, 2005
 
 
Net loss as reported
  $ (11,516 )
Compensation expense included in net loss
    3  
Pro forma compensation income
    15  
         
Pro forma net loss
  $ (11,498 )
         
Pro forma net loss per share basic and diluted
  $ (0.07 )
Weighted average number of shares used in computing pro forma net loss per share, basic and diluted
    155,824  
 
The fair value of stock options used to compute pro forma net loss disclosures for the three months ended June 30, 2005 was the estimated fair value at grant date using the Black-Scholes option pricing model with the following assumptions: dividend yield 0.00%, expected volatility 1.00%, risk free interest rate 5.10% and expected holding period of 5 years.
 
Options issued to non-employees are accounted for under the provisions of Emerging Issues Task Force Issue (“EITF”) 96-18 Accounting for Equity Instruments That Are Issued to Other Than Employees for Acquiring, or in Conjunction with Selling Goods or Services. At June 30, 2006 and 2005, the Company had 3,030 and 3,000 outstanding options that were granted to Hitachi and Clarity, respectively in connection with the appointment of their employees as directors of the Company. Costs associated with the non-employee options are expensed during the vesting period of the respective awards and are included in selling, general and administrative expenses. There were no costs associated with non-employee options during each of the three month periods ended June 30, 2006 and 2005, respectively, as the options were fully vested as of November 2004.
 
9.   Short-Term Debt
 
The Company has short-term loans with a Japanese bank. The outstanding balance is $52,438 and $50,942 at June 30, 2006 and March 31, 2006, respectively, and is due monthly. Interest is paid monthly at the TIBOR rate plus a premium which ranged in total from 0.56% to 0.59% during the three month period ended June 30, 2006 and 0.56% to 0.57% during the year ended March 31, 2006.
 
10.   Other Operating Expenses
 
The Company incurred the following other operating costs:
 
                 
    Three Months Ended
 
    June 30,  
   
2006
   
2005
 
 
Loss on disposal of property, plant, and equipment
  $ 16     $  
Severance
          53  
                 
    $ 16     $ 53  
                 


F-33


 

 
Opnext, Inc.
 
Notes to Unaudited Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
(In thousands, except per share amounts)

11.   Operating Segments and Geographic Information

 
Operating Segments
 
The Company operates in one business segment — optical modules and components. Optical modules and components transmit and receive data delivered via light in telecommunications and data communications applications, as well as lasers and infrared LEDs for industrial and commercial applications.
 
Geographic Information
 
                 
    Three Months Ended
 
    June 30,  
   
2006
   
2005
 
 
Sales:
               
United States
  $ 19,862     $ 12,857  
Europe
    11,334       6,977  
Japan
    6,875       10,980  
Asia Pacific
    2,353       556  
                 
Total
  $ 40,424     $ 31,370  
                 
 
Sales attributed to geographic areas is based on the bill to location of the customer.
 
                 
    June 30,
    March 31,
 
   
2006
   
2006
 
 
Assets:
               
United States
  $ 106,510     $ 111,730  
Japan
    99,534       92,531  
Europe
    13,907       12,565  
                 
Total
  $ 219,951     $ 216,826  
                 
 
The geographic designation of assets represents the country in which title is held.


F-34


 

 
 
 
No dealer, salesperson or other person is authorized to give any information or to represent anything not contained in this prospectus. You must not rely on any unauthorized information or representations. This prospectus is an offer to sell only the shares offered hereby, but only under circumstances and in jurisdictions where it is lawful to do so. The information contained in this prospectus is current only as of its date.
 
 
 
 
TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
         
   
Page
 
  1
  6
  21
  21
  23
  24
  25
  26
  27
  29
  43
  55
  70
  72
  81
  85
  87
  90
  94
  94
  94
  94
  F-1
 
 
 
 
Through and including          , 2006 (the 25th day after the date of this prospectus), all dealers effecting transactions in these securities, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to a dealer’s obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as an underwriter and with respect to an unsold allotment or subscription.
 
 
      Shares
 
Opnext, Inc.
 
Common Stock
 
 
(OPNEXT, INC. LOGO)
 
 
Goldman, Sachs & Co.
JPMorgan
CIBC World Markets
Cowen and Company
Jefferies & Company
 
 
 


 

 
PART II
 
INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN THE PROSPECTUS
 
Item 13.    Other Expenses Of Issuance And Distribution
 
The following table sets forth the various expenses, other than the underwriting discounts and commissions, payable by us in connection with the sale and distribution of the common stock being registered. All amounts shown are estimates, except the Securities and Exchange Commission registration fee, the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. filing fee and the NASDAQ application fee.
 
         
SEC registration fee
  $ 16,050  
NASD filing fee
  $ 15,500  
NASDAQ application fee
  $ *    
Accounting fees and expenses
  $ *    
Legal fees and expenses
  $ *    
Printing and engraving expenses
  $ *    
Transfer agent fees and expenses
  $ *    
Blue sky fees and expenses
  $ *    
Miscellaneous fees and expenses
  $ *    
Total
       
 
* To be completed by amendment.
 
Item 14.    Indemnification of Directors and Officers
 
Section 145 of the DGCL provides that a corporation may indemnify directors and officers as well as other employees and individuals against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with any threatened, pending or completed actions, suits or proceedings in which such person is made a party by reason of such person being or having been a director, officer, employee or agent to the corporation. The DGCL provides that Section 145 is not exclusive of other rights to which those seeking indemnification may be entitled under any bylaw, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise.
 
Section 102(b)(7) of the DGCL permits a corporation to provide in its certificate of incorporation that a director of the corporation shall not be personally liable to the corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director, except for liability for any breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to the corporation or its stockholders, for acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law, for unlawful payments of dividends or unlawful stock repurchases, redemptions or other distributions, or for any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit.
 
Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws, in each case, that will be adopted upon consummation of this offering, will include provisions to (i) eliminate the personal liability of our directors for monetary damages resulting from breaches of their fiduciary duty to the extent permitted by Section 102(b)(7) of the DGCL and (ii) require the registrant to indemnify its directors and officers to the fullest extent permitted by Section 145 of the DGCL, including circumstances in which indemnification is otherwise discretionary. Pursuant to Section 145 of the DGCL, a corporation generally has the power to indemnify its present and former directors, officers, employees and agents against expenses incurred by them in connection with any suit to which they are, or are threatened to be made, a party by reason of their serving in such positions so long as they acted in good faith and in a manner they reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to, the best interests of the corporation and with respect to any criminal action, they had no reasonable cause to believe their conduct was unlawful. We believe that these provisions are


II-1


 

necessary to attract and retain qualified persons as directors and officers. These provisions do not eliminate the directors’ duty of care, and, in appropriate circumstances, equitable remedies such as injunctive or other forms of non-monetary relief will remain available under DGCL. In addition, each director will continue to be subject to liability for breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to the registrant, for acts or omissions not in good faith or involving intentional misconduct, for knowing violations of law, for acts or omissions that the director believes to be contrary to the best interests of the registrant or its stockholders, for any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit, for acts or omissions involving a reckless disregard for the director’s duty to the registrant or its stockholders when the director was aware or should have been aware of a risk of serious injury to the registrant or its stockholders, for acts or omissions that constitute an unexcused pattern of inattention that amounts to an abdication of the director’s duty to the registrant or its stockholders, for improper transactions between the director and the registrant and for improper distributions to stockholders and loans to directors and officers. The provision also does not affect a director’s responsibilities under any other law, such as the federal securities law or state or federal environmental laws.
 
Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers or persons controlling us pursuant to the foregoing, we have been informed that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is, therefore, unenforceable.
 
Prior to the completion of this offering, we intend to enter into indemnification agreements with our directors and officers. The indemnification agreements will provide indemnification to our directors and officers under certain circumstances for acts or omissions which may not be covered by directors’ and officers’ liability insurance, and may, in some cases, be broader than the specific indemnification provisions contained under Delaware law.
 
At present, there is no pending litigation or proceeding involving any of our directors or officers as to which indemnification is being sought nor are we aware of any threatened litigation that may result in claims for indemnification by any officer or director.
 
We have an insurance policy covering our officers and directors with respect to certain liabilities, including liabilities arising under the Securities Act or otherwise.
 
Item 15.   Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities
 
Since June 30, 2003, the registrant has sold the following securities without registration under the Securities Act of 1933:
 
From December 2003 through September 2006, we granted stock options to our employees and directors under our 2001 Stock Option Plan pursuant to which the optionees may purchase up to an aggregate of 914,000 shares of our common stock at the current weighted average exercise price of $5.00 per share. Of the options we granted during this period, options to purchase a total of 68,500 shares of our common stock have been forfeited, and none have been exercised. The sale and issuance of these securities were exempt from registration under Rule 701 under the Securities Act.
 
From December 2003 through September 2006, we granted stock appreciation rights to our employees under our 2001 Stock Option Plan pursuant to which the right holders may purchase up to an aggregate of 1,356,000 shares of our common stock at the current weighted average exercise price of $5.00 per share. Of the SARs we granted during this period, rights to purchase a total of 60,000 shares of our common stock have been forfeited and none have been exercised. The sale and issuance of these securities were exempt from registration under Rule 701 under the Securities Act.
 
From December 2003 through September 2006, we granted restricted stock to our employees and directors under our 2001 Stock Option Plan pursuant to which the grantees will acquire to an aggregate of 650,000 shares of our common stock. Of the restricted stock we granted during this


II-2


 

period, none have been canceled and none have vested pursuant to these grants. The sale and issuance of these securities were exempt from registration under Rule 701 under the Securities Act.
 
Item 16.   Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules.
 
(a)  Exhibits
 
         
Exhibit No.
 
Description of Document
 
  1 .1   Form of Underwriting Agreement.*
  3 .2   Form of Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Opnext, Inc., to be effective upon the closing of the offering to which this Registration Statement relates.*
  3 .4   Form of Amended and Restated Bylaws of Opnext, Inc., to be effective upon the closing of the offering to which this Registration Statement relates.*
  4 .1   Stockholders’ Agreement, dated as of July 31, 2001, by and among Opnext, Inc., Hitachi, Ltd., Clarity Partners, L.P., Clarity Opnext Holdings I, LLC, and Clarity Opnext Holdings II, LLC, as amended.*
  4 .2   Registration Rights Agreement, entered into as of July 31, 2001, by and among Opnext, Inc., Clarity Partners, L.P., Clarity Opnext Holdings I, LLC, Clarity Opnext Holdings II, LLC, and Hitachi, Ltd.*
  5 .1   Opinion of Latham & Watkins LLP, related to the shares of common stock being sold in the initial public offering.*
  10 .1   Pine Photonics Communications, Inc. 2000 Stock Plan.
  10 .2   Form of Pine Photonics Communications, Inc. 2000 Stock Plan: Stock Option Agreement.
  10 .3   Opnext, Inc. 2001 Long-Term Stock Incentive Plan.
  10 .4   Form of Opnext, Inc. 2001 Long-Term Stock Incentive Plan, Nonqualified Stock Option Agreement.*
  10 .5   Form of Hitachi, Ltd. and Clarity Management, L.P. Nonqualified Stock Option Agreement.*
  10 .6   Opnext, Inc. Amended and Restated 2001 Long-Term Stock Incentive Plan.*
  10 .7   Employment Agreement, entered into as of July 31, 2001, by and between Opnext, Inc. and Harry L. Bosco, as amended.
  10 .8   Employment Agreement, entered into as of August 24, 2001, by and between Opnext, Inc. and Michael C. Chan, as amended.
  10 .9   Employment Agreement, entered into as of August 24, 2001, by and between Opnext, Inc. and Chi-Ho Christopher Lin, as amended.
  10 .10   Employment Agreement, dated March 5, 2001, by and between Opnext, Inc. and Robert J. Nobile.
  10 .11   Form of Opnext, Inc. Restricted Stock Agreement.
  10 .12   Research and Development Agreement, dated as of July 31, 2001, by and among Hitachi, Ltd., Opnext Japan, Inc. and Opto Device, Ltd. as amended.*
  10 .13   Research and Development Agreement, dated as of July 31, 2002, by and between Hitachi, Ltd. and Opnext, Inc., as amended.*
  10 .14   Outsourcing Agreement, made and entered into as of July 31, 2001, by and between Hitachi, Ltd. and Opnext Japan, Inc., as amended.*
  10 .15   Preferred Provider Agreement, made and entered into as of July 31, 2001, by and between Hitachi, Ltd. and Opnext, Inc., as amended.*
  10 .16   Procurement Agreement, made and entered into as of July 31, 2001, by and between Opnext Japan, Inc. and Hitachi, Ltd., as amended.*
  10 .17   Raw Materials Supply Agreement, made and entered into as of July 31, 2001, by and between Hitachi, Ltd. and Opnext, Inc., as amended.*
  10 .18   Intellectual Property License Agreement, dated as of July 31, 2001, by and between Hitachi, Ltd. and Opnext Japan, Inc., as amended.*
  10 .19   Intellectual Property License Agreement, dated as of October 1, 2002, by and between Hitachi, Ltd. and Opto Device, Ltd., as amended.*


II-3


 

         
Exhibit No.
 
Description of Document
 
  10 .20   Intellectual Property License Agreement, effective as of October 1, 2002, by and between Hitachi Communication Technologies, Ltd. and Opnext Japan, Inc., as amended.*
  10 .21   Trademark Indication Agreement, dated as of October 1, 2002, by and between Hitachi, Ltd. And Opto Device, Ltd., as amended.*
  10 .22   Trademark Indication Agreement, dated as of July 31, 2001, by and between Hitachi, Ltd., Opnext, Inc. and Opnext Japan, Inc., as amended.*
  10 .23   Lease Agreement, made as of July 31, 2001, between Hitachi Communication Technologies, Ltd. and Opnext Japan, Inc., as amended.*
  10 .24   Lease Agreement, made as of October 1, 2002, between Renesas Technology Corp. and Opnext Japan, Inc., as amended.*
  10 .25   Business Park Net Lease Agreement, dated as of June 30, 2000, by and between Bedford Property Investors, Inc. and Opnext, Inc., as amended.
  10 .26   Agreement on Bank Transactions between Opnext Japan, Inc. and The Bank of Tokyo-Mitsubishi UFJ, Ltd.*
  21 .1   List of Subsidiaries.
  23 .1   Consent of Ernst & Young LLP.
  23 .3   Consent of Latham & Watkins LLP (included in Exhibit 5.1).*
  24 .1   Power of Attorney (see page II-6 of this Registration Statement).
 
* To be filed by amendment.
 
(b)  Financial Statement Schedules
 
No financial statement schedules are provided because the information called for is not required or is shown either in the consolidated financial statements or the notes thereto.
 
Item 17.    Undertakings
 
The undersigned registrants hereby undertake that:
 
(A) to provide to the underwriter at the closing specified in the underwriting agreement, certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriter to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser;
 
(B) insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933 may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.
 
(C) (1) For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective. (2) For purposes of determining

II-4


 

any liability under the Securities Act of 1933 each, post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.


II-5


 

SIGNATURES
 
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Eatontown, State of New Jersey, on October 27, 2006.
 
OPNEXT, INC. (Registrant)
 
  By: 
/s/   Harry L. Bosco

Harry L. Bosco
President and Chief Executive Officer
 
SIGNATURE AND POWER OF ATTORNEY
 
Each person whose signature to this registration statement appears below hereby severally constitutes and appoints Harry L. Bosco and Robert J. Nobile, and each of them singly, as his or her true and lawful attorney-in-fact and agent with full power of substitution and resubstitution for him or her and in his or her name, place and stead, and in any and all capacities to sign any and all amendments (including pre-effective and post-effective amendments) to this registration statement (and any registration statement filed pursuant to Rule 462 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, for the offering which this registration statement relates), and to file the same with all exhibits thereto, and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, and hereby grants to each such attorney-in-fact and agent full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done, as fully to all intents and purposes as he might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorney-in-fact and agent, or his substitute or substitutes may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof. Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.
 
             
Signature
 
Title
 
Date
 
/s/   Harry L. Bosco

Harry L. Bosco
  Director, President and Chief Executive Officer
(principal executive officer)
  October 27, 2006
         
/s/   Robert J. Nobile

Robert J. Nobile
  Senior Vice President, Finance
(principal financial and accounting officer)
  October 27, 2006
         
/s/   Dr. Naoya Takahashi

Dr. Naoya Takahashi
  Chairman of the Board   October 27, 2006
         
/s/   Dr. David Lee

Dr. David Lee
  Co-Chairman of the Board   October 27, 2006
         
/s/   Tetsuo Takemura

Tetsuo Takemura
  Director   October 27, 2006
         
/s/   Ryuichi Otsuki

Ryuichi Otsuki
  Director   October 27, 2006


II-6


 

INDEX TO EXHIBITS
 
             
Exhibit No.
 
Description of Document
   
         
  1 .1   Form of Underwriting Agreement.*
  3 .2   Form of Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Opnext, Inc., to be effective upon the closing of the offering to which this Registration Statement relates.*
  3 .4   Form of Amended and Restated Bylaws of Opnext, Inc., to be effective upon the closing of the offering to which this Registration Statement relates.*
  4 .1   Stockholders’ Agreement, dated as of July 31, 2001, by and among Opnext, Inc., Hitachi, Ltd., Clarity Partners, L.P., Clarity Opnext Holdings I, LLC, and Clarity Opnext Holdings II, LLC, as amended.*
  4 .2   Registration Rights Agreement, entered into as of July 31, 2001, by and among Opnext, Inc., Clarity Partners, L.P., Clarity Opnext Holdings I, LLC, Clarity Opnext Holdings II, LLC, and Hitachi, Ltd.*
  5 .1   Opinion of Latham & Watkins LLP, related to the shares of common stock being sold in the initial public offering.*
  10 .1   Pine Photonics Communications, Inc. 2000 Stock Plan.
  10 .2   Form of Pine Photonics Communications, Inc. 2000 Stock Plan: Stock Option Agreement.
  10 .3   Opnext, Inc. 2001 Long-Term Stock Incentive Plan.
  10 .4   Form of Opnext, Inc. 2001 Long-Term Stock Incentive Plan, Nonqualified Stock Option Agreement.*
  10 .5   Form of Hitachi, Ltd. and Clarity Management, L.P. Nonqualified Stock Option Agreement.*
  10 .6   Opnext, Inc. Amended and Restated 2001 Long-Term Stock Incentive Plan.*
  10 .7   Employment Agreement, entered into as of July 31, 2001, by and between Opnext, Inc. and Harry L. Bosco, as amended.
  10 .8   Employment Agreement, entered into as of August 24, 2001, by and between Opnext, Inc. and Michael C. Chan, as amended.
  10 .9   Employment Agreement, entered into as of August 24, 2001, by and between Opnext, Inc. and Chi-Ho Christopher Lin, as amended.
  10 .10   Employment Agreement, dated March 5, 2001, by and between Opnext, Inc. and Robert J. Nobile.
  10 .11   Form of Opnext, Inc. Restricted Stock Agreement.
  10 .12   Research and Development Agreement, dated as of July 31, 2001, by and among Hitachi, Ltd., Opnext Japan, Inc. and Opto Device, Ltd. as amended.*
  10 .13   Research and Development Agreement, dated as of July 31, 2002, by and between Hitachi, Ltd. and Opnext, Inc., as amended.*
  10 .14   Outsourcing Agreement, made and entered into as of July 31, 2001, by and between Hitachi, Ltd. and Opnext Japan, Inc., as amended.*
  10 .15   Preferred Provider Agreement, made and entered into as of July 31, 2001, by and between Hitachi, Ltd. and Opnext, Inc., as amended.*
  10 .16   Procurement Agreement, made and entered into as of July 31, 2001, by and between Opnext Japan, Inc. and Hitachi, Ltd., as amended.*
  10 .17   Raw Materials Supply Agreement, made and entered into as of July 31, 2001, by and between Hitachi, Ltd. and Opnext, Inc., as amended.*
  10 .18   Intellectual Property License Agreement, dated as of July 31, 2001, by and between Hitachi, Ltd. and Opnext Japan, Inc., as amended.*
  10 .19   Intellectual Property License Agreement, dated as of October 1, 2002, by and between Hitachi, Ltd. and Opto Device, Ltd., as amended.*
  10 .20   Intellectual Property License Agreement, effective as of October 1, 2002, by and between Hitachi Communication Technologies, Ltd. and Opnext Japan, Inc., as amended.*
  10 .21   Trademark Indication Agreement, dated as of October 1, 2002, by and between Hitachi, Ltd. and Opto Device, Ltd., as amended.*
  10 .22   Trademark Indication Agreement, dated as of July 31, 2001, by and between Hitachi, Ltd., Opnext, Inc. and Opnext Japan, Inc., as amended.*


 

         
  10 .23   Lease Agreement, made as of July 31, 2001, between Hitachi Communication Technologies, Ltd. and Opnext Japan, Inc., as amended.*
  10 .24   Lease Agreement, made as of October 1, 2002, between Renesas Technology Corp. and Opnext Japan, Inc., as amended.*
  10 .25   Business Park Net Lease Agreement, dated as of June 30, 2000, by and between Bedford Property Investors, Inc. and Opnext, Inc., as amended.
  10 .26   Agreement on Bank Transactions between Opnext Japan, Inc. and The Bank of Tokyo-Mitsubishi UFJ, Ltd.*
  21 .1   List of Subsidiaries.
  23 .1   Consent of Ernst & Young LLP.
  23 .3   Consent of Latham & Watkins LLP (included in Exhibit 5.1).*
  24 .1   Power of Attorney (see page II-6 of this Registration Statement).
 
* To be filed by amendment.

Exhibit 10.1

PINE PHOTONICS COMMUNICATIONS, INC.

2000 STOCK PLAN

ADOPTED ON JULY 18, 2000


                                TABLE OF CONTENTS

                                                                        Page No.
                                                                        --------

SECTION 1. ESTABLISHMENT AND PURPOSE........................................1

SECTION 2. ADMINISTRATION...................................................1

         (a)      Committees of the Board of Directors......................1
         (b)      Authority of the Board of Directors.......................1

SECTION 3. ELIGIBILITY......................................................1

         (a)      General Rule..............................................1
         (b)      Ten-Percent Stockholders..................................1

SECTION 4. STOCK SUBJECT TO PLAN............................................2

         (a)      Basic Limitation..........................................2
         (b)      Additional Shares.........................................2

SECTION 5. TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF AWARDS OR SALES..........................2

         (a)      Stock Purchase Agreement..................................2
         (b)      Duration of Offers and Nontransferability of Rights.......2
         (c)      Purchase Price............................................2
         (d)      Withholding Taxes.........................................2
         (e)      Restrictions On Transfer of Shares and Minimum Vesting....3
         (f)      Accelerated Vesting.......................................3

SECTION 6. TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF OPTIONS..................................3

         (a)      Stock Option Agreement....................................3
         (b)      Number of Shares..........................................3
         (c)      Exercise Price............................................3
         (d)      Withholding Taxes.........................................3
         (e)      Exercisability............................................4
         (f)      Accelerated Exercisability................................4
         (g)      Basic Term................................................4
         (h)      Nontransferability........................................4
         (i)      Termination of Service (Except by Death)..................4
         (j)      Leaves of Absence.........................................5
         (k)      Death of Optionee.........................................5
         (l)      No Rights as a Stockholder................................5
         (m)      Modification, Extension and Assumption of Options.........5
         (n)      Restrictions On Transfer of Shares and Minimum Vesting....5
         (o)      Accelerated Vesting.......................................6

                                       i

SECTION 7. PAYMENT FOR SHARES...............................................6

         (a)      General Rule..............................................6
         (b)      Surrender of Stock........................................6
         (c)      Services Rendered.........................................6
         (d)      Promissory Note...........................................6
         (e)      Exercise/sale.............................................7
         (f)      Exercise/pledge...........................................7

SECTION 8. ADJUSTMENT OF SHARES.............................................7

         (a)      General...................................................7
         (b)      Mergers and Consolidations................................7
         (c)      Reservation of Rights.....................................8

SECTION 9. SECURITIES LAW REQUIREMENTS......................................8

         (a)      General...................................................8
         (b)      Financial Reports.........................................8

SECTION 10. NO RETENTION RIGHTS.............................................8

SECTION 11. DURATION AND AMENDMENTS.........................................8

         (a)      Term of the Plan..........................................8
         (b)      Right to Amend or Terminate the Plan......................8
         (c)      Effect of Amendment or Termination........................9

SECTION 12. DEFINITIONS.....................................................9

SECTION 13. EXECUTION......................................................11

ii

PINE PHOTONICS COMMUNICATIONS, INC. 2000 STOCK PLAN

SECTION 1. ESTABLISHMENT AND PURPOSE.

The purpose of the Plan is to offer selected individuals an opportunity to acquire a proprietary interest in the success of the Company, or to increase such interest, by purchasing Shares of the Company's Stock. The Plan provides both for the direct award or sale of Shares and for the grant of Options to purchase Shares. Options granted under the Plan may include Nonstatutory Options as well as ISOs intended to qualify under Section 422 of the Code.

Capitalized terms are defined in Section 12.

SECTION 2. ADMINISTRATION.

(a) COMMITTEES OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS. The Plan may be administered by one or more Committees. Each Committee shall consist of one or more members of the Board of Directors who have been appointed by the Board of Directors. Each Committee shall have such authority and be responsible for such functions as the Board of Directors has assigned to it. If no Committee has been appointed, the entire Board of Directors shall administer the Plan. Any reference to the Board of Directors in the Plan shall be construed as a reference to the Committee (if any) to whom the Board of Directors has assigned a particular function.

(b) AUTHORITY OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS. Subject to the provisions of the Plan, the Board of Directors shall have full authority and discretion to take any actions it deems necessary or advisable for the administration of the Plan. All decisions, interpretations and other actions of the Board of Directors shall be final and binding on all Purchasers, all Optionees and all persons deriving their rights from a Purchaser or Optionee.

SECTION 3. ELIGIBILITY.

(a) GENERAL RULE. Only Employees, Outside Directors and Consultants shall be eligible for the grant of Options or the direct award or sale of Shares. Only Employees shall be eligible for the grant of ISOs.

(b) TEN-PERCENT STOCKHOLDERS. An individual who owns more than 10% of the total combined voting power of all classes of outstanding stock of the Company, its Parent or any of its Subsidiaries shall not be eligible for designation as an Optionee or Purchaser unless (i) the Exercise Price is at least 110% of the Fair Market Value of a Share on the date of grant, (ii) the Purchase Price (if any) is at least 100% of the Fair Market Value of a Share and (iii) in the case of an ISO, such ISO by its terms is not exercisable after the expiration of five years from the date of grant. For purposes of this Subsection (b), in determining stock ownership, the attribution rules of Section 424(d) of the Code shall be applied.


SECTION 4. STOCK SUBJECT TO PLAN.

(a) BASIC LIMITATION. Shares offered under the Plan may be authorized but unissued Shares or treasury Shares. The aggregate number of Shares that may be issued under the Plan (upon exercise of Options or other rights to acquire Shares) shall not exceed 2,675,000 Shares, subject to adjustment pursuant to
Section 8. The number of Shares that are subject to Options or other rights outstanding at any time under the Plan shall not exceed the number of Shares that then remain available for issuance under the Plan. The Company, during the term of the Plan, shall at all times reserve and keep available sufficient Shares to satisfy the requirements of the Plan.

(b) ADDITIONAL SHARES. In the event that any outstanding Option or other right for any reason expires or is canceled or otherwise terminated, the Shares allocable to the unexercised portion of such Option or other right shall again be available for the purposes of the Plan. In the event that Shares issued under the Plan are reacquired by the Company pursuant to any forfeiture provision, right of repurchase or right of first refusal, such Shares shall again be available for the purposes of the Plan, except that the aggregate number of Shares which may be issued upon the exercise of ISOs shall in no event exceed 2,675,000 Shares (subject to adjustment pursuant to Section 8).

SECTION 5. TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF AWARDS OR SALES.

(a) STOCK PURCHASE AGREEMENT. Each award or sale of Shares under the Plan (other than upon exercise of an Option) shall be evidenced by a Stock Purchase Agreement between the Purchaser and the Company. Such award or sale shall be subject to all applicable terms and conditions of the Plan and may be subject to any other terms and conditions which are not inconsistent with the Plan and which the Board of Directors deems appropriate for inclusion in a Stock Purchase Agreement. The provisions of the various Stock Purchase Agreements entered into under the Plan need not be identical.

(b) DURATION OF OFFERS AND NONTRANSFERABILITY OF RIGHTS. Any right to acquire Shares under the Plan (other than an Option) shall automatically expire if not exercised by the Purchaser within 30 days after the grant of such right was communicated to the Purchaser by the Company. Such right shall not be transferable and shall be exercisable only by the Purchaser to whom such right was granted.

(c) PURCHASE PRICE. The Purchase Price of Shares to be offered under the Plan shall not be less than 85% of the Fair Market Value of such Shares, and a higher percentage may be required by Section 3(b). Subject to the preceding sentence, the Board of Directors shall determine the Purchase Price at its sole discretion. The Purchase Price shall be payable in a form described in Section 7.

(d) WITHHOLDING TAXES. As a condition to the purchase of Shares, the Purchaser shall make such arrangements as the Board of Directors may require for the satisfaction of any federal, state, local or foreign withholding tax obligations that may arise in connection with such purchase.

2

(e) RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER OF SHARES AND MINIMUM VESTING. Any Shares awarded or sold under the Plan shall be subject to such special forfeiture conditions, rights of repurchase, rights of first refusal and other transfer restrictions as the Board of Directors may determine. Such restrictions shall be set forth in the applicable Stock Purchase Agreement and shall apply in addition to any restrictions that may apply to holders of Shares generally. In the case of a Purchaser who is not an officer of the Company, an Outside Director or a Consultant, any right to repurchase the Purchaser's Shares at the original Purchase Price (if any) upon termination of the Purchaser's Service shall lapse at least as rapidly as 20% per year over the five-year period commencing on the date of the award or sale of the Shares. Any such right may be exercised only within 90 days after the termination of the Purchaser's Service for cash or for cancellation of indebtedness incurred in purchasing the Shares.

(f) ACCELERATED VESTING. Unless the applicable Stock Purchase Agreement provides otherwise, any right to repurchase a Purchaser's Shares at the original Purchase Price (if any) upon termination of the Purchaser's Service shall lapse and all of such Shares shall become vested if (i) the Company is subject to a Change in Control before the Purchaser's Service terminates and (ii) the repurchase right is not assigned to the entity that employs the Purchaser immediately after the Change in Control or to its parent or subsidiary.

SECTION 6. TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF OPTIONS.

(a) STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT. Each grant of an Option under the Plan shall be evidenced by a Stock Option Agreement between the Optionee and the Company. Such Option shall be subject to all applicable teens and conditions of the Plan and may be subject to any other terms and conditions which are not inconsistent with the Plan and which the Board of Directors deems appropriate for inclusion in a Stock Option Agreement. The provisions of the various Stock Option Agreements entered into under the Plan need not be identical.

(b) NUMBER OF SHARES. Each Stock Option Agreement shall specify the number of Shares that are subject to the Option and shall provide for the adjustment of such number in accordance with Section 8. The Stock Option Agreement shall also specify whether the Option is an ISO or a Nonstatutory Option.

(c) EXERCISE PRICE. Each Stock Option Agreement shall specify the Exercise Price. The Exercise Price of an ISO shall not be less than 100% of the Fair Market Value of a Share on the date of grant, and a higher percentage may be required by Section 3(b). The Exercise Price of a Nonstatutory Option shall not be less than 85% of the Fair Market Value of a Share on the date of grant, and a higher percentage may be required by Section 3(b). Subject to the preceding two sentences, the Exercise Price under any Option shall be determined by the Board of Directors at its sole discretion. The Exercise Price shall be payable in a form described in Section 7.

(d) WITHHOLDING TAXES. As a condition to the exercise of an Option, the Optionee shall make such arrangements as the Board of Directors may require for the satisfaction of any federal, state, local or foreign withholding tax obligations that may arise in connection with such exercise. The Optionee shall also make such arrangements as the Board of Directors

3

may require for the satisfaction of any federal, state, local or foreign withholding tax obligations that may arise in connection with the disposition of Shares acquired by exercising an Option.

(e) EXERCISABILITY. Each Stock Option Agreement shall specify the date when all or any installment of the Option is to become exercisable. In the case of an Optionee who is not an officer of the Company, an Outside Director or a Consultant, an Option shall become exercisable at least as rapidly as 20% per year over the five-year period commencing on the date of grant. Subject to the preceding sentence, the Board of Directors shall determine the exercisability provisions of any Stock Option Agreement at its sole discretion.

(f) ACCELERATED EXERCISABILITY. Unless the applicable Stock Option Agreement provides otherwise, all of an Optionee's Options shall become exercisable in full if (i) the Company is subject to a Change in Control before the Optionee's Service terminates, (ii) such Options do not remain outstanding,
(iii) such Options are not assumed by the surviving corporation or its parent and (iv) the surviving corporation or its parent does not substitute options with substantially the same terms for such Options.

(g) BASIC TERM. The Stock Option Agreement shall specify the term of the Option. The term shall not exceed 10 years from the date of grant, and a shorter term may be required by Section 3(b). Subject to the preceding sentence, the Board of Directors at its sole discretion shall determine when an Option is to expire.

(h) NONTRANSFERABILITY. No Option shall be transferable by the Optionee other than by beneficiary designation, will or the laws of descent and distribution. An Option may be exercised during the lifetime of the Optionee only by the Optionee or by the Optionee's guardian or legal representative. No Option or interest therein may be transferred, assigned, pledged or hypothecated by the Optionee during the Optionee's lifetime, whether by operation of law or otherwise, or be made subject to execution, attachment or similar process.

(i) TERMINATION OF SERVICE (EXCEPT BY DEATH). If an Optionee's Service terminates for any reason other than the Optionee's death, then the Optionee's Options shall expire on the earliest of the following occasions:

(i) The expiration date determined pursuant to Subsection (g) above;

(ii) The date three months after the termination of the Optionee's Service for any reason other than Disability, or such later date as the Board of Directors may determine; or

(iii) The date six months after the termination of the Optionee's Service by reason of Disability, or such later date as the Board of Directors may determine.

The Optionee may exercise all or part of the Optionee's Options at any time before the expiration of such Options under the preceding sentence, but only to the extent that such Options had become exercisable before the Optionee's Service terminated (or became exercisable as a result of the termination) and the underlying Shares had vested before the Optionee's Service

4

terminated (or vested as a result of the termination). The balance of such Options shall lapse when the Optionee's Service terminates. In the event that the Optionee dies after the termination of the Optionee's Service but before the expiration of the Optionee's Options, all or part of such Options may be exercised (prior to expiration) by the executors or administrators of the Optionee's estate or by any person who has acquired such Options directly from the Optionee by beneficiary designation, bequest or inheritance, but only to the extent that such Options had become exercisable before the Optionee's Service terminated (or became exercisable as a result of the termination) and the underlying Shares had vested before the Optionee's Service terminated (or vested as a result of the termination).

(j) LEAVES OF ABSENCE. For purposes of Subsection (i) above, Service shall be deemed to continue while the Optionee is on a bona fide leave of absence, if such leave was approved by the Company in writing and if continued crediting of Service for this purpose is expressly required by the terms of such leave or by applicable law (as determined by the Company).

(k) DEATH OF OPTIONEE. If an Optionee dies while the Optionee is in Service, then the Optionee's Options shall expire on the earlier of the following dates:

(i) The expiration date determined pursuant to Subsection (g) above; or

(ii) The date 12 months after the Optionee's death.

All or part of the Optionee's Options may be exercised at any time before the expiration of such Options under the preceding sentence by the executors or administrators of the Optionee's estate or by any person who has acquired such Options directly from the Optionee by beneficiary designation, bequest or inheritance, but only to the extent that such Options had become exercisable before the Optionee's death or became exercisable as a result of the death. The balance of such Options shall lapse when the Optionee dies.

(l) NO RIGHTS AS A STOCKHOLDER. An Optionee, or a transferee of an Optionee, shall have no rights as a stockholder with respect to any Shares covered by the Optionee's Option until such person becomes entitled to receive such Shares by filing a notice of exercise and paying the Exercise Price pursuant to the terms of such Option.

(m) MODIFICATION, EXTENSION AND ASSUMPTION OF OPTIONS. Within the limitations of the Plan, the Board of Directors may modify, extend or assume outstanding Options or may accept the cancellation of outstanding Options (whether granted by the Company or another issuer) in return for the grant of new Options for the same or a different number of Shares and at the same or a different Exercise Price. The foregoing notwithstanding, no modification of an Option shall, without the consent of the Optionee, impair the Optionee's rights or increase the Optionee's obligations under such Option.

(n) RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER OF SHARES AND MINIMUM VESTING. Any Shares issued upon exercise of an Option shall be subject to such special forfeiture conditions, rights of repurchase, rights of first refusal and other transfer restrictions as the Board of Directors may determine. Such restrictions shall be set forth in the applicable Stock Option Agreement and

5

shall apply in addition to any restrictions that may apply to holders of Shares generally. In the case of an Optionee who is not an officer of the Company, an Outside Director or a Consultant:

(i) Any right to repurchase the Optionee's Shares at the original Exercise Price upon termination of the Optionee's Service shall lapse at least as rapidly as 20% per year over the five-year period commencing on the date of the option grant;

(ii) Any such right may be exercised only for cash or for cancellation of indebtedness incurred in purchasing the Shares; and

(iii) Any such right may be exercised only within 90 days after the later of (A) the termination of the Optionee's Service or (B) the date of the option exercise.

(o) ACCELERATED VESTING. Unless the applicable Stock Option Agreement provides otherwise, any right to repurchase an Optionee's Shares at the original Exercise Price upon termination of the Optionee's Service shall lapse and all of such Shares shall become vested if (i) the Company is subject to a Change in Control before the Optionee's Service terminates and (ii) the repurchase right is not assigned to the entity that employs the Optionee immediately after the Change in Control or to its parent or subsidiary.

SECTION 7. PAYMENT FOR SHARES.

(a) GENERAL RULE. The entire Purchase Price or Exercise Price of Shares issued under the Plan shall be payable in cash or cash equivalents at the time when such Shares are purchased, except as otherwise provided in this Section 7.

(b) SURRENDER OF STOCK. To the extent that a Stock Option Agreement so provides, all or any part of the Exercise Price may be paid by surrendering, or attesting to the ownership of, Shares that are already owned by the Optionee. Such Shares shall be surrendered to the Company in good form for transfer and shall be valued at their Fair Market Value on the date when the Option is exercised. The Optionee shall not surrender, or attest to the ownership of, Shares in payment of the Exercise Price if such action would cause the Company to recognize compensation expense (or additional compensation expense) with respect to the Option for financial reporting purposes.

(c) SERVICES RENDERED. At the discretion of the Board of Directors, Shares may be awarded under the Plan in consideration of services rendered to the Company, a Parent or a Subsidiary prior to the award.

(d) PROMISSORY NOTE. To the extent that a Stock Option Agreement or Stock Purchase Agreement so provides, all or a portion of the Exercise Price or Purchase Price (as the case may be) of Shares issued under the Plan may be paid with a full-recourse promissory note. However, the par value of the Shares, if newly issued, shall be paid in cash or cash equivalents. The Shares shall be pledged as security for payment of the principal amount of the promissory note and interest thereon. The interest rate payable under the terms of the promissory note shall not be less than the minimum rate (if any) required to avoid the imputation of additional interest

6

under the Code. Subject to the foregoing, the Board of Directors (at its sole discretion) shall specify the term, interest rate, amortization requirements (if any) and other provisions of such note.

(e) EXERCISE/SALE. To the extent that a Stock Option Agreement so provides, and if Stock is publicly traded, payment may be made all or in part by the delivery (on a form prescribed by the Company) of an irrevocable direction to a securities broker approved by the Company to sell Shares and to deliver all or part of the sales proceeds to the Company in payment of all or part of the Exercise Price and any withholding taxes.

(f) EXERCISE/PLEDGE. To the extent that a Stock Option Agreement so provides, and if Stock is publicly traded, payment may be made all or in part by the delivery (on a form prescribed by the Company) of an irrevocable direction to pledge Shares to a securities broker or lender approved by the Company, as security for a loan, and to deliver all or part of the loan proceeds to the Company in payment of all or part of the Exercise Price and any withholding taxes.

SECTION 8. ADJUSTMENT OF SHARES.

(a) GENERAL. In the event of a subdivision of the outstanding Stock, a declaration of a dividend payable in Shares, a declaration of an extraordinary dividend payable in a form other than Shares in an amount that has a material effect on the Fair Market Value of the Stock, a combination or consolidation of the outstanding Stock into a lesser number of Shares, a recapitalization, a spin-off, a reclassification or a similar occurrence, the Board of Directors shall make appropriate adjustments in one or more of (i) the number of Shares available for future grants under Section 4, (ii) the number of Shares covered by each outstanding Option or (iii) the Exercise Price under each outstanding Option.

(b) MERGERS AND CONSOLIDATIONS. In the event that the Company is a party to a merger or consolidation, outstanding Options shall be subject to the agreement of merger or consolidation. Such agreement shall provide for:

(i) The continuation of such outstanding Options by the Company (if the Company is the surviving corporation);

(ii) The assumption of the Plan and such outstanding Options by the surviving corporation or its parent;

(iii) The substitution by the surviving corporation or its parent of options with substantially the same terms for such outstanding Options;

(iv) The full exercisability of such outstanding Options and full vesting of the Shares subject to such Options, followed by the cancellation of such Options; or

(v) The settlement of the full value of such outstanding Options (whether or not then exercisable) in cash or cash equivalents, followed by the cancellation of such Options.

7

(c) RESERVATION OF RIGHTS. Except as provided in this Section 8, an Optionee or Purchaser shall have no rights by reason of (i) any subdivision or consolidation of shares of stock of any class, (ii) the payment of any dividend or (iii) any other increase or decrease in the number of shares of stock of any class. Any issuance by the Company of shares of stock of any class, or securities convertible into shares of stock of any class, shall not affect, and no adjustment by reason thereof shall be made with respect to, the number or Exercise Price of Shares subject to an Option. The grant of an Option pursuant to the Plan shall not affect in any way the right or power of the Company to make adjustments, reclassifications, reorganizations or changes of its capital or business structure, to merge or consolidate or to dissolve, liquidate, sell or transfer all or any part of its business or assets.

SECTION 9. SECURITIES LAW REQUIREMENTS.

(a) GENERAL. Shares shall not be issued under the Plan unless the issuance and delivery of such Shares comply with (or are exempt from) all applicable requirements of law, including (without limitation) the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, state securities laws and regulations, and the regulations of any stock exchange or other securities market on which the Company's securities may then be traded.

(b) FINANCIAL REPORTS. The Company each year shall furnish to Optionees, Purchasers and stockholders who have received Stock under the Plan its balance sheet and income statement, unless such Optionees, Purchasers or stockholders are key Employees whose duties with the Company assure them access to equivalent information. Such balance sheet and income statement need not be audited.

SECTION 10. NO RETENTION RIGHTS.

Nothing in the Plan or in any right or Option granted under the Plan shall confer upon the Purchaser or Optionee any right to continue in Service for any period of specific duration or interfere with or otherwise restrict in any way the rights of the Company (or any Parent or Subsidiary employing or retaining the Purchaser or Optionee) or of the Purchaser or Optionee, which rights are hereby expressly reserved by each, to terminate his or her Service at any time and for any reason, with or without cause.

SECTION 11. DURATION AND AMENDMENTS.

(a) TERM OF THE PLAN. The Plan, as set forth herein, shall become effective on the date of its adoption by the Board of Directors, subject to the approval of the Company's stockholders. In the event that the stockholders fail to approve the Plan within 12 months after its adoption by the Board of Directors, any grants of Options or sales or awards of Shares that have already occurred shall be rescinded, and no additional grants, sales or awards shall be made thereafter under the Plan. The Plan shall terminate automatically 10 years after its adoption by the Board of Directors and may be terminated on any earlier date pursuant to Subsection (b) below.

(b) RIGHT TO AMEND OR TERMINATE THE PLAN. The Board of Directors may amend, suspend or terminate the Plan at any time and for any reason; provided, however, that

8

any amendment of the Plan which increases the number of Shares available for issuance under the Plan (except as provided in Section 8), or which materially changes the class of persons who are eligible for the grant of ISOs, shall be subject to the approval of the Company's stockholders. Stockholder approval shall not be required for any other amendment of the Plan.

(c) EFFECT OF AMENDMENT OR TERMINATION. No Shares shall be issued or sold under the Plan after the termination thereof, except upon exercise of an Option granted prior to such termination. The termination of the Plan, or any amendment thereof, shall not affect any Share previously issued or any Option previously granted under the Plan.

SECTION 12. DEFINITIONS.

(a) "BOARD OF DIRECTORS" shall mean the Board of Directors of the Company, as constituted from time to time.

(b) "CHANGE IN CONTROL" shall mean:

(i) The consummation of a merger or consolidation of the Company with or into another entity or any other corporate reorganization, if persons who were not stockholders of the Company immediately prior to such merger, consolidation or other reorganization own immediately after such merger, consolidation or other reorganization 50% or more of the voting power of the outstanding securities of each of (A) the continuing or surviving entity and (B) any direct or indirect parent corporation of such continuing or surviving entity; or

(ii) The sale, transfer or other disposition of all or substantially all of the Company's assets.

A transaction shall not constitute a Change in Control if its sole purpose is to change the state of the Company's incorporation or to create a holding company that will be owned in substantially the same proportions by the persons who held the Company's securities immediately before such transaction.

(c) "CODE" shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

(d) "COMMITTEE" shall mean a committee of the Board of Directors, as described in Section 2(a).

(e) "COMPANY" shall mean Pine Photonics Communications, Inc., a Delaware corporation.

(f) "CONSULTANT" shall mean a person who performs bona fide services for the Company, a Parent or a Subsidiary as a consultant or advisor, excluding Employees and Outside Directors.

(g) "DISABILITY" shall mean that the Optionee is unable to engage in any substantial gainful activity by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment.

9

(h) "EMPLOYEE" shall mean any individual who is a common-law employee of the Company, a Parent or a Subsidiary.

(i) "EXERCISE PRICE" shall mean the amount for which one Share may be purchased upon exercise of an Option, as specified by the Board of Directors in the applicable Stock Option Agreement.

(j) "FAIR MARKET VALUE" shall mean the fair market value of a Share, as determined by the Board of Directors in good faith. Such determination shall be conclusive and binding on all persons.

(k) "ISO" shall mean an employee incentive stock option described in
Section 422(b) of the Code.

(l) "NONSTATUTORY OPTION" shall mean a stock option not described in Sections 422(b) or 423(b) of the Code.

(m) "OPTION" shall mean an ISO or Nonstatutory Option granted under the Plan and entitling the holder to purchase Shares.

(n) "OPTIONEE" shall mean a person who holds an Option.

(o) "OUTSIDE DIRECTOR" shall mean a member of the Board of Directors who is not an Employee.

(p) "PARENT" shall mean any corporation (other than the Company) in an unbroken chain of corporations ending with the Company, if each of the corporations other than the Company owns stock possessing 50% or more of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock in one of the other corporations in such chain. A corporation that attains the status of a Parent on a date after the adoption of the Plan shall be considered a Parent commencing as of such date.

(q) "PLAN" shall mean this Pine Photonics Communications, Inc. 2000 Stock Plan.

(r) "PURCHASE PRICE" shall mean the consideration for which one Share may be acquired under the Plan (other than upon exercise of an Option), as specified by the Board of Directors.

(s) "PURCHASER" shall mean a person to whom the Board of Directors has offered the right to acquire Shares under the Plan (other than upon exercise of an Option).

(t) "SERVICE" shall mean service as an Employee, Outside Director or Consultant.

(u) "SHARE" shall mean one share of Stock, as adjusted in accordance with
Section 8 (if applicable).

10

(v) "STOCK" shall mean the Common Stock of the Company, with a par value of $0.0001 per Share.

(w) "STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT" shall mean the agreement between the Company and an Optionee that contains the terms, conditions and restrictions pertaining to the Optionee's Option.

(x) "STOCK PURCHASE AGREEMENT" shall mean the agreement between the Company and a Purchaser who acquires Shares under the Plan that contains the terms, conditions and restrictions pertaining to the acquisition of such Shares.

(y) "SUBSIDIARY" means any corporation (other than the Company) in an unbroken chain of corporations beginning with the Company, if each of the corporations other than the last corporation in the unbroken chain owns stock possessing 50% or more of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock in one of the other corporations in such chain. A corporation that attains the status of a Subsidiary on a date after the adoption of the Plan shall be considered a Subsidiary commencing as of such date.

SECTION 13. EXECUTION.

To record the adoption of the Plan by the Board of Directors, the Company has caused its authorized officer to execute the same.

PINE PHOTONICS COMMUNICATIONS, INC.

By:

Title:

11

Exhibit 10.2

THE OPTION GRANTED PURSUANT TO THIS AGREEMENT AND THE SHARES ISSUABLE UPON THE EXERCISE THEREOF HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND MAY NOT BE SOLD, PLEDGED, OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED WITHOUT AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION THEREOF UNDER SUCH ACT OR AN OPINION OF COUNSEL, SATISFACTORY TO THE COMPANY AND ITS COUNSEL, THAT SUCH REGISTRATION IS NOT REQUIRED.

PINE PHOTONICS COMMUNICATIONS, INC. 2000 STOCK PLAN:
STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT

SECTION 1. GRANT OF OPTION.

(a) OPTION. On the terms and conditions set forth in the Notice of Stock Option Grant and this Agreement, the Company grants to the Optionee on the Date of Grant the option to purchase at the Exercise Price the number of Shares set forth in the Notice of Stock Option Grant. The Exercise Price is agreed to be at least 100% of the Fair Market Value per Share on the Date of Grant (110% of Fair Market Value if Section 3(b) of the Plan applies). This option is intended to be an ISO or a Nonstatutory Option, as provided in the Notice of Stock Option Grant.

(b) STOCK PLAN AND DEFINED TERMS. This option is granted pursuant to the Plan, a copy of which the Optionee acknowledges having received. The provisions of the Plan are incorporated into this Agreement by this reference. Capitalized terms are defined in Section 14 of this Agreement.

SECTION 2. RIGHT TO EXERCISE.

(a) EXERCISABILITY. Subject to Subsections (b) and (c) below and the other conditions set forth in this Agreement, all or part of this option may be exercised prior to its expiration at the time or times set forth in the Notice of Stock Option Grant. Shares purchased by exercising this option may be subject to the Right of Repurchase under Section 7.

(b) $100,000 LIMITATION. If this option is designated as an ISO in the Notice of Stock Option Grant, then the Optionee's right to exercise this option shall be deferred to the extent (and only to the extent) that this option otherwise would not be treated as an ISO by reason of the $100,000 annual limitation under Section 422(d) of the Code, except that:

(i) The Optionee's right to exercise this option shall in any event become exercisable at least as rapidly as 20% per year over the five-year period commencing on the Date of Grant, unless the Optionee is an officer of the Company, an Outside Director or a Consultant; and

(ii) The Optionee's right to exercise this option shall no longer be deferred if (A) the Company is subject to a Change in Control before the Optionee's Service terminates, (B) this option does not remain outstanding, (C) this option is not assumed by the surviving corporation or its parent and (D) the surviving corporation or its parent does not substitute an option with substantially the same terms for this option.

(c) STOCKHOLDER APPROVAL. Any other provision of this Agreement notwithstanding, no portion of this option shall be exercisable at any time prior to the approval of the Plan by the Company's stockholders.


SECTION 3. NO TRANSFER OR ASSIGNMENT OF OPTION.

Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, this option and the rights and privileges conferred hereby shall not be sold, pledged or otherwise transferred (whether by operation of law or otherwise) and shall not be subject to sale under execution, attachment, levy or similar process.

SECTION 4. EXERCISE PROCEDURES.

(a) NOTICE OF EXERCISE. The Optionee or the Optionee's representative may exercise this option by giving written notice to the Company pursuant to Section
13(c). The notice shall specify the election to exercise this option, the number of Shares for which it is being exercised and the form of payment. The person exercising this option shall sign the notice. In the event that this option is being exercised by the representative of the Optionee, the notice shall be accompanied by proof (satisfactory to the Company) of the representative's right to exercise this option. The Optionee or the Optionee's representative shall deliver to the Company, at the time of giving the notice, payment in a form permissible under Section 5 for the full amount of the Purchase Price.

(b) ISSUANCE OF SHARES. After receiving a proper notice of exercise, the Company shall cause to be issued a certificate or certificates for the Shares as to which this option has been exercised, registered in the name of the person exercising this option (or in the names of such person and his or her spouse as community property or as joint tenants with right of survivorship). The Company shall cause such certificate or certificates to be deposited in escrow or delivered to or upon the order of the person exercising this option.

(c) WITHHOLDING TAXES. In the event that the Company determines that it is required to withhold any tax as a result of the exercise of this option, the Optionee, as a condition to the exercise of this option, shall make arrangements satisfactory to the Company to enable it to satisfy all withholding requirements. The Optionee shall also make arrangements satisfactory to the Company to enable it to satisfy any withholding requirements that may arise in connection with the vesting or disposition of Shares purchased by exercising this option.

SECTION 5. PAYMENT FOR STOCK.

(a) CASH. All or part of the Purchase Price may be paid in cash or cash equivalents.

(b) SURRENDER OF STOCK. All or any part of the Purchase Price may be paid by surrendering, or attesting to the ownership of, Shares that are already owned by the Optionee. Such Shares shall be surrendered to the Company in good form for transfer and shall be valued at their Fair Market Value on the date when this option is exercised. The Optionee shall not surrender, or attest to the ownership of, Shares in payment of the Purchase Price if such action would cause the Company to recognize compensation expense (or additional compensation expense) with respect to this option for financial reporting purposes.

(c) EXERCISE/SALE. If Stock is publicly traded, all or part of the Purchase Price and any withholding taxes may be paid by the delivery (on a form prescribed by the Company) of an irrevocable direction to a securities broker approved by the Company to sell Shares and to deliver all or part of the sales proceeds to the Company.

(d) EXERCISE/PLEDGE. If Stock is publicly traded, all or part of the Purchase Price and any withholding taxes may be paid by the delivery (on a form prescribed by the Company) of an

2

irrevocable direction to pledge Shares to a securities broker or lender approved by the Company, as security for a loan, and to deliver all or part of the loan proceeds to the Company.

(e) PROMISSORY NOTE. All or part of the Purchase Price may be paid with a full-recourse promissory note. However, the par value of the Shares, if newly issued, shall be paid in cash or cash equivalents. The Shares shall be pledged as security for payment of the principal amount of the promissory note and interest thereon. The interest rate payable under the terms of the promissory note shall not be less than the minimum rate (if any) required to avoid the imputation of additional interest under the Code. Subject to the foregoing, the Board of Directors (at its sole discretion) shall specify the term, interest rate, amortization requirements (if any) and other provisions of such note.

SECTION 6. TERM AND EXPIRATION.

(a) BASIC TERM. This option shall in any event expire on the expiration date set forth in the Notice of Stock Option Grant, which date is 10 years after the Date of Grant (five years after the Date of Grant if this option is designated as an ISO in the Notice of Stock Option Grant and Section 3(b) of the Plan applies).

(b) TERMINATION OF SERVICE (EXCEPT BY DEATH). If the Optionee's Service terminates for any reason other than death, then this option shall expire on the earliest of the following occasions:

(i) The expiration date determined pursuant to Subsection (a) above;

(ii) The date three months after the termination of the Optionee's Service for any reason other than Disability; or

(iii) The date six months after the termination of the Optionee's Service by reason of Disability.

The Optionee may exercise all or part of this option at any time before its expiration under the preceding sentence, but only to the extent that this option had become exercisable for vested shares before the Optionee's Service terminated. When the Optionee's Service terminates, this option shall expire immediately with respect to the number of Shares for which this option is not yet exercisable and with respect to any Restricted Shares. In the event that the Optionee dies after termination of Service but before the expiration of this option, all or part of this option may be exercised (prior to expiration) by the executors or administrators of the Optionee's estate or by any person who has acquired this option directly from the Optionee by beneficiary designation, bequest or inheritance, but only to the extent that this option had become exercisable before the Optionee's Service terminated.

(c) DEATH OF THE OPTIONEE. If the Optionee dies while in Service, then this option shall expire on the earlier of the following dates:

(i) The expiration date determined pursuant to Subsection (a) above; or

(ii) The date 12 months after the Optionee's death.

All or part of this option may be exercised at any time before its expiration under the preceding sentence by the executors or administrators of the Optionee's estate or by any person who has acquired this option directly from the Optionee by beneficiary designation, bequest or inheritance, but only to the extent that

3

this option had become exercisable before the Optionee's death. When the Optionee dies, this option shall expire immediately with respect to the number of Shares for which this option is not yet exercisable and with respect to any Restricted Shares.

(d) LEAVES OF ABSENCE. For any purpose under this Agreement, Service shall be deemed to continue while the Optionee is on a bona fide leave of absence, if such leave was approved by the Company in writing and if continued crediting of Service for such purpose is expressly required by the terms of such leave or by applicable law (as determined by the Company).

(e) NOTICE CONCERNING ISO TREATMENT. If this option is designated as an ISO in the Notice of Stock Option Grant, it ceases to qualify for favorable tax treatment as an ISO to the extent it is exercised (i) more than three months after the date the Optionee ceases to be an Employee for any reason other than death or permanent and total disability (as defined in Section 22(e)(3) of the Code), (ii) more than 12 months after the date the Optionee ceases to be an Employee by reason of such permanent and total disability or (iii) after the Optionee has been on a leave of absence for more than 90 days, unless the Optionee's reemployment rights are guaranteed by statute or by contract.

SECTION 7. RIGHT OF REPURCHASE.

(a) SCOPE OF REPURCHASE RIGHT. Unless they have become vested in accordance with the Notice of Stock Option Grant and Subsection (c) below, the Shares acquired under this Agreement initially shall be Restricted Shares and shall be subject to a right (but not an obligation) of repurchase by the Company. The Optionee shall not transfer, assign, encumber or otherwise dispose of any Restricted Shares, except as provided in the following sentence. The Optionee may transfer Restricted Shares (i) by beneficiary designation, will or intestate succession or (ii) to the Optionee's spouse, children or grandchildren or to a trust established by the Optionee for the benefit of the Optionee or the Optionee's spouse, children or grandchildren, provided in either case that the Transferee agrees in writing on a form prescribed by the Company to be bound by all provisions of this Agreement. If the Optionee transfers any Restricted Shares, then this Section 7 shall apply to the Transferee to the same extent as to the Optionee.

(b) CONDITION PRECEDENT TO EXERCISE. The Right of Repurchase shall be exercisable with respect to any Restricted Shares only during the 60-day period next following the later of:

(i) The date when the Optionee's Service terminates for any reason, with or without cause, including (without limitation) death or disability; or

(ii) The date when such Restricted Shares were purchased by the Optionee, the executors or administrators of the Optionee's estate or any person who has acquired this option directly from the Optionee by bequest, inheritance or beneficiary designation.

(c) LAPSE OF REPURCHASE RIGHT. The Right of Repurchase shall lapse with respect to the Shares subject to this option in accordance with the vesting schedule set forth in the Notice of Stock Option Grant. In addition, the following rules shall apply if the Company is subject to a Change in Control before the Optionee's Service terminates:

(i) If the Right of Repurchase is not assigned to the entity that employs the Optionee immediately after the Change in Control or to its parent or subsidiary, then the Right of Repurchase shall lapse and all of the remaining Restricted Shares shall become vested.

4

(ii) If the Right of Repurchase is assigned to the entity that employs the Optionee immediately after the Change in Control or to its parent or subsidiary, and if the Optionee is subject to an Involuntary Termination within 12 months after the Change in Control, then the Right of Repurchase shall lapse with respect to 25% of the Restricted Shares remaining at the time of the Involuntary Termination.

(d) REPURCHASE COST. If the Company exercises the Right of Repurchase, it shall pay the Optionee an amount equal to the Exercise Price for each of the Restricted Shares being repurchased.

(e) EXERCISE OF REPURCHASE RIGHT. The Right of Repurchase shall be exercisable only by written notice delivered to the Optionee prior to the expiration of the 60-day period specified in Subsection (b) above. The notice shall set forth the date on which the repurchase is to be effected. Such date shall not be more than 30 days after the date of the notice. The certificate(s) representing the Restricted Shares to be repurchased shall, prior to the close of business on the date specified for the repurchase, be delivered to the Company properly endorsed for transfer. The Company shall, concurrently with the receipt of such certificate(s), pay to the Optionee the purchase price determined according to Subsection (d) above. Payment shall be made in cash or cash equivalents or by canceling indebtedness to the Company incurred by the Optionee in the purchase of the Restricted Shares. The Right of Repurchase shall terminate with respect to any Restricted Shares for which it has not been timely exercised pursuant to this Subsection (e).

(f) ADDITIONAL SHARES OR SUBSTITUTED SECURITIES. In the event of the declaration of a stock dividend, the declaration of an extraordinary dividend payable in a form other than stock, a spin-off, a stock split, an adjustment in conversion ratio, a recapitalization or a similar transaction affecting the Company's outstanding securities without receipt of consideration, any new, substituted or additional securities or other property (including money paid other than as an ordinary cash dividend) which are by reason of such transaction distributed with respect to any Restricted Shares or into which such Restricted Shares thereby become convertible shall immediately be subject to the Right of Repurchase. Appropriate adjustments to reflect the distribution of such securities or property shall be made to the number and/or class of the Restricted Shares. Appropriate adjustments shall also, after each such transaction, be made to the price per share to be paid upon the exercise of the Right of Repurchase in order to reflect any change in the Company's outstanding securities effected without receipt of consideration therefor; provided, however, that the aggregate purchase price payable for the Restricted Shares shall remain the same.

(g) TERMINATION OF RIGHTS AS STOCKHOLDER. If the Company makes available, at the time and place and in the amount and form provided in this Agreement, the consideration for the Restricted Shares to be repurchased in accordance with this Section 7, then after such time the person from whom such Restricted Shares are to be repurchased shall no longer have any rights as a holder of such Restricted Shares (other than the right to receive payment of such consideration in accordance with this Agreement). Such Restricted Shares shall be deemed to have been repurchased in accordance with the applicable provisions hereof, whether or not the certificate(s) therefor have been delivered as required by this Agreement.

(h) ESCROW. Upon issuance, the certificates for Restricted Shares shall be deposited in escrow with the Company to be held in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement. Any new, substituted or additional securities or other property described in Subsection (f) above shall immediately be delivered to the Company to be held in escrow, but only to the extent the Shares are at the time Restricted Shares. All regular cash dividends on Restricted Shares (or other securities at the time held in escrow) shall be paid directly to the Optionee and shall not be held in escrow. Restricted Shares, together with any other assets or securities held in escrow hereunder, shall be (i) surrendered to the Company for

5

repurchase and cancellation upon the Company's exercise of its Right of Repurchase or Right of First Refusal or (ii) released to the Optionee upon the Optionee's request to the extent the Shares are no longer Restricted Shares (but not more frequently than once every six months). In any event, all Shares which have vested (and any other vested assets and securities attributable thereto) shall be released within 60 days after the earlier of (i) the Optionee's cessation of Service or (ii) the lapse of the Right of First Refusal.

SECTION 8. RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL.

(a) RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL. In the event that the Optionee proposes to sell, pledge or otherwise transfer to a third party any Shares acquired under this Agreement, or any interest in such Shares, the Company shall have the Right of First Refusal with respect to all (and not less than all) of such Shares. If the Optionee desires to transfer Shares acquired under this Agreement, the Optionee shall give a written Transfer Notice to the Company describing fully the proposed transfer, including the number of Shares proposed to be transferred, the proposed transfer price, the name and address of the proposed Transferee and proof satisfactory to the Company that the proposed sale or transfer will not violate any applicable federal or state securities laws. The Transfer Notice shall be signed both by the Optionee and by the proposed Transferee and must constitute a binding commitment of both parties to the transfer of the Shares. The Company shall have the right to purchase all, and not less than all, of the Shares on the terms of the proposal described in the Transfer Notice (subject, however, to any change in such terms permitted under Subsection (b) below) by delivery of a notice of exercise of the Right of First Refusal within 30 days after the date when the Transfer Notice was received by the Company. The Company's rights under this Subsection (a) shall be freely assignable, in whole or in part.

(b) TRANSFER OF SHARES. If the Company fails to exercise its Right of First Refusal within 30 days after the date when it received the Transfer Notice, the Optionee may, not later than 90 days following receipt of the Transfer Notice by the Company, conclude a transfer of the Shares subject to the Transfer Notice on the terms and conditions described in the Transfer Notice, provided that any such sale is made in compliance with applicable federal and state securities laws and not in violation of any other contractual restrictions to which the Optionee is bound. Any proposed transfer on terms and conditions different from those described in the Transfer Notice, as well as any subsequent proposed transfer by the Optionee, shall again be subject to the Right of First Refusal and shall require compliance with the procedure described in Subsection
(a) above. If the Company exercises its Right of First Refusal, the parties shall consummate the sale of the Shares on the terms set forth in the Transfer Notice within 60 days after the date when the Company received the Transfer Notice (or within such longer period as may have been specified in the Transfer Notice); provided, however, that in the event the Transfer Notice provided that payment for the Shares was to be made in a form other than cash or cash equivalents paid at the time of transfer, the Company shall have the option of paying for the Shares with cash or cash equivalents equal to the present value of the consideration described in the Transfer Notice.

(c) ADDITIONAL SHARES OR SUBSTITUTED SECURITIES. In the event of the declaration of a stock dividend, the declaration of an extraordinary dividend payable in a form other than stock, a spin-off, a stock split, an adjustment in conversion ratio, a recapitalization or a similar transaction affecting the Company's outstanding securities without receipt of consideration, any new, substituted or additional securities or other property (including money paid other than as an ordinary cash dividend) which are by reason of such transaction distributed with respect to any Shares subject to this Section 8 or into which such Shares thereby become convertible shall immediately be subject to this
Section 8. Appropriate adjustments to reflect the distribution of such securities or property shall be made to the number and/or class of the Shares subject to this Section 8.

6

(d) TERMINATION OF RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL. Any other provision of this
Section 8 notwithstanding, in the event that the Stock is readily tradable on an established securities market when the Optionee desires to transfer Shares, the Company shall have no Right of First Refusal, and the Optionee shall have no obligation to comply with the procedures prescribed by Subsections (a) and (b) above.

(e) PERMITTED TRANSFERS. This Section 8 shall not apply to (i) a transfer by beneficiary designation, will or intestate succession or (ii) a transfer to the Optionee's spouse, children or grandchildren or to a trust established by the Optionee for the benefit of the Optionee or the Optionee's spouse, children or grandchildren, provided in either case that the Transferee agrees in writing on a form prescribed by the Company to be bound by all provisions of this Agreement. If the Optionee transfers any Shares acquired under this Agreement, either under this Subsection (e) or after the Company has failed to exercise the Right of First Refusal, then this Section 8 shall apply to the Transferee to the same extent as to the Optionee.

(f) TERMINATION OF RIGHTS AS STOCKHOLDER. If the Company makes available, at the time and place and in the amount and form provided in this Agreement, the consideration for the Shares to be purchased in accordance with this Section 8, then after such time the person from whom such Shares are to be purchased shall no longer have any rights as a holder of such Shares (other than the right to receive payment of such consideration in accordance with this Agreement). Such Shares shall be deemed to have been purchased in accordance with the applicable provisions hereof, whether or not the certificate(s) therefor have been delivered as required by this Agreement.

SECTION 9. LEGALITY OF INITIAL ISSUANCE.

No Shares shall be issued upon the exercise of this option unless and until the Company has determined that:

(a) It and the Optionee have taken any actions required to register the Shares under the Securities Act or to perfect an exemption from the registration requirements thereof;

(b) Any applicable listing requirement of any stock exchange or other securities market on which Stock is listed has been satisfied; and

(c) Any other applicable provision of state or federal law has been satisfied.

SECTION 10. NO REGISTRATION RIGHTS.

The Company may, but shall not be obligated to, register or qualify the sale of Shares under the Securities Act or any other applicable law. The Company shall not be obligated to take any affirmative action in order to cause the sale of Shares under this Agreement to comply with any law.

SECTION 11. RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER.

(a) SECURITIES LAW RESTRICTIONS. Regardless of whether the offering and sale of Shares under the Plan have been registered under the Securities Act or have been registered or qualified under the securities laws of any state, the Company at its discretion may impose restrictions upon the sale, pledge or other transfer of such Shares (including the placement of appropriate legends on stock certificates or the imposition of stop-transfer instructions) if, in the judgment of the Company, such restrictions are necessary or desirable in order to achieve compliance with the Securities Act, the securities laws of any state or any other law.

7

(b) MARKET STAND-OFF. In connection with any underwritten public offering by the Company of its equity securities pursuant to an effective registration statement filed under the Securities Act, including the Company's initial public offering, the Optionee shall not directly or indirectly sell, make any short sale of, loan, hypothecate, pledge, offer, grant or sell any option or other contract for the purchase of, purchase any option or other contract for the sale of, or otherwise dispose of or transfer, or agree to engage in any of the foregoing transactions with respect to, any Shares acquired under this Agreement without the prior written consent of the Company or its underwriters. Such restriction (the "Market Stand-Off") shall be in effect for such period of time following the date of the final prospectus for the offering as may be requested by the Company or such underwriters. In no event, however, shall such period exceed 180 days. The Market Stand-Off shall in any event terminate two years after the date of the Company's initial public offering. In the event of the declaration of a stock dividend, a spin-off, a stock split, an adjustment in conversion ratio, a recapitalization or a similar transaction affecting the Company's outstanding securities without receipt of consideration, any new, substituted or additional securities which are by reason of such transaction distributed with respect to any Shares subject to the Market Stand-Off, or into which such Shares thereby become convertible, shall immediately be subject to the Market Stand-Off. In order to enforce the Market Stand-Off, the Company may impose stop-transfer instructions with respect to the Shares acquired under this Agreement until the end of the applicable stand-off period. The Company's underwriters shall be beneficiaries of the agreement set forth in this Subsection (b). This Subsection (b) shall not apply to Shares registered in the public offering under the Securities Act, and the Optionee shall be subject to this Subsection (b) only if the directors and officers of the Company are subject to similar arrangements.

(c) INVESTMENT INTENT AT GRANT. The Optionee represents and agrees that the Shares to be acquired upon exercising this option will be acquired for investment, and not with a view to the sale or distribution thereof.

(d) INVESTMENT INTENT AT EXERCISE. In the event that the sale of Shares under the Plan is not registered under the Securities Act but an exemption is available which requires an investment representation or other representation, the Optionee shall represent and agree at the time of exercise that the Shares being acquired upon exercising this option are being acquired for investment, and not with a view to the sale or distribution thereof, and shall make such other representations as are deemed necessary or appropriate by the Company and its counsel.

(e) LEGENDS. All certificates evidencing Shares purchased under this Agreement shall bear the following legend:

"THE SHARES REPRESENTED HEREBY MAY NOT BE SOLD, ASSIGNED, TRANSFERRED, ENCUMBERED OR IN ANY MANNER DISPOSED OF, EXCEPT IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE TERMS OF A WRITTEN AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE COMPANY AND THE REGISTERED HOLDER OF THE SHARES (OR THE PREDECESSOR IN INTEREST TO THE SHARES). SUCH AGREEMENT GRANTS TO THE COMPANY CERTAIN RIGHTS OF FIRST REFUSAL UPON AN ATTEMPTED TRANSFER OF THE SHARES AND CERTAIN REPURCHASE RIGHTS UPON TERMINATION OF SERVICE WITH THE COMPANY. THE SECRETARY OF THE COMPANY WILL UPON WRITTEN REQUEST FURNISH A COPY OF SUCH AGREEMENT TO THE HOLDER HEREOF WITHOUT CHARGE."

All certificates evidencing Shares purchased under this Agreement in an unregistered transaction shall bear the following legend (and such other restrictive legends as are required or deemed advisable under the provisions of any applicable law):

8

"THE SHARES REPRESENTED HEREBY HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND MAY NOT BE SOLD, PLEDGED, OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED WITHOUT AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION THEREOF UNDER SUCH ACT OR AN OPINION OF COUNSEL, SATISFACTORY TO THE COMPANY AND ITS COUNSEL, THAT SUCH REGISTRATION IS NOT REQUIRED."

(f) REMOVAL OF LEGENDS. If, in the opinion of the Company and its counsel, any legend placed on a stock certificate representing Shares sold under this Agreement is no longer required, the holder of such certificate shall be entitled to exchange such certificate for a certificate representing the same number of Shares but without such legend.

(g) ADMINISTRATION. Any determination by the Company and its counsel in connection with any of the matters set forth in this Section 11 shall be conclusive and binding on the Optionee and all other persons.

SECTION 12. ADJUSTMENT OF SHARES.

In the event of any transaction described in Section 8(a) of the Plan, the terms of this option (including, without limitation, the number and kind of Shares subject to this option and the Exercise Price) shall be adjusted as set forth in Section 8(a) of the Plan. In the event that the Company is a party to a merger or consolidation, this option shall be subject to the agreement of merger or consolidation, as provided in Section 8(b) of the Plan.

SECTION 13. MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS.

(a) RIGHTS AS A STOCKHOLDER. Neither the Optionee nor the Optionee's representative shall have any rights as a stockholder with respect to any Shares subject to this option until the Optionee or the Optionee's representative becomes entitled to receive such Shares by filing a notice of exercise and paying the Purchase Price pursuant to Sections 4 and 5.

(b) NO RETENTION RIGHTS. Nothing in this option or in the Plan shall confer upon the Optionee any right to continue in Service for any period of specific duration or interfere with or otherwise restrict in any way the rights of the Company (or any Parent or Subsidiary employing or retaining the Optionee) or of the Optionee, which rights are hereby expressly reserved by each, to terminate his or her Service at any time and for any reason, with or without cause.

(c) NOTICE. Any notice required by the terms of this Agreement shall be given in writing and shall be deemed effective upon personal delivery or upon deposit with the United States Postal Service, by registered or certified mail, with postage and fees prepaid. Notice shall be addressed to the Company at its principal executive office and to the Optionee at the address that he or she most recently provided to the Company.

(d) ENTIRE AGREEMENT. The Notice of Stock Option Grant, this Agreement and the Plan constitute the entire contract between the parties hereto with regard to the subject matter hereof. They supersede any other agreements, representations or understandings (whether oral or written and whether express or implied) which relate to the subject matter hereof.

(e) CHOICE OF LAW. This Agreement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of California, as such laws are applied to contracts entered into and performed in such State.

9

SECTION 14. DEFINITIONS.

(a) "AGREEMENT" shall mean this Stock Option Agreement.

(b) "BOARD OF DIRECTORS" shall mean the Board of Directors of the Company, as constituted from time to time or, if a Committee has been appointed, such Committee.

(c) "CAUSE" shall mean (i) the unauthorized use or disclosure of the confidential information or trade secrets of the Company, which use or disclosure causes material harm to the Company, (ii) conviction of, or a plea of "guilty" or "no contest" to, a felony under the laws of the United States or any state thereof, (iii) gross negligence or (iv) continued failure to perform assigned duties after receiving written notification from the Board of Directors. The foregoing, however, shall not be deemed an exclusive list of all acts or omissions that the Company (or a Parent or Subsidiary) may consider as grounds for the discharge of the Optionee without Cause.

(d) "CHANGE IN CONTROL" shall mean:

(i) The consummation of a merger or consolidation of the Company with or into another entity or any other corporate reorganization, if persons who were not stockholders of the Company immediately prior to such merger, consolidation or other reorganization own immediately after such merger, consolidation or other reorganization 50% or more of the voting power of the outstanding securities of each of (A) the continuing or surviving entity and (B) any direct or indirect parent corporation of such continuing or surviving entity; or

(ii) The sale, transfer or other disposition of all or substantially all of the Company's assets.

A transaction shall not constitute a Change in Control if its sole purpose is to change the state of the Company's incorporation or to create a holding company that will be owned in substantially the same proportions by the persons who held the Company's securities immediately before such transaction.

(e) "CODE" shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

(f) "COMMITTEE" shall mean a committee of the Board of Directors, as described in Section 2 of the Plan.

(g) "COMPANY" shall mean Pine Photonics Communications, Inc., a Delaware corporation.

(h) "CONSULTANT" shall mean a person who performs bona fide services for the Company, a Parent or a Subsidiary as a consultant or advisor, excluding Employees and Outside Directors.

(i) "DATE OF GRANT" shall mean the date specified in the Notice of Stock Option Grant, which date shall be the later of (i) the date on which the Board of Directors resolved to grant this option or (ii) the first day of the Optionee's Service.

(j) "DISABILITY" shall mean that the Optionee is unable to engage in any substantial gainful activity by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment.

10

(k) "EMPLOYEE" shall mean any individual who is a common-law employee of the Company, a Parent or a Subsidiary.

(l) "EXERCISE PRICE" shall mean the amount for which one Share may be purchased upon exercise of this option, as specified in the Notice of Stock Option Grant.

(m) "FAIR MARKET VALUE" shall mean the fair market value of a Share, as determined by the Board of Directors in good faith. Such determination shall be conclusive and binding on all persons.

(n) "INVOLUNTARY TERMINATION" shall mean the termination of the Optionee's Service by reason of:

(i) The involuntary discharge of the Optionee by the Company (or the Parent or Subsidiary employing him or her) for reasons other than Cause; or

(ii) The voluntary resignation of the Optionee following (A) a change in his or her position with the Company (or the Parent or Subsidiary employing him or her) that materially reduces his or her level of authority or responsibility, (B) a reduction in his or her compensation (including base salary, fringe benefits and participation in bonus or incentive programs based on corporate performance) or (C) receipt of notice that his or her principal workplace will be relocated more than 30 miles.

(o) "ISO" shall mean an employee incentive stock option described in
Section 422(b) of the Code.

(p) "NONSTATUTORY OPTION" shall mean a stock option not described in Sections 422(b) or 423(b) of the Code.

(q) "NOTICE OF STOCK OPTION GRANT" shall mean the document so entitled to which this Agreement is attached.

(r) "OPTIONEE" shall mean the person named in the Notice of Stock Option Grant.

(s) "OUTSIDE DIRECTOR" shall mean a member of the Board of Directors who is not an Employee.

(t) "PARENT" shall mean any corporation (other than the Company) in an unbroken chain of corporations ending with the Company, if each of the corporations other than the Company owns stock possessing 50% or more of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock in one of the other corporations in such chain.

(u) "PLAN" shall mean the Pine Photonics Communications, Inc. 2000 Stock Plan, as in effect on the Date of Grant.

(v) "PURCHASE PRICE" shall mean the Exercise Price multiplied by the number of Shares with respect to which this option is being exercised.

(w) "RESTRICTED SHARE" shall mean a Share that is subject to the Right of Repurchase.

11

(x) "RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL" shall mean the Company's right of first refusal described in Section 8.

(y) "RIGHT OF REPURCHASE" shall mean the Company's right of repurchase described in Section 7.

(z) "SECURITIES ACT" shall mean the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

(aa) "SERVICE" shall mean service as an Employee, Outside Director or Consultant.

(bb) "SHARE" shall mean one share of Stock, as adjusted in accordance with
Section 8 of the Plan (if applicable).

(cc) "STOCK" shall mean the Common Stock of the Company, with a par value of $0.0001 per Share.

(dd) "SUBSIDIARY" shall mean any corporation (other than the Company) in an unbroken chain of corporations beginning with the Company, if each of the corporations other than the last corporation in the unbroken chain owns stock possessing 50% or more of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock in one of the other corporations in such chain.

(ee) "TRANSFEREE" shall mean any person to whom the Optionee has directly or indirectly transferred any Share acquired under this Agreement.

(ff) "TRANSFER NOTICE" shall mean the notice of a proposed transfer of Shares described in Section 8.

12

Exhibit 10.3

OpNext, Inc.

2001 Long-Term Stock Incentive Plan

SECTION 1. Purpose. The purposes of this OpNext, Inc. 2001 Long-Term Stock Incentive Plan are to (i) attract and retain exceptional officers and other key employees, consultants and directors; (ii) motivate such individuals by means of performance-related incentives to achieve long range performance goals and (iii) enable such individuals to participate in the long-term growth and financial success of the Company.

SECTION 2. Definitions. As used in the Plan, the following terms shall have the meanings set forth below:

"Affiliate" shall mean (i) any entity that, directly or indirectly, is controlled by, or controls or is under common control with, the Company and (ii) any entity in which the Company has a significant equity interest, in either case as determined by the Committee.

"Award" shall mean any Option, Stock Appreciation Right, Restricted Stock Award, Restricted Stock Unit Award, Performance Award, or Other Stock-Based Award.

"Award Agreement" shall mean any written agreement, contract, or other instrument or document evidencing any Award.

"Board" shall mean the Board of Directors of the Company.

"Code" shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time.

"Committee" shall mean either (i) the Board or (ii) a committee of the Board designated by the Board to administer the Plan.

"Company" shall mean OpNext, Inc., together with any successor thereto.

"Exchange Act" shall mean the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

"Fair Market Value" shall mean, as of any date, (i) the mean between the high and low sales prices of the Shares as reported on the composite tape for securities traded on the New York Stock Exchange for such date (or if not then trading on the New York Stock Exchange, the mean between the high and low sales price of the Shares on the stock exchange or over-the-counter market on which the Shares are principally trading on such date), or if there were no sales on such date, on the closest preceding date on which there were sales of Shares, or (ii) in the event there shall be no public market for the Shares on such date, the fair market value of the Shares as determined in good faith by the Committee.


2

"Incentive Stock Option" shall mean a right to purchase Shares from the Company that is granted under Section 6 of the Plan and that is intended to meet the requirements of Section 422 of the Code or any successor provision thereto.

"Non-Qualified Stock Option" shall mean a right to purchase Shares from the Company that is granted under Section 6 of the Plan and that is not intended to be an Incentive Stock Option.

"Option" shall mean an Incentive Stock Option or a Non-Qualified Stock Option.

"Other Stock-Based Award" shall mean any right

granted under Section 9 of the Plan.

"Participant" shall mean any officer or other key employee, consultant or director of the Company or its Subsidiaries or other Person eligible for an Award under Section 5 and selected by the Committee to receive an Award under the Plan.

"Person" shall mean any individual, corporation, partnership, limited liability company, association, joint-stock company, trust, unincorporated organization, government or political subdivision thereof or other entity.

"Plan" shall mean this OpNext, Inc. 2001 Long-Term Stock Incentive Plan, as amended from time to time.

"Restricted Stock" shall mean any Share granted under
Section 8 of the Plan.

"Restricted Stock Unit" shall mean any unit granted under Section 8 of the Plan.

"Shares" shall mean the Class B common shares of the Company, $.01 par value, or such other securities of the Company (i) into which such Class B common shares shall be changed by reason of a recapitalization, merger, consolidation, split-up, combination, exchange of shares or other similar transaction or (ii) as may be determined by the Committee pursuant to Section 4(b).

"Stock Appreciation Right" shall mean any right granted under Section 7 of the Plan.

"Subsidiary" shall mean (i) any entity that, directly or indirectly, is controlled by the Company and (ii) any entity in which the Company has a significant equity interest, in either case as determined by the Committee.

"Substitute Awards" shall have the meaning specified in Section 4(c).


3

SECTION 3. Administration.

(a) The Plan shall be administered by the Committee. Subject to the terms of the Plan and applicable law, and in addition to other express powers and authorizations conferred on the Committee by the Plan, the Committee shall have full power and authority to: (i) designate Participants; (ii) determine the type or types of Awards to be granted to a Participant; (iii) determine the number of Shares to be covered by, or with respect to which payments, rights, or other matters are to be calculated in connection with, Awards; (iv) determine the terms and conditions of any Award; (v) determine whether, to what extent, and under what circumstances Awards may be settled or exercised in cash, Shares, other securities, other Awards or other property, or canceled, forfeited, or suspended and the method or methods by which Awards may be settled, exercised, canceled, forfeited, or suspended; (vi) determine whether, to what extent, and under what circumstances cash, Shares, other securities, other Awards, other property, and other amounts payable with respect to an Award shall be deferred either automatically or at the election of the holder thereof or of the Committee; (vii) interpret, administer or reconcile any inconsistency, correct any default and/or supply any omission in the Plan and any instrument or agreement relating to, or Award made under, the Plan; (viii) establish, amend, suspend, or waive such rules and regulations and appoint such agents as it shall deem appropriate for the proper administration of the Plan; and (ix) make any other determination and take any other action that the Committee deems necessary or desirable for the administration of the Plan.

(b) Unless otherwise expressly provided in the Plan, all designations, determinations, interpretations, and other decisions under or with respect to the Plan or any Award shall be within the sole discretion of the Committee, may be made at any time and shall be final, conclusive, and binding upon all Persons, including the Company, any Affiliate, any Participant, any holder or beneficiary of any Award, and any shareholder.

(c) No member of the Committee shall be liable for any action or determination made in good faith with respect to the Plan or any Award hereunder.

SECTION 4. Shares Available for Awards.

(a) Shares Available. Subject to adjustment as provided in
Section 4(b), the aggregate number of Shares with respect to which Awards may be granted under the Plan shall be 22,500,000; and the aggregate number of Shares with respect to which Options may be granted under the Plan shall be 22,500,000. If, after the effective date of the Plan, any Shares covered by an Award granted under the Plan, or to which such an Award relates, are forfeited, or if an Award has expired, terminated or been canceled for any reason whatsoever (other than by reason of exercise or vesting), then the Shares covered by such Award shall again be, or shall become, Shares with respect to which Awards may be granted hereunder.

(b) Adjustments. Notwithstanding any provisions of the Plan to the contrary, in the event that the Committee determines that any dividend or other distribution (whether in the form of cash, Shares, other securities, or other property), recapitalization, stock split, reverse stock split, reorganization, merger, consolidation, split-up, spin-off, combination, repurchase, or exchange of Shares or other securities of the Company, issuance of warrants or other rights to


4

purchase Shares or other securities of the Company, or other similar corporate transaction or event affects the Shares such that an adjustment is determined by the Committee in its discretion to be appropriate in order to prevent dilution or enlargement of the benefits or potential benefits intended to be made available under the Plan, then the Committee shall, in such manner as it may deem equitable, adjust any or all of (i) the number of Shares or other securities of the Company (or number and kind of other securities or property) with respect to which Awards may be granted, (ii) the number of Shares or other securities of the Company (or number and kind of other securities or property) subject to outstanding Awards, and (iii) the grant or exercise price with respect to any Award or, if deemed appropriate, make provision for a cash payment to the holder of an outstanding Award in consideration for the cancellation of such Award, which, in the case of Options and Stock Appreciation Rights shall equal the excess, if any, of the Fair Market Value of the Shares subject to such Options or Stock Appreciation Rights over the aggregate exercise price or grant price of such Options or Stock Appreciation Rights.

(c) Substitute Awards. Awards may, in the discretion of the Committee, be made under the Plan in assumption of, or in substitution for, outstanding awards previously granted by the Company or its Affiliates or a company acquired by the Company or with which the Company combines ("Substitute Awards"). The number of Shares underlying any Substitute Awards shall be counted against the aggregate number of Shares available for Awards under the Plan.

(d) Sources of Shares Deliverable Under Awards. Any Shares delivered pursuant to an Award may consist, in whole or in part, of authorized and unissued Shares or of treasury Shares.

SECTION 5. Eligibility. Any officer or other key employee, consultant or director of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries (including any prospective officer, key employee, consultant or director) or other Person designated by the Committee shall be eligible to be designated a Participant.

SECTION 6. Stock Options.

(a) Grant. Subject to the provisions of the Plan, the Committee shall have sole and complete authority to determine the Participants to whom Options shall be granted, the number of Shares to be covered by each Option, the exercise price therefor and the conditions and limitations applicable to the exercise of the Option, which terms shall be set forth in the applicable Award Agreement. The Committee shall have the authority to grant Incentive Stock Options, or to grant Non-Qualified Stock Options, or to grant both types of Options. In the case of Incentive Stock Options, the terms and conditions of such grants shall be subject to and comply with such rules as may be prescribed by Section 422 of the Code, as from time to time amended, and any regulations implementing such statute. All Options when granted under the Plan are intended to be Non-Qualified Stock Options, unless the applicable Award Agreement expressly states that the Option is intended to be an Incentive Stock Option. If an Option is intended to be an Incentive Stock Option, and if for any reason such Option (or any portion thereof) shall not qualify as an Incentive Stock Option, then, to the extent of such nonqualification, such Option (or portion thereof) shall be regarded as a Non-Qualified Stock


5

Option appropriately granted under the Plan; provided that such Option (or portion thereof) otherwise complies with the Plan's requirements relating to Non-Qualified Stock Options.

(b) Exercise Price. The Committee shall establish the exercise price at the time each Option is granted, which exercise price shall be set forth in the applicable Award Agreement.

(c) Exercise. Each Option shall be exercisable at such times and subject to such terms and conditions as the Committee may, in its sole discretion, specify in the applicable Award Agreement or thereafter. The Committee may impose such conditions with respect to the exercise of Options, including without limitation, any relating to the application of federal or state securities laws, as it may deem necessary or advisable.

(d) Payment.

(i) No Shares shall be delivered pursuant to any exercise of an Option until payment in full of the aggregate exercise price therefor and any related tax is received by the Company. Such payment may be made in cash, or its equivalent, or (x) by exchanging Shares owned by the optionee (which are not the subject of any pledge or other security interest and which have been owned by such optionee for at least 6 months) or (y) at any time that the Shares are publicly traded on a nationally recognized stock exchange, through delivery of irrevocable instructions to a broker (as selected or approved by the Committee) to sell the Shares otherwise deliverable upon the exercise of the Option and to deliver promptly to the Company an amount equal to the aggregate exercise price, or by a combination of the foregoing, provided that the combined value of all cash and cash equivalents and the Fair Market Value of any such Shares so tendered to the Company as of the date of such tender is at least equal to such aggregate exercise price.

(ii) Wherever in this Plan or any Award Agreement a Participant is permitted to pay the exercise price of an Option or taxes relating to the exercise of an Option by delivering Shares, the Participant may, subject to procedures satisfactory to the Committee, satisfy such delivery requirement by presenting proof of beneficial ownership of such Shares, in which case the Company shall treat the Option as exercised without further payment and shall withhold such number of Shares from the Shares acquired by the exercise of the Option.

SECTION 7. Stock Appreciation Rights.

(a) Grant. Subject to the provisions of the Plan, the Committee shall have sole and complete authority to determine the Participants to whom Stock Appreciation Rights shall be granted, the number of Shares to be covered by each Stock Appreciation Right Award, the grant price thereof and the conditions and limitations applicable to the exercise thereof, which terms shall be set forth in the applicable Award Agreement. Stock Appreciation Rights may be granted in tandem with another Award, in addition to another Award, or freestanding and unrelated to another Award. Stock Appreciation Rights granted in tandem with or in addition to an Award may be granted either at the same time as the Award or at a later time.

(b) Exercise and Payment. A Stock Appreciation Right shall entitle the Participant to receive an amount equal to the excess of the Fair Market Value of a Share on the


6

date of exercise of the Stock Appreciation Right over the grant price thereof. The Committee shall determine whether a Stock Appreciation Right shall be settled in cash, Shares or a combination of cash and Shares.

(c) Other Terms and Conditions. Subject to the terms of the Plan and any applicable Award Agreement, the Committee shall determine, at or after the grant of a Stock Appreciation Right, the term, methods of exercise, methods and form of settlement, and any other terms and conditions of any Stock Appreciation Right. Any such determination by the Committee may be changed by the Committee from time to time and may govern the exercise of Stock Appreciation Rights granted or exercised prior to such determination as well as Stock Appreciation Rights granted or exercised thereafter. The Committee may impose such conditions or restrictions on the exercise of any Stock Appreciation Right as it shall deem appropriate.

SECTION 8. Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Units.

(a) Grant. Subject to the provisions of the Plan, the Committee shall have sole and complete authority to determine the Participants to whom Shares of Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Units shall be granted, the number of Shares of Restricted Stock and/or the number of Restricted Stock Units to be granted to each Participant, the duration of the period during which, and the conditions, if any, under which, the Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Units may be forfeited to the Company, and the other terms and conditions of such Awards, which terms shall be set forth in the applicable Award Agreement.

(b) Transfer Restrictions. Shares of Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Units may not be sold, assigned, transferred, pledged or otherwise encumbered, except, in the case of Restricted Stock, as provided in the Plan or the applicable Award Agreements. Certificates issued in respect of Shares of Restricted Stock shall be registered in the name of the Participant and deposited by such Participant, together with a stock power endorsed in blank, with the Company. Upon the lapse of the restrictions applicable to such Shares of Restricted Stock, the Company shall deliver such certificates to the Participant or the Participant's legal representative.

(c) Payment. Each Restricted Stock Unit shall have a value equal to the Fair Market Value of a Share. Restricted Stock Units shall be paid to the Participant in cash, Shares, other securities or other property, as determined in the sole discretion of the Committee, upon the lapse of the restrictions applicable thereto, or otherwise in accordance with the applicable Award Agreement. Dividends paid on any Shares of Restricted Stock may be paid directly to the Participant, withheld by the Company subject to vesting of the Shares of Restricted Stock pursuant to the terms of the applicable Award Agreement, or may be reinvested in additional Shares of Restricted Stock or in additional Restricted Stock Units, as determined by the Committee in its sole discretion.

SECTION 9. Other Stock-Based Awards.

(a) General. The Committee shall have authority to grant to Participants an "Other Stock-Based Award", which shall consist of any right which is (i) not an Award


7

described in Sections 6 through 8 above and (ii) an Award of Shares or an Award denominated or payable in, valued in whole or in part by reference to, or otherwise based on or related to, Shares (including, without limitation, securities convertible into Shares), as deemed by the Committee to be consistent with the purposes of the Plan. Subject to the terms of the Plan and any applicable Award Agreement, the Committee shall determine the terms and conditions of any such Other Stock-Based Award, including the price, if any, at which securities may be purchased pursuant to any Other Stock-Based Award granted under this Plan.

(b) Dividend Equivalents. In the sole and complete discretion of the Committee, an Award, whether made as an Other Stock-Based Award under this Section 9 or as an Award granted pursuant to Sections 6 through 8 hereof, may provide the Participant with dividends or dividend equivalents, payable in cash, Shares, other securities or other property on a current or deferred basis.

SECTION 10. Amendment and Termination.

(a) Amendments to the Plan. The Board may amend, alter, suspend, discontinue, or terminate the Plan or any portion thereof at any time; provided that any such amendment, alteration, suspension, discontinuance or termination that would impair the rights of any Participant or any holder or beneficiary of any Award theretofore granted shall not to that extent be effective without the consent of the affected Participant, holder or beneficiary.

(b) Amendments to Awards. The Committee may waive any conditions or rights under, amend any terms of, or alter, suspend, discontinue, cancel or terminate, any Award theretofore granted, prospectively or retroactively; provided that any such waiver, amendment, alteration, suspension, discontinuance, cancellation or termination that would impair the rights of any Participant or any holder or beneficiary of any Award theretofore granted shall not to that extent be effective without the consent of the affected Participant, holder or beneficiary.

SECTION 11. General Provisions.

(a) Nontransferability.

(i) Each Award, and each right under any Award, shall be exercisable only by the Participant, except that upon death or disability of a Participant, if permissible under applicable law, it shall be exercisable by the Participant's legal guardian or representative.

(ii) Unless otherwise specified in an Award Agreement, no Award may be transferred or assigned by a Participant otherwise than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution, and any such purported transfer or assignment shall be void and unenforceable against the Company or any Affiliate; provided that the designation of a beneficiary shall not constitute a transfer or assignment.

(b) No Rights to Awards. No Participant or other Person shall have any claim to be granted any Award, and there is no obligation for uniformity of treatment of Participants, or holders or beneficiaries of Awards. The terms and conditions of Awards and the Committee's determinations and interpretations with respect thereto need not be the same with respect to each Participant (whether or not such Participants are similarly situated).


8

(c) Share Certificates. All certificates for Shares or other securities of the Company or any Affiliate delivered under the Plan pursuant to any Award or the exercise thereof shall be subject to such stop transfer orders and other restrictions as the Committee may deem advisable under the Plan or the rules, regulations, and other requirements of the Securities and Exchange Commission, any stock exchange upon which such Shares or other securities are then listed, and any applicable Federal or state laws, and the Committee may cause a legend or legends to be put on any such certificates to make appropriate reference to such restrictions.

(d) Withholding.

(i) A Participant may be required to pay to the Company or any Affiliate and the Company or any Affiliate shall have the right and is hereby authorized to withhold from any Award, from any payment due or transfer made under any Award or under the Plan or from any compensation or other amount owing to a Participant the amount (in cash, Shares, other securities, other Awards or other property) of any applicable withholding taxes in respect of an Award, its exercise, or any payment or transfer under an Award or under the Plan and to take such other action as may be necessary in the opinion of the Company to satisfy all obligations for the payment of such taxes. The Committee may provide for additional cash payments to holders of Awards to defray or offset any tax arising from the grant, vesting, exercise or payments of any Award.

(ii) Without limiting the generality of clause (i) above, a Participant may satisfy, in whole or in part, the foregoing withholding liability by delivery of Shares owned by the Participant (which are not subject to any pledge or other security interest and which have been owned by the Participant for at least 6 months) with a Fair Market Value equal to such withholding liability or by having the Company withhold from the number of Shares otherwise issuable pursuant to the exercise of the Award a number of Shares with a Fair Market Value equal to such withholding liability.

(iii) Notwithstanding any provision of this Plan to the contrary, in connection with the transfer of an Award pursuant to Section 11(a) of the Plan, the transferee shall remain liable for any withholding taxes required to be withheld upon the exercise of such Award by such transferee.

(e) Award Agreements. Each Award hereunder shall be evidenced by an Award Agreement which shall be delivered to the Participant and shall specify the terms and conditions of the Award and any rules applicable thereto, including but not limited to the effect on such Award of the death, disability or termination of employment or service of a Participant and the effect, if any, of such other events as may be determined by the Committee.

(f) No Limit on Other Compensation Arrangements. Nothing contained in the Plan shall prevent the Company or any Affiliate from adopting or continuing in effect other compensation arrangements, which may, but need not, provide for the grant of options, restricted stock, Shares and other types of Awards provided for hereunder (subject to shareholder approval if such approval is required), and such arrangements may be either generally applicable or applicable only in specific cases.


9

(g) No Right to Employment. The grant of an Award shall not be construed as giving a Participant the right to be retained in the employ of, or in any consulting relationship to, the Company or any Affiliate. Further, the Company or an Affiliate may at any time dismiss a Participant from employment or discontinue any consulting relationship, free from any liability or any claim under the Plan, unless otherwise expressly provided in the Plan or in any Award Agreement.

(h) No Rights as Stockholder. Subject to the provisions of the applicable Award, no Participant or holder or beneficiary of any Award shall have any rights as a stockholder with respect to any Shares to be distributed under the Plan until he or she has become the holder of such Shares. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in connection with each grant of Restricted Stock hereunder, the applicable Award shall specify if and to what extent the Participant shall not be entitled to the rights of a stockholder in respect of such Restricted Stock.

(i) Governing Law. The validity, construction, and effect of the Plan and any rules and regulations relating to the Plan and any Award Agreement shall be determined in accordance with the laws of the State of New York, without regard to principles of conflicts of laws.

(j) Severability. If any provision of the Plan or any Award is or becomes or is deemed to be invalid, illegal, or unenforceable in any jurisdiction or as to any Person or Award, or would disqualify the Plan or any Award under any law deemed applicable by the Committee, such provision shall be construed or deemed amended to conform to the applicable laws, or if it cannot be construed or deemed amended without, in the determination of the Committee, materially altering the intent of the Plan or the Award, such provision shall be stricken as to such jurisdiction, Person or Award and the remainder of the Plan and any such Award shall remain in full force and effect.

(k) Other Laws. The Committee may refuse to issue or transfer any Shares or other consideration under an Award if, acting in its sole discretion, it determines that the issuance or transfer of such Shares or such other consideration might violate any applicable law or regulation or entitle the Company to recover the same under Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act, and any payment tendered to the Company by a Participant, other holder or beneficiary in connection with the exercise of such Award shall be promptly refunded to the relevant Participant, holder or beneficiary. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, no Award granted hereunder shall be construed as an offer to sell securities of the Company, and no such offer shall be outstanding, unless and until the Committee in its sole discretion has determined that any such offer, if made, would be in compliance with all applicable requirements of the U.S. federal securities laws.

(l) No Trust or Fund Created. Neither the Plan nor any Award shall create or be construed to create a trust or separate fund of any kind or a fiduciary relationship between the Company or any Affiliate and a Participant or any other Person. To the extent that any Person acquires a right to receive payments from the Company or any Affiliate pursuant to an Award, such right shall be no greater than the right of any unsecured general creditor of the Company or any Affiliate.


10

(m) No Fractional Shares. No fractional Shares shall be issued or delivered pursuant to the Plan or any Award, and the Committee shall determine whether cash, other securities, or other property shall be paid or transferred in lieu of any fractional Shares or whether such fractional Shares or any rights thereto shall be canceled, terminated, or otherwise eliminated.

(n) Headings. Headings are given to the Sections and subsections of the Plan solely as a convenience to facilitate reference. Such headings shall not be deemed in any way material or relevant to the construction or interpretation of the Plan or any provision thereof.

SECTION 12. Term of the Plan.

(a) Effective Date. The Plan shall be effective as of July 31, 2001.

(b) Expiration Date. No Award shall be granted under the Plan after December 31, 2011. Unless otherwise expressly provided in the Plan or in an applicable Award Agreement, any Award granted hereunder may continue after December 31, 2011.


Exhibit 10.7

OPNEXT, INC.

246 Industrial Way West
Eatontown, New Jersey 07724

TERMS OF AGREEMENT

1. Employer:               OpNext, Inc. ("OpNext").

2. Employee:               Harry L. Bosco ("Executive").

3. Position and Duties:    Executive shall be the Chief Executive Officer and
                           President of OpNext. Executive shall report directly
                           to the Board of Directors of OpNext (the "BOARD").
                           All other senior executives of OpNext shall report to
                           Executive. Executive shall exercise such
                           responsibilities and perform such duties as directed
                           from time to time by the Board.

4. Base Salary:            $400,000 per annum.

5. Annual Bonus:           Executive will be eligible for a target bonus equal
                           to 50%-60% of Executive's base salary. Bonuses are
                           awarded in the sole discretion of the Board based on
                           OpNext's Annual Performance Bonus Plan as established
                           by the Board.

6. Opnext Stock Options:   On the Closing Date of that certain Amended and
                           Restated Stock Purchase Agreement by and among
                           OpNext, Hitachi, Ltd. ("HITACHI"), Clarity OpNext
                           Holdings I, LLC, Clarity OpNext Holdings II, LLC and
                           Clarity Partners, L.P., dated as of July 31, 2001,
                           Executive will receive options to acquire 3,000,000
                           shares of Class B Common Stock of OpNext at a strike
                           price of $8.34 per share (the "OPNEXT STOCK
                           OPTIONS"). The OpNext Stock Options shall be subject
                           to vesting as follows: 1/4 of the OpNext Stock
                           Options shall vest on the first anniversary of the
                           Employment Start Date (as defined below); 1/4 of the
                           OpNext Stock Options shall vest on the second
                           anniversary of the Employment Start Date; 1/4 of the
                           OpNext Stock Options shall vest on the third
                           anniversary of the Employment Start Date; and 1/4 of
                           the OpNext Stock Options shall vest on the fourth
                           anniversary of the Employment Start Date (it being
                           understood that in the event Executive's employment
                           is terminated at the conclusion of the Initial Term
                           (as defined in Section 8 hereof) for reasons other
                           than for Cause, the final 1/4 of Executive's OpNext
                           Stock Options shall vest on the fourth anniversary of
                           the Employment Start Date). Each anniversary of the
                           Employment Start Date shall be referred to herein as
                           an "Anniversary Date."

                           Any unvested OpNext Stock Options shall automatically
                           cancel upon Executive's termination of employment
                           with OpNext; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, in the event that
                           Executive's employment is terminated without Cause
                           (as defined in Section 13 hereof) or for Good Reason
                           (as defined in

                           Section 12 hereof) on any date other than an
                           Anniversary Date, Executive's 1/4 installment of
                           OpNext Stock Options that was scheduled to vest on
                           the next Anniversary Date following Executive's
                           termination of employment shall vest on such upcoming
                           Anniversary Date. In addition, in the event that
                           Executive's employment is terminated by reason of
                           Executive's death or Disability (as defined in
                           Section 14 hereof), Executive's OpNext Stock Options
                           that have not previously vested shall immediately
                           vest. The OpNext Stock Options will be subject to the
                           additional terms and conditions as will be set forth
                           in OpNext's Stock Incentive Plan (the "STOCK
                           INCENTIVE PLAN") and in a non-qualified stock option
                           agreement (the "STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT") which
                           Executive will execute in connection with receiving
                           the OpNext Stock Options.

7. Employment Start Date:  For purposes of this Agreement, Executive's
                           employment start date will be deemed to be November
                           1, 2000.

8. Employment Term:        The initial term (the "INITIAL TERM") of Executive's
                           employment with OpNext shall be for a period of
                           forty-eight (48) months, commencing on the Employment
                           Start Date and ending on October 31, 2004, unless
                           renewed as set forth herein. Executive's employment
                           will be renewed automatically upon expiration of the
                           Initial Term for successive one-year periods (each
                           such period, a "SUCCESSIVE TERM"), unless not less
                           than sixty (60) days prior to the end of the Initial
                           Term or any Successive Term (as the case may be),
                           either Executive or OpNext provides written notice to
                           the other of such party's intention not to renew the
                           employment.

9. Benefits:               Executive will receive benefits in accordance with
                           OpNext company policy.

10. Vacation:              Executive will receive 4 weeks paid vacation time.

11. Annual Performance     Executive's job performance shall be reviewed
    Reviews:               annually by the Board. In conjunction with such
                           annual performance review process, Executive will be
                           eligible for salary increases, cash bonus awards (the
                           bonus target range is set forth under Section 5
                           above) and additional stock option awards, which will
                           be subject to company policy and vesting
                           arrangements. Salary increases, cash bonuses and
                           stock option awards will be determined by the Board
                           in its sole discretion based on the overall
                           performance of OpNext as well as Executive's
                           individual performance. Stock options, salary
                           increases and bonuses are awarded at the discretion
                           of the Board.

12. Termination Without    In the event Executive is terminated without Cause
    Cause or With Good     (as defined below) or Executive terminates his
    Reason:                employment for Good Reason (as defined below) prior
                           to the conclusion of the Initial Term, Executive
                           shall receive as severance an amount equal to one
                           times his annual base salary.

"Good Reason" as used herein shall mean:

2

                           (i)      a material and substantial diminution of
                                    Executive's duties or responsibilities or
                                    Executive's removal as Chief Executive
                                    Officer of OpNext; or

                           (ii)     a reduction by OpNext of Executive's base
                                    salary or target bonus range as set forth in
                                    Section 5 above.

                           Executive must provide written notice to OpNext
                           within 20 days after the occurrence of an event
                           constituting Good Reason. OpNext shall have 20 days
                           after receipt of such written notice to cure. If
                           OpNext fails to cure and Executive resigns within 30
                           days after the end of the 20-day cure period, then
                           such resignation shall constitute resignation for
                           Good Reason.

                           Except as set forth above, upon termination without
                           Cause or resignation for Good Reason, Executive shall
                           not be entitled to receive any further compensation
                           or payments hereunder and any unvested stock options
                           shall immediately cancel. Vested stock options shall
                           be subject to the provisions of Executive's Stock
                           Option Agreement and the Stock Incentive Plan.

13.  Termination           "Cause" as utilized herein shall mean:
     For Cause:

                           (i)      the commission of a felony or the commission
                                    of any other act or omission involving
                                    dishonesty or fraud with respect to OpNext
                                    or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates or
                                    any of their customers or suppliers; or

                           (ii)     conduct tending to bring OpNext or any of
                                    its subsidiaries or affiliates into
                                    substantial public disgrace or disrepute; or

                           (iii)    breach of the Confidentiality Agreement
                                    referred to below; or

                           (iv)     fraud or embezzlement with respect to OpNext
                                    or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates; or

                           (v)      gross negligence or willful misconduct with
                                    respect to OpNext or any of its subsidiaries
                                    or affiliates; or

                           (vi)     repeated failure to perform Executive's
                                    duties as directed by the Board.

                           Upon notice by OpNext to Executive of a termination
                           for Cause, the "Termination Date" shall be the date
                           on which such notice is mailed or hand-delivered, or
                           as otherwise specified in the notice of termination,
                           to Executive. Upon termination for Cause, resignation
                           by Executive without Good Reason or expiration of the
                           Initial Term or any Successive Term (as the case may
                           be), Executive shall not be entitled to receive any
                           further compensation or payments hereunder (except
                           for Executive's Base Salary

                                       3

                           relating to the period of time prior to the
                           Termination Date). Upon termination for Cause, any
                           unvested OpNext Stock Options shall immediately
                           cancel and terminate as of the Termination Date.
                           Vested stock options shall be subject to the
                           provisions of Executive's Stock Option Agreement and
                           the Stock Incentive Plan.

14. Disability:            If, by reason of any physical or mental injury,
                           illness or incapacity, Executive is unable to
                           effectively perform his duties and responsibilities
                           as determined by the Board ("DISABILITY") for more
                           than 180 days during any 12-month period, Executive's
                           employment with OpNext will be terminated. In
                           addition, in the event of Executive's Disability for
                           more than 30 consecutive days, Executive shall only
                           be entitled to receive such compensation as is
                           provided under OpNext's disability benefit plans. If
                           Executive's employment is terminated by reason of a
                           Disability as set forth herein, any unvested OpNext
                           Stock Options shall immediately vest as set forth in
                           Section 6 hereof and all vested OpNext Stock Options
                           shall be subject to the provisions of this Agreement,
                           Executive's Stock Option Agreement and the Stock
                           Incentive Plan.

15. Confidentiality        Executive agrees, at OpNext's request, to enter into
    Agreement:             a confidentiality agreement with OpNext (the
                           "CONFIDENTIALITY AGREEMENT").

16. Restrictions:          Executive represents and warrants to OpNext that
                           there are no restrictions or agreements or
                           limitations on Executive's right or ability to enter
                           into this Agreement or perform the terms set forth
                           herein, including without limitation any
                           restrictions, agreements or limitations to which
                           Executive is subject in connection with his
                           employment with Lucent Technologies.

17. Confidential           Executive acknowledges that during the course of
    Information:           performing services for OpNext, Executive will have
                           substantial access to trade secrets and other
                           confidential information of OpNext and its
                           subsidiaries and affiliates and will enter into the
                           Confidentiality Agreement to restrict the disclosure
                           by Executive of such trade secrets and other
                           confidential information.

18. Noncompetition:        Executive agrees that he will not, during his
                           employment with OpNext, and for a period of six (6)
                           months following the termination thereof (the
                           "NONCOMPETE Period"), directly or indirectly engage
                           or participate, either as principal, agent, employee,
                           employer, consultant, stockholder, co-partner or in
                           any other individual or representative capacity
                           whatsoever, in the conduct or management of, or own
                           or have any stock or other proprietary or financial
                           interest in, any business that competes with the
                           business carried on or planned by OpNext or its
                           subsidiaries at the time of the termination of his
                           employment, unless he shall have obtained the prior
                           written consent of OpNext, except that Executive
                           shall be permitted (i) to own up to two percent (2%)
                           of the capital stock of corporations whose securities
                           are publicly-owned and regularly traded on any
                           national exchange or in the over-the counter market;
                           and (ii) to own up to two

                                       4

                           percent (2%) of the voting securities of companies
                           that are privately held, provided that in no event
                           shall Executive possess any managerial or
                           decision-making authority in such company or have the
                           ability to influence the management or affairs of
                           such company.

19. Nonsolicitation:       During the Noncompete Period, Executive shall not
                           directly or indirectly through another entity (i)
                           induce or attempt to induce any employee of OpNext or
                           any of its subsidiaries or affiliates to leave the
                           employ of OpNext or any of its subsidiaries or
                           affiliates, or in any way interfere with the
                           relationship between OpNext and any of its
                           subsidiaries and affiliates and any employee thereof,
                           (ii) induce or attempt to induce any customer,
                           supplier, licensee or other business relation of
                           OpNext or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates to
                           cease doing business with OpNext or such subsidiary
                           or affiliate or in any way interfere with the
                           relationship between any such customer, supplier,
                           licensee or business relation and OpNext and any
                           subsidiary or affiliate, or (iii) directly or
                           indirectly acquire or attempt to acquire an interest
                           in any business relating to the business of OpNext or
                           any of its subsidiaries or affiliates and with which
                           OpNext or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates has
                           entertained discussions or has requested and received
                           information relating to the acquisition of such
                           business by OpNext or any of its subsidiaries or
                           affiliates in the two-year period immediately
                           preceding the date of Executive's termination of
                           employment.

20. Withholdings:          All payments set forth herein which are subject to
                           withholding shall be made less any required
                           withholdings.

21. Binding Arbitration:   Any controversy arising out of or relating to this
                           Agreement or the Confidentiality Agreement shall be
                           settled by binding arbitration in New York City, New
                           York in accordance with the Commercial Arbitration
                           Rules of the American Arbitration Association. The
                           award rendered in any such proceeding shall be final
                           and binding, and judgment upon the award may be
                           entered in any court having jurisdiction thereof. The
                           costs of any such arbitration proceedings shall be
                           borne equally by OpNext and Executive. Neither party
                           shall be entitled to recover attorneys' fee or costs
                           expended in the course of such arbitration or
                           enforcement of the award rendered thereunder.

22. Governing Law:         All issues and questions concerning the construction,
                           validity, enforcement and interpretation of this
                           Agreement shall be governed by, and construed in
                           accordance with, the internal laws of the State of
                           New Jersey, without giving effect to any choice of
                           law or conflict of law provision or rule (whether of
                           the State of New Jersey or any other jurisdiction)
                           that would cause the application of the laws of any
                           jurisdiction other than the State of New Jersey.

                                       5

23. Notices:               All notices in connection herewith or provided for
                           hereunder shall be validly given or made only if made
                           in writing and delivered personally or mailed by
                           registered or certified mail, return receipt
                           requested, postage prepaid, to the party entitled or
                           required to receive the same, as follows:

                                    If to Executive, addressed to:

                                    Harry L. Bosco
                                    546 Parker Avenue
                                    Brick, New Jersey 08724

                                    If to the Company, addressed to:

                                    OpNext. Inc.
                                    246 Industrial Way West
                                    Eatontown, New Jersey 07724
                                    Attention: Chief Operating Officer

* * * * *

6

SIGNATURE PAGE TO TERMS OF AGREEMENT

Please indicate your agreement with the foregoing by signing in the space indicated below.

OPNEXT, INC.

By: /s/ M. HAYASHI
    -------------------------
        Masaaki Hayashi
        Chairman of the Board

AGREED TO AND ACCEPTED:

/s/ HARRY L. BOSCO
-----------------------
Name:  Harry L. Bosco


AMENDMENT NO. 1
TO
TERMS OF AGREEMENT

AMENDMENT NO. 1, dated November 1, 2004 (the "Amendment"), is made by and between Opnext, Inc. (the "Company") and Harry L. Bosco (the "Executive").

WHEREAS, the Company and Executive entered into an agreement entitled the Terms of Agreement as of July 31, 2001 (the "Terms of Agreement");

WHEREAS, the Company and Executive desire to amend the Terms of Agreement as set forth herein; and

NOW, THEREFORE, for good and valuable consideration, the Company and Executive hereby agree that the Terms of Agreement are amended as follows:

1. DEFINED TERMS. Except for those terms defined above, the definition of capitalized terms used in this Amendment are as provided in the Terms of Agreement.

2. AMENDMENT TO PARAGRAPH 4. Paragraph 4 is hereby deleted and replaced with the following:

"$400,000 per annum during the Initial Term (as defined below) and the Successive Term (as defined below)."

3. AMENDMENT TO PARAGRAPH 6. Paragraph 6 is hereby deleted and replaced with the following:

"6. Award:

6.1 OpNext Stock Option: On the Closing Date of that certain Amended and Restated Stock Purchase Agreement by and among OpNext, Hitachi, Ltd. ("HITACHI"), Clarity OpNext Holdings I, LLC, Clarity OpNext Holdings II, LLC and Clarity Partners, L.P., dated as of July 31, 2001, Executive entered into the Stock Option Agreement pursuant to which he holds options to acquire 3,000,000 shares of Class B Common Stock of OpNext at a strike price of $5.00 per share (the "OPNEXT STOCK OPTIONS"). The OpNext Stock Options shall be subject to vesting as follows: 1/4 of the OpNext Stock Options shall vest and become exercisable on the first anniversary of the Employment Start Date (as defined below); 1/4 of the OpNext Stock Options shall vest and become exercisable on the second anniversary of the Employment Start Date; 1/4 of the OpNext Stock Options shall vest and become exercisable on


the third anniversary of the Employment Start Date; and 1/4 of the OpNext Stock Options shall vest and become exercisable on the fourth anniversary of the Employment Start Date (it the second anniversary of the Employment Start Date; 1/4 of the OpNext Stock Options shall vest and become exercisable on the third anniversary of the Employment Start Date; and 1/4 of the OpNext Stock Options shall vest and become exercisable on the fourth anniversary of the Employment Start Date (it being understood that in the event Executive's employment is terminated at the conclusion of the Initial Term (as defined in Section 8 hereof) for reasons other than for Cause, the final 1/4 of Executive's OpNext Stock Options shall vest on the fourth anniversary of the Employment Start Date).

Any unvested OpNext Stock Options shall automatically cancel upon Executive's termination of employment with OpNext; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, in the event that Executive's employment is terminated without Cause (as defined in Section 13 hereof) or for Good Reason (as defined in Section 12 hereof) on any date other than an anniversary date of the Employment Start Date, Executive's 1/4 installment of OpNext Stock Options that was scheduled to vest on the next anniversary date of the Employment Start Date following Executive's termination of employment shall vest on such upcoming anniversary date of the Employment Start Date. In addition, in the event that Executive's employment is terminated by reason of Executive's death or Disability (as defined in Section 14 hereof), Executive's OpNext Stock Options that have not previously vested shall immediately vest. The OpNext Stock Options will be subject to the additional terms and conditions as will be set forth in OpNext's Stock Incentive Plan (the "PLAN") and in a non-qualified stock option agreement (the "STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT") which Executive will execute in connection with receiving the OpNext Stock Options.

6.2 OpNext New Stock Option: On or about November 1, 2004 (the "GRANT DATE OF THE NEW STOCK OPTION"), OpNext will grant Executive an option to purchase 450,000 shares of Class B Common Stock of OpNext at a strike price of $5.00 per share (the "NEW STOCK OPTION") under and subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan. Subject to Executive's continued employment with the Company through such dates, the New Stock Option shall vest and become exercisable as follows: 1/3 of the New Stock Option shall vest and become exercisable on the first anniversary of the Grant Date of the New Stock Option; 1/3 of the New Stock Option shall vest and become exercisable on the second anniversary of the Grant Date of the New Stock Option; and 1/3 and become exercisable of the New Stock Option shall vest on the third anniversary of the Grant Date of the New Stock Option (it being understood that in the event Executive's employment is terminated at the conclusion of the Successive Term (as defined in Section 8 hereof) for reasons other than for Cause, the final 1/3 of Executive's OpNext Stock Options shall vest on the third anniversary of the Grant Date of the New Stock Option).

2

Any unvested New Stock Option shall automatically cancel upon Executive's termination of employment with OpNext; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, in the event that Executive's employment is terminated without Cause (as defined in Paragraph 13 hereof) or for Good Reason (as defined in Paragraph 12 hereof) on any date other than an anniversary date of the Grant Date of the New Stock Option, Executive's 1/3 installment of New Stock Option that was scheduled to vest on the next anniversary date of the Grant Date of the New Stock Option following Executive's termination of employment shall instead vest and become exercisable on the date of such upcoming anniversary date of the Grant Date of the New Stock Option. In addition, in the event that Executive's employment is terminated by reason of Executive's death or Disability (as defined in Paragraph 14 hereof), Executive's New Stock Option shares that have not previously vested and become exercisable shall immediately vest and become exercisable. The New Stock Option will be subject to the additional terms and conditions as will be set forth in the Plan and in a non-qualified stock option agreement (the "NEW STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT") which Executive will execute in connection with receiving the New Stock Option."

6.3 OpNext Restricted Stock Award: On or about November 1, 2004, OpNext will grant Executive a Restricted Stock Award (the "AWARD") for 200,000 Class B common shares, under and subject to the terms and conditions of, the Plan. Subject to Executive's continued employment with the Company through such dates, the Award will vest (meaning that Executive will earn the right to retain the Award shares without restriction (except such restrictions on resale as may apply under applicable securities laws and any Insider Trading Policy that the Company may then have in place)) as to 100,000 shares on each of the first and second anniversaries of the Company's initial public offering (such second anniversary, the "FULLY VESTED DATE"). If Executive's employment with the Company terminates prior to the Fully Vested Date (including as a result of expiration of the Initial Term or any Successive Term as set forth in Paragraph 8 below), any unvested Award shares as of such termination date will be forfeited to the Company in their entirety; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that in the event that Executive's employment is terminated without Cause (as defined in Paragraph 13 hereof) or for Good Reason (as defined in Paragraph 12 hereof), or due to his death or Disability (as defined in Paragraph 14 below), then no forfeiture of such shares will result but instead Executive shall be treated as having been fully vested in all Award shares as of the date of such termination (although if such vesting occurs prior to the Company's initial public offering, the Shares shall be subject to certain restrictions,

3

including a 180-day lock-up agreement in connection with the Company's initial public offering and the Company's right to repurchase such shares in connection with termination of his employment). Executive will be required to execute, and the Award will be subject to, the Company's standard form of Restricted Stock Agreement used with the Plan."

4. AMENDMENT TO PARAGRAPH 8. Paragraph 8 is hereby deleted and replaced with the following:

"The initial term (the "INITIAL TERM") of Executive's employment with OpNext shall be for a period of forty-eight
(48) months, commencing on the Employment Start Date and ending on October 31, 2004. Executive's employment shall renew automatically for a period of thirty-six (36) months upon the expiration of the Initial Term (the "SUCCESSIVE TERM"). Executive's employment will be renewed automatically upon expiration of the Successive Term for successive one-year periods (each such period, a "FURTHER SUCCESSIVE TERM") unless not less than sixty (60) days prior to the end of the Successive Term or any Further Successive Term, either Executive or OpNext provides written notice to the other of such party's intention not to renew the employment."

5. All other provisions of the Terms of Agreement shall remain unchanged and in full force and effect.

B. STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT:

1. AMENDMENT TO SECTION 3. Sections 3(a)(ii) & 3(a)(iii) of the Stock Option Agreement are hereby deleted, and Section 3(a)(iv) shall be renumbered as Section 3(a)(ii).

2. All other provisions of the Stock Option Agreement shall remain unchanged and in full force and effect.

4

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this Amendment to be executed by its duly authorized officer and Executive has executed this Amendment, each as of the day and year first set forth above.

OPNEXT, INC.

By: /S/     ISAO ONO
    -------------------------------
            Isao Ono
            Chairman

EXECUTIVE

By: /S/     HARRY L. BOSCO
    -------------------------------
            Harry L. Bosco
            President & CEO

5

Exhibit 10.8

OPNEXT, INC.

246 Industrial Way West
Eatontown, New Jersey 07724

TERMS OF AGREEMENT

1. Employer:               OpNext, Inc. ("OPNEXT").

2. Employee:               Michael Chan ("EXECUTIVE").


3. Position and Duties:    Executive shall be the Executive Vice President,
                           Business Development of OpNext and shall have the
                           normal duties, responsibilities, functions and
                           authority of an executive vice president for business
                           development of a company the size and structure of
                           OpNext. Executive shall report directly to the Chief
                           Executive Officer ("CEO"). Executive has primary
                           responsibility for identifying and pursuing strategic
                           business opportunities, including mergers,
                           acquisitions, partnerships, alliances and/or joint
                           ventures. Executive shall work with the CEO and the
                           Chief Operating Officer of OpNext in developing
                           long-range strategic plans for OpNext. Executive
                           shall exercise such further responsibilities and
                           perform such further duties as directed from time to
                           time by the CEO and the Board of Directors of OpNext
                           (the "BOARD").

4. Base Salary:            $325,000 per annum.

5. Annual Bonus:           Executive will be eligible for a target bonus equal
                           to 50%-60% of Executive's base salary. Bonuses are
                           awarded in the sole discretion of the Board based on
                           OpNext's Annual Performance Bonus Plan as established
                           by the Board.

6. OpNext Stock Options:   On the Closing Date of that certain Amended and
                           Restated Stock Purchase by and among OpNext, Hitachi,
                           Ltd. ("HITACHI"), Clarity OpNext Holdings I, LLC,
                           Clarity OpNext Holdings II, LLC and Clarity Partners,
                           L.P., dated as of July 31, 2001, Executive will
                           receive options to acquire 600,000 shares of Class B
                           Common Stock of OpNext at a strike price of $8.34 per
                           share (the "OPNEXT STOCK OPTIONS"). The OpNext Stock
                           Options shall be subject to vesting as follows: 1/4
                           of the OpNext Stock Options shall vest on the first
                           anniversary of the Employment Start Date (as defined
                           below); 1/4 of the OpNext Stock Options shall vest on
                           the second anniversary of the Employment Start Date;
                           1/4 of the OpNext Stock Options shall vest on the
                           third anniversary of the Employment Start Date; and
                           1/4 of the OpNext Stock Options shall vest on the
                           fourth anniversary of the Employment Start Date (it
                           being understood that in the event Executive's
                           employment is terminated at the conclusion of the
                           Initial Term (as defined in Section 8 hereof) for
                           reasons other than for Cause, the final 1/4 of
                           Executive's OpNext Stock Options shall vest on the
                           fourth anniversary of the Employment Start Date).
                           Each anniversary of

                           the Employment Start Date shall be referred to herein
                           as an "Anniversary Date."

                           Any unvested OpNext Stock Options shall automatically
                           cancel upon Executive's termination of employment
                           with OpNext; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, in the event that
                           Executive's employment is terminated without Cause
                           (as defined in Section 13 hereof) or for Good Reason
                           (as defined in Section 12 hereof) on any date other
                           than an Anniversary Date, Executive's 1/4 installment
                           of OpNext Stock Options that was scheduled to vest on
                           the next Anniversary Date following Executive's
                           termination of employment shall vest on such upcoming
                           Anniversary Date. In addition, in the event that
                           Executive's employment is terminated by reason of
                           Executive's death or Disability (as defined in
                           Section 14 hereof), Executive's OpNext Stock Options,
                           to the extent not previously vested, shall
                           immediately vest. The OpNext Stock Options will be
                           subject to the additional terms and conditions as
                           will be set forth in OpNext's Stock Incentive Plan
                           (the "STOCK INCENTIVE PLAN") and in a non-qualified
                           stock option agreement (the "STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT")
                           which Executive will execute in connection with
                           receiving the OpNext Stock Options.

7. Employment Start Date:  For purposes of this Agreement, Executive's
                           employment start date will be deemed to be December
                           1, 2000.

8. Employment Term:        The initial term (the "INITIAL TERM") of Executive's
                           employment with OpNext shall be for a period of
                           forty-eight (48) months, commencing on the Employment
                           Start Date and ending on November 30, 2004, unless
                           renewed as set forth herein. Executive's employment
                           will be renewed automatically upon expiration of the
                           Initial Term for successive one-year periods (each
                           such period, a "SUCCESSIVE TERM"), unless not less
                           than sixty (60) days prior to the end of the Initial
                           Term or any Successive Term (as the case may be),
                           either Executive or OpNext provides written notice to
                           the other of such party's intention not to renew the
                           employment.

9. Benefits:               Executive will receive benefits in accordance with
                           OpNext company policy.

10. Vacation:              Executive will receive 4 weeks paid vacation time.

11. Annual Performance     Executive's job performance shall be reviewed
    Reviews:               annually by the Board. In conjunction with such
                           annual performance review process, Executive will be
                           eligible for salary increases, cash bonus awards (the
                           bonus target range is set forth under Section 5
                           above) and additional stock option awards, which will
                           be subject to company policy and vesting
                           arrangements. Salary increases, cash bonuses and
                           stock option awards will be determined by the Board
                           in its sole discretion based on the overall
                           performance of OpNext as well as Executive's
                           individual performance. Stock options, salary
                           increases and bonuses are awarded at the discretion
                           of the Board.

                                       2

12. Termination Without    In the event Executive is terminated without Cause
    Cause or With Good     (as defined below) or Executive terminates his
    Reason:                employment for Good Reason (as defined below) prior
                           to the conclusion of the Initial Term, Executive
                           shall receive as severance an amount equal to one
                           times his annual base salary.

                           "Good Reason" as used herein shall mean:

                           (i)      a material and substantial diminution of
                                    Executive's duties or responsibilities or
                                    Executive's removal as Executive Vice
                                    President of OpNext; or

                           (ii)     a reduction by OpNext of Executive's base
                                    salary or target bonus range as set forth in
                                    Section 5 above.

                           Executive must provide written notice to OpNext
                           within 20 days after the occurrence of an event
                           constituting Good Reason. OpNext shall have 20 days
                           after receipt of such written notice to cure. If
                           OpNext fails to cure and Executive resigns within 30
                           days after the end of the 20-day cure period, then
                           such resignation shall constitute resignation for
                           Good Reason.

                           Except as set forth above, upon termination without
                           Cause or resignation for Good Reason, Executive shall
                           not be entitled to receive any further compensation
                           or payments hereunder and any unvested stock options
                           shall immediately cancel. Vested stock options shall
                           be subject to the provisions of Executive's Stock
                           Option Agreement and the Stock Incentive Plan.

13.  Termination           "Cause" as utilized herein shall mean:
     For Cause:

                           (i)      the commission of a felony or the commission
                                    of any other act or omission involving
                                    dishonesty or fraud with respect to OpNext
                                    or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates or
                                    any of their customers or suppliers; or

                           (ii)     conduct tending to bring OpNext or any of
                                    its subsidiaries or affiliates into
                                    substantial public disgrace or disrepute; or

                           (iii)    breach of the Confidentiality Agreement
                                    referred to below; or

                           (iv)     fraud or embezzlement with respect to OpNext
                                    or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates; or

                           (v)      gross negligence or willful misconduct with
                                    respect to OpNext or any of its subsidiaries
                                    or affiliates; or

                           (vi)     repeated failure to perform Executive's
                                    duties as directed by the Board.

                                       3

                           Upon notice by OpNext to Executive of a termination
                           for Cause, the "Termination Date" shall be the date
                           on which such notice is mailed or hand-delivered, or
                           as otherwise specified in the notice of termination,
                           to Executive. Upon termination for Cause, resignation
                           by Executive without Good Reason or expiration of the
                           Initial Term or any Successive Term (as the case may
                           be), Executive shall not be entitled to receive any
                           further compensation or payments hereunder (except
                           for Executive's Base Salary relating to the period of
                           time prior to the Termination Date). Any unvested
                           OpNext Stock Options shall immediately cancel and
                           terminate as of the Termination Date. Vested stock
                           options shall be subject to the provisions of
                           Executive's Stock Option Agreement and the Stock
                           Incentive Plan.

14. Disability:            If, by reason of any physical or mental injury,
                           illness or incapacity, Executive is unable to
                           effectively perform his duties and responsibilities
                           as determined by the Board ("DISABILITY") for more
                           than 180 days during any 12-month period, Executive's
                           employment with OpNext will be terminated. In
                           addition, in the event of Executive's Disability for
                           more than 30 consecutive days, Executive shall only
                           be entitled to receive such compensation as is
                           provided under OpNext's disability benefit plans. If
                           Executive's employment is terminated by reason of a
                           Disability as set forth herein, any unvested OpNext
                           Stock Options shall immediately vest as set forth in
                           Section 6 hereof and all vested OpNext Stock Options
                           shall be subject to the provisions of this Agreement,
                           Executive's Stock Option Agreement and the Stock
                           Incentive Plan.

15. Proprietary            Executive agrees, at OpNext's request, to enter into
    Information Agreement: a confidentiality agreement with OpNext (the
                           "CONFIDENTIALITY AGREEMENT").


16. Restrictions:          Executive represents and warrants to OpNext that
                           there are no restrictions or agreements or
                           limitations on Executive's right or ability to enter
                           into this Agreement or perform the terms set forth
                           herein.

17. Confidential           Executive acknowledges that during the course of
    Information:           performing services for OpNext, Executive will have
                           substantial access to trade secrets and other
                           confidential information of OpNext and its
                           subsidiaries and affiliates and will enter into the
                           Confidentiality Agreement to restrict the disclosure
                           by Executive of such trade secrets and other
                           confidential information

18. Noncompetition:        Executive agrees that he will not, during his
                           employment with OpNext, and for a period of six (6)
                           months following the termination thereof (the
                           "NONCOMPETE PERIOD"), directly or indirectly engage
                           or participate, either as principal, agent, employee,
                           employer, consultant, stockholder, co-partner or in
                           any other individual or representative capacity
                           whatsoever, in the conduct or management of, or own
                           or have any stock or other proprietary or financial
                           interest in, any business that competes with

                                       4

                           the business carried on or planned by OpNext or its
                           subsidiaries at the time of the termination of his
                           employment, unless he shall have obtained the prior
                           written consent of OpNext, except that Executive
                           shall be permitted (i) to own up to two percent (2%)
                           of the capital stock of corporations whose securities
                           are publicly-owned and regularly traded on any
                           national exchange or in the over-the counter market;
                           and (ii) to own up to two percent (2%) of the voting
                           securities of companies that are privately held,
                           provided that in no event shall Executive possess any
                           managerial or decision-making authority in such
                           company or have the ability to influence the
                           management or affairs of such company.

19. Nonsolicitation:       During the Noncompete Period, Executive shall not
                           directly or indirectly through another entity (i)
                           induce or attempt to induce any employee of OpNext or
                           any of its subsidiaries or affiliates to leave the
                           employ of OpNext or any of its subsidiaries or
                           affiliates, or in any way interfere with the
                           relationship between OpNext and any of its
                           subsidiaries and affiliates and any employee thereof,
                           (ii) induce or attempt to induce any customer,
                           supplier, licensee or other business relation of
                           OpNext or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates to
                           cease doing business with OpNext or such subsidiary
                           or affiliate or in any way interfere with the
                           relationship between any such customer, supplier,
                           licensee or business relation and OpNext and any
                           subsidiary or affiliate, or (iii) directly or
                           indirectly acquire or attempt to acquire an interest
                           in any business relating to the business of OpNext or
                           any of its subsidiaries or affiliates and with which
                           OpNext or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates has
                           entertained discussions or has requested and received
                           information relating to the acquisition of such
                           business by OpNext or any of its subsidiaries or
                           affiliates in the two-year period immediately
                           preceding the date of Executive's termination of
                           employment.

20. Withholdings:          All payments set forth herein which are subject to
                           withholding shall be made less any required
                           withholdings.

21. Binding Arbitration:   Any controversy arising out of or relating to this
                           Agreement or the Confidentiality Agreement shall be
                           settled by binding arbitration in New York City, New
                           York in accordance with the Commercial Arbitration
                           Rules of the American Arbitration Association. The
                           award rendered in any such proceeding shall be final
                           and binding, and judgment upon the award may be
                           entered in any court having jurisdiction thereof. The
                           costs of any such arbitration proceedings shall be
                           borne equally by OpNext and Executive. Neither party
                           shall be entitled to recover attorneys' fee or costs
                           expended in the course of such arbitration or
                           enforcement of the award rendered thereunder.

22. Governing Law:         All issues and questions concerning the construction,
                           validity, enforcement and interpretation of this
                           Agreement shall be governed by, and construed in
                           accordance with, the internal laws of the State of
                           New

                                       5

                           Jersey, without giving effect to any choice of law or
                           conflict of law provision or rule (whether of the
                           State of New Jersey or any other jurisdiction) that
                           would cause the application of the laws of any
                           jurisdiction other than the State of New Jersey.

23. Notices:               All notices in connection herewith or provided for
                           hereunder shall be validly given or made only if made
                           in writing and delivered personally or mailed by
                           registered or certified mail, return receipt
                           requested, postage prepaid, to the party entitled or
                           required to receive the same, as follows:

                                    If to Executive, addressed to:

                                    Michael Chan
                                    50 Takolusa Drive
                                    Holmdel, New Jersey 07733

                                    If to the Company, addressed to:

                                    OpNext, Inc.
                                    246 Industrial Way West
                                    Eatontown, New Jersey 07724
                                    Attention: Chief Executive Officer

* * * * *

6

SIGNATURE PAGE TO TERMS OF AGREEMENT

Please indicate your agreement with the foregoing by signing in the space indicated below.

OPNEXT, INC.

By: /s/ HARRY L. BOSCO
    ----------------------------------------
        Harry Bosco, Chief Executive Officer

AGREED TO AND ACCEPTED:

/s/ MICHAEL CHAN
---------------------------
Name:  Michael Chan 8/24/01


AMENDMENT

AMENDMENT, dated April 20, 2004, to the Terms of Agreement by and between Opnext, Inc. (the "Company") and Michael Chan (the "Executive"), entered into as of August 24, 2001 (the "Terms of Agreement").

WHEREAS, the Company and the Executive are the parties to the Terms of Agreement, and wish to amend the Terms of Agreement to extend the duration of the Initial Term, as defined therein;

NOW, THEREFORE, for good and valuable consideration, the parties to the Terms of Agreement agree as follows:

All capitalized terms not defined in this Amendment shall have the meanings given in the Terms of Agreement.

1. The first sentence of Paragraph 8 of the Terms of Agreement shall be amended to read as follows in its entirety:

"The initial term (the "Initial Term") of Executive's employment with OpNext shall be for a period of seventy-two (72) months, commencing on the Employment Start Date and ending on December 1, 2006."

2. The Terms of Agreement (including, without limitation, the remainder of Paragraph 8) shall in all other respects remain in full force and effect.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have signed their names, effective as of the date first above written.

OPNEXT, INC.

/s/     HARRY BOSCO
---------------------------
By:     HARRY L BOSCO
Title:  PRESIDENT & CEO

/s/     MICHAEL CHAN
---------------------------
        MICHAEL CHAN


AMENDMENT NO. 2
TO
TERMS OF AGREEMENT

AMENDMENT NO. 2, dated October 4, 2006, to the Terms of Agreement by and between Opnext, Inc. (the "Company") and Michael Chan (the "Executive") entered into as of August 24, 2001 (the "Terms of Agreement").

WHEREAS, the Company and the Executive are the parties to the Terms of Agreement, and wish to amend the Terms of Agreement to extend the duration of the Initial Term, as defined therein;

NOW, THEREFORE, for good and valuable consideration, the parties to the Terms of Agreement agree as follows:

All capitalized terms not defined in this Amendment shall have the meanings given in the Terms of Agreement.

1. The first sentence of Paragraph 8 of the Terms of Agreement shall be amended to read as follows in its entirety:

"The initial term (the "Initial Term") of Executive's employment with Opnext shall be for a period of ninety-six (96) months, commencing on the Employment Start Date and ending on December 1, 2008.

2. The Terms of Agreement (including, without limitation, the remainder of Paragraph 8) shall in all other respects remain in full force and effect.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have signed their names, effective as of the date first above written.

OPNEXT, INC.

By: /S/     HARRY BOSCO
    -------------------------
            HARRY L. BOSCO
            PRESIDENT & CEO

EXECUTIVE

By: /S/     MICHAEL CHAN
    -------------------------
            MICHAEL CHAN


Exhibit 10.9

OPNEXT, INC.

246 Industrial Way West
Eatontown, New Jersey 07724

TERMS OF AGREEMENT

1. Employer:               OpNext, Inc. ("OPNEXT").

2. Employee:               Chi Ho Lin ("EXECUTIVE").

3. Position and Duties:    Executive shall be the Senior Vice President, Sales
                           and Marketing of OpNext and shall have the normal
                           duties, responsibilities, functions and authority of
                           a senior vice president for sales and marketing of a
                           company the size and structure of OpNext. Executive
                           shall report directly to the Chief Executive Officer
                           ("CEO"). Executive has primary responsibility for
                           global sales and marketing activities. Executive
                           shall be responsible for designing and implementing
                           policies and programs that direct both the marketing
                           and sales of OpNext's products and services.
                           Executive shall exercise such further
                           responsibilities and perform such further duties as
                           directed from time to time by the CEO and the Board
                           of Directors of OpNext (the "Board").

4. Base Salary:            $275,000 per annum.

5. Annual Bonus:           Executive will be eligible for a target bonus equal
                           to 40%-50% of Executive's base salary. Bonuses are
                           awarded in the sole discretion of the Board based on
                           OpNext's Annual Performance Bonus Plan as established
                           by the Board.

6. OpNext StockOptions:    On the Closing Date of that certain Amended and
                           Restated Stock Purchase Agreement by and among
                           OpNext, Hitachi, Ltd. ("HITACHI"), Clarity OpNext
                           Holdings I, LLC, Clarity OpNext Holdings II, LLC and
                           Clarity Partners, L.P., dated as of July 31, 2001,
                           Executive will receive options to acquire 400,000
                           shares of Class B Common Stock of OpNext at a strike
                           price of $8.34 per share (the "OPNEXT STOCK
                           OPTIONS"). The OpNext Stock Options shall be subject
                           to vesting as follows: 1/4 of the OpNext Stock
                           Options shall vest on the first anniversary of the
                           Employment Start Date (as defined below); 1/4 of the
                           OpNext Stock Options shall vest on the second
                           anniversary of the Employment Start Date; 1/4 of the
                           OpNext Stock Options shall vest on the third
                           anniversary of the Employment Start Date; and 1/4 of
                           the OpNext Stock Options shall vest on the fourth
                           anniversary of the Employment Start Date (it being
                           understood that in the event Executive's employment
                           is terminated at the conclusion of the Initial Term
                           (as defined in Section 8 hereof) for reasons other
                           than for Cause, the final 1/4 of Executive's OpNext
                           Stock Options shall vest on the fourth anniversary of
                           the Employment Start Date). Each anniversary

                           of the Employment Start Date shall be referred to
                           herein as an "Anniversary Date."

                           Any unvested OpNext Stock Options shall automatically
                           cancel upon Executive's termination of employment
                           with OpNext; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, in the event that
                           Executive's employment is terminated without Cause
                           (as defined in Section 13 hereof) or for Good Reason
                           (as defined in Section 12 hereof) on any date other
                           than an Anniversary Date, Executive's 1/4 installment
                           of OpNext Stock Options that was scheduled to vest on
                           the next Anniversary Date following Executive's
                           termination of employment shall vest on such upcoming
                           Anniversary Date. In addition, in the event that
                           Executive's employment is terminated by reason of
                           Executive's death or Disability (as defined in
                           Section 14 hereof), Executive's OpNext Stock Options,
                           to the extent not previously vested, shall
                           immediately vest. The OpNext Stock Options will be
                           subject to the additional terms and conditions as
                           will be set forth in OpNext's Stock Incentive Plan
                           (the "STOCK INCENTIVE PLAN") and in a non-qualified
                           stock option agreement (the "STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT")
                           which Executive will execute in connection with
                           receiving the OpNext Stock Options.

7. Employment Start Date:  For purposes of this Agreement, Executive's
                           employment start date will be deemed to be December
                           1, 2000.

8. Employment Term:        The initial term (the "INITIAL TERM") of Executive's
                           employment with OpNext shall be for a period of
                           forty-eight (48) months, commencing on the Employment
                           Start Date and ending on November 30, 2004, unless
                           renewed as set forth herein. Executive's employment
                           will be renewed automatically upon expiration of the
                           Initial Term for successive one-year periods (each
                           such period, a "SUCCESSIVE TERM"), unless not less
                           than sixty (60) days prior to the end of the Initial
                           Term or any Successive Term (as the case may be),
                           either Executive or OpNext provides written notice to
                           the other of such party's intention not to renew the
                           employment.

9. Benefits:               Executive will receive benefits in accordance with
                           OpNext company policy.

10. Vacation:              Executive will receive 4 weeks paid vacation time.

11. Annual Performance     Executive's job performance shall be reviewed
    Reviews:               annually by the Board. In conjunction with such
                           annual performance review process, Executive will be
                           eligible for salary increases, cash bonus awards (the
                           bonus target range is set forth under Section 5
                           above) and additional stock option awards, which will
                           be subject to company policy and vesting
                           arrangements. Salary increases, cash bonuses and
                           stock option awards will be determined by the Board
                           in its sole discretion based on the overall
                           performance of OpNext as well as Executive's
                           individual performance. Stock options, salary
                           increases and bonuses are awarded at the discretion
                           of the Board.

                                       2

12. Termination Without    In the event Executive is terminated without Cause
    Cause or With Good     (as defined below) or Executive terminates his
    Reason:                employment for Good Reason (as defined below) prior
                           to the conclusion of the Initial Term, Executive
                           shall receive as severance an amount equal to one
                           times his annual base salary.

                           "Good Reason" as used herein shall mean:

                           (i)      a material and substantial diminution of
                                    Executive's duties or responsibilities or
                                    Executive's removal as Chief Executive
                                    Officer of OpNext; or

                           (ii)     a reduction by OpNext of Executive's base
                                    salary or target bonus range as set forth in
                                    Section 5 above.

                           Executive must provide written notice to OpNext
                           within 20 days after the occurrence of an event
                           constituting Good Reason. OpNext shall have 20 days
                           after receipt of such written notice to cure. If
                           OpNext fails to cure and Executive resigns within 30
                           days after the end of the 20-day cure period, then
                           such resignation shall constitute resignation for
                           Good Reason.

                           Except as set forth above, upon termination without
                           Cause or resignation for Good Reason, Executive shall
                           not be entitled to receive any further compensation
                           or payments hereunder and any unvested stock options
                           shall immediately cancel. Vested stock options shall
                           be subject to the provisions of Executive's Stock
                           Option Agreement and the Stock Incentive Plan.

13. Termination            "Cause" as utilized herein shall mean:
    For Cause:
                           (i)      the commission of a felony or the commission
                                    of any other act or omission involving
                                    dishonesty or fraud with respect to OpNext
                                    or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates or
                                    any of their customers or suppliers; or

                           (ii)     conduct tending to bring OpNext or any of
                                    its subsidiaries or affiliates into
                                    substantial public disgrace or disrepute; or

                           (iii)    breach of the Confidentiality Agreement
                                    referred to below; or

                           (iv)     fraud or embezzlement with respect to OpNext
                                    or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates; or

                           (v)      gross negligence or willful misconduct with
                                    respect to OpNext or any of its subsidiaries
                                    or affiliates; or

                           (vi)     repeated failure to perform Executive's
                                    duties as directed by the Board.

                                       3

                           Upon notice by OpNext to Executive of a termination
                           for Cause, the "Termination Date" shall be the date
                           on which such notice is mailed or hand-delivered, or
                           as otherwise specified in the notice of termination,
                           to Executive. Upon termination for Cause, resignation
                           by Executive without Good Reason or expiration of the
                           Initial Term or any Successive Term (as the case may
                           be), Executive shall not be entitled to receive any
                           further compensation or payments hereunder (except
                           for Executive's Base Salary relating to the period of
                           time prior to the Termination Date). Any unvested
                           OpNext Stock Options shall immediately cancel and
                           terminate as of the Termination Date. Vested stock
                           options shall be subject to the provisions of
                           Executive's Stock Option Agreement and the Stock
                           Incentive Plan.

14.      Disability:       If, by reason of any physical or mental injury,
                           illness or incapacity, Executive is unable to
                           effectively perform his duties and responsibilities
                           as determined by the Board ("DISABILITY") for more
                           than 180 days during any 12-month period, Executive's
                           employment with OpNext will be terminated. In
                           addition, in the event of Executive's Disability for
                           more than 30 consecutive days, Executive shall only
                           be entitled to receive such compensation as is
                           provided under OpNext's disability benefit plans. If
                           Executive's employment is terminated by reason of a
                           Disability as set forth herein, any unvested OpNext
                           Stock Options shall immediately vest as set forth in
                           Section 6 hereof and all vested OpNext Stock Options
                           shall be subject to the provisions of this Agreement,
                           Executive's Stock Option Agreement and the Stock
                           Incentive Plan.

15. Proprietary            Executive agrees, at OpNext's request, to enter into
    Information Agreement: a confidentiality agreement with OpNext (the
                           "CONFIDENTIALITY AGREEMENT").

16. Restrictions:          Executive represents and warrants to OpNext that
                           there are no restrictions or agreements or
                           limitations on Executive's right or ability to enter
                           into this Agreement or perform the terms set forth
                           herein.

17. Confidential           Executive acknowledges that during the course of
    Information:           performing services for OpNext, Executive will have
                           substantial access to trade secrets and other
                           confidential information of OpNext and its
                           subsidiaries and affiliates and will enter into the
                           Confidentiality Agreement to restrict the disclosure
                           by Executive of such trade secrets and other
                           confidential information

18. Noncompetition:        Executive agrees that he will not, during his
                           employment with OpNext, and for a period of six (6)
                           months following the termination thereof (the
                           "NONCOMPETE PERIOD"), directly or indirectly engage
                           or participate, either as principal, agent, employee,
                           employer, consultant, stockholder, co-partner or in
                           any other individual or representative capacity
                           whatsoever, in the conduct or management of, or own
                           or have any stock or other proprietary or financial
                           interest in, any business that competes with the

4

                           business carried on or planned by OpNext or its
                           subsidiaries at the time of the termination of his
                           employment, unless he shall have obtained the prior
                           written consent of OpNext, except that Executive
                           shall be permitted (i) to own up to two percent (2%)
                           of the capital stock of corporations whose securities
                           are publicly-owned and regularly traded on any
                           national exchange or in the over-the counter market;
                           and (ii) to own up to two percent (2%) of the voting
                           securities of companies that are privately held,
                           provided that in no event shall Executive possess any
                           managerial or decision-making authority in such
                           company or have the ability to influence the
                           management or affairs of such company.

19. Nonsolicitation:       During the Noncompete Period, Executive shall not
                           directly or indirectly through another entity (i)
                           induce or attempt to induce any employee of OpNext or
                           any of its subsidiaries or affiliates to leave the
                           employ of OpNext or any of its subsidiaries or
                           affiliates, or in any way interfere with the
                           relationship between OpNext and any of its
                           subsidiaries and affiliates and any employee thereof,
                           (ii) induce or attempt to induce any customer,
                           supplier, licensee or other business relation of
                           OpNext or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates to
                           cease doing business with OpNext or such subsidiary
                           or affiliate or in any way interfere with the
                           relationship between any such customer, supplier,
                           licensee or business relation and OpNext and any
                           subsidiary or affiliate, or (iii) directly or
                           indirectly acquire or attempt to acquire an interest
                           in any business relating to the business of OpNext or
                           any of its subsidiaries or affiliates and with which
                           OpNext or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates has
                           entertained discussions or has requested and received
                           information relating to the acquisition of such
                           business by OpNext or any of its subsidiaries or
                           affiliates in the two-year period immediately
                           preceding the date of Executive's termination of
                           employment.

20. Withholdings:          All payments set forth herein which are subject to
                           withholding shall be made less any required
                           withholdings.

21. Binding Arbitration:   Any controversy arising out of or relating to this
                           Agreement or the Confidentiality Agreement shall be
                           settled by binding arbitration in New York City, New
                           York in accordance with the Commercial Arbitration
                           Rules of the American Arbitration Association. The
                           award rendered in any such proceeding shall be final
                           and binding, and judgment upon the award may be
                           entered in any court having jurisdiction thereof. The
                           costs of any such arbitration proceedings shall be
                           borne equally by OpNext and Executive. Neither party
                           shall be entitled to recover attorneys' fee or costs
                           expended in the course of such arbitration or
                           enforcement of the award rendered thereunder.

22. Governing Law:         All issues and questions concerning the construction,
                           validity, enforcement and interpretation of this
                           Agreement shall be governed by, and construed in
                           accordance with, the internal laws of the State of
                           New

                                       5

                           Jersey, without giving effect to any choice of law or
                           conflict of law provision or rule (whether of the
                           State of New Jersey or any other jurisdiction) that
                           would cause the application of the laws of any
                           jurisdiction other than the State of New Jersey.

23. Notices:               All notices in connection herewith or provided for
                           hereunder shall be validly given or made only if made
                           in writing and delivered personally or mailed by
                           registered or certified mail, return receipt
                           requested, postage prepaid, to the party entitled or
                           required to receive the same, as follows:

                                    If to Executive, addressed to:

                                    Chi Ho Lin
                                    135 Gettysburg Lane
                                    Holmdel, New Jersey 07733

                                    If to the Company, addressed to:

                                    OpNext, Inc.
                                    246 Industrial Way West
                                    Eatontown, New Jersey 07724
                                    Attention: Chief Executive Officer

* * * * *

6

SIGNATURE PAGE TO TERMS OF AGREEMENT

Please indicate your agreement with the foregoing by signing in the space indicated below.

OPNEXT, INC.

By: /s/ HARRY L. BOSCO
    ----------------------------------------
        Harry Bosco, Chief Executive Officer

AGREED TO AND ACCEPTED:

/s/ CHI HO LIN
-----------------
Name:  Chi Ho Lin


AMENDMENT

AMENDMENT, dated April 19, 2004, to the Terms of Agreement by and between Opnext, Inc. (the "Company") and Chi Ho Lin (the "Executive"), entered into as of August 24, 2001 (the "Terms of Agreement").

WHEREAS, the Company and the Executive are the parties to the Terms of Agreement, and wish to amend the Terms of Agreement to extend the duration of the Initial Term, as defined therein;

NOW, THEREFORE, for good and valuable consideration, the parties to the Terms of Agreement agree as follows:

All capitalized terms not defined in this Amendment shall have the meanings given in the Terms of Agreement.

1. The first sentence of Paragraph 8 of the Terms of Agreement shall be amended to read as follows in its entirety:

"The initial term (the "Initial Term") of Executive's employment with OpNext shall be for a period of seventy-two (72) months, commencing on the Employment Start Date and ending on December 1, 2006."

2. The Terms of Agreement (including, without limitation, the remainder of Paragraph 8) shall in all other respects remain in full force and effect.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have signed their names, effective as of the date first above written.

OPNEXT, INC.

                                                     /s/     HARRY L. BOSCO
                                                     ---------------------------
                                                     By:     HARRY L BOSCO
                                                     Title:  PRESIDENT & CEO

/s/ CHI HO LIN
--------------
CHI HO LIN


AMENDMENT NO. 2
TO
TERMS OF AGREEMENT

AMENDMENT NO. 2, dated October 4, 2006, to the Terms of Agreement by and between Opnext, Inc. (the "Company") and Chi Ho Lin (the "Executive") entered into as of August 24, 2001 (the "Terms of Agreement").

WHEREAS, the Company and the Executive are the parties to the Terms of Agreement, and wish to amend the Terms of Agreement to extend the duration of the Initial Term, as defined therein;

NOW, THEREFORE, for good and valuable consideration, the parties to the Terms of Agreement agree as follows:

All capitalized terms not defined in this Amendment shall have the meanings given in the Terms of Agreement.

1. The first sentence of Paragraph 8 of the Terms of Agreement shall be amended to read as follows in its entirety:

"The initial term (the "Initial Term") of Executive's employment with OpNext shall be for a period of ninety-six (96) months, commencing on the Employment Start Date and ending on December 1, 2008.

2. The Terms of Agreement (including, without limitation, the remainder of Paragraph 8) shall in all other respects remain in full force and effect.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have signed their names, effective as of the date first above written.

OPNEXT, INC.

By: /s/     HARRY BOSCO
    -----------------------------
            HARRY L. BOSCO
            PRESIDENT & CEO

EXECUTIVE

By: /s/     CHI HO LIN
    -----------------------------
            CHI HO LIN


Exhibit 10.10

[OPNEXT LETTERHEAD]

March 5, 2001

Mr. Robert J. Nobile
38 Sloping Hill Terrace
Wayne, NJ 07470

Dear Robert:

On behalf of OpNext Inc. it gives me great pleasure to offer you employment as Senior Vice President of Finance reporting to Mr. Harry L. Bosco, CEO and President.

Your starting base salary will be $250,000 per year, payable in accordance with OpNext payroll policies.

You will receive a sign-on bonus of $25,000 that will be paid on the first pay date after hire in accordance with OpNext payroll policies. Please note that should you voluntarily terminate your employment with OpNext within twelve months of your date of hire, you agree by signing this employment offer to repay OpNext the full sign-on bonus.

You will receive options to acquire 150,000 shares of OpNext common stock subject to approval by the Board of Directors and to terms and conditions set forth in OpNext's stock option plan and in a non-qualified stock option agreement executed by you and OpNext at grant date which is equal to the date of hire. Vesting shall be as follows: 1/3 of the OpNext Stock Options shall vest on the first anniversary of the date of grant; 1/3 of the OpNext Stock Options shall vest on the second anniversary of the date of grant; and 1/3 of the OpNext Stock Options shall vest on the third anniversary of the date of grant. Any unvested OpNext Stock Options shall automatically cancel upon termination of employment with OpNext.

At the discretion of the Board, you will be eligible for salary increases, and additional option awards, which will be subject to company policy vesting agreements. You will also be eligible for annual cash bonus awards with a target of 40% of base salary at plan. We anticipate the plan will generally reward the participants based on overall company performance and individual performance.

You will be eligible to participate in the medical, dental , life and disability insurance plans of OpNext, and the Long Term Savings Plan for Employees (401K). You are entitled to 4 weeks vacation each year and holidays in accordance with the terms and conditions of OpNext's plans and policies as they exist from time to time.

In the event you decide to relocate your primary residence, OpNext will reimburse you for reasonable and customary moving costs. Also, you will be entitled to a company provided automobile or an equivalent allowance should the company adopt such a policy for its executives in the future.


Please be aware that this document is an offer of at-will employment and should not be construed or interpreted as creating an implied or expressed guarantee of continued employment.

By accepting this offer, you agree that (1) you will execute and comply with the proprietary information, non-competition, non-solicitation and invention agreement or policy the company adopts for its employees from time to time; (2) no trade secret or proprietary information belonging to any previous employer generally will be disclosed or used by you at OpNext; and (3) you are not subject to any agreement or policy which may impact your future employment at OpNext, including non-disclosure, non-competition, invention assignment agreements or policies or agreements or policies containing future work restrictions.

In the event you are terminated without Cause (as defined below) you shall receive an amount equal to one times the total of your annual salary.

"Cause" means (i) your engagement in misconduct which is materially injurious to OpNext or any of its affiliates, (ii) your continued failure to substantially perform your duties to OpNext or any of its subsidiaries other than as a result of physical or mental disability, (iii) your repeated dishonesty in the performance of your duties to OpNext or any of its subsidiaries, (iv) your commission of an act or acts constituting any (x) fraud against, or misappropriation or embezzlement from OpNext or any of its affiliates, (y) crime involving moral turpitude, or (z) offense that could result in a jail sentence of at least 30 days or (v) your material breach of any confidentiality, non-solicitation, non-competition or inventions covenant entered into between you and OpNext or any of its subsidiaries.

You will be subject to all applicable federal, state and local taxes.

If you have any questions specific to the terms of this offer, feel free to contact me anytime. We appreciate your interest in OpNext and look forward to your decision.

OpNext Inc.

By:   /s/ Harry L. Bosco                 3/5/01
      ---------------------
      Harry L. Bosco
      CEO and President
      OpNext Inc.

Agreed to and accepted:

/s/ Robert J. Nobile             Date:  3-5-01
-----------------------
Robert J. Nobile

Anticipated Start Date: 3-5-01

2

EXHIBIT 10.11

Opnext, Inc.

Restricted Stock Agreement

THIS AGREEMENT (the "Agreement"), is made effective as of the __ day of __, 20__ (hereinafter called the "Date of Grant"), between Opnext, Inc., a Delaware corporation (hereinafter called the "Company"), and _____________ (hereinafter called the "Participant"):

R E C I T A L S:

WHEREAS, the Company has adopted the Opnext, Inc. 2001 Long-Term Stock Incentive Plan (the "Plan"), which Plan is incorporated herein by reference and made a part of this Agreement. Capitalized terms not otherwise defined herein shall have the same meanings as in the Plan; and

WHEREAS, the Committee has determined that it would be in the best interests of the Company and its stockholders to grant the shares of restricted stock provided for herein (the "Restricted Stock") to the Participant pursuant to the Plan and the terms set forth herein.

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants hereinafter set forth, the parties agree as follows:

1. Grant of the Restricted Stock. The Company hereby grants to the Participant, on the terms and conditions hereinafter set forth, ________ shares of Restricted Stock, subject to adjustment as set forth in the Plan. The Restricted Stock award shall expire and be canceled without consideration if not vested (as provided in Section 2(a)) on or before the tenth anniversary of the Date of Grant.

2. Vesting.

(a) Subject to Section 1 and to the Participant's continued employment with the Company, the Restricted Stock shall vest one-half on the first anniversary of the Company's Initial Public Offering (as defined below) and one-half shall vest on the second anniversary of the Company's Initial Public Offering. If the Participant's employment with the Company is terminated for any reason prior to the time it becomes vested, the Restricted Stock shall be canceled by the Company without consideration.

(b) For purposes of this Agreement, "Initial Public Offering" shall mean the closing of the first sale of Shares in an underwritten public offering registered under the Securities Act of 1933, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, as amended. (1)

3. Rights as a Stockholder. The Participant shall be the record owner of the Restricted Stock unless or until such Restricted Stock is canceled or forfeited pursuant to Section 1, Section 2(a) or Section 4(b) hereof. Dividends paid on Shares of Restricted Stock shall be


(1)

2

withheld by the Company, subject to the vesting of the Restricted Stock in accordance with Section 2.

4. Receipt of Shares.

(a) Certificates issued in respect of the Restricted Stock shall be registered in the Participant's name and deposited by such Participant, together with a stock power endorsed in blank, with the Company; provided that no Restricted Stock shall be issued if the Participant does not provide the Company with a stock power endorsed in blank. As soon as reasonably practicable after the vesting of the Restricted Stock in accordance with Section 2, the Company shall deliver such certificates to the Participant or his or her legal representative, as applicable. However, the Company shall not be liable to the Participant for damages relating to any delays in issuing or delivering the certificates to him, any loss of the certificates, or any mistakes or errors in the issuance of the certificates or in the certificates themselves. Any heir or legatee of the Participant shall take rights herein granted subject to the terms and conditions hereof.

(b) Shares payable upon the vesting of Restricted Stock may not be delivered pursuant to Section 4(a) if the Company in its sole discretion determines that the Participant has, at any time during the term of employment or following termination of employment, violated the terms of any agreement with the Company or a Subsidiary regarding competition with the business of the Company or any Subsidiary, interference with contractual or business relationships of the Company or any Subsidiary, solicitation of employees, officers, partners, agents, or consultants of the Company or a Subsidiary or other similar covenant. In the event that a Participant violates the terms of any such agreement, the Company may cause such Participant to forfeit all of his or her Restricted Stock and disgorge any gain realized upon the sale or other transfer of any Shares delivered upon the vesting of Restricted Stock within the six-month period preceding the violation.

5. No Right to Continued Employment. Neither the Plan nor this Agreement shall be construed as giving the Participant the right to be retained in the employ of, or in any consulting relationship to, the Company or any Affiliate. Further, the Company or an Affiliate may at any time dismiss the Participant or discontinue any consulting relationship, free from any liability or any claim under the Plan or this Agreement, except as otherwise expressly provided herein.

6. Legend on Certificates. The certificates representing the Shares received upon vesting of the Restricted Stock shall be subject to such stop transfer orders and other restrictions as the Committee may deem advisable under the Plan or the rules, regulations, and other requirements of the Securities and Exchange Commission, any stock exchange upon which such Shares are listed, and any applicable Federal or state laws, and the Committee may cause a legend or legends to be put on any such certificates to make appropriate reference to such restrictions.

7. Transferability. The Restricted Stock may not be transferred or assigned by the Participant otherwise than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution, and any such purported transfer or assignment shall be void and unenforceable against the Company or any Affiliate; provided that the designation of a beneficiary shall not constitute a transfer or


3

assignment. No such permitted transfer of the Restricted Stock to heirs or legatees of the Participant shall be effective to bind the Company unless the Committee shall have been furnished with written notice thereof and a copy of such evidence as the Committee may deem necessary to establish the validity of the transfer and the acceptance by the transferee or transferees of the terms and conditions hereof.

8. Withholding.

(a) The Participant may be required to pay to the Company or any Affiliate, and the Company or any Affiliate shall have the right and is hereby authorized to withhold from any payment due or transfer made under this Agreement or under the Plan or from any compensation or other amount owing to a Participant (in cash, Shares, other securities, other Awards or other property), the amount of any applicable withholding taxes in respect of the Restricted Stock, and to take such action as may be necessary in the option of the Company to satisfy all obligations for the payment of such taxes.

(b) Without limiting the generality of clause (a) above, the Participant may satisfy, in whole or in part, the foregoing withholding liability by delivery of Shares owned by the Participant (which are not subject to any pledge or other security interest and which have been owned by the Participant for at least 6 months) with a Fair Market Value equal to such withholding liability or by having the Company withhold from the number of Shares otherwise issuable upon the vesting of the Restricted Stock a number of Shares with a Fair Market Value equal to such withholding liability.

9. Securities Laws. Upon the acquisition of any Shares pursuant to this Agreement, the Participant will make or enter into such written representations, warranties and agreements as the Committee may reasonably request in order to comply with applicable securities laws or with this Agreement.

10. Notices. Any notice necessary under this Agreement shall be addressed to the Company in care of its Secretary at the principal executive office of the Company and to the Participant at the address appearing in the personnel records of the Company for the Participant or to either party at such other address as either party hereto may hereafter designate in writing to the other. Any such notice shall be deemed effective upon receipt thereof by the addressee.

11. Choice of Law. THE INTERPRETATION, PERFORMANCE AND ENFORCEMENT OF THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK, WITHOUT REGARD TO PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICTS OF LAW.

12. Restricted Stock Subject to Plan. By entering into this Agreement the Participant agrees and acknowledges that the Participant has received and read a copy of the Plan. The Restricted Stock is subject to the Plan. The terms and provisions of the Plan as it may be amended from time to time are hereby incorporated herein by reference. In the event of a conflict between any term or provision contained herein and a term or provision of the Plan, the applicable terms and provisions of the Plan will govern and prevail.


4

13. Signature in Counterparts. This Agreement may be signed in counterparts, each of which shall be an original, with the same effect as if the signatures thereto and hereto were upon the same instrument.

14. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement.

OPNEXT, INC.


By:

Title:


PARTICIPANT

EXHIBIT 10.25

BUSINESS PARK NET LEASE

940 AUBURN COURT
FREMONT, CALIFORNIA

BY AND BETWEEN

BEDFORD PROPERTY INVESTORS INC.,
A MARYLAND CORPORATION
(LANDLORD)

AND

PINE PHOTONICS COMMUNICATIONS, INC.,
A DELAWARE CORPORATION
(TENANT)


BUSINESS PARK NET LEASE

This Business Park Net Lease ("LEASE") is entered into by and between "LANDLORD" and "TENANT" (defined below and collectively the "PARTIES") and dated for reference purposes only as of JUNE 30, 2000.

ARTICLE 1. SALIENT LEASE TERMS

In addition to the terms defined throughout this Lease, the terms set forth below shall have the following meanings when referred to in this Lease:

1.1   RENT PAYMENT ADDRESS:           BEDFORD PROPERTY INVESTORS
                                      Lockbox No, 73048 - "AUBURN COURT"
                                      P.O. Box 60000
                                      San Francisco, CA 94160-3048.

1.2   LANDLORD & NOTICE ADDRESS:      BEDFORD PROPERTY INVESTORS, INC., a
                                      Maryland corporation
                                      270 Lafayette Circle
                                      Lafayette, California 94549
                                      Facsimile number (925) 283-0896

1.3   TENANT & NOTICE ADDRESS:        PINE PHOTONICS COMMUNICATIONS, INC., a
                                      Delaware corporation
                                      940 Auburn Court
                                      Fremont, California 94538
                                      Facsimile number:  (   ) __________

1.4   PREMISES:                       940 AUBURN COURT, FREMONT, CA, containing
                                      approximately 12,060 square feet (the
                                      "RENTABLE AREA"), as outlined in Exhibit
                                      B.

1.5   BUILDING:                       BUILDING 2:  910-940 AUBURN COURT,
                                      FREMONT, CALIFORNIA in which the Premises
                                      are located.

1.6   COMPLEX:                        AUBURN COURT, located at 850-860 AUBURN
                                      COURT. (BUILDING 1) AND 910-940 AUBURN
                                      COURT (BUILDING 2), FREMONT, CALIFORNIA,
                                      in the State of California ("STATE"),
                                      consisting of: (i) that parcel of real
                                      property on which the Premises are
                                      located, (ii) the Common Area, and (iii)
                                      any contiguous parcels owned by Landlord,
                                      us more particularly described in Exhibit
                                      A.

1.7   TERM:                           (A)  AUGUST 1, 2000 (the "COMMENCEMENT
                                      DATE").


                                                                    /s/
---------------------                                        -------------------

Landlord's Initials Tenant's Initials

1

                                      (B)  SIXTY (60) months.

1.8   MINIMUM MONTHLY RENT:           (A)  Minimum Monthly

                                           8/1/00 -- 7/31/01:  $ 21,105.00
                                           8/1/01 -- 7/31/02:  $ 22,160.25
                                           8/1/02 -- 7/31/03:  $ 23,268.26
                                           8/1/03 -- 7/31/04:  $ 24,431.68
                                           8/1/04 -- 7/31/05:  $ 25,653.26

                                      (B)  Advance Rent:     $ 21,105.00

1.9   SECURITY DEPOSIT:               $307,839.12 (SEE ADDENDUM #1 -- "LETTER OF
                                      CREDIT AS SECURITY DEPOSIT")

1.10  PERMITTED USE:                  Administrative office, warehouse and
                                      distribution, and engineering uses for
                                      optical communication component business.

1.11  INITIAL PRO RATA %:             17.73% Percent - CAM and Insurance Pro
                                      Rata (12,060 SF + 68,030 SF)
                                      33.33% Percent - Property Tax Pro Rata
                                      (12,060 SF + 36,180 SF)
      COMPLEX RENTABLE AREA:          68,030 Square Feet (850-940 Auburn Court)
      BUILDING 2 RENTABLE AREA:       36,180 Square Feet (910-940 Auburn Court)

1.12  LANDLORD'S ALLOWANCE:           Not to Exceed:  $ 24,120.00

1.13  CC&RS:                          Date of Recordation AUGUST 30, 1979
                                      Book 112, Page 85
                                      Document Number

1.14  MANAGEMENT FEE:                 3% percent of gross rental revenue
1.15  BROKER:                         LANDLORD:  CPS REALTY

                                      TENANT:  SHORELINE COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE

1.16  CONTENTS:                       This Lease consists of Pages 1 through 15;
                                      Articles 1 through 34; and Addenda 1; as
                                      well as the following Exhibits:
                                      Exhibit A - Legal Description of Complex
                                      Exhibit B - Plan of the Complex and Floor
                                      Plan of the Premises
                                      Exhibit C - Work Letter for Construction
                                      Obligations
                                      Exhibit D - Acknowledgment of Commencement
                                      of Term
                                      Exhibit E - Rules and Regulations


                                                                    /s/
---------------------                                        -------------------

Landlord's Initials Tenant's Initials

2

ARTICLE 2. PREMISES

2.1 Demising Clause. Landlord leases to Tenant and Tenant leases from Landlord the Premises upon the terms and conditions set forth in this Lease. Landlord reserves the area beneath and above the Building and the exterior thereof together with the right to install, maintain, use, repair and replace pipes, ducts, conduits, wires, and structural elements leading through the Premises serving other parts of the Complex, so long as such items are concealed by walls, flooring or ceilings. Such reservation in no way affects the maintenance obligations imposed herein. Landlord may change the shape, size, location, number and extent of the improvements to any portion of the Complex, including the Building, without the consent of Tenant and without affecting Tenant's obligations hereunder if such changes do not have a material adverse impact on Tenant's use of the Premises. In this Lease "LANDLORD PARTIES" means Landlord's directors, officers, employees, shareholders, contractors, property managers, agents, Lenders, successors, assignees, nominees and other lien holders, but excluding other tenants in the Complex, and "TENANT PARTIES" means Tenant's directors, officers, employees, partners, shareholders, invitees, agents, contractors, assigns, subtenants or occupants.

2.2 Covenants, Conditions and Restrictions. The Parties agree that this Lease is subject and subordinate to the effect of: (a) any covenants, conditions, restrictions, easements, Security Instruments, and any other matters or documents of record, including the CC&Rs, and all amendments or modification thereto (collectively, the "RESTRICTIONS"); (b) zoning and other laws of the city, county and state where the Complex is situated; and (c) general and special taxes not delinquent. Tenant agrees that as to its leasehold estate, Tenant and all persons in possession or holding under Tenant will conform to and will not violate the terms of any Restrictions.

ARTICLE 3. TERM AND POSSESSION

3.1 Commencement Date. The Commencement Date specified in Section 1.7 (A) is the date the Parties agree that the Lease shall commence, whether or not Tenant has completed construction of the Tenant Improvements by such date. Following the Commencement Date, Tenant shall execute a written acknowledgment of that date as the actual Commencement Date in the form of Exhibit D.

3.2 Term. The Term of this Lease shall start on the Commencement Date and shall be for the term specified in Section 1.7 (B) hereof, plus any partial month at the commencement of the Term.

3.3 Pre-Term Possession. Following delivery of the Premises by Landlord, Tenant may enter the Premises at its own risk to construct the Tenant Improvements pursuant to Exhibit C hereto. During any period prior to the Commencement Date that Tenant is in possession of the Premises, all terms and conditions of the Lease shall apply, including Tenant indemnities under the Lease and Tenant's payment of utilities, but excluding the payment of other Rent.

                                                                    /s/
---------------------                                        -------------------
 Landlord's Initials                                          Tenant's Initials

3

3.4 Landlord Delay. Landlord shall use reasonable efforts to deliver the Premises to Tenant on or before the Commencement Date specified in Section 1.7 (A). If Landlord cannot deliver possession of the Premises on or before the Commencement Date, the Lease shall not be void or voidable, nor shall Landlord be liable for any loss or damage resulting therefrom. If Landlord cannot deliver possession of the Premises within six months following the Commencement Date for any reason other than as may be caused by Tenant or any of the Tenant Parties, Tenant shall have the right to cancel this Lease upon Notice to Landlord given within ten days after the expiration of the six-month period. In the event of any such delay in delivery of possession of the Premises to Tenant by Landlord (the "LANDLORD DELAY"), the proposed Commencement Date of August 1, 2000, shall be extended by an period equal to the Landlord Delay.

ARTICLE 4. RENT

4.1 Payment. Tenant shall pay to Landlord the Minimum Monthly Rent specified in Section 1.8 (A) and the Additional Rent as set forth in Articles 5 through 8 and elsewhere in this Lease (the Minimum Monthly Rent and the Additional Rent are collectively referred to as "RENT"). Minimum Monthly Rent is payable in advance on the first day of each month of the Term at the Rent Payment Address or such other address specified by Landlord. If the Term commences on other than the first day of the month, the Rent for the first partial month shall be prorated accordingly. All Rent is payable in lawful money of the United States.

4.2 No Set Off. Rent shall be paid without prior notice, demand, deduction, setoff, offset, counterclaim, recoupment, suspension or abatement except as expressly provided in Articles 12 and 20.

4.3 Advance Rent. The amount specified in Section 1.8 (B) is paid to Landlord upon execution of this Lease as advance Rent; provided, however, that such amount shall be held by Landlord as a Security Deposit pursuant to the Lease until it is applied by Landlord to the Minimum Monthly Rent.

4.4 Late Charges; Interest. Tenant acknowledges that late payment of Rent or other sums due under the Lease will cause Landlord to incur costs not contemplated by this Lease, the exact amount being extremely difficult and impractical to fix. Such costs include processing and accounting charges, late charges that may be imposed on Landlord by the terms of any encumbrance covering the Premises, and interest costs. If Landlord does not receive any Rent or other sums due from Tenant on the due date, Tenant shall pay to Landlord an additional sum of ten percent of such Rent or other sum as a late charge. The Parties agree that this late charge represents a fair and reasonable estimate of the cost Landlord will incur by reason of Tenant's late payment. Accepting any late charge does not waive Tenant's default with respect to the overdue amount or prevent Landlord from exercising any other rights or remedies available to Landlord. In addition to the late charge, Tenant shall pay interest at the rate of 10 percent per annum on any Rent or other sum not paid within 30 days of the date due.

                                                                    /s/
---------------------                                        -------------------
 Landlord's Initials                                          Tenant's Initials

4

ARTICLE 5. TAXES

5.1 Definition. The terms "REAL PROPERTY TAXES" or "TAXES" as used in this Lease include all of the following, but do not include any tax levied upon the net income or profits of Landlord:

(a) Present and future Real Property Taxes on the Building, the Complex, the land on which the Building is situated and the various estates in the Building and the land, including this Lease, as well as all personal property taxes levied on the property used in the operation of the Building or land;

(b) The cost to Landlord of contesting the amount, validity, or applicability of any Taxes;

(c) General or special assessments, improvement or other bonds, commercial and gross rental tax, levy, or tax imposed by any authority having the direct or indirect power to tax, as against any legal or equitable interest of Landlord in the Premises or in the real properly of which the Premises are a part, as against Landlord's right to Rent or other income therefrom, or as against Landlord's business of leasing the Premises;

(d) Any tax, fee, or charge with respect to the possession, leasing, transfer of interest, operation, management, maintenance, alteration, repair, use, or occupancy by Tenant, of any part of the Premises, Building, or Complex; and

(e) Any tax imposed in substitution, partially or totally, for any tax previously included within the definition of Taxes herein, or any additional tax, the nature of which may or may not have been previously included within the definition of Taxes.

5.2 Assessments. Only the current amount of any general or special assessments and statutory interest (prorated for any partial year) that comprise a part of the Taxes and are paid in annual or semi-annual installments shall be included within the computation of Taxes for which Tenant is responsible.

5.3 Separate Assessment. If the Premises are assessed separately by the taxing agency, Tenant shall pay to such agency all Taxes applicable to the Premises. Such payment is due ten days prior to such Taxes becoming delinquent. If the Premises share parking or Common Area with other premises, Section 5.4 below shall apply to Taxes thereon.

5.4 Proration. If the Premises are not separately assessed, Tenant shall pay as Additional Rent to Landlord, within ten days after Notice, Tenant's share of all Real Property Taxes stated in the tax bill in which the Premises are included, including the parking and Common Area, as well as the improvements on all of said land, or otherwise arising under the provisions of this Article. As used in this Section, "Tenant's share" is a fraction in which the numerator is the Rentable Area of the Premises and the denominator is the sum of all rentable areas included within the tax bill. The term "tax bill" means the tax bill that includes the Premises, or a group of tax bills aggregated at the option of Landlord, as long as all tax bills relate to the Complex.

                                                                    /s/
---------------------                                        -------------------
 Landlord's Initials                                          Tenant's Initials

5

5.5 Estimated Payments. Landlord, at its option, may estimate the Taxes next due and collect front Tenant on a monthly basis, along with Tenant's payment of Minimum Monthly Rent, the amount of Tenant's estimated Tax obligation. About May 1 of each year during the Term (or as soon thereafter as is reasonably practicable), Landlord will provide Tenant with a reconciliation of Tenant's account with respect to such estimated Tax payments. If it is established upon such reconciliation that Tenant has not paid enough estimated Taxes to cover Tenant's share for the year in question, Tenant shall pay to Landlord the full amount of such shortage within ten days of billing. If it is established that Tenant has overpaid its Tax obligation, Tenant will receive a credit applicable to the next ensuing estimated Tax payments or a refund of the amount if the Term has expired.

5.6 Personal Property Taxes. Tenant shall pay prior to delinquency all taxes assessed against and levied upon trade fixtures, furnishings, equipment and all other personal property of Tenant contained in the Premises or elsewhere. When possible, Tenant shall cause such trade fixtures, furnishings, equipment and all other personal property to be assessed and billed separately from the real property of Landlord. If any of Tenant's personal property shall be assessed with Landlord's reel property, or if any other Taxes or taxes which are payable by Tenant pursuant to this Lease or otherwise are assessed against Landlord or Landlord's real property, Tenant shall pay Landlord the Taxes and other taxes attributable to Tenant within ten days after receipt of a written statement setting forth the amount owed.

5.7 Net Rent. It is the intention of the Parties that the Rent received by Landlord be net of any Taxes of any sort to be paid by Landlord. If it is not lawful for Tenant to reimburse Landlord for any of the Taxes, the Minimum Monthly Rent shall be increased by the amount equal to the Taxes allocable to Tenant so as to net to Landlord the amount that it would have received if such Tax had not been imposed.

ARTICLE 6. COMMON AREAS AND COMMON AREA COSTS

6.1 Definitions

(a) "COMMON AREA" include all areas and facilities outside the Premises, within the exterior boundaries of the Complex, that are provided by Landlord for the general use and convenience of Tenant and of other Complex tenants and their authorized representatives and invitees. Common Area includes driveways, parking areas, sidewalks, and landscaped areas, all as generally described or shown on Exhibit B attached hereto. Exhibit B is tentative, and Landlord reserves the right to make alterations to it from time to time. Common Area also includes systems within the Premises that also serve other tenants such as plumbing, fire sprinkler or non-exclusive HVAC.

(b) "COMMON AREA COSTS" are all costs incurred by Landlord for (i) maintenance, repair, replacement, improvement, or operation of the Complex, except for Landlord's maintenance obligation under Section 19.1; (ii) refuse disposal; (iii) property owner's association dues or assessments imposed upon Landlord by any Restrictions; (iv) liability and other insurance for the Complex not covered in Section 8.4; (v) security services for the Complex; (vi) upgrading the utility, efficiency or capacity of any utility or telecommunication

                                                                    /s/
---------------------                                        -------------------
 Landlord's Initials                                          Tenant's Initials

6

system serving tenants of the Complex; (vii) the Management Fee set forth in
Section 1.14; (viii) any other costs or fees reasonably related to the use, operation or enjoyment of any part of the Complex; (ix) any insurance deductibles for repairs under Article 12 or elsewhere in the Lease; and (x) amortized Capital Costs.

(c) "PRO RATA %" is a fraction where the numerator is the Rentable Area of the Premises and the denominator is the sum of the rentable areas of the buildings in the Complex using the Common Area or for whose benefit the Common Area Cost in incurred. Tenant's Initial Pro Rata % is stated in Section 1.11. The Pro Rata % may change from time to time.

(d) "CAPITAL COSTS" are any (i) expenditures that do not recur more frequently than at five year intervals in the normal course of operation and maintenance of the Complex; (ii) costs of capital improvements made by Landlord to the Complex for the purpose of reducing recurring expenses or utility costs; and/or (iii) costs of capital improvements made by Landlord that are required by governmental law, ordinance, regulation or mandate now or hereafter in effect, that was not applicable to the Complex at the time of the original construction. The portion of Capital Costs to be included each year in Common Area Costs is that fraction allocable to the calendar year in question calculated by amortizing the cost over the useful life of such improvement, as reasonably determined by Landlord, with interest on the unamortized balance at ten per cent per annum.

6.2 Rights and Duties of Landlord. Landlord shall maintain the Common Area, establish and enforce reasonable rules and regulations therefor, close any of the Common Area to whatever extent required in Landlord's opinion to prevent a dedication of or the accrual of any rights of any person or of the public to the Common Area, close temporarily any of the Common Area for maintenance purposes, and make changes to the Common Area including changes in the location of driveways, entrances, exits, vehicular parking spaces, parking area, the designation of area for the exclusive use of others, the direction of the flow of traffic or construction of additional buildings thereupon, in a manner Landlord deems proper in its opinion,. Tenant hereby acknowledges that Landlord is under no obligation to provide security for the Common Area but may do so at its option as a Common Area Cost.

6.3 Payments by Tenant. As Additional Rent, Tenant shall pay Landlord its "PRO RATA SHARE", being the product of the Pro Rata % times Common Area Costs, within ten days of receiving a bill from Landlord, but no more frequently than monthly. Landlord shall have the right to estimate Tenant's future Pro Rata Share and to collect it from Tenant on a monthly basis along with Tenant's payment of Minimum Monthly Rent. Landlord will provide a reconciliation of Tenant's account at least annually. If the reconciliation allows Tenant's account does not cover Tenant's Pro Rata Share for the period estimated, Tenant shall immediately pay Landlord any deficiency. Any excess indicated by to reconciliation shall be credited to Tenant's account to reduce the estimated payments for the next ensuing period, or if excess is determined at the end of the Term, it shall be refunded to Tenant.

6.4 Adjustments. Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions, Tenant's Pro Rata % as to certain expenses included in Common Area Costs may be calculated differently to yield a

                                                                    /s/
---------------------                                        -------------------
 Landlord's Initials                                          Tenant's Initials

7

higher percentage share for Tenant as to those expenses if Landlord permits other tenants or occupants in the Complex to incur such expenses directly rather than have Landlord incur the expense in common for the Complex. In such case, Tenant's Pro Rata % of the applicable expense shall be calculated as having as its denominator the sum of the rentable areas of all premises in the Complex less the rentable areas of tenants who have incurred such expense directly. In any case where Tenant, with Landlord's consent, incurs such expenses directly, Tenant's Pro Rata Share of such costs will be calculated specially so that expenses of the same character which are incurred by Landlord solely for the benefit of other tenants in the Complex will not be prorated to Tenant. Nothing herein shall imply that Landlord will permit Tenant or any other tenant of the Complex to incur Common Area Costs. Any such permission shall be in the sole discretion of Landlord.

6.5 Refuse Disposal. Tenant shall pay Landlord, within ten days of being billed therefore, for the removal from the Common Area, the Complex, or the Building of any amounts of refuse or rubbish that Tenant has generated in excess of amounts typically generated by other tenants of the Complex.

ARTICLE 7. _ASSIGNMENT AND SUBLETTING

7.1 Restriction on Transfer. Except as expressly provided in Article 7, Tenant will not, either voluntarily or by operation of law, assign, mortgage, hypothecate, encumber or otherwise transfer this Lease or any interest herein or sublet or license the Premises or any part thereof, or permit the use or occupancy of the Premises by any party other than Tenant (any of which are referred to as a "TRANSFER"), without the prior written consent of Landlord. For purposes of this Article, if Tenant is a corporation, limited liability company, partnership or other entity any transfer, assignment, encumbrance or hypothecation of fifty percent or more (individually or in the aggregate) of any stock or other ownership or beneficial interest in such entity, and/or any transfer, assignment, hypothecation or encumbrance of any controlling ownership, beneficial or voting interest in such entity, will be deemed a Transfer and will be subject to all of the restrictions and provisions contained in this Article. The immediately preceding sentence will not apply to public corporations, the stock of which is traded through a public exchange or over the counter system.

7.2 Transfer Notice. If Tenant desires to affect a Transfer, at least 30 days prior to the date when Tenant desires the Transfer to be effective (the "TRANSFER DATE"), Tenant will give Notice (the "TRANSFER NOTICE"), stating the name, address and business of the proposed assignee, subtenant or other transferee (the "TRANSFEREE"). The Notice must contain information in such detail as Landlord may reasonably require concerning the character, ownership, and financial condition of Transferee (including references), the Transfer Date, any relationship between Tenant and Transferee, and a draft of the "TRANSFER AGREEMENT" showing the consideration and other terms of the proposed Transfer.

7.3 Landlord's Options. Within fifteen days of receipt of a Transfer Notice, and any additional information reasonably requested by Landlord concerning the Transferee's financial responsibility, Landlord will notify Tenant of its election to do one of the following: (i) consent to the proposed Transfer subject to such reasonable conditions as Landlord may impose in

                                                                    /s/
---------------------                                        -------------------
 Landlord's Initials                                          Tenant's Initials

8

providing such consent; (ii) refuse such consent, which refusal shall be on reasonable grounds; or (iii) terminate this Lease as to the portion of the Premises which is the subject of the proposed Transfer and recapture that portion of the Premises for reletting by Landlord. Tenant agrees that it is reasonable for Landlord to deny consent to a proposed Transfer under (ii), above, on any of the following grounds, which list is not exclusive:

(a) The financial strength of the proposed Transferee is not comparable to that of Tenant at the time of execution of this Lease;

(b) A proposed Transferee whose occupation of the Premises would cause a diminution in the reputation of the Complex or the other businesses located therein;

(c) A proposed Transferee whose impact on the common facilities or the efficiency or effectiveness of any utility or telecommunication system serving the Building or the Complex or other tenants of the Complex would be adverse, disadvantageous or require improvements or changes in any utility or telecommunication capacity currently serving the Building or the Complex;

(d) A proposed Transferee whose use presents any risk of violation of Article 16;

(e) A proposed Transferee whose occupancy will require a variation in the terms of this Lease (e.g., a variation in the use clause) or which otherwise adversely affects any interest of Landlord;

(f) The existence of any default by Tenant under any provision of this Lease;

(g) A proposed Transferee who is or is likely to be, or whose business is or is likely to be, subject to compliance with additional laws or other governmental requirements beyond those to which Tenant or Tenant's business is subject; or

(h) The proposed Transfer, or Landlord's consent thereto, would result in Landlord's breach of an existing agreement with a third party.

7.4 Additional Conditions. A condition precedent to any Transfer will be the delivery to Landlord of a true copy of the fully executed Transfer Agreement that does not differ materially from that provided pursuant to Section 7.2. Tenant undertaking the transfer ("TRANSFEROR") agrees to pay Landlord, as Additional Rent, 80 percent of all sums and other consideration payable to and for the benefit of Tenant by the Transferee in excess of the Rent payable under the Lease for the same period and portion of the Premises. In calculating excess Rent or other consideration which may be payable to Landlord under this paragraph, Tenant will be entitled to deduct a monthly amortization of commercially reasonable third party brokerage commissions and attorney's fees and other amounts reasonably and actually expended by Tenant in connection with the Transfer if acceptable written evidence of such expenditures is provided to Landlord. No Transfer will release Transferor (or any prior Transferor) of Tenant's obligations under this Lease or alter the primary liability of Transferor (or any prior Transferor) to perform all obligations to be performed by Tenant hereunder. Landlord may require that

                                                                    /s/
---------------------                                        -------------------
 Landlord's Initials                                          Tenant's Initials

9

Transferee remit directly to Landlord on a monthly basis, all monies clue Transferor by said Transferee. Consent by Landlord to one Transfer will not be deemed consent to any subsequent Transfer. In the event of default by Transferee, Tenant or any successor of Tenant in the performance of any other terms hereof, Landlord may proceed directly against Transferor (or any prior Transferor) without the necessity of exhausting remedies against Transferee or successor. If Tenant requests the consent of Landlord to a Transfer, Tenant will pay Landlord an administrative fee of Two Hundred Fifty Dollars ($250.00) concurrent with the request, plus Landlord's reasonable attorney's fees.

7.5 Recapture. By Notice to Tenant (the "TERMINATION NOTICE") within thirty days after Landlord receives the information specified in Section 7.2, Landlord may terminate this Lease in the event of a Transfer of the Lease as to the entire Premises, or terminate this Lease as to the portion of the Premises to be transferred, if the Transfer is for less than the entire Premises. If Landlord elects to terminate this Lease to the portion of the Premises to be Transferred, an amendment to this Lease shall be executed restating the description of the Premises and reducing Tenant's obligations for Rent and other charges in proportion to the reduction in rentable area of the Premises caused thereby. If Landlord elects a whole or partial termination hereunder, Landlord may enter into a new lease covering the Premises or the affected portion thereof with the intended Transferee on such terms as Landlord and such person may agree or enter into a new lease covering the Premises with any other person. In such event, Tenant shall not be entitled to any portion of the profit that Landlord may realize on account of such termination and reletting. Upon the termination of this Lease, the Parties shall have no further obligations to each other under this Lease except for matters occurring or obligations arising prior to the date of such termination.

7.6 Reasonable Restriction. Tenant acknowledges and agrees that the restrictions on transfer in this Article are reasonable for all purposes, including the provisions of Code Section 1951.4(b)(2). Tenant expressly waives any rights which it might otherwise be deemed to possess pursuant to applicable law, including Code Section 1997.040, which would limit any remedy of Landlord pursuant to Sections 1951.2 or 1951.4 of the Code by means of proof that enforcement of a restriction on use or Transfer of the Premises would be unreasonable.

ARTICLE 8. PROPERTY INSURANCE

8.1 Landlord's Insurance. In addition to any other insurance Landlord elects to maintain, Landlord agrees to maintain commercial property insurance covering the Building against broad form causes of loss. Such insurance shall be issued in the names of Landlord and its lender, as their interests appear, and shall be for the sole benefit of such parties and under their sole control.

8.2 Use of Premises. No use shall be made or permitted to be made an the Premises, nor acts done, by Tenant or any of its invitees, contractors or agents which will increase the existing rate of insurance upon the Building in which the Premises are located or upon any other building or improvement in the Complex or cause the cancellation of any insurance policy covering the Building, or any other building or improvement in the Complex, or any part thereof. Tenant or Tenant Parties shall not sell, or permit to be kept, used or sold, in or about the

                                                                    /s/
---------------------                                        -------------------
 Landlord's Initials                                          Tenant's Initials

10

Premises, any article that may be prohibited by commercial property insurance, special form policies. At its sole cost and expense, Tenant shall comply with all requirements of any insurance company, necessary to maintain reasonable property damage and commercial general liability insurance covering the Premises, Building, or Complex.

8.3 Increase in Premiums. Tenant agrees to pay to Landlord, as Additional Rent, any increase in premiums on policies which may be carried by Landlord on to Premises, the Building or the Complex, or any blanket policies which include the Building or Complex, covering damage thereto and loss of Rent caused by fire and other perils resulting from the nature of Tenant's occupancy or any act or omission of Tenant. All payments of Additional Rent by Tenant to Landlord pursuant to this Section shall be made within ten days after receipt by Tenant of Landlord's billing therefor.

8.4 Pro Rata Share of Premiums. Tenant shall pay to Landlord, as Additional Rent, its pro rata share of the insurance premiums for any property insurance carried by Landlord covering the Complex (the "COMPLEX INSURANCE PREMIUM") of the nature or cause of such increase. Tenant will pay such costs as stet forth in Section 8.5. Such pro rata share is defined as a fraction of the insurance premiums in which the numerator is the Rentable Area of the Premises and the denominator is the total rentable areas in all premises to which the Complex Insurance Premium is applicable. If the property insurance carried by Landlord for the Complex is a blanket policy covering other properties not related to the Complex, the Complex Insurance Premium shall be calculated as that portion of such blanket policy insurance premium which, in Landlord's good faith judgment, is properly allocable to the Complex. These sums due shall be in addition to sums due under the previous Section of this Lease.

8.5 Estimated Payments. Landlord may, at its option, estimate the amount of insurance premiums for property insurance to be due in the future from Tenant and collect from Tenant on a monthly basis, along with payment of Tenant's Minimum Monthly Rent, the amount of Tenant's estimated insurance premium obligation. Prior to May 1 of each year (or as soon thereafter as reasonably practicable), Landlord shall provide Tenant with a reconciliation of Tenant's account along with a billing for any shortage in the event of a deficiency or statement for credit applicable to the next ensuing insurance premium payments, if an overpayment has been made by Tenant.

ARTICLE 9. TENANT'S INSURANCE

At its expense, Tenant shall obtain and keep in force during the Term, and provide coverage after expiration of the Term for events occurring during the Term, the following insurance, on an occurrence basis, against claims for injuries to persons or damages to property that may arise from or in connection with the Tenant's operation and use of the Premises:

(a) Commercial Property policy with Special Form causes of loss covering: (i) business personal property, leasehold improvements on a replacement cost basis, subject to a deductible no greater than $1,000; (ii) business income and extra expense equal to at least one year's gross revenue from Tenant's operations on the Premises; which policy shall include waiver of subrogation rights of insurer against Landlord consistent with Section 11.2.

                                                                    /s/
---------------------                                        -------------------
 Landlord's Initials                                          Tenant's Initials

11

(b) Commercial General Liability policy for bodily injury, personal injury an property damage with limits of not less than $1,000,000 per occurrence and $2,000,000 annual aggregates on a per location basis. Endorsements satisfying the following requirements shall be affixed: (i) Landlord, Lender and any other party designated by Landlord (including Landlord's property manager) shall be named as additional insureds; (ii) Tenant's policy shall be primary, not contributing with, and not in excess of any other applicable insurance carried by Landlord; (iii) Tenant's policy shall extend to and include injuries to persons and damage to property arising in connection with any alterations or improvements to or about the Premises performed by or on behalf of Tenant; and
(iv) Tenant's policy shall include contractual liability coverage.

(c) Business Auto Liability covering all owned, non-owned and hired vehicles with a limit of $1,000,000 per accident.

(d) Workers' Compensation on a statutory basis and Employers' Liability with $1,000,000 per accident for bodily injury and diseases.

(e) Umbrella Liability with a $3,000,000 per occurrence/annual aggregate limit.

ARTICLE 10. INSURANCE POLICY REQUIREMENTS

All insurance policies to be carried by Tenant hereunder shall conform to the following requirements:

(a) The insurer in each case shall carry a designation in "Best's Insurance Reports" as issued from time to time throughout the Term as follows:
Policyholders' rating of A; financial rating of not less than VII;

(b) The insurer shall be qualified to do business in the State;

(c) The policy shall be in a form and include such endorsements as are acceptable to Landlord;

(d) Certificates of insurance shall be delivered to Landlord at commencement of the term and certificates of renewal at least 30 days prior to the expiration of each policy; and

(e) Each policy shall require that Landlord be notified in writing by the insurer at least 30 days prior to any cancellation or expiration of such policy, or any reduction in the amounts of insurance carried.

ARTICLE 11. INDEMNIFICATION, WAIVER OF CLAIMS AND SUBROGATION

11.1 Intent and Purpose. The Parties intend to completely assign the risk of loss, whether resulting from negligence of the Parties or otherwise, to the party who the Lease obligates to cover the risk of such loss with insurance. The object of the indemnity and waiver of claims provisions of this Lease is to assign the risk for a particular casualty to the party

                                                                    /s/
---------------------                                        -------------------
 Landlord's Initials                                          Tenant's Initials

12

obligated to carry the insurance for such risk (which is not a limitation of the assignment of the risk), without respect to the causation thereof.

11.2 Waiver of Subrogation. The Parties release each other from any claims for damage to the Premises, Building and Complex, and to the furniture, fixtures, and other business personal property, Tenant's improvements and alterations of either Landlord or Tenant, in or on the Premises, Building and Complex, and for loss of income, to the extent such damages or loss are actually covered by insurance policies maintained by the Parties or that would have been covered by insurance policies required of the Parties under this Lease.

11.3 Tenant's Indemnity. Tenant shall indemnify, defend, protect and hold harmless Landlord from and against all actions, claims, demands, damages, liabilities, losses, penalties, or expenses of any kind ("CLAIMS") which may be brought or imposed upon Landlord or which Landlord may pay or incur by reason of injury to person or property, from whatever cause including the negligence of the Parties hereto, in any way connected with the condition or use of the Premises, or Alterations, improvements or personal property therein or thereon, including any liability or injury to the person or property of Tenant or Tenant Parties, except to the extent caused by Landlord's gross negligence or willful acts.

11.4 Waiver of Claims. Except as arising from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord, Tenant releases and waives all claims against Landlord for damages or injury from any cause arising at any time, including the negligence of the Parties, for damages to goods, wares, merchandise and loss of business in, upon or about the Premises or Complex and injury to Tenant, its agents, employees, invitees or third persons, in, upon, or about the Premises or Complex. It is understood and agreed that the release set forth herein extends to all claims of every nature and kind whatsoever, known or unknown, suspected or unsuspected, and Tenant expressly waives all rights under Section 1542 of the Code which reads as follows:

"A general release does not extend to claims which the creditor does not know or suspect to exist in his favor at the time of executing the release, which if known by him must have materially affected his settlement with the debtor."

11.5 References. Wherever the term Landlord, Tenant or the Parties is used in this Article, and such party is to receive the benefit of a provision of this Article, such term shall also refer also to the Party's officers, directors, shareholders, employees, partners, agents, mortgagees and other lienholders.

ARTICLE 12. DESTRUCTION

12.1 Rights of Termination. If the Premises suffers an Uninsured Property Loss or a property loss which cannot be repaired within 195 days from the date of destruction, as determined by Landlord, Landlord may terminate this Lease as of the date of the damage (the "LOSS DATE") upon Notice to Tenant. If the Premises cannot be repaired within 195 days of the Loss Date, as determined by Landlord and stated in Landlord's Notice to Tenant, Tenant may elect to terminate this Lease by Notice to Landlord given within 20 days of Landlord's Notice that the restoration time will exceed 195 days. Landlord's Notice shall be given within 45 days

                                                                    /s/
---------------------                                        -------------------
 Landlord's Initials                                          Tenant's Initials

13

of the Loss Date or as soon thereafter as the restoration time can be determined. "UNINSURED PROPERTY LOSS" is any damage or destruction for which the insurance proceeds available to Landlord are insufficient to pay for the repair or reconstruction of the Premises.

12.2 Repairs. In the event of a casualty that may be repaired within 195 days from the Loss Date, or if the Parties do not elect to terminate this Lease under Section 12.1, this Lease shall continue in full force and effect and Landlord shall promptly undertake to make repairs to reconstitute the Premises to as near as practicable to the condition as existed prior to the Loss Date. The partial destruction shall in no way void this Lease except, to the extent of Landlord's recovery under its rent abatement insurance for the Premises, Tenant shall be entitled to a proportionate reduction of Minimum Monthly Rent and any Additional Rent following the property loss until the time the Premises are restored. The reduction amount will reflect the degree of interference with Tenant's business. As long as Tenant conducts business in the Premises, there shall be no abatement until the Parties agree on the amount thereof if the Parties cannot agree within 45 days of the Loss Date, the matter shall be submitted to arbitration under the rules of the American Arbitration Association. Upon the resolution of the dispute, the settlement shall be retroactive and Landlord shall within ten days thereafter refund to Tenant any sums due in respect of the reduced Rent from the date of the property loss. Landlord's obligations to restore shall in no way include any construction originally performed by Tenant or subsequently undertaken by Tenant, but shall include solely that property constructed by Landlord prior to commencement of the Term.

12.3 Repair Costs. The cost of any repairs to be made by Landlord pursuant to Section 12.2 shall be paid by Landlord using available insurance proceeds.

12.4 Waiver. Tenant hereby waives all statutory or common law rights of termination in respect to any partial destruction or property loss which Landlord is obligated to repair or may elect to repair under the terms of this Article. Further, in event of a property loss occurring during the last two years of the original term hereof or of any extension, Landlord need not undertake any repairs and may cancel this Lease unless Tenant has the right under the terms of this Lease to extend the term for an additional period of at least five years and does so within 30 days of the date of the property loss.

12.5 Landlord's Election. If the Complex or Building is destroyed by more than 35 percent of the replacement cost, Landlord may elect to terminate this Lease, whether the Premises are damaged or not, as set forth in Section 12.1. A total destruction of the Complex or the Premises terminates this Lease.

ARTICLE 13. ACCORD AND SATISFACTION

No payment by Tenant or receipt by Landlord of less than the full Rent due hereunder shall be deemed to be other than on account of the earliest due Rent. No endorsement or statement on any check or any letter accompanying any such check or payment will be deemed an accord and satisfaction, and Landlord may accept such check or payment without prejudice to Landlord's right to recover the balance of such Rent or pursue any other remedy available in this Lease, at law or in equity. Landlord may accept partial payment from Tenant without invalidation of any

                                                                    /s/
---------------------                                        -------------------
 Landlord's Initials                                          Tenant's Initials

14

contractual notice required to be given herein (to the extent such contractual notice is required) and without invalidation of any notice required to be given pursuant to California Code of Civil Procedure ("CCP") Section 116), et seq., or any successor statute.

ARTICLE 14. SECURITY DEPOSIT

14.1 Payment on Lease Execution. On execution of the Lease Tenant shall pay Landlord the Security Deposit. This sum is a deposit securing Tenant's performance of the Lease and shall remain the sole and separate property of Landlord until actually repaid to Tenant (or at Landlord's option the last assignee, if any, of Tenant's interest hereunder). Tenant does not earn said sum until all conditions precedent for its payment to Tenant have been fulfilled. As this sum both in equity and at law is Landlord's separate property, Landlord is not be required to keep it separate from its general accounts or pay interest for its use. If Tenant fails to pay Rent or other charges when due hereunder, or otherwise defaults with respect to any provision of this Lease, including and not limited to Tenant's obligation to restore or clean the Premises following vacation thereof, at Landlord's election, Tenant shall be deemed not to have earned the right to repayment of the Security Deposit, except those portions not used by Landlord for the payment of any Rent or other charges in default, or for the payment of any other sum to which Landlord may become obligated by reason of Tenant's default, or to compensate Landlord for any loss or damage which Landlord may suffer thereby. Landlord may retain such portion of the Security Deposit as it reasonably deems necessary to restore or clean the Premises following vacation by Tenant. The Security Deposit is not to be characterized as Rent until and unless so applied to a default by Tenant.

14.2 Restoration of Deposit. If Landlord elects to use or apply all or any portion of the Security Deposit as provided in Section 14.1, Tenant shall within ten days after written demand therefor pay to Landlord in cash, an amount equal to that portion of the Security Deposit used or applied by Landlord, and Tenant's failure to do so shall be a material breach of this Lease. The ten day notice specified in the preceding sentence shall insofar as not prohibited by law, constitute full satisfaction of notice of default provisions required by law or ordinance.

ARTICLE I5. USE

The Premises may be used and occupied only for the purposes specified in Section 1.10 and for no other purpose. Tenant shall not use or permit the use of the Premises in any manner that will disturb any other tenant in the Building or Complex, or obstruct or interfere with the rights of other tenant or occupants of the Building or Complex, or injure or annoy them or create any unreasonable smells, noise or vibrations (taking into account the nature and tenant-mix of the Building). Tenant shall not allow the Premises to be used for any unlawful or objectionable purpose, nor shall Tenant cause, maintain, or permit any nuisance or waste in, on or about the Premises, Building or Complex.

ARTICLE 16. COMPLIANCE WITH LAWS AND REGULATIONS

16.1 Tenant's Obligations. At its sole cost and expense, Tenant shall comply with all of the requirements of all municipal, state, federal, and quasi-governmental authorities and utility

                                                                    /s/
---------------------                                        -------------------
 Landlord's Initials                                          Tenant's Initials

15

providers now in force, or which may hereafter be in force, affecting the Premises and/or Tenant's use thereof including those pertaining to Tenant Parties, and faithfully observe in the use or occupancy of the Premises all municipal ordinances and state and federal statutes, laws and regulations now or hereafter in force, including the Environmental Laws and the Americans with Disabilities Act, 42 U.S.C. Sections 12101-12213 (collectively the "LAWS AND REGULATIONS"). Tenant's obligation to comply with and observe the Laws and Regulations shall apply regardless of whether such Laws and Regulations regulate or relate to Tenant's particular use of the Premises or relate to the use of premises in general, and regardless of the cost thereof. A judgment of any court of competent jurisdiction, or the admission of Tenant in any action or proceeding against Tenant, whether Landlord be a party thereto or not, that any Laws and Regulations pertaining to the Premises have been violated, is conclusive of that fact as between Landlord and Tenant.

16.2 Condition of Premises. Subject to performance of Landlord's work, if any, as stated in Exhibit C, Tenant hereby accepts the Premises in "AS IS" condition as of the date of occupancy, subject to all applicable Laws and Regulations, Restrictions, and requirements in effect during any part of the Term regulating the Premises, and without representation, warranty or covenant by Landlord, express or implied, as to the condition, habitability or safety of the Premises, the suitability or fitness thereof for their intended purposes. Tenant acknowledges that the Premises in such condition are in good and sanitary order, condition and repair.

16.3 Hazardous Materials.

(a) Definitions

(i) "ENVIRONMENTAL LAWS" mean any federal, State, local or administrative agency ordinance, law, rule or regulation, order or requirement relating to Hazardous Materials, radioactive materials, medical wastes, or which deal with air or water quality, air emissions, soil or ground conditions or other environmental matters of any kind.

(ii) "HAZARDOUS MATERIALS" means any substance, chemical, waste or materiel which is listed, defined or otherwise identified as "hazardous" or "toxic" under any of the Environmental Laws, including formaldehyde, urea, polychlorinated biphenyls, petroleum, petroleum products, crude oil, natural gas, radioactive materials, radon, asbestos or any by-product of same.

(iii) "LEASES" mean claims, liability, damages (whether consequential, direct or indirect, known or unknown, foreseen or unforeseen), penalties, fines, liabilities, losses (including property damage, diminution in value of Landlord's interest in the Premises, Building or Complex, damages for the loss of use of any space or amenity within the Premises, Building, or Complex, damages arising from any adverse impact on marketing space in the Complex, sums paid in settlement of claims and any costs and expenses associated with injury, illness or death to or of any person), suits, administrative proceedings, costs and fees, including Professional Fees and expenses.

                                                                    /s/
---------------------                                        -------------------
 Landlord's Initials                                          Tenant's Initials

16

(iv) "RELEASE" means generation, discharge, disposal, release, deposit, transport, or storage of Hazardous Materials

(b) Use of Hazardous Materials. Tenant shall use and store in the Premises and Complex only ordinary and general office and cleaning supplies in normal and customary amounts, and such other Hazardous Materials as have been previously approved by Landlord in writing (which approval may be withheld in Landlord's sole and absolute discretion) and which are reasonably necessary for Tenant's business. All such Hazardous Materials shall be limited to quantities consistent with the approved use of the Premises and shall be used, stored and disposed of in full compliance with all Environmental Laws. Tenant shall not install any tanks under or on the Premises for the storage of Hazardous Materials without the written consent of Landlord, which may be given or withheld in Landlord's sole discretion. Upon the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease, Tenant shall promptly remove from the Premises, Building and Complex all Hazardous Materials brought on, stored, used, generated or Released on the Premises, Building or Complex by Tenant or any Tenant Parties.

(c) Release of Hazardous Materials. Tenant shall promptly give Landlord Notice of any Release of Hazardous Materials in the Premises, Building or Complex of which Tenant becomes aware during the Term whether caused by Tenant or others. At its sole cost and expense, Tenant shall investigate, clean up and remediate any Release of Hazardous Materials that were caused or created by Tenant or any of Tenant Parties. Investigation, clean up and remediation may be performed only after Tenant has Landlord's written approval of the remediation plan Tenant may respond immediately to an emergency without first obtaining Landlord's written consent. All clean up and remediation shall be done in compliance with Environmental Laws and to the reasonable satisfaction of Landlord.

(d) Inspection and Testing by Landlord. At reasonable times during the term of this Lease, Landlord may inspect the Premises and conduct tests to determine whether Tenant is in compliance with the provisions of this Article
16. Except in case of emergency, Landlord shall give reasonable notice to Tenant before conducting any inspections or tests. Tenant shall pay the cost of any inspections or tests that discloses any violation by Tenant or Tenant Parties of the terms and provisions of Article 16.

(e) Liability. It is the express intention of the Parties that Tenant shall be liable under Section 16.3 for any and all conditions which were caused or created by Tenant or any Tenant Parties, whenever created or caused. Tenant shall not enter into any settlement agreement, consent decree or other compromise with respect to any claims relating to any Hazardous Materials in any way connected to the Premises without first (i) notifying Landlord of Tenant's intention to do so and affording Landlord the opportunity to participate in any such proceedings, and (ii) obtaining Landlord's written consent.

16.4 Indemnity. Tenant shall indemnify and hold harmless Landlord and Landlord Parties, from and against all Losses arising from or related to (a) any violation or alleged violation by Tenant or any Tenant Parties of any Laws and Regulations or the Environmental Laws; (b) any liability under any Laws and Regulations or the Environmental Laws arising out of Hazardous Materials that were "Released" or otherwise brought onto the Complex by Tenant

                                                                    /s/
---------------------                                        -------------------
 Landlord's Initials                                          Tenant's Initials

17

or any Tenant Parties; (c) any breach of the provisions of Article 16 by Tenant or any Tenant Parties; or (d) any Release of Hazardous Materials on the Premises, Building or Complex by Tenant or Tenant Parties. Tenant shall also reimburse Landlord costs of cleanup, remediation, removal and restoration that are in any way related to any matter covered by the foregoing indemnity. Tenant's obligations under this Section survive the expiration or termination of the Lease.

ARTICLE 17. UTILITIES

17.1 Payment by Tenant. Tenant, from the earlier of the time it first enters the Premises for the purpose of setting fixtures, or from the commencement of this Lease, and throughout the Term, shall pay all charges including connection fees for water, gas, heat, sewer, power, cable, telephone cabling and services and any other utility supplied to or consumed in or on the Premises. Tenant shall not allow refuse, garbage or trash to accumulate outside of the Premises except on the day of scheduled scavenger pick-up services, and then only in areas designated for that purpose by Landlord. Landlord shall not be responsible or liable for any interruption or failure in utility, refuse or telecommunication services, nor shall such interruption or failure affect the continuation or validity of this Lease.

17.2 Separate Meters. Landlord reserves the right to install separate meters for any utility servicing the Premises for which a meter is not presently installed, in which event Tenant shall make payments, when due, directly to the utility involved.

17.3 Joint Meters. For any utility services not separately metered to Tenant, Tenant shall pay a proportion to be determined by Landlord of all charges jointly metered with other leased premises or occupants in the Complex. All payments to Landlord in respect thereof shall be due within ten days after receipt of the billing by Tenant as Additional Rent.

ARTICLE 18. ALTERATIONS

18.1 Consent of Landlord; Ownership. Tenant shall not make or allow alterations, additions or improvements, including any that result in increased telecommunication demands or require the addition of new conduit, communication or computer wires, cables or related devises or expand the number of telephone or communication lines dedicated to the Premises by the Building's telecommunication design, ("ALTERATIONS") to the Premises without the prior written consent of Landlord. Tenant may not make any Alterations that affect structural elements of the Building. Upon expiration or termination of this Lease, any Alterations except trade fixtures shall become a part of the realty and belong to Landlord. Except as otherwise provided in this Lease, Tenant shall have the right to remove its trade fixtures placed upon the Premises provided that Tenant restores the Premises as indicated below.

18.2 Requirements. Landlord may condition its consent for any Alterations upon Tenant complying at its sole coat and expense with reasonable conditions and requirements, including the preparation of all construction plans, drawings and specifications for approval by Landlord; the use of contractors and subcontractors approved by Landlord; the delivery of performance and payment bonds showing Landlord as a beneficiary; and the delivery to

                                                                    /s/
---------------------                                        -------------------
 Landlord's Initials                                          Tenant's Initials

18

Landlord of duplicate originals of all as-built drawings. Tenant shall obtain all necessary permits as its sole obligation and expense, and strictly comply with the following requirements:

(a) Following approval by Landlord of Alterations, Tenant shall give Landlord at least ten days' prior Notice or commencement of work in the Premises so that Landlord may post notices of non-responsibility in or upon the Premises as provided by law;

(b) The Alterations must use materials of at least equal quality to Tenant Improvements at the Commencement Date, and must be performed in compliance with all laws, ordinances, rules and regulation now or hereafter in effect and in a manner such that they will not interfere with the quiet enjoyment of the other tenants in the Complex; and

(c) All costs and expenses incurred by Landlord in altering, repairing or replacing any portion of the Premises, Building or Complex in connection with approving any Alterations shall be paid solely by Tenant to Landlord prior to commencing any Alterations.

18.3 Liens. Tenant will keep the Premises and the Complex free from any liens arising out of any Alterations done by Tenant. If a mechanic's or other lien is filed against the Premises, Building or Complex through Tenant, Landlord may demand that Tenant furnish a satisfactory lien release bond of one hundred fifty percent of the amount of the contested lien claim. Such bond must be posted ten days after Notice from Landlord. In addition, Landlord may require Tenant to pay Landlord's attorneys' fees and costs in participating in any action contesting such lien, or the foreclosure thereof, if Landlord elects to do so. Landlord may pay the claim prior to the enforcement thereof, in which event Tenant shall reimburse Landlord in full, including attorneys' fees, for any such expense, as Additional Rent, with the next due Rent payment.

ARTICLE 19. MAINTENANCE AND REPAIRS

19.1 Obligations of Landlord and Tenant. At its cost and expense, Tenant shall maintain the Premises in good condition and repair including all necessary replacements. Tenant shall maintain the appearance of the Premises in a manner consistent with the character, use and appearance of the Complex. Subject to the obligations of Tenant under this Article and Article 16, Landlord will perform all necessary repairs, maintenance and replacement of the foundation, roof and structural parts of the Building. The cost thereof will be paid by Landlord and reimbursed by Tenant on a pro rata basis in the manner provided in this Lease with respect to Common Area Costs, including amortization of Capital Costs. At its expense, Tenant shall maintain all utilities, fixtures and mechanical equipment within, or otherwise serving, the Premises in good order, condition and repair. In the case of equipment installed by Landlord for Tenant, or installed by Tenant to be the property of Landlord, such as heating, ventilating and air conditioning equipment, or other mechanical equipment, at its expense, Tenant shall maintain a service contract for its regular maintenance with a service company acceptable to Landlord. Tenant shall not place anything on the roof or penetrate the roof without the consent of Landlord, which consent may be withheld in Landlord's sole discretion.

19.2 HVAC System. Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 19.1, Landlord may elect at any time upon Notice to Tenant to perform the maintenance of the heating, ventilating

                                                                    /s/
---------------------                                        -------------------
 Landlord's Initials                                          Tenant's Initials

19

and air conditioning system (hereinafter "HVAC") for the account of Tenant. In such event, Tenant shall pay as Additional Rent the full cost of the maintenance contract for the Premises HVAC within ten days of receipt of billing from Landlord, as well as for costs of necessary repair or replacement of parts, in the reasonable judgment of Landlord. Landlord may, at its option, elect to have the HVAC in the Premises maintained in common with other equipment in the Complex. If so, Tenant shall pay its Pro Rata Share of the maintenance costs.

The maintenance contract on the HVAC, extended warranties and any repairs and replacements not covered by the maintenance contract or warranty shall be included in the charges allocated to Tenant. Landlord may elect to replace the HVAC system, if necessary, and in such event the cost thereof shall be treated as provided in Article 6. Tenant shall pay as Additional Rent to Landlord, within ten days after receipt of billing, its pro rats share of such amortization, established on an equitable basis as set forth in the prior paragraph.

19.3 Waiver. Tenant waives all rights it may have under law or at equity to make repairs or to perform any obligation of Landlord arising under this Lease at Landlord's expense.

ARTICLE 20. CONDEMNATION

20.1 Definitions.

(a) "CONDEMNATION" means (i) the exercise of any governmental power, whether by legal proceedings or otherwise, by a Condemnor and/or (ii) a voluntary sale by Landlord to a Condemnor, under threat of Condemnation or while legal proceedings for Condemnation are pending.

(b) "DATE OF TAKING" means the date the condemnor has the right to possession of the property being condemned.

(c) "AWARD" means all compensation, sums or anything of value awarded, paid or received on a total or partial condemnation.

(d) "CONDEMNOR" means any person or entity having the power of condemnation.

20.2 Total Taking. If the Premises are totally taken by condemnation, this Lease shall terminate on the Date of Taking.

20.3 Partial Taking; Common Area.

(a) If a portion of the Premises is taken by condemnation, this Lease shall remain in effect, except that Tenant can elect to terminate this Lease if 20 percent or more of the total number of square feet in the Premises is taken.

(b) If any part of the Common Area of the Complex is taken by condemnation, this Lease shall remain in full force and effect so long as there is no material interference with the recess to the Premises, except that if 35 percent or more of the Common

                                                                    /s/
---------------------                                        -------------------
 Landlord's Initials                                          Tenant's Initials

20

Area is taken by condemnation, either party shrill have the election to terminate this Lease pursuant to this Section.

(c) If 30 percent or more of the Building in which the Premises are located is taken, Landlord shall have the election to terminate this Lease in the manner prescribed herein.

20.4 Termination or Abatement. If either party elects to terminate this Lease under the provisions of Section 20.3 (such party is hereinafter referred to as the "TERMINATING PARTY"), it must terminate by giving Notice to the other party (the "NONTERMINATING PARTY") within 30 days after the nature and extent of the taking have been determined (the "DECISION PERIOD"). The Terminating Party shall notify the Nonterminating Party of the date of termination, which date shall not be earlier than sixty days after the Terminating Party given Notice of its election to terminate nor later than the date of taking. If Notice of Termination is not given within the Decision Period, the Lease shall continue in full force and effect. The Minimum Monthly Rent shall be computed as the Minimum Monthly Rent in effect prior to the taking times a fraction of which the numerator is the number of square feet remaining in the Premises and the denominator is the number of square feet in the Premises prior to the taking.

20.5 Restoration. If there is a partial taking of the Premises and this Lease remains in full force and effect, Landlord shall make all necessary restoration so that the Premises is returned as near as practical to its condition immediately prior to the taking, but in no event shall Landlord be obligated to expend more for such restoration than the extent of funds actually paid to Landlord by the condemnor.

20.6 Award. Any award arising from the condemnation or the settlement thereof shall belong and be paid to Landlord, including any award for the leasehold value. Tenant may seek a separate award for Tenant's trade fixtures, tangible personal property and relocation expenses, if specified in the award by the condemning authority and so long as it does not reduce Landlord's award.

ARTICLE 21. PARKING

Landlord shall have the right by Notice to Tenant, to specify areas of the Complex for employee parking. If Landlord so designates an employee parking area, then automobiles of Tenant, its employees and agents must park within the parking areas specified by Landlord as employee parking. Tenant shall be entitled to park in common with other tenants of Landlord. Tenant agrees not to overburden the parking facilities and agrees to cooperate with Landlord and other tenants in the use of parking facilities. Landlord reserves the right in its sole discretion to determine if parking facilities are becoming crowded and to allocate and assign parking spaces among Tenant and other tenants. Upon request, Tenant shall provide Landlord with the license plate numbers of its employees. Tenant shall not at any time park its trucks or other delivery vehicles in the Common Area, except in such areas designated by Landlord. Landlord hereby agrees that Tenant shall have the non-exclusive use of not less than thirty-seven (37) parking spaces in the Complex.

                                                                    /s/
---------------------                                        -------------------
 Landlord's Initials                                          Tenant's Initials

21

ARTICLE 22. ENTRY BY LANDLORD

Tenant shall permit Landlord and any mortgagee under a mortgage or beneficiary under a deed of trust encumbering the Building and their agents (each a "LENDER") to enter the Premises at all reasonable times for the purpose of (a) inspecting them, (b) maintaining the Building, (c) making repairs, replacements, alterations or additions to any portion of the Building, including the erection and maintenance of such scaffolding, canopies, fences and props as may be required, (d) posting notices of non-responsibility for alterations, additions or repairs, (e) placing upon the Building any usual or ordinary "for sale" signs and showing the space to prospective purchasers, investors and lenders, or (f) placing on the Premises "to lease" signs or marketing and showing the Premises to prospective tenants at any time Tenant is in uncured default hereunder or otherwise within 180 days prior to the expiration of this Lease, without any rebate of Rent and without any liability to Tenant for any loss of occupation or quiet enjoyment of the Premises thereby occasioned.

ARTICLE 23. SIGNS

Tenant shall not place on the Premises or Complex any exterior signs or advertisements nor any interior signs or advertisements that are visible from the exterior of the Premises, without Landlord's prior written consent, which Landlord may withhold in its sole discretion. The cost of installation and maintenance of any approved signs shall be at the sole expense of Tenant. At the end of the Term, Tenant shall remove all its signs and damage caused by the removal shall be repaired at Tenant's expense.

ARTICLE 24. DEFAULT

24.1 Tenant Default. The occurrence of any of the following shall constitute a default and breach of this Lease by Tenant:

(a) Any failure by Tenant to pay when due the Rent or any other required payment;

(b) Tenant's failure to observe or perform any Lease provision where such failure continues for ten days after Notice thereof to Tenant; provided, if the nature of the default is such that it cannot reasonably be cured within the ten-day period, Tenant shall not be deemed in default if, in the ten-day period, Tenant commences to cure and thereafter diligently prosecute the cure to completion;

(c) If at any time during the Term there shall be filed by or against Tenant a petition in bankruptcy or insolvency or for reorganization or for the appointment of a receiver or trustee of all or a portion of Tenant's property, or if a receiver or trustee takes possession of any of the assets of Tenant, or if the leasehold interest herein passes to a receiver, or if Tenant makes an assignment for the benefit of creditors or petitions for or enters into an arrangement;

(d) Any attempted Transfer in violation of Article 7; or

                                                                    /s/
---------------------                                        -------------------
 Landlord's Initials                                          Tenant's Initials

22

(e) Tenant fails to take possession of the Premises on the Commencement Date or Tenant vacates or abandons the Premises.

24.2 Landlord Default. Landlord shall be in default if it fails to observe or perform any of the covenants, conditions or provisions of this Lease for a period longer than 30 days after Notice from Tenant; provided, however, that if more than 30 days is required for performance, Landlord shall not be in default if it commences performance within 30 days of Tenant's Notice and thereafter completes such performance diligently and within a reasonable time.

ARTICLE 25. REMEDIES UPON DEFAULT

25.1 Termination and Damages. In the event of any Tenant default, in addition to any other remedies available to Landlord herein or at law or in equity, Landlord shall have the immediate option to terminate this Lease and all rights of Tenant hereunder by giving Notice of such intention to terminate. If Landlord shall elect to so terminate this Lease, then Landlord may recover from Tenant:

(a) The worth at the time of award of any unpaid Rent which had been earned at the time of such termination; plus

(b) The worth at the time of award of the amount by which the unpaid Rent which would have been earned after termination until the time of award exceeds the amount of such Rent loss Tenant proves could have been reasonably avoided. As used in subsections 25.1(a) and (b) the "worth at the time of award" is computed by including interest at ten percent per annum; plus

(c) The worth at the time of award (computed by discounting such amount at the discount rate at the time of award of the Federal Reserve Bank for the State plus one percent) of the amount by which the unpaid Rent for the balance of the term after the time of award exceeds the amount of such Rent loss that Tenant proves could be reasonably avoided; plus

(d) Any other amount necessary to compensate Landlord for the detriment proximately caused by Tenant's failure to perform its obligations under this Lease; and

(e) At Landlord's election, such other amounts in addition to or in lieu of the foregoing as may be permitted by applicable State law.

25.2 Personal Property. In the event of default by Tenant, Landlord shall have the right, with or without terminating this Lease, to reenter the Premises and remove all persons and property from the Premises. Such properly may be stored in a public warehouse at the cost of and for the account of Tenant.

25.3 Recovery of Rent; Reletting.

(a) In the event of the abandonment of the Premises by Tenant or if Landlord elects to either reenter as provided in Section 25.2 or take possession of the Premises pursuant to legal proceeding or pursuant to any notice provided by law, then if Landlord does not elect to

                                                                    /s/
---------------------                                        -------------------
 Landlord's Initials                                          Tenant's Initials

23

terminate this Lease as provided in Section 25.1, this Lease shall continue in effect, and Landlord may enforce all its rights and remedies under this Lease, including Landlord's right from time to time, without terminating this Lease, to either recover all Rent as it becomes due or relet the Premises or any part thereof for such term or terms and at such Rent and upon such other terms and conditions as Landlord, in its sole discretion may deem advisable with the right to make alterations and repairs to the Premises. Acts of maintenance or preservation or efforts to relet the Premises or the appointment of a receiver upon initiation of Landlord or other legal proceeding granting Landlord or its agent possession in protect Landlord's interest under this Lease shall not constitute a termination of Tenant's right to possession.

(b) If landlord elects to relet, the Rent received by Landlord from reletting shall be applied in the following order: (1) to the payment of any indebtedness other than Rent due hereunder from Tenant; (2) to the payment of any cost of reletting, including brokerage fees; (3) to the payment of the cost of any alterations and repairs to the Premises; (4) to the payment of Rent due and unpaid hereunder; and (5) any residue shall be held by Landlord and applied in payment of future Rent as the same may become due and payable hereunder. If the portion of Rent received under clause (b) (4) is less than the Rent payable during that month by Tenant hereunder, Tenant shall pay such deficiency to Landlord immediately upon demand. Tenant shall also pay to Landlord when ascertained, any costs and expenses incurred by Landlord in such reletting or in making such alterations and repairs not covered by the Rents received from such reletting.

(c) No reentry or taking possession of the Premises or any other action under this Section shall be construed as an election to terminate this Lease unless a Notice of such intention be given to Tenant or unless the termination thereof be decreed by a court of competent jurisdiction. Notwithstanding any reletting without termination by landlord because of any default by Tenant, Landlord may at any time after such reletting elect to terminate this Lease for any such default.

(d) Landlord has the remedy described in California Civil Code ("CODE") Section 1951.4 (Landlord may continue Lease in effect after Tenant's breach and abandonment and recover Rent as it becomes due, if Tenant has right to sublet or assign, subject only to reasonable limitations).

25.4 No Waiver. Efforts by Landlord to mitigate the damages caused by Tenant's default in this Lease shall not constitute a waiver of Landlord's right to recover damages hereunder.

25.5 Curing Defaults. If Tenant fails to repair, maintain, keep clean, or service any of the Premises or fails to perform any other Lease obligation, then alter having given Tenant reasonable Notice of any failure and a reasonable opportunity to remedy the failure, which in no case shall exceed ten days, Landlord may enter upon the Premises and perform or contract for the performance of the repair, maintenance, or other Tenant obligation, and Tenant shall pay Landlord as Additional Rent all direct and indirect costs incurred in connection therewith within ten days of receiving a bill therefor from Landlord.

                                                                    /s/
---------------------                                        -------------------
 Landlord's Initials                                          Tenant's Initials

24

25.6 Cumulative Remedies. The various rights, options, election powers, and remedies of Landlord contained in this Article and elsewhere in this Lease are cumulative. None of them is exclusive of any others or of any legal or equitable remedy that Landlord might otherwise have in the event of breach or default, and the exercise of one right or remedy by Landlord will not in any way impair its right to any other right or remedy.

ARTICLE 26 FORFEITURE OF PROPERTY

Tenant agrees that as of the date of termination of this Lease or repossession of the Premises by Landlord, by way of default or otherwise, Tenant shall remove all personal property in accordance with applicable law. The Parties agree that any property of Tenant not removed by such date shall, at the option of Landlord, be deemed abandoned by Tenant.

ARTICLE 27. SURRENDER OF LEASE

The voluntary or other surrender of this Lease by Tenant, or a mutual cancellation thereof, shall not work as a merger. At the election of Landlord, it shall either terminate all or any existing subleases or subtenancies or operate as an assignment to Landlord of any or all such subleases or subtenancies. Tenant shall return the Premises to Landlord at the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease in good and sanitary order, condition and repair, free of rubble and debris, broom clean, reasonable wear and tear excepted. Tenant shall ascertain from Landlord at least 30 days prior to the termination of this lease, whether Landlord desires the Premises, or any part thereof, restored to its condition prior to the making of Alterations, installations and improvements, and if Landlord shall so desire, then Tenant shall forthwith restore said Premises or the designated portions thereof, as the case may be, to its original condition, entirely at its own expense, excepting normal wear and tear. All damage to the Premises caused by the removal of trade fixtures and personal property that Tenant is permitted to remove under the terms of this Lease shall be promptly repaired by Tenant at its sole cost and expense.

ARTICLE 28. LANDLORD'S EXCULPATION

In the event of default, breach, or violation by Landlord or Landlord Parties of any of Landlord's obligations under this Lease, Landlord's liability to Tenant shall be limited to its ownership interest in the Building or the proceeds of a public sale of such interest pursuant to foreclosure of a judgment against Landlord. Landlord shall not be personally liable for any deficiency beyond its interest in the Building.

ARTICLE 29. NOTICES

All notices required or permitted to be given under this Lease ("NOTICE"), shall be in writing and shall be given or made to the respective party at the address or number set forth in Sections 1.2 and 1.3 of this Lease by (i) personal service; (ii) mailing by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid; (iii) reputable courier which provides written evidence of delivery; or (iv) facsimile with the date and time imprinted during transmission. Either Party may change its address for Notice by a Notice sent to the other. Each Notice shall be deemed given or made upon receipt or refusal to receive.

                                                                    /s/
---------------------                                        -------------------
 Landlord's Initials                                          Tenant's Initials

25

ARTICLE 30. SUBORDINATION

30.1 Priority of Encumbrances. This Lease shall be subordinate to any ground lease, first mortgage, or first deed of trust upon the real property of which the Premises are a part (each a "SECURITY INSTRUMENT") and to any and all advances made on the security thereof and to all renewals, modifications, consolidations, replacements and extensions thereof. Notwithstanding such subordination, Tenant's right to quiet possession of the Premises shall not be disturbed if Tenant is not in default and so long as Tenant shall pay the Rent and observe and perform all the provisions of this Lease, unless this Lease is otherwise terminated pursuant to its terms. If a Lender or ground lessor gives Tenant Notice of its election to have this Lease prior to the lien of its Security Instrument, this Lease shall be deemed prior to such Security Instrument, whether this Lease is dated prior or subsequent to the date of said Security Instrument or the date of recording thereof.

30.2 Execution of Documents. Tenant agrees that no documentation other than this Lease is required to evidence such subordination, however, Tenant agrees to execute any documents required to effectuate such subordination and any attornment or to make this Lease prior to the lien of any Security Instrument, as the case may be. Tenant agrees that its failure to execute these documents may cause Landlord serious financial damage by causing the failure of a financing or sale transaction.

30.3 Attornment. If a Lender or ground lessor enforces its remedies provided by law or under the pertinent Security Instrument and succeeds to Landlord's interest in the Premises (a "SUCCESSOR-IN-INTEREST"), Tenant shall, upon request of any Successor-in-Interest, automatically become the tenant of said Successor-in-Interest without change in the terms or other provisions of this Lease. The Successor-in-Interest shall not be (i) bound by any payment of Rent for more than 30 days in advance; (ii) bound by any modification or amendment of this Lease to shorten the term or decrease the Minimum Monthly Rent without the consent of the Lender or ground lessor; (iii) liable for any act or omission of Landlord or any previous landlord; (iv) bound by any obligation of Landlord under the Lease that is not reasonably susceptible to performance by the Successor-in-Interest; (v) subject to any offset, defense, recoupment or counterclaim that Tenant may have given to Landlord or any previous landlord; or
(vi) liable for any deposit that Tenant may have with respect to Landlord or previous landlord that has not been transferred to the Successor-in-Interest. Within ten days after Notice of a request by Successor-in-Interest, Tenant shall deliver an executed attornment agreement in a form required by such Successor-in-Interest.

ARTICLE 31. ESTOPPEL CERTIFICATES

31.1 Execution by Tenant. Within ten days after receipt of Notice by Landlord, Tenant shall execute and deliver to Landlord an estoppel certificate acknowledging such facts regarding this Lease as Landlord may reasonably require, including that (i) this Lease is in full force and effect, binding and enforceable in accordance with its terms and unmodified (or if modified, specifying the written modification documents); (ii) no default exists on the part of Landlord or Tenant under this Lease; (iii) there are no events which with the passage of time, or the giving of notice, or both, would create a default under this Lease; (iv) no Rent in excess of one month's

                                                                    /s/
-----------------------                                   ----------------------
  Landlord's Initials                                       Tenant's  Initials

26

Rent has been paid in advance; (v) Tenant has not sold, assigned, transferred, mortgaged or pledged this Lease or the Rent nor has it received notice of same;
(vi) Tenant has no defense, setoff, recoupment or counterclaim against Landlord, and (vi) such other matters as Landlord may reasonably request. Landlord, any Lender, or any prospective purchaser of the Building or Complex may rely upon such estoppel certificate. Failure to comply with this Article shall be a breach of this Lease by Tenant giving Landlord all rights and remedies under Article 25 hereof, as well as a right to damages caused by the loss of a loan or sale which may result from such failure by Tenant.

31.2 Financing, Sale or Transfer. If Landlord desires to finance, refinance, sell, ground lease or otherwise transfer the Premises, Building or Complex, or any part thereof, Tenant agrees, within ten days of request therefor by Landlord, to deliver to Landlord and to any lender or to any prospective buyer, ground lessor or other transferee designated by Landlord financial statements of Tenant and any parent company as may be reasonably required by such party. Such statements shall include the past three years' financial statements of Tenant. All such financial statements shall be received by Landlord in confidence and shall be used only for the purposes herein set forth.

ARTICLE 32. LENDER PROTECTION

Tenant agrees to give any Lender, by registered mail, a copy of any notice of default served upon Landlord, provided that prior to such notice Tenant has been given Notice of the address of such Lender. Tenant agrees that if Landlord fails to cure the default within the time provided for in this Lease, Lender shall have an additional 30 days within which to cure the default or, if the default cannot be cured within that time, then such additional time as may be necessary if, within the 30 days, Lender has commenced and is diligently pursuing the remedies necessary to cure the default (including commencement of foreclosure proceedings, if necessary). This Lease shall not be terminated while such remedies are being pursued.

ARTICLE 33. BANKRUPTCY

If at any time during the Term (1) there shall be filed by or against Tenant, in any court, pleadings to initiate a bankruptcy petition of any kind, or the appointment of a receiver or trustee of all or a portion of Tenant's assets, or
(2) if a receiver or trustee takes possession of any of the assets of Tenant, or if the leasehold interest herein passes to a receiver or trustee, or (3) if Tenant makes an assignment for the benefit of creditors or petitions for or enters into an arrangement with creditors (any of which are referred to herein as a "BANKRUPTCY EVENT"), then the following provisions shall apply:

(a) Any receiver, assignee for the benefit of creditors
("assignee"), trustee of any kind, or Tenant as debtor-in-possession ("debtor") shall either expressly assume or reject this Lease within sixty days following the assignment to the Assignee or the filing of the pleading initiating the receivership or bankruptcy ease. All such parties agree that they will not seek Court permission to extend such time for assumption or rejection. Failure to assume or reject in the time set forth herein shall mean that the Lease may be terminated at Landlord's option.

                                                                    /s/
-----------------------                                   ----------------------
  Landlord's Initials                                       Tenant's  Initials

27

(b) if the Lease is assumed by a debtor, receiver, assignee or trustee, such party shall immediately after such assumption (i) cure any default or provide adequate assurances that defaults will be promptly cured; (2) pay Landlord for actual pecuniary less or provide adequate assurances that compensation will be made for such loss; and (3) provide adequate assurance of future performance.

(c) Where a default exists under the Lease, the party assuming the Lease may not require Landlord to provide services or supplies incidental to the Lease before its assumption by such trustee or debtor, unless Landlord is compensated under the terms of the Lease for such services and supplies provided before the assumption of such Lease.

(d) Landlord reserves all remedies available to Landlord in Article 26 or at law or in equity in respect of a Bankruptcy Event by Tenant, to the extent such remedies are permitted by law.

ARTICLE 34. MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

34.1 Captions. The captions of this Lease are for convenience only and are not a part of this Lease and do not in any way limit or amplify the terms and provisions of this Lease.

34.2 Construction. Whenever the singular number is used in this Lease and when required by the context, the same shall include the plural, the plural shall include the singular. Items following the terms "include" or "including" are descriptive only and not by way of limitation. All approvals to be given by any party to the Lease are not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed unless specifically indicated to the contrary in the Lease.

34.3 Modifications. This instrument contains all the agreements, conditions and representations made between the Parties and may only be modified by a written agreement signed by all of the Parties.

34.4 Severability. The invalidity of any provision of this Lease, as determined by a court of competent jurisdiction, shall in no way affect the validity of any other provision hereof.

34.5 No Offer. The preparation and submission of a draft of this Lease by either party to the other shall not constitute an offer, nor shall either party be bound to any terms of this Lease or the entirety of the Lease itself until the Parties have fully executed a final document and an original signature document has been received by the Parties. Until such time as described in the previous sentence, either party is free to terminate negotiations with no obligation to the other.

34.6 Light, Air and View. No diminution of light, air, or view by any structure, whether or not erected by Landlord, shall entitle Tenant to any reduction of Rent, result in any liability of Landlord to Tenant, or in any other way affect this Lease or Tenant's obligations hereunder.

34.7 Public Transportation Information. If required by law, Tenant shall establish and maintain a program to encourage maximum use of public transportation by Tenant personnel

                                                                    /s/
-----------------------                                   ----------------------
  Landlord's Initials                                       Tenant's  Initials

28

employed on the Premises. Tenant shall comply with all requirements of any local transportation management ordinance.

34.8 Rules and Regulations. Tenant will comply with all reasonable Rules and Regulations adopted and promulgated by Landlord and applicable to all tenants in the Building or Complex. The "RULES AND REGULATIONS" concerning the Complex are attached hereto as Exhibit E. Landlord reserves the right to change the Rules and Regulations affecting the Complex. Landlord shall have no liability for violation of any Rules or Regulations by any other tenant in the Complex nor shall such violation or waiver thereof excuse Tenant's compliance. All delivery and dispatch of supplies, fixtures, equipment and furniture shall be by means and during hours established by Landlord.

34.9 Joint and Several Liability. Should Tenant consist of more than one person or entity, they shall be jointly and severally liable on this Lease.

34.10 Survival. All obligations of Tenant which may accrue or arise during the Term of this Lease or as a result of any act or omission of Tenant during the Term shall, to the extent they have not been fully performed, satisfied or discharged, survive the expiration or termination of this Lease.

34.11 Brokers. Landlord and Tenant each represent and warrant to the other party that it has not authorized or employed, or acted by implication to authorize or employ, any real estate broker or salesmen to act for it in connection with this Lease, except for the Broker identified in Article 1. Landlord and Tenant shall each indemnify, defend and hold the other party harmless from and against any and all claims by any real estate broker or salesman whom the indemnifying party authorized or employed, or acted by implication to authorize or employ, to act for the indemnifying party in connection with this Lease.

34.12 Non-liability of Landlord. Except as otherwise expressly stated in this Lease, and only to the extent so stated, the consent or approval, whether express or implied, or the act, failure to act or failure to object, by Landlord in connection with any plan, specification, drawing, proposal, request, act, omission, notice or communication (collectively "act") by or for, or prepared by or for, Tenant, shall not create any responsibility or liability on the part of Landlord, and shall not constitute a representation by Landlord, with respect to the completeness, sufficiency, efficacy, propriety, quality or legality of such act. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Lease, if any provision of this Lease expressly or impliedly obligates Landlord not to unreasonably withhold its consent or approval, an action for declaratory judgment or specific performance will be Tenant's sole right and remedy in any dispute as to whether Landlord has breached such obligation.

34.13 Attorneys' Fees. In the event of litigation or arbitration between the Parties with respect to this Lease, then all costs and expenses, including all reasonable fees of appraisers, accountants, experts, consultants and attorneys (collectively "PROFESSIONAL FEES") incurred by the prevailing party shall be paid by the other party. If Landlord is named as a defendant, or requested or required to appear as a witness or produce any documents in any suit brought by Tenant against a third party or a third party suit against Tenant arising out of Tenant's occupancy

                                                                    /s/
-----------------------                                   ----------------------
  Landlord's Initials                                       Tenant's  Initials

29

hereunder, Tenant shall pay Landlord its costs and expenses incurred in such suit, including its actual Professional Fees.

34.14 Effect of Waiver. Landlord's waiver of any breach of a Lease provision is not a waiver of such Lease provision or any subsequent breach of the same or any other term, covenant or condition of the Lease. Subsequent acceptance of Rent by Landlord is not a waiver of any preceding breach by Tenant of any provision of this Lease, other than the failure of Tenant to pay the particular Rent so accepted, regardless of Landlord's knowledge the preceding breach at the time of acceptance of Rent.

34.15 Holding-Over. If Tenant remains in possession of the Promises after the expiration of the Term, with Landlord's written consent, then such holding over shall be construed as a month-to-month tenancy, subject to all the conditions, provisions and obligations of this Lease (as applicable to a month-to-month tenancy) as existed during the last month of the Term, except the Minimum Monthly Rent shall be equal to twice the Minimum Monthly Rent then payable. Such tenancy may be terminated by either party upon ten days' Notice prior to the end of any monthly period. Any option or right to extend, renew or expand shall not be applicable. Landlord's acceptance of Rent after such expiration or termination shall not constitute a holdover hereunder or result in a renewal of this Lease.

34.16 Binding Effect. The covenants and conditions of this Lease, subject to the provisions as to assignment, apply to and bind the heirs, successors, executors, administrators and assigns the Parties.

34.17 Time of the Essence. Time is of the essence of this Lease.

34.18 Release of Landlord. If Landlord sells its interest in the Building or Complex, then from and after the effective date of the sale or conveyance, Landlord shall be released and discharged from any and all obligations and responsibilities under this Lease except those already accrued.

34.19 Transfer to Purchaser. If Tenant provides security fm the faithful performance of any of its covenants of the Lease, Landlord may transfer the security to a purchaser of the reversion, if the reversion be sold, and thereupon Landlord shall be discharged from any further liability in reference thereto.

34.20 Waiver by Tenant. The Parties have negotiated numerous provisions of this Lease, some of which are covered by statute. Whenever a provision of this Lease and a provision of any statute or other law cover the same matter, the provisions of this Lease shall control. Therefore, Tenant waives (for itself and all persons claiming under Tenant) the provisions of Code Sections 1932(2) and 1933(4) with respect to the destruction of the Premises; Code Sections 1941 and 1942 with respect to Landlord's repair duties and Tenant's right to repair, Code
Section 1995.310 with respect to remedies for breach of contract; Code Section 3275 and CCP Section 1179 relating to rights of redemption; and CCP Section 1265.130, allowing either party a Court petition to terminate this Lease in the event of a partial taking of the

                                                                    /s/
-----------------------                                   ----------------------
  Landlord's Initials                                       Tenant's  Initials

30

Premises by condemnation. This waiver applies to future statutes enacted in addition to or in substitution for the statutes specified.

34.21 Waiver of Jury Trial. Landlord and Tenant hereby waive trial by jury in any action, proceeding or counterclaim brought by either of the Parties against the other on any matters whatsoever arising out of this Lease, or any other claims.

34.22 Authorization. If Tenant is a corporation, partnership or limited liability company, each person executing this Lease on behalf of such entity represents and warrants (i) that he or she is duly authorized to execute this Lease on behalf of such entity, (a) if a corporation, in accordance with either a duty adopted resolution of its Board of Directors or its Bylaws; (b) if a partnership, in accordance with its partnership agreement; or (c) if a limited liability company, in accordance with its limited liability company agreement and (ii) that this Lease is binding upon Tenant in accordance with its terms.

34.23 Conversion to a Limited Liability Entity. If Tenant is a partnership (either general or limited), joint venture, cotenancy, joint tenancy or an individual, Tenant may not convert (the "CONVERSION") the Tenant entity or person into any type of entity which possesses the characteristic of limited liability such as, by way of example only, a corporation, a limited liability company, limited liability partnership or limited liability limited partnership (a "LIMITED ENTITY") without the consent of Landlord, subject to fulfillment of the conditions below. The following are conditions precedent to Landlord's obligation to act reasonably with respect to a Conversion to a Limited Entity:
(i) the Limited Entity assumes all of Tenant's liabilities and is assigned all of Tenant's assets as of the effective date of the Conversion; (ii) as of the effective date of the Conversion, the Limited Entity shall have a net worth ("NET WORTH"), which is not less than either (a) Tenant's Net Worth on the date of execution of the Lease or (b) Tenant's Net Worth as of the date Tenant requests consent to the Conversion; (iii) Tenant is not in default under the Lease; (iv) Tenant delivers to Landlord a satisfactory agreement, executed by each equity interest holder of Tenant, wherein each agrees to remain personally liable for all of the terms, covenants and conditions of the Lease; and (v) Tenant reimburses Landlord within ten days of Landlord's written demand for any and all reasonable costs and expenses that may be incurred by Landlord in connection with the Conversion including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys' fees.

                                                                    /s/
-----------------------                                   ----------------------
  Landlord's Initials                                       Tenant's  Initials

31

In Witness Whereof, the Parties have executed this Lease as of the date first written above.

"LANDLORD"                               "TENANT"

BEDFORD PROPERTY INVESTORS, INC., A      PINE PHOTONICS COMMUNICATIONS, INC., A
MARYLAND CORPORATION                     DELAWARE CORPORATION

By:                                      By: /s/ Hsing Kung
   --------------------------------          -----------------------------------
Name:                                    Name:  Hsing Kung
     ------------------------------
Title:                                   Title:  CEO & President
      -----------------------------
Date:                                    Date:  7/10/00
     ------------------------------

FOR OFFICE USE ONLY:

PREPARED BY: ___
REVIEWED BY: ___
APPROVED BY: ___

                                                                    /s/
-----------------------                                   ----------------------
  Landlord's Initials                                       Tenant's  Initials

32

ADDENDUM NO. 1

LETTER OF CREDIT AS DEPOSIT SECURITY

This ADDENDUM NO. 1 (this "ADDENDUM") is made in connection with and is a part of that certain Lease, dated as of June 30, 2000, by and between Bedford Property Investors, Inc., a Maryland corporation, as Landlord, and Pine Photonics Communications, Inc., as Tenant, (the "LEASE").

1. Definitions and Conflict. All capitalized terms referred to in this Addendum shall have the same meaning as provided in the Lease, except as expressly provided to the contrary in this Addendum. In case of any conflict between any term or provision of the Lease and any exhibits attached thereto and this Addendum, this Addendum shall control.

2. Letter of Credit Security Deposit. Pursuant to the terms of the Lease, a Security Deposit of $307,839.11 is required from Tenant. In lieu of depositing cash for the full amount of the Security Deposit, Tenant shall deposit a letter of credit for $$307,839.11 (the "MAXIMUM LETTER OF CREDIT AMOUNT"), with the balance of the Security Deposit in the form of cash. Said letter of credit shall be in the form of an irrevocable, unconditional and clean standby letter of credit and otherwise in the form set forth below (the "LETTER OF CREDIT"). The term Security Deposit shall mean the cash portion of the Security Deposit and the Letter of Credit.

2.1 Form of Letter of Credit. The Letter of Credit shall be issued by a national bank acceptable to Landlord in its reasonable discretion, with offices in the San Francisco Bay Area that will accept and pay on any draw on the Letter of Credit. The Letter of Credit shall be issued for a term of at least twelve months (with a term during the last year of the Lease Term of at least one full month following the expiration of the Lease Term) and shall be in a form and with such content acceptable to Landlord in its sole and absolute discretion. Any Letter of Credit that Tenant delivers to Landlord in replacement of an existing Letter of Credit shall be in an amount equal to the replaced Letter of Credit (prior to any draws) so that the cash and Letter of Credit together equal the amount of the Security Deposit specified in the Lease. Any such replacement Letter of Credit shall be delivered to and received by Landlord no later than thirty days prior to the expiration of the term of the letter of Credit then in effect. If Tenant fails to deposit a replacement Letter of Credit or renew the expiring Letter of Credit, Landlord shall have the right to draw upon the expiring Letter of Credit for the full amount thereof and hold the same as Security Deposit; provided, however, that if Tenant provides a replacement Letter of Credit that meets the requirements of this section, Landlord shall promptly return to Tenant in cash that amount of the Letter of Credit that had been drawn upon by Landlord. The Letter of Credit shall expressly permit full and partial draws. If for any reason the Letter of Credit does not permit partial draws, then Landlord shall have the right to make a full draw on the Letter of Credit, notwithstanding that the full amount may not be required to cure any default by Tenant. The Letter of Credit shall designate Landlord as beneficiary and shall be transferable by beneficiary to any transferee, successor, and assign (including any lender of Landlord) at no cost or expense to beneficiary. The Letter of Credit shall provide that it may be drawn by Landlord (or its assignee) upon presentation by Landlord to the issuing bank (at its offices in the San Francisco Bay Area) of a sight draft(s), together with a written statement executed by Landlord stating that

                                                                    /s/
-----------------------                                   ----------------------
  Landlord's Initials                                       Tenant's  Initials

33

the amount requested is due Landlord under the Lease. The amount of the draw requested by Landlord shall be payable by the bank without further inquiry or any other documentation or further action required of the bank, landlord, or Tenant. All costs and expenses to obtain the Letter of Credit and all renewals shall be borne by Tenant.

2.2 Landlord's Draw. If the Letter of Credit is drawn upon by Landlord, Tenant shall, within ten days after written demand therefor, deposit cash with Landlord in an amount sufficient to restore the Security Deposit to amount required under the Lease and this Addendum. At all times the Security Deposit, whether in the form of cash and/or Letter of Credit, shall be in the amount specified in the Lease. The use, application or retention of the Letter of Credit, or any portion thereof, by Landlord shall not prevent Landlord from exercising any other right or remedy provided by this Lease or by law, it being intended that Landlord shall not first be required to use all or any part of the Letter of Credit or cash portion of the Security Deposit, and such use shall not operate as a limitation on any recovery to which Landlord may otherwise be entitled. Tenant shall not be entitled to any interest on the cash portion of the Security Deposit. The exercise of any rights of Landlord to the Security Deposit shall not constitute a waiver of nor relieve Tenant from any liability or obligation for any default by Tenant. If Landlord draws upon the entire amount of the Letter of Credit, Tenant may deliver a replacement Letter of Credit to Landlord, instead of depositing cash with Landlord, equal to the original amount of the Letter of Credit.

2.3 Return or Transfer of Letter of Credit. Within thirty days after the expiration or earlier termination of the Lease and provided Tenant has complied with all of its obligations under the Lease, Landlord shall promptly return the refundable portion of the Security Deposit, including the Letter of Credit, to Tenant. In the event of a transfer of the Premises, Building or Project by Landlord, Landlord or any subsequent transferor shall deliver the refundable portion of the Security Deposit, including both the cash portion and the Letter of Credit, to the successor landlord or transferee.

                                                                    /s/
-----------------------                                   ----------------------
  Landlord's Initials                                       Tenant's  Initials

34

EXHIBIT A
LEGAL DESCRIPTION

REAL PROPERTY in the City of Fremont, County of Alameda, State of California, described as follows:

Lots 5, 6, and 7, Tract 4200, filed August 30, 1979 in Book 112 of Maps, Page 85, Alameda County Records.

APN Nos.: 519-1680-010 and 519-1680-011-01

                                                                    /s/
-----------------------                                   ----------------------
  Landlord's Initials                                       Tenant's  Initials

35

EXHIBIT B
PLAN OF THE COMPLEX

(PLAN OF THE COMPLEX GRAPHIC)

                                                                    /s/
-----------------------                                   ----------------------
  Landlord's Initials                                       Tenant's  Initials

36

EXHIBIT B-1
FLOOR PLAN OF THE PREMISES

(NOT AVAILABLE)

                                                                    /s/
-----------------------                                   ----------------------
  Landlord's Initials                                       Tenant's  Initials

37

EXHIBIT C
CONSTRUCTION OBLIGATIONS

1. DEFINED TERMS. All capitalized terms referred to in this Exhibit C (this "Agreement") not defined below shall have the same meaning as defined in the Lease of which this Agreement forms a part.

2. CONSTRUCTION OF TENANT IMPROVEMENTS. Tenant shall construct the Tenant Improvements in accordance with this Agreement and due approved Construction Plans.

3. DEFINITIONS. Each of the following terms shall have the following meaning:

"ARCHITECT" shall mean ____________________. Architect shall be employed by Tenant and all costs of Architect will be the responsibility of Tenant as part of the Tenant Improvement Cost.

"LANDLORD'S ALLOWANCE" shall mean the amount to be contributed by Landlord toward Tenant Improvement Cost as stated in Section 1.12 of the Lease. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein or in the Lease, in no event shall Landlord have any obligation to pay any costs or expenses incurred in connection with or arising out of the Tenant Improvements in excess of the Landlord's Allowance specified herein.

"BUILDING" shall mean the Building Shell and the Tenant Improvements.

"BUILDING SHELL" shall mean the basic minimum enclosure of the Building consisting of the foundation and floors, structural framework, roof coverings, exterior walls and exterior doors and windows, basic fire sprinkler systems, plumbing system stubs, underground electrical power stubs, the parking lots and landscaping appurtenant to the Common Areas, but excluding all Tenant Improvements.

"CONSTRUCTION PLANS" shall mean the complete plans and specifications for the construction of the Tenant Improvements, which shall be in substantial compliance with the Approved Preliminary Plans, consisting of all architectural, engineering mechanical and electrical drawings and specifications which are required to obtain all building permits, licenses and certificates from the applicable governmental authority(ies) for the construction of the Tenant Improvements. The Construction Plans shall be prepared by Architect, and in all respects shall be in compliance with all applicable laws, rules, regulations, and building codes for the City of Fremont, California.

"CONTRACTOR" shall mean a California licensed general contractor with experience and expertise in constructing projects similar to the Tenant Improvements as mutually agreed to by Landlord and Tenant pursuant to Section 6, below. Contractor shall be responsible for construction of the Tenant Improvements.

"PREMISES" shall mean the portion of the Building Shell wherein the Tenant Improvements are to be constructed. Landlord shall deliver the Premises to Tenant in broom clean condition, with all building systems existing as of the date of execution of this Lease in

                                                                    /s/
-----------------------                                   ----------------------
  Landlord's Initials                                       Tenant's  Initials

38

good working order and repair, and otherwise in "AS-IS WHERE-IS" condition. Tenant acknowledges that the Base Tenant Improvement Allowance is provided to Tenant by Landlord for the purpose of remodeling and/or rehabilitating the Premises, and other than providing the Base Tenant Improvement Allowance in the time and manner provided for herein, Landlord shall have no responsibility for the condition of the Premises or the improvements located therein.

"TENANT'S PERSONAL PROPERTY" shall mean all personal property constructed or installed in the Promises by Tenant at Tenant's expense, including furniture, fixtures, equipment and all data and telephone cabling to be constructed or installed in the Premises by Tenant, but excluding the Tenant improvements.

"TENANT IMPROVEMENTS" shall mean all interior portions of the Building to be constructed by Tenant pursuant to this Agreement and the Approved Construction Plans, including but not limited to, electrical systems, heating, ventilating and air conditioning systems ("HVAC"), plumbing and fire sprinkler systems (to the extent such electrical, HVAC, plumbing and fire sprinkler systems are not included in the Building Shell), interior partitions, millwork, floor coverings, acoustical ceilings, interior painting, and similar items.

"TENANT IMPROVEMENT COST" shall mean the costs for construction and installation of the Tenant Improvements, inclusive of the fees charged by Architect. The costs for construction and installation shall include, but not be limited to, the following:

(a) architectural / space planning fees and costs charged by Architect in the preparation of the Preliminary Plans, Construction Plans and/or any Change Requests;

(b) any and all other fees and costs charged by architects, engineers and consultants in the preparation of the Construction Plans, including mechanical, electrical, plumbing and structural drawings and of all other aspects of the Construction Plans, and for processing governmental applications and applications for payment, observing construction of the work, and other customary engineering, architectural, interior design and space planning services;

(c) surveys, reports, environmental and other tests and inspections of the site and any improvements thereon necessary for the construction of the Tenant Improvements;

(d) labor, materials, equipment and fixtures supplied by the Contractor, its subcontractors and/or materialmen;

(e) the furnishing and installation of all HVAC duct work, terminal boxes, distributing diffusers and accessories required for completing the heating, ventilating and air conditioning system in the Premises, including costs of meter and key control for after-hour usage;

(f) all electrical circuits, wiring, lighting fixtures, and tube outlets furnished and installed throughout the Premises, including costs of meter and key control for after-hour electrical power usage;

                                                                    /s/
-----------------------                                   ----------------------
  Landlord's Initials                                       Tenant's  Initials

39

(g) all window and floor coverings in the Premises:

(h) all fire and life safety control systems, such as fire walls, sprinklers and fire alarms, including piping, wiring and accessories installed within the Premises;

(i) all plumbing, fixtures, pipes and accessories installed within the Premises;

(j) fees charged by the city and/or county where the Building is located (including, without limitation, fees for building permits and plan checks) required for the construction of the Tenant Improvements in the Premises;

(k) all taxes, fees, charges and levies by governmental and quasi-governmental agencies for authorization, approvals, licenses and permits; and all sales, use and excise taxes for the materials supplied and services rendered in connection with the installation and construction of the Tenant Improvements;

(l) all costs and expenses incurred to comply with all Laws and Regulations, as well as all rules, regulations or ordinances of any governmental authority in connection with the construction of the Tenant Improvements including, without limitation, any costs of complying with the ADA in the Complex required as a condition to approving the construction of the Tenant Improvements.

Tenant improvement Costs shall not include the cost of any of Tenant's Personal Property or the installation thereof, which shall be performed by Tenant at its sole cost and expense. Subject to the payment by Landlord of the Base Tenant Improvement Allowance in the time and manner specified in
Section 12, below, Tenant shall be solely responsible for paying all Tenant Improvement Costs.

4. SPACE PLAN FOR TENANT IMPROVEMENTS.

4.1 APPROVED PRELIMINARY PLAN. As soon as reasonably possible following the full execution of this Agreement, the space plan ("Preliminary Plan") for the Tenant Improvements shall be prepared by the Architect, and shall be reviewed and approved by Landlord and Tenant (the "Approved Preliminary Plan"). The Approved Preliminary Plan shall be used by Architect to develop the Construction Plans.

5. CONSTRUCTION PLANS FAR TENANT IMPROVEMENTS.

5.1 PREPARATION BY ARCHITECT. Within 20 days following completion of the Approved Preliminary Plan, Architect shall provide Tenant and Landlord with completed Construction Plans showing (i) Tenant's partition layout and the location and details; (ii) the location of telephone and electrical outlets;
(iii) the location, style and dimension of any desired special lighting; (iv) the location, design and style of all doors, floor coverings and wall coverings;
(v) the location, design, style and dimensions of cabinets and casework; and
(vi) all details, including "cut sheets," for the Tenant Improvements, which shall be in conformity with the Approved Preliminary Plans. The Construction Plans shall be in a form satisfactory to

                                                                    /s/
-----------------------                                   ----------------------
  Landlord's Initials                                       Tenant's  Initials

40

appropriate governmental authorities responsible for issuing permits and licenses required for construction of the Tenant Improvements.

5.2 LANDLORD'S REVIEW OF CONSTRUCTION PLANS FOR TENANT Improvements. Within ten (10) business days after receipt of the Construction Plans, Landlord shall notify Tenant in writing of any changes necessary to bring the Construction Plans into substantial conformity with the Approved Preliminary Plans. If any changes requested by Landlord are reasonably necessary to bring the Construction Plans into substantial conformity with the Approved Preliminary Plans, Architect shall make such changes and provide the revised Construction Plans to Landlord for its review and approval, such approval not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed. Within ten (10) business days thereafter, Landlord shall either (i) notify Tenant in writing of any changes necessary to bring the Construction Plans into substantial conformity with the Approved Preliminary Plans, or (ii) approve such revised Construction Plans. Architect shall continue to revise the Construction Plans as required by Landlord and Tenant until Landlord's and Tenant's written approval is received. The Construction Plans approved in writing by both Landlord and Tenant shall be deemed the "Approved Construction Plans."

6. CONTRACTOR. Tenant shall, as soon as reasonably possible, provide Landlord with the names of not less than three (3) California licensed general contractors with expertise and experience in constructing projects similar to the Tenant Improvements. Upon request of Landlord, Tenant shall provide Landlord with references for such contractors so that Landlord may verify such contractors' expertise and ability to construct the Tenant Improvements. Landlord shall have no obligation to approve any contractor proposed by Tenant that either (i) does not possess sufficient experience and expertise in constructing projects similar to the Tenant Improvements, or (ii) to which Landlord otherwise makes reasonable objection. Following Landlord's written approval of a Contractor, Tenant shall enter into a contract with the Contractor for the construction of the Tenant Improvements (the "Construction Contract"), for a bid price acceptable to Tenant in its sole discretion (the "Approved Bid.") The Construction Contract between Tenant and Contractor shall provide that all Tenant Improvements shall be warranted by Contractor for a period not less than one (1) year, and shall provide that all such warranties are assignable to, and enforceable by, Landlord. Landlord must approve the Construction Contract before Tenant and Contractor execute the same, such approval not to be unreasonably withheld.

7. BUILDING PERMIT. Tenant shall be responsible for obtaining a building permit ("Building Permit") for the Tenant Improvements. To the extent requested by Tenant, Landlord shall, at no cost or expense to Landlord, assist Landlord in obtaining the Building Permit. Tenant, the Architect or the Contractor shall submit the Approved Construction Plans to the appropriate governmental body for plan checking and a Building Permit.

8. CHANGE REQUESTS. No changes to the Approved Construction Plans requested by Tenant (each, a "Change Request") shall be made without Landlord's prior written approval, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed, subject to the following:

(i) No Change Request shall affect the structure or operating systems of the Building;

                                                                    /s/
-----------------------                                   ----------------------
  Landlord's Initials                                       Tenant's  Initials

41

(ii) A Change Request shall constitute an agreement by Tenant to any delay in completion of the Tenant Improvements caused by reviewing, processing and implementing the Change Request;

(iii) Any delays in completion of the Tenant Improvements caused as a result of a Change Request shall not delay the commencement of the term of the Lease from the Commencement Date specified in Section 1.7 of the Lease. Tenant agrees that the Lease and all obligations of Tenant thereunder (including without limitation the obligation to pay Rent) shall commence on the Commencement Date specified in Section 1.7 of the Lease, notwithstanding any delay in construction of the Tenant Improvements caused by any Change Request.

Any and all costs incurred in connection with a Change Request approved by Landlord shall be paid for solely by Tenant, including, without limitation, increased architectural or engineering fees and costs, permit re-submittal fees and costs, increased construction costs, costs incurred as a result of any delay in constructing the Tenant Improvements caused by the Change Request, costs incurred by Landlord in having the proposed Change Request reviewed by third parties, and any other costs and expenses incurred in connection with or arising out of such Change Request.

9. PAYMENT OF ADDITIONAL COSTS. Following substantial completion of the Tenant Improvements and determination of the total Tenant Improvement Cost, to the extent the Tenant Improvement Cost exceeds the Landlord's Allowance (the "Additional Costs"), and such Additional Costs have not previously been paid by Tenant pursuant to Section 10, below, Tenant shall be solely responsible for payment of such Additional Costs.

10. PAYMENT OF CONTRACTOR. Once Tenant and Contractor have mutually executed the Construction Contract, Tenant shall be responsible for making monthly progress payments to Contractor in accordance with the Construction Contract, subject to reimbursement by Landlord pursuant to the following procedure. Landlord shall reimburse Tenant each month, within twenty (20) days of receipt of bills or invoices from Tenant representing the current months' payment obligation to the Contractor (the "Monthly Payment"), for that portion of the Monthly Payment determined by taking a fraction, the numerator of which is the Landlord's Allowance, and the denominator of which is the Approved Bid, and multiplying the Monthly Payment by such fraction. Tenant shall be solely responsible for paying the balance of any Monthly Payment as Additional Costs. If the total Approved Bid is in equal to or less than the sum of the Landlord's Allowance, Landlord shall reimburse Tenant each month, within twenty (20) days of receipt of bills or invoices from Tenant representing the current Monthly Payment, for the entire Monthly Payment. It shall be a condition precedent to Landlord's obligation to reimburse Tenant for any Monthly Payment that Tenant shall have provided Landlord with unconditional lien releases and waivers from the Contractor, any subcontractors and/or any material suppliers providing goods or services for the Tenant Improvements, in the form required by California law, whereby such Contractor, any subcontractors and/or any material suppliers unconditionally waive any mechanics' or other statutory lien rights with respect to the current and/or any prior Monthly Payment made or to be made by Landlord to Tenant.

                                                                    /s/
-----------------------                                   ----------------------
  Landlord's Initials                                       Tenant's  Initials

42

11. REQUIREMENTS. All construction and installation of the Tenant Improvements shall be subject to strict conformity with the following requirements:

(a) Tenant shall give Landlord at least ten (10) days' prior written notice of commencement of the construction of the Tenant Improvements so that Landlord may post notices of non-responsibility in or upon the Premises as provided by law;

(b) All Tenant improvements shall be constructed in a skillful and workmanlike manner, consistent with the best practices and standards of the construction industry, and pursued with diligence in accordance with the Approved Construction Plans and in full accord with all applicable laws, regulations and ordinances, including without limitation, the ADA. All material, equipment, and articles incorporated in the Tenant Improvements are to be new, and of recent manufacture, and of the most suitable grade for the purpose intended;

(c) The Contractor shall maintain all of the insurance reasonably required by Landlord, including, without limitation, commercial general liability and workers' compensation insurance in the amounts specified in Article 9 of the Lease, and builder's risk and course of construction insurance in an amount not less than the total Tenant Improvement Costs. Tenant shall provide Landlord with certificates of insurance evidencing such insurance coverage by Contractor prior to commencing the construction of the Tenant Improvements. Landlord and any other party in interest designated by Landlord shall be named as an additional insured on the commercial general liability policy, and Landlord shall be named as the loss payee on the builder's risk and course of construction insurance.

(d) Landlord may require performance and labor and materialmen's payment bonds issued by a surety approved by Landlord, in a sum equal to the Tenant Improvement Costs, guarantying the completion of the Tenant Improvements free and clear of all liens and other charges in accordance with the Approved Construction Plans. Such bonds shall name Landlord as beneficiary;

(e) Construction of the Tenant Improvements must be performed in a manner such that it will not interfere with the quiet enjoyment of the other tenants in the Complex;

(f) Construction of the Tenant Improvements must be completed during calendar year 2000.

12. LIENS. Tenant shall keep the Premises and the Complex in which the Premises are situated free from any liens arising out of any work performed, materials furnished or obligations incurred by Tenant in connection with the construction of the Tenant Improvements. In the event a mechanic's or other lien is filed against the Premises or the Complex as a result of a claim arising through Tenant or the Tenant Improvements, Landlord may demand that Tenant furnish to Landlord a surety bond satisfactory to Landlord in an amount equal to at least one hundred fifty percent (150%) of the amount of the contested lien claim or demand, indemnifying Landlord against liability for the same and holding the Premises and Complex free from the effect of such lien or claim. Such bond must be posted within ten (10) days following notice from Landlord. In addition, Landlord may require Tenant to pay Landlord's attorneys' fees and

                                                                    /s/
-----------------------                                   ----------------------
  Landlord's Initials                                       Tenant's  Initials

43

costs in participating in any action to foreclose such lien if Landlord shall decide it is to its best interest to do so. In any event, Tenant shall indemnify, defend, protect and hold harmless Landlord from and against any and all claims, demands, expenses, actions, judgments, damages, penalties, fines, liabilities, losses, suits, costs and fees, including, but not limited to, reasonable attorneys' fees and expenses, incurred in connection with or related to a claim arising through Tenant or the Tenant Improvements.

                                                                    /s/
-----------------------                                   ----------------------
  Landlord's Initials                                       Tenant's  Initials

44

EXHIBIT D
ACKNOWLEDGEMENT OF COMMENCEMENT

This Acknowledgement is made as of __________ with reference to that certain Lease Agreement (hereinafter referred to as the "Lease") dated, June 30, 2000, by and between BEDFORD PROPERTY INVESTORS, INC., a Maryland corporation "Landlord" therein, and PINE PHOTONICS COMMUNICATIONS, INC., a Delaware corporation "Tenant", for the Premises situated at 940 AUBURN COURT, FREMONT, CALIFORNIA 94538.

The undersigned hereby confirms the following:

1. That the Tenant accepted possession of the Premises (as described in said Lease) on__________, and acknowledges that the Premises are as represented by the Landlord and in good order, condition and repair, and that the improvements, if any, required to be constructed for Tenant by Landlord under this Lease have been so constructed and are satisfactorily completed in all respects.

2. That all conditions of said Lease to be performed by Landlord prerequisite to the full effectiveness of said Lease have been satisfied and that Landlord has fulfilled all of its duties of an inducement nature.

3. That in accordance with the provisions of said Lease the commencement date of the term is __________, and that, unless sooner terminated, the original term thereof expires on __________.

4. That said Lease is in full force and effect and that the same represents the entire agreement between Landlord and Tenant concerning said Lease.

5. That there are no existing defenses which Tenant has against the enforcement of said Lease by Landlord, and no offsets or credits against rentals.

6. That the minimum rental obligations of said Lease is presently in effect and that all rentals, charges and other obligations on the part of Tenant under said Lease commenced to accrue on __________.

7. That the undersigned has not made any prior assignment, hypothecation or pledge of said Lease or of the rents hereunder.

TENANT:

PINE PHOTONICS COMMUNICATIONS, INC.
A DELAWARE CORPORATION

BY:
(PRINT):
ITS:
DATE:

                                                                      /s/
-------------------                                            -----------------
Landlord's Initials                                            Tenant's Initials

45

EXHIBIT E
RULES AND REGULATIONS ATTACHED TO AND MADE
A PART OF THIS LEASE

1. No sign, placard, picture, advertisement, name of notice shall be inscribed, displayed or printed or affixed on the Building or to any part thereof, or which is visible from the outside of the Building, without the written consent of Landlord, first had and obtained and Landlord shall have the right to remove any such sign, placard, picture, advertisement, name or notice without notice and at the expense of Tenant.

All approved signs or lettering on doors shall be printed, affixed or inscribed at the expense of Tenant by a person approved by Landlord.

Tenant shall not place anything or allow anything to be placed near the glass of any window, door, partition or wall which may appear unsightly from outside the Premises.

2. If a directory is located at the Building, it is provided exclusively for the display of the name and location of Tenant only and Landlord reserves the right to exclude any other names therefrom.

3. The sidewalks, passages, exits, entrances, and stairways in and around the Building shall not be obstructed by Tenant or used by it for any purpose other than for ingress to and egress from the Premises. The passages, exits, entrances, stairways, and roof are not for the use of the general public and Landlord shall in all cases retain the right to control and prevent access thereto by all persons whose presence in the judgment of Landlord shall be prejudicial to the safety, character, reputation and interests of the Building and its Tenants, provided that nothing herein contained shall be construed to prevent such access to person with whom Tenant normally deals in the ordinary course of Tenant's business unless such persons are engaged in illegal activities. Neither Tenant nor any employees or invitees of Tenant shall go upon the roof of the Building.

4. Tenant shall not be permitted to install any additional lock or locks on any door in the Building unless written consent of Landlord shall have first been obtained. Two keys will be furnished by Landlord for every room.

5. The toilets and urinals shall not be used for any purpose other than those for which they were constructed, and no rubbish, newspapers or other substances of any kind shall be thrown into them. Wastes and excessive or unusual use of water shall not be allowed. Tenant shall be responsible for any breakage, stoppage or damage resulting from the violation of this rule by Tenant or its employees or invitees.

6. Tenant shall not overload the floor of the Premises or mark, drive nails, screw or drill into the partitions, woodwork or plaster or in any way deface the Premises or any part thereof.

7. Tenant shall not use, keep or permit to be used or kept any foul or noxious gas or substance in the Premises, or permit or suffer the Premises to be occupied or used in a manner offensive or objectionable to Landlord or other occupants of the Building by

                                                                      /s/
-------------------                                            -----------------
Landlord's Initials                                            Tenant's Initials

46

reason of noise, odors and/or vibrations, or interfere in any way with other Tenants or those having business therein.

8. The Premises shall not be used for the storage of merchandise, for washing clothes, for lodging, or for any improper objectionable or immoral purposes.

9. Tenant shall not use or keep in the Premises or the Building any kerosene, gasoline, or inflammable or combustible fluid or material, or use any method of heating or air conditioning other than that supplied by Landlord.

10. Landlord will direct electricians as to the manner and location in which telephone and telegraph wires are to be introduced. No boring or cutting for wires will be allowed without the consent of Landlord. The location of telephones, call boxes and other office equipment affixed to the Premises shall be subject to the approval of Landlord.

11. Tenant shall not lay linoleum, tile, carpet or other similar floor covering so that the same shall be affixed to the floor of the Premises in any manner except as approved by Landlord. The expense of repairing any damage resulting from a violation of this rule or removal of any floor covering shall be borne by Tenant.

12. Exterior blinds are furnished for each window by Landlord. Any additional window covering desired by Tenant shall be approved by Landlord.

13. Landlord reserves the right to exclude or expel from the Building any person who, in the judgment of Landlord, is intoxicated or under the influence of liquor or drugs, or who shall in any manner do any act in violation of any of the rules and regulations of the Building.

14. Tenant shall not disturb, solicit, or canvass any occupant of the Building.

15. Without the written consent of Landlord, Tenant shall not use the name of the Building in connection with or in promoting or advertising the business of Tenant except as Tenant's address.

16. Tenant shall not permit any contractor or other person making any alterations, additions or installations within the Premises to use the hallways, lobby or corridors as storage or work areas without the prior consent of Landlord. Tenant shall be liable for and shall pay the expense of any additional cleaning or other maintenance required to be performed by Landlord as a result of the transportation or storage of materials or work performed within the Building by or for Tenant.

17. Tenant shall be entitled to use parking spaces as mutually agreed upon between Tenant and Landlord subject to such reasonable conditions and regulations as may be imposed from time to time by Landlord Tenant agrees that vehicles of Tenant or its employees or agents shall not park in driveways nor occupy parking spaces or other areas reserved for any use such as Visitors, Delivery, Loading, or other tenants. Landlord or its agents shall save the right to cause or be removed any car or Tenant, its employees or agents, that

                                                                      /s/
-------------------                                            -----------------
Landlord's Initials                                            Tenant's Initials

47

may be parked in unauthorized areas, and Tenant agrees to save and hold harmless Landlord, its agents and employees from any and all claims, losses, damages and demands asserted or arising in respect to or in connection with the removal of any such vehicle. Tenant, its employees, or agents shall not park campers, trucks or cars on the Building parking areas overnight or over weekends. Tenant will from time to time, upon request of Landlord, supply Landlord with a list of license plate numbers of vehicles owned or operated by its employees and agents.

18. Landlord reserves the right to make modifications hereto and such other and further rules and regulations as in its sole judgment may be required for the safety, care and cleanliness of the premises and the Building and for the preservation of good order therein. Tenant agrees to abide by all such rules and regulations.

19. Canvassing, soliciting and peddling is prohibited in the Building and each Tenant shall cooperate to prevent the same.

20. Landlord is not responsible for the violation of any rule contained herein by any other Tenant.

21. Landlord may waive any one or more of these rules for the benefit of any particular Tenant, but no such waiver shall be construed as a waiver of Landlord's right to enforce these rules against any or all Tenants occupying the Building.

22. Tenant is responsible for purchasing and installing a security system if required by the City of FREMONT. The cost of purchasing and installation of any such system is the sole costs and expense of the Tenant.

                                                                      /s/
-------------------                                            -----------------
Landlord's Initials                                            Tenant's Initials

48

APPENDIX

INDEX TO DEFINED TERMS

Term                                                            Section No.
----                                                            -----------
Advance Rent                                                     Section 1.8 (B)
Alterations                                                         Section 18.1
Award                                                           Section 20.1 (c)
Bankruptcy Event                                                      Article 33
Broker                                                              Section 1.15
Building                                                             Section 1.5
Capital Costs                                                    Section 6.1 (d)
& CP                                                                  Article 13
CC&Rs                                                               Section 1.13
Claims                                                              Section 11.3
Commencement Date                                                    Section 3.1
Common Area                                                      Section 6.1 (a)
Common Area Costs                                                Section 6.1 (b)
Complex                                                              Section 1.6
Complex Insurance Premium                                            Section 8.4
Condemnation                                                    Section 20.1 (a)
Condemnor                                                       Section 20.1 (d)
Construction Budget                                       Section 3 of Exhibit C
Construction Costs                                        Section 3 of Exhibit C
Construction Plans                                        Section 3 of Exhibit C
Conversion                                                         Section 34.23
Code                                                            Section 25.4 (d)
Date of Taking                                                  Section 20.1 (b)
Decision Period                                                     Section 20.4
Environmental Laws                                          Section 16.3 (a) (i)
Estimated Commencement Date                                      Section 1.7 (A)
Force Majeure Delay                                       Section 3 of Exhibit C
Hazardous Materials                                        Section 16.3 (a) (ii)
HVAC                                                                Section 19.2
Initial Pro Rata %                                                  Section 1.11
Landlord                                                             Section 1.2
Landlord's Allowance                                                Section 1.12
Landlord Parties                                                     Section 2.1
Laws and Regulations                                                Section 16.1
Lease                                                               Introduction
Lender                                                                Article 22
Limited Entity                                                     Section 34.23
Loss Date                                                           Section 12.1
Losses                                                    Section 16.3 (a) (iii)
Management Fee                                                      Section 1.14
Minimum Monthly Rent                                             Section 1.8 (A)
Net Worth                                                          Section 34.23
Nonterminating Party                                                Section 20.4
Notice                                                                Article 29
Parties                                                             Introduction
Permitted Use                                                       Section 1.11
Premises                                                             Section 1.4
Pro Rata %                                                       Section 6.1 (c)
Pro Rata Share                                                       Section 6.3
Professional Fees                                                  Section 34.13
Real Property Taxes                                                  Section 5.1
Release                                                    Section 16.3 (a) (iv)
Rent                                                                 Section 4.1
Rent Payment Address                                                 Section 1.1
Rentable Area                                                        Section 1.4
Restrictions                                                         Section 2.2
Rules and Regulations                                               Section 34.8
Security Deposit                                                     Section 1.9
Security Instrument                                                 Section 30.1
Space Plan                                                Section 3 of Exhibit C
State                                                                Section 1.6
Substantial Completion                                    Section 3 of Exhibit C
Substantially Completed                                   Section 3 of Exhibit C
Successor-in-Interest                                               Section 30.3
Taxes                                                                Section 5.1
Tenant                                                               Section 1.3
Tenant Delay                                              Section 3 of Exhibit C
Tenant Improvements                                       Section 3 of Exhibit C
Tenant Parties                                                       Section 2.1
Tenant's Participation                                    Section 3 of Exhibit C
Term                                                                 Section 1.7
Terminating Party                                                   Section 20.4
Termination Notice                                                   Section 7.5
Transfer                                                             Section 7.1
Transfer Agreement                                                   Section 7.2
Transfer Date                                                        Section 7.2
Transfer Notice                                                      Section 7.2
Transferee                                                           Section 7.2
Transferor                                                           Section 7.4
Uninsured Property Loss                                             Section 12.1

      /s/                                                              /s/
-------------------                                            -----------------
Landlord's Initials                                            Tenant's Initials

2

FIRST AMENDMENT TO BUSINESS PARK NET LEASE

THIS FIRST AMENDMENT TO BUSINESS PARK NET LEASE (this "Amendment") is entered into this 1ST day of September, 2000, by and between BEDFORD PROPERTY INVESTORS, INC., A MARYLAND CORPORATION, ("Landlord") and PINE PHOTONICS COMMUNICATIONS, INC., A DELAWARE CORPORATION, ("Tenant").

RECITALS

A. Landlord and Tenant previously entered into that certain Lease dated June 30, 2000 (the "Lease"), whereby Landlord leased to Tenant and Tenant leased from Landlord approximately 12,060 rentable square feet of space located at 940 AUBURN COURT, FREMONT, CALIFORNIA (the "Premises").

B. The parties hereto wish to amend the Lease to (i) expand the size of the Premises by approximately Six Thousand One Hundred (6,100) rentable square feet, known as 930 Auburn Court, Fremont, California as shown on Exhibit "A" attached hereto and incorporated herein by this reference (the "Expansion Premises"),
(ii) revise the Minimum Rent for the Premises after inclusion of the Expansion Premises, (iii) revise Tenant's Initial Pro Rata % specified in Section 1.11 of the Lease after inclusion of the Expansion Premises, (iv) revise the Letter of Credit as Security Deposit for the Premises after inclusion of the Expansion Premises, and to otherwise amend the terms and conditions of the Lease as hereinafter set forth.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants and agreements herein contained, and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:

AGREEMENT

1. RECITALS. The foregoing recitals are true and correct and are incorporated herein by this reference.

2. DEFINED TERMS. All capitalized terms used in this Amendment that are not defined herein shall have the meanings as defined in the Lease.

3. COMMENCEMENT DATE. The Commencement Date for the Expansion Premises shall be September 15, 2000, and shall expire July 31, 2005.

4. EXPANSION OF PREMISES. Upon the Commencement Date, Tenant hereby hires from Landlord, and Landlord hereby leases to Tenant, the Expansion Premises. From and after the Commencement Date, the Expansion Premises shall be deemed to be a part of the Premises for all purpose under the Lease, and Landlord and Tenant hereby agree that the Premises shall consist of approximately Eighteen Thousand One Hundred Sixty (18,160) rentable square feet. The Lease is hereby amended accordingly.

        /s/                                                           /s/
-------------------                                            -----------------
Landlord's Initials                                            Tenant's Initials

1

5. MINIMUM MONTHLY RENT. From and after the Commencement Date, Tenant shall pay to Landlord as Minimum Rent for the Premises (including the Expansion Premises) the following amounts:

9/1/00 - 9/14/00:   $ 9,849.00 (Existing Premises partial month)
9/15/00 - 9/30/00:  $16,949.33 (partial month)
10/1/00 - 7/31/01:  $31.780.00 (per month)
8/1/01 - 7/31/02:   $33,369.00 (per month)
8/1/02 - 7/31/03:   $35,037.45 (per month)
8/1/03 - 7/31/04:   $36,789.32 (per month)
8/1/04 - 7/31/05:   $38,628.79 (per month)

6. TENANT'S PRO RATA %. As of the Commencement Date, Tenant's Pro Rata % specified in Section 1.11 of the Lease is deleted in its entirety and the following is substituted therefore:

"26.69%" -      CAM and Insurance Pro Rata (18,160 SF + 68,030 SF)
"50.19%" -      Property Tax Pro Rata (18,160 SF + 36,180 SF)

7. TENANT IMPROVEMENTS. From and after the Commencement Date, Landlord shall provide Tenant with an improvement allowance of up to Twelve Thousand Two Hundred Dollars ($12,200.00) (the "Allowance"), for Tenant to make certain improvements to the Expansion Premises (the "Tenant Improvements.") All Tenant improvements proposed to be performed by Tenant shall be performed in accordance with Article 18 and Exhibit "C" of the Lease, will otherwise in accordance with all applicable laws and regulations pertaining thereto. Tenant shall provide Landlord with bills, invoices or other evidence reasonably satisfactory to Landlord of sums expended by Tenant on the Tenant Improvements, and Landlord shall reimburse Tenant within thirty (30) days following receipt of such bills, invoices or such other evidence. In no event shall Landlord be required to reimburse Tenant for any amounts in excess of the Allowance. Any part of the Allowance not spent by Tenant on the Tenant Improvements shall be the sole property of Landlord and Tenant shall have no right thereto.

8. LETTER OF CREDIT AS SECURITY DEPOSIT. Prior to the Commencement Date of this Amendment, Tenant shall deposit to Landlord (i) a revised letter of credit in the amount of $463,545.45 inclusive of the Expansion Premises, or (ii) a letter of credit in the amount of $155,706.34, which shall be separate and in addition to the letter of credit in the amount of $307,839.11 for the premises located at 940 Auburn Court in Fremont, California. Said letter of credit shall be in the form of an irrevocable, unconditional and clean standby letter of credit and otherwise in the form set forth below (the "Letter of Credit"). The term Security Deposit shall mean the cash portion of the Security Deposit and the Letter of Credit,

8.1 FORM OF LETTER OF CREDIT. The Letter of Credit shall be issued by a national bank acceptable to Landlord in its reasonable discretion, with offices in the San Francisco Bay Area that will accept and pay on any draw on the Letter of Credit. The Letter of Credit shall be issued for a term of at least twelve months (with a term during the last year of the Lease Term of at least one full month following the expiration of the Lease Term) and shall be in a form and with such content acceptable to Landlord in its sole and absolute discretion.

Any Letter of Credit that

        /s/                                                           /s/
-------------------                                            -----------------
Landlord's Initials                                            Tenant's Initials

2

Tenant delivers to Landlord in replacement of an existing Letter of Credit shall be in an amount equal to the replaced Letter of Credit (prior to any draws) so that the cash and Letter of Credit together equal the amount of the Security Deposit specified in the Lease. Any such replacement Letter of Credit shall be delivered to and received by Landlord no later than thirty days prior to the expiration of the term of the Letter of Credit then in effect. If Tenant fails to deposit a replacement Letter of Credit or renew the expiring Letter of Credit, Landlord shall have the right to draw upon the expiring Letter of Credit for the full amount thereof and hold the same as Security Deposit; provided, however, that if Tenant provides a replacement Letter of Credit that meets the requirements of this section, Landlord shall promptly return to Tenant in cash that amount of the Letter of Credit that had been drawn upon by Landlord. The Letter of Credit shall expressly permit full and partial draws. If for any reason the Letter of Credit does not permit partial draws, then Landlord shall have the right to make a full draw on the Letter of Credit, notwithstanding that the full amount may not be required to cure any default by Tenant. The Letter of Credit shall designate Landlord as beneficiary and shall be transferable by beneficiary to any transferee, successor, and assign (including any lender of Landlord) at no cost or expense to beneficiary. The Letter of Credit shall provide that it may be drawn by Landlord (or its assignee) upon presentation by Landlord to the issuing bank (at its offices in the San Francisco Bay Area) of a sight draft(s), together with a written statement executed by Landlord stating that the amount requested is due Landlord under the Lease. The amount of the draw requested by Landlord shall be payable by the bank without further inquiry or any other documentation or further action required of the bank, Landlord, or Tenant. All costs and expenses to obtain the Letter of Credit and all renewals shall be borne by Tenant.

8.2 LANDLORD'S DRAW. If the Letter of Credit is drawn upon by Landlord, Tenant shall, within ten days after written demand therefor, deposit cash with Landlord in an amount sufficient to restore the Security Deposit to amount required under the Lease and this Addendum. At all times the Security Deposit, whether in the form of cash and/or Letter of Credit, shall be in the amount specified in the Lease. The use, application or retention of the Letter of Credit, or any portion thereof, by Landlord shall not prevent Landlord from exercising any other right or remedy provided by this Lease or by law, it being intended that Landlord shall not first be required to use all or any part of the Letter of Credit or cash portion of the Security Deposit, and such use shall not operate as a limitation on any recovery to which Landlord may otherwise be entitled. Tenant shall not be entitled to any interest on the cash portion of the Security Deposit. The exercise of any rights of Landlord to the Security Deposit shall not constitute a waiver of nor relieve Tenant from any liability or obligation for any default by Tenant. If Landlord draws upon the entire amount of the Letter of Credit, Tenant may deliver a replacement Letter of Credit to Landlord, instead of depositing cash with Landlord, equal to the original amount of the Letter of Credit

8.3 RETURN OR TRANSFER OF LETTER OF CREDIT. Within thirty days after the expiration or earlier termination of the Lease and provided Tenant has complied with all of its obligations under the Lease, Landlord shall promptly return the refundable portion of the Security Deposit, including the Letter of Credit, to Tenant. In the event of a transfer of the Premises, Building or Project by Landlord, Landlord or any subsequent transferor shall deliver the refundable portion of the Security Deposit, including both the cash portion and the Letter of Credit, to the successor landlord or transferee.

        /s/                                                           /s/
-------------------                                            -----------------
Landlord's Initials                                            Tenant's Initials

3

9. REAL ESTATE BROKERS. Tenant hereby represents and warrants to Landlord that Tenant has not authorized or employed, or acted by implication to authorize or employ, any real estate broker or salesman to act for it in connection with this First Amendment and the expansion of the Premises contemplated herein. Tenant shall indemnify, defend and hold the Landlord harmless from and against any and all claims by any real estate broker or salesman whom Tenant authorized or employed, or acted by implication to authorize or employ, to act for Tenant in connection with this First Amendment.

10. NO CHANGE. Except as set forth herein, all of the terms and conditions of the Lease remain unchanged and in full force and effect.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Landlord and Tenant have executed this First Amendment as of the day and date first written above.

LANDLORD:                                TENANT:

BEDFORD PROPERTY INVESTORS, INC., A      PINE PHOTONICS COMMUNICATIONS, INC., A
MARYLAND CORPORATION                     DELAWARE CORPORATION

BY:  /s/ James R. Moore                  BY:  /s/ Hsing Kung
     -------------------------------          ---------------------------------
     JAMES R. MOORE                      (PRINT): Hsing Kung
ITS: SR. VICE PRESIDENT/COO              ITS: President/CEO
DATE: 9/19/00                            DATE: 9/11/00

        /s/                                                           /s/
-------------------                                            -----------------
Landlord's Initials                                            Tenant's Initials

4

EXHIBIT A

FLOOR PLAN OF EXPANSION SPACE

                                  [FLOOR PLAN]

        /s/                                                           /s/
-------------------                                            -----------------
Landlord's Initials                                            Tenant's Initials

5

SECOND AMENDMENT TO BUSINESS PARK
NET LEASE

This SECOND AMENDMENT TO BUSINESS PARK NET LEASE ("Second Amendment") is made as of this 23RD day of JUNE, 2005, by and between BEDFORD PROPERTY INVESTORS, INC., A MARYLAND CORPORATION, ("Landlord") and OPNEXT, INC., A DELAWARE CORPORATION, successor in interest to Pine Photonics, Inc., a Delaware corporation ("Tenant").

R E C I T A L S

A. The Tenant and Landlord entered into that certain lease dated, June 30, 2000, as amended by the First Amendment dated September 1, 2000 (collectively the "LEASE"), under the terms of which Tenant leased certain space (the "Leased Premises") commonly known as 940 AUBURN COURT, FREMONT, CALIFORNIA containing approximately 18,160 rentable square feet, as fully described in the Lease.

B. Landlord and Tenant desire to amend and modify the Lease as more particularly set forth in this Second Amendment.

In consideration of the foregoing and the covenants and obligations contained herein, the parties agree to amend the Lease in the following particulars only.

1. RATIFICATION. Except as otherwise stated in this Second Amendment, the terms of the Lease remain in full force and effect and the Lease, as hereby amended shall bind, and inure to the benefit of, the successors of the parties hereto.

2. TERM. The Salient Lease Terms are hereby amended such that the Term will be extended for a period of thirty six (36) months commencing August 1, 2005 and terminating July 31, 2008.

3. MINIMUM MONTHLY RENT. The Salient Lease Terms are hereby amended such that the Minimum Monthly Rent payable during the Term of the Lease shall be as follows:

August 1, 2005 - July 31, 2006:     $12,530.00 per month, NNN
August 1, 2006 - July 31, 2007:     $13,075.00 per month, NNN
August 1, 2007 - July 31, 2008:     $13,620.00 per month, NNN

4. LANDLORD'S ALLOWANCE. The Landlord agrees to contribute an amount of $72,640.00 (i.e. $4.00 per square foot of the rentable area of the Premises) to be paid by Landlord for the Tenant Improvement Cost for the Tenant Improvements to be mutually agreed upon by Landlord and Tenant. This sum shall be paid directly to the contracting parties entitled to payment. Any unused portion of Landlord's Allowance for the Tenant Improvements shall remain the property of Landlord, and Tenant shall have no interest in said funds. Tenant acknowledges and agrees that it shall be responsible for payment of all Construction Costs in excess of Landlord's Allowance and shall pay to Landlord within ten (10) days after request from Landlord the amount of such excess Construction Costs.

1

5. NO BROKERS. Tenant represents and warrants that it has not authorized or employed, or acted by implication to authorize or employ, any real estate broker or salesman to act for it in connection with this Second Amendment. Tenant shall indemnify, defend and hold Landlord harmless from and against any and all claims by any real estate broker or salesman Tenant authorized or employed, or acted by implication to authorize or employ, to act for Tenant in connection with this Second Amendment to Lease.

6. CONFIRMATION. Tenant acknowledges that as of the date of this Second Amendment it has no claims against Landlord or its agent which may serve as the basis of any set-off against Rent or any other remedy at law or equity. Each party represents and warrants to the other that it is duly authorized to enter into this Second Amendment and perform its obligations without the consent or approval of any other party and that the person signing on its behalf is duly authorized to sign on behalf of such party.

7. COUNTERPARTS. This Second Amendment may be executed in any number of counterparts, which together shall constitute a final Second Amendment.

[the balance of this page has been intentionally left blank; signature page follows]

2

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Second Amendment has been executed as of the date first set forth above.

LANDLORD:                                TENANT:

BEDFORD PROPERTY INVESTORS, INC., A      OPNEXT, INC.
MARYLAND CORPORATION                     A DELAWARE CORPORATION

/s/ Stephen M. Silla                     BY: /s/ Harry L. Bosco
-----------------------------------          ----------------------------------
By: Stephen M. Silla                     (Print): HL BOSCO
ITS: Exec VP & COO                       ITS: PRESIDENT & CEO
        7/11/05                          DATE: 7-7-05
------------------------------------

DATE:

FOR OFFICE USE ONLY

PREPARED BY:    /S/
             --------
REVIEWED BY:    /S/
             --------
APPROVED BY:    /S/
             --------

3

EXHIBIT 21.1

SUBSIDIARIES OF OPNEXT, INC.

In effect as of October 27, 2006.

JURISDICTION

Pine Photonics Communications, Inc.                    Delaware

Opnext Japan, Inc.                                     Japan

Opnext Germany GmbH                                    Germany


Exhibit 23.1

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

We consent to the reference to our firm under the caption "Experts" and to the use of our report dated October 20, 2006, in the Registration Statement on Form S-1 and related Prospectus of Opnext, Inc., dated October 27, 2006.

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP
New York, New York
October 23, 2006